NS Tapes ee nen Te - 5 Sener teeta tern re earner eters terest Soiapanante sone St ——— ae Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofimperi1 v3toky ee ee ee 2 te — OS OS (THE) BULLETIN : OF THE IMPERIAL CENTRAL) AGRICULTURAL I XPERIM ENT STATION J APAN. Wok IG Ines 2% NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO. DECEMBER, 190s. AAB RAR 5S \ OCT 13 1961 7171072 VORREDE,. Im Kaiserreich Japan existieren jetzt im Ganzen 47 selbststandige land- wirtschaftliche Versuchs-Stationen, von denen eine durch die Centralregier- ung, 42 durch Provincialregierungen unter Beihilfe aus der Staatscasse und die ubrigen vier vom Adel unterhalten werden. Die unmittelbar der Centralregierung gehorende, d. h. kaiserliche landwirtschaftliche Versuchs- Station besteht aus einer Central-Versuchs-Station, in Nischigahara bei Tokio, und drei unter der Leitung derslben arbeitenden Zweig-Stationen in den Provinzen. Diese Versuchs-Stationen haben naturgemiass in erster Linie mit Fragen unserer Landwirtschaft sich zu beschaftigen und zwar die kaiserliche Central-Station mehr mit wissenschaftlichen, die provinciellen u. sonstigen Stationen hauptsachlich mit praktischen. Da unsere landwirtschaftlichen Produkte aber nicht nur vielfach andere sind als in Europa, sondern auch die Sumpfkultur” eine weit wichtigere Rolle spielt als in den meisten anderen Kulturlandern, sind die alljahrlichen Berichte unserer Versuchs-Station bisher lediglich in unserer Muttersprache veroffentlicht worden. Da jedoch manche der erhaltenen Resultate auch fiir weitere Kreise einiges Interesse haben diirften, hat sich der Unterzeichnete entschlossen, von Zeit zu Zeit ein Bulletin in abendlandischen Sprachen, theilweise in 1). In Japan nimmt die Reiskultur die erste Stelle ein. Ferner wird Sagittaria wegen der Knollen, Nymphaea wegen der Wurzel und Juncus wegen industrieller Verwendung im Sumpf kultiviert. il deutscher, teilweise in englischer, herauszugeben, worin die von den Beamten unserer Versuchs-Station durchgefiihrten Arbeiten beschrieben sind. Die Arbeiten unnser Versuchs-Station sind in folgende Abteilungen gegliedert : 1. Abteilung fir Ackerbau. Py, 55 » Agrikulturchemische Untersuchung und Din- gerkontrolle. 3 7 ,, Pflanzenpathologie. 4. = 5, Landwirtschaftliche Entomologie. 5: ii , Bodenuntersuchung. 6. a ,, lierernahrung 7. , », Labakbau. 8. a » Lheekultur Q. 3 ,, Gemiise und Obstbau. Den Zweig-Stationen sind die Arbeiten dieser Sectionen teilweise zu- geteilt und zwar der ersten Zweig-Station bei Osaka (Mittel-Japan) die der ersten Abteilung, der zweiten bei Kumamoto (Siidwesten) die der dritten und vierten Abteilungen und der dritten bei Akita (Nordosten) die der sechsten Abteilung. Prof. Y. Kozat. Direktor der kaiserlichen landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Station, Tokio, Juni, 1905. On the Influence of Calcium and Magnesium Salts on Certain Bacterial Actions. BY S. MACHIDA. It is a well known fact that a great excess of lime over the other mineral. nutrients can retard the growth of green plants. Further, it has been shown by Kossowitsch, that a certain amount of lime compounds can exert a retard- ing influence upon the humification process, which doubtless is an action of fungi. It was therefore of some interest to observe also the influence of lime compounds on the activity of the microbes causing putrefaction, especially since gypsum is often applied in stables as well as on compost heaps. On the other hand it was of value to compare the action of calcium salts with those of magnesium salts, which latter are indispensable for the growth of fungi while calcium salts are generally not. Only for the development of Azotobacter the need of lime has been recognised by Gerlach and Vogel and by H. Fischer. These authors also state that denitrification is increased by addition of lime. In my first experiment the putrefaction of urine was observed") under the influence of 0.3% of the following salts: ae OAL Calcium chlorid. b. Pi Magnesium chlorid. G % Sodium chlorid. d. ¥ Monopotassium phosphate. Three Erlenmeyer’s flasks were so connected that a current of air could be passed through them by means of an aspirator. The first contained dilute sulphuric acid to absorb traces of ammonia contained in the air, the second received 300 cc. of fresh urine, the third contained standard sulphuric acid. 1). At the ordinary temperature in the month of May. The ammonia formed by putrefaction in flask (B) was partly passing into the flask (C) containing standard sulphuric acid and was here determined by titration, partly it remained in the putrefying liquid from which 20 cc. were withdrawn for the determination by Schloesing’s method, taking care to stop further putrefaction of this portion by addition of chloroform. Every deter- mination was carried out twice. Soon after starting the experiment it was noticed that in the flask with CaCl, a precipitate was formed. After one week the flask with MgCl, as- asumed a deep brown color, while the other flasks showed this change six days later than the flask with magnesium chloride. This seemed to indicate that bacterial activity was increased by adding the magnesium salt, but retarded by the calcium salt. The original urine was found to contain 0.811% nitrogen. The am- monia-nitrogen found in course of the putrefaction process was expressed in percents of the original nitrogen. In) PERIOD: After 5 days from start (May 2). N of the NH; formed, in percent of the original quantity of nitrogen. in the flask containing in the urine. Sendai eeSOp Total. CaCle 2 ones Rae ate 14.808 — 14.808 MoCl, ; : - eee 20,106 0.016 20.122 NaGl soy as senses) | Aetpcdocakicest| 18.952 0.005 18.957 KEPO, ~ 5:2) 75 F oe 8 >| 18.476 O.OIL 18.487 No addition peo Weer es || 19.594 0.007 19.601 ii BERIOD: After further 5 days (1o days from start. | N of the NH; formed, in percent of the original quantity of nitrogen. | 3 . in the flask containing | in the urine. standard HSO,. 5 Total. | Newly Since | Newly Since Newly Since | formed | the start formed the start formed the start CaCl. ae sss 8.966 | 23.774 0.015 0.015 8.981 23.789 | MgCl: | 54.036 | 74.142 0.172 0.188 54.208 74.330 OVACI Riri asth. ss | 64.191 | 83.143 0.148 Car Sai 67.339 86.296 ISESPOS ) -- c= | 67.180 85.656 | 0.136 0.147 67.316 85.803 No addition... | 36.035 55-629 | 0.131 0.138 | 36.166 55-707 | | a Ili. PERIOD. After further 10 days (20 days from start). N of the NH; formed, in percent of the original quantity of nitrogen. Pastry ah ic in the flask containing | she in the urine. standard H_SO,. = Total. | Newly | Since the Newly Since the Newly Since the | formed | start | formed | start | formed | __ start (CHO GAS) eS "goatee | 57-482 | 81.256 | 0.086 | o.10r 57-508 | 81.357 MeCl. sees eed 14.378 88 520 0.521 | 0.709 14.899 | 89.229 | NEIGH se tas cao) ore 8.465 gt.608 0.462 | 0.615 8.927 | 2.223 KPO piso ee n= 4.717 | 90.373 | 0.62 0.770 5-340 gI.143 No addition... ... --. 34-363 89.992 0.734 | 0.872 35.097 | 90.864 IV BE RLOD: After further 5 days (25 days from start.) N of the NHg formed, in percent of original nitrogen. = - in the flask containing in the urine. standard He SO, Total. | Newly | Since the | Newly Since the Newly | Since the formed start formed start formed start GCaGlg ns Cx-.atee | = ; li @xiginal'soil|era7:20 Fe al/7-2 3) (asses lees kml er 4505s K.O | \Limefactor 4 | 155.4 5 | OY sy ES 20571 ss 27 5-4) is Original soil | 155.4 ,, Oo al 42.9 » | 303 x» aE sre N, P05 | | Limefactor 4 | 158.4 5, | 98 4 42.9) “35 20°77 5 25 4.8 55 | | ae | ‘ } Original soil | 140.7. ,, Suze PAGYE Se £5 ABH 55 24 51 N, KsO Limetactor 4 | 143.1 ,, | Oly Gs 42.08 3 27-0) sy 24 4.8 4 | {Original soil | 135.0, | 8x Pier (ONE-ToF Yomi er sssst ay || 255 4:5) P205, Kx0 | ) | ‘Limefactor 4 | 165.6 ,, | 93 » | 43-2» 27Gb as 27° ¢| Soa The plants were harvested also on August 29 with the following results (average of 3 parallel experiments) 1) Three normally developed plants were selected and measured. AWA, We | Weights Manures | Randlof eal a applied. | Ine. Ol Sous: Total. Leaf. Stump and root. (in the fresh state.) (air dried). (air dried). Original soil 647-6 gr. Sei 30.4 gr. No manure Limefactor 4 | 1211.6 = 88.2 m1 75 AR es Original soil 1004.6 Ps 85.1 7 61.1 N, P2O;, KO Limefactor 4 1438.5 >) 106.2 | 93-8 ; { Original soil 853-2 a 77 a, 56.3 Pe N Limefactor 4 1271.6 7 100.5 oy $2.9 3 | Original soil 665.3 if 58.1 Fi 31:0) PO; Limefactor 4 1248.0 35 4-1 a 80.3 Original soil 603.8 5 48.9 - 24.8 iP k.O } Limefactor 4 | 1133-7 A 93.5 66.5 Original soil 1127-3 ns 85.2 + 62.3 N, P.05 Limefactor 4 1042.9 “3 84.4 a; 55:5 By ED: Original soil 853-9 + 68.3 - 4355 N, KO | | Limefactor 4 $94.8 = 76.9 a 49.L » } Original soil 748.1 5 67-5 = 36.0 6«(, P,0;, KO | | Limefactor 4 | 1067.3 cf 84.8 » | Gc:07° 5; | The weights of the different kinds of leaves sorted according to their positions are shown in the following table. 1) In these frames a red spot disease was noticed. iS) ie) IPN. Wil Weight of Leaves air dried. | ; Manures ; et | con applied. [estuchOr sous Sand Middle | Main Tip Total (erigtaes a Leaves. | Leaves. | Leaves. | Leaves. 4 | = Aor | ( Original soil. | 3.8 gr g.C gr.| 30.4 gr.| 10.5 gr.| 53.7 a 100 No manure | | Limefactor As | O:8)033 5 |) 08.0) ysii| 7k ees LO Slums 882 ,, 164 | — - = Original soil. | 7-t ,, | 16.1 ,, | 46.5 ,, | 15-4 »'| 85.1 » 100 N, PO;, KO Limefactor 2. | 8.6 ., | 21.8 ., | 57.0 13:0) yelp 101s) nD Limefactor 4. | 9-4 » 20.3 4, 60.4 ,, | EDD su |) LOO aes 125 | EE = DES = | oe cs ees 2 | { Original soil. | 5-3 » T3er 48.0 ID 34, Tei "a, N Limefactor 4. | 8.6 5, -| 17.3 ,, | 57.0 ., | 17-6 ., | 100:5 ., | 128 = = a zal | { Original soil. | 4-7» | 10.1 ,, | 34-5 4, | 94 » | 58:I ,, | © 100 P05 | \ | \ Limefactor 4. | 64 » | 199 ,, | 52.5 ,» | rises} Q4:0 551] anee 7 = Se a 2 | Original soil. | 3-5 5 $3) 41e20'sae 75 48.9 ., | x00 KO | | Limefactor 4. 75» TSO! iil) 54-00 ssuetAra ies) | 3-0 192 ; | ae : ; Original soil. 79 150 48.4 5, | 13:9 85.2 1co NGESOsn | | | \ Limefactor 4. | 86 4 | ror ,, | 42.4 ., | 143 Si:al hy gg”) [ale Pst das tieeml ve | : | ( Original soil. 5-3 » Ei6) ys | 4Os 10.9 65:3.) 5 100 N, KO | | | Limefactor 4. | 8.6 15:0 5. |) 30:80 591 |ses) an |) ay OrO) eye) nn = aS adma leer 2 as z ioe Fe | f{ Original soil. | 4.9, | 11.6 , | yor ,, | 10.9 , 67.5 4 | 100 P202, Ks30 | \ | * Limefactor 4. | 7.1 , 15.0 ,, | 49:9) 5, | 02:8 4, | Sato lc] semen The results obtained in all of the experiments show unanimously that the liming of the soil has a good effect upon the growth of the tobacco plant. To what extent the regulation of the ratio of lime to magnesia contributes to the increased yield of the tobacco plant will, as stated above be ascer- tained by future experiments. / al As already mentioned a red spot disease appeared in these frames. BUL, AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE IIa Original soil. No manure. N, P.0;, K,0. BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE Ib Original soil. a Original soil. Lime-factor corrected. BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. Ler alum 7 oom B "Beneew i "™"™"*" PLATE II.c K.O. K,O. On the Application of Magnesia in the Form of Magnesium Sulphate for the Needs of the Rice Plant. G. DAIKUHARA. The question how to provide a soil, very rich in lime and relatively poor in magnesia, with the necessary amount of magnesia is of practical importance. Since there occur no large deposits of magnesite in Japan and further since dolomite contains too much lime for our purpose, there remains as a chief material only the sulphate of magnesia. This salt, however, furnishes the magnesia in a highly available form, while the original lime compounds in the soil are generally not so easily available, hence the quantity of magnesium sulphate (MgSO,. 7H.O) to be applied must be relatively small and carefully regulated in order to provide the plant with the most favorable ratio of CaO and MgO. Let us suppose a given soil contains 1% of lime in form of carbonate, then 1% of magnesia in form of magnesite must be added in order to reach the best ratio for rice or related cereals. But in applying magnesia as a sulphate much less will be required to produce the same beneficial effect, and a further increase would prove very injurious. It is now the question what amount of magnesia as sulphate would be required for a given soil to produce the maximum harvest. Since no suitable soil was at hand, an experiment with sand culture was made. Quartz sand, after treating with dilute HCl (2%) and careful washing with water, was mixed with 1% of lime as carbonate, while the magnesia was applied as sulphate in the following proportions : No. of EOC CaCO; added. ; MgSO. 7 HsO added. 2 Larger pots. Smaller pots. Larger pots. Smaller pots. me ee 80.4 gr. 30.4 gr. 54-96 gr. aad 20.77 gt. 2. IO: “ “A 27-48, 10.39 ,, 3: 20:2 5 oF DS 7s Ss 5-19 5s 4- 30-1 + s 9.16 ,, 3-46. ,, 5: 40:1 x An 6.87 3 PHASE) 3 6. 50:1 5 i 5:50 »» 2.08 ,, 7s 60:1 nh 39 4.58 3 Ta73 aoe 28 glass pots served for this experiment, half of which contained 4.5 kilo. sand, while the other half held only 1.7 kilo. To the 14 larger pots 2 grms. of sodium nitrate were applied as nitrogenous manure, to the 14 smaller pots the same quantity of nitrogen in the form of ammonium sulphate. To all these pots so much mono-potassium phosphate was applied that the ratio N: P.O; = 2:1 was attained. As potassa manure 2 gr. potassium sulphate served per pot. Traces of ferrous sulphate and some sodium silicate were also added. g seeds of rice (variety se£ztor7) were sown June 8, 1904, in the 14 larger pots and afterward the young plants reduced to 5 of equal size for each pot. In the smaller pots five young plants about 30 cm. high of the same variety of rice were planted July r. All the pots were kept ina glass house. The height of plants and the number of stalks measured July 26 are seen in the following table : to as I. Manured with sodium nitrate. eee ee - | Average per pot. No. of PAC 1B DE OFT fn hero bg |e ee ee CaO : MgO plants. | | Height of é Pot etaliees | aa Number of cm. | a Stalks. aS = u | = —— = Pot 1 34-5 5 | I Spa { a 34-5 5.0 | f Pot 1 54.0 7 | 2 10: 1 51-8 6.5 \ a 49-5 6 | Pot 1 53:1 6 3 20:1 54.6 6.5 op 56.1 5 | Pot 1 60.3 if 4 BOnsar { 58.8 6.5 » 2 57:3 6 Pot tr. 51.6 5 5 BOT { 53-0 6.5 om 4% 54:3 5 | Pot r 63.9 9 | 6 50:1 { 60.3 $.0 ‘Ss AE is » 2 2 =, 7. 4 i Pot 1 55-5 6 7 60:1 { 54:8 nS » 2 54.0 9 II. Manured with ammonium sulphate. : Average per pot. No. of Height of Number of SS 5 CaO : MgO plants. ; Height of Nambedoe Pot stalks. plants. Sate cm stalks. cm. U — — _ —————— Pot 1. 24.6 4 lie Cees { 25.8 4.0 Pot 1 41.1 | a 2 LOR 0 { } 38.9 75 » 2 36.6 5 1) Plants in this pot died oft in the middle of July. | Average per pot. | F No. of | SOI os Number of | CaO : MgO | plants. Height of _ Ninnbenon < | stalks = Pot | aa stalks. plants. eta e: | - cm. Pot x. | 40.2 13 | 3 ZO \ 39.6 Il.5 re 39-0 10 Ports “| 43.2 8 + 55) 93) 2 | 43-7 5.5 Sa ae| 44.1 ) ———-|—— = = oe 2 { Pot 1 43.2 7 5 40:1 42.6 6.5 \ ay 25 || 42.0 6 Pot .1 37:8 r2 6. Gers \ ig II.5 ie 48.3 Il — — == —— — == es Pot 1 | 42.9 $ 7 60:1 { | 42.5 5.5 ye ED 42.0 9 The difference in the development of the plants became, as seen in Plate II, very marked. On Oct. 22 the plants were cut, except No. 1 which was harvested Oct. 29 and, after becoming air dry, weighed The stumps and roots were well washed with water, dried and weighed also. The results are shown in the following tables: I. Manured with sodium nitrate. | Average per pot. No. of | Seeds. | Stalks. SETAE a — iy : Me $. . ~ 5 iS % CaO gO | and roots Seeds. || Stalks: sass Total. ot. gr. gr. 2 _ land roots. gr gr gr. gr. | gr. ore og 44 en | I uc 0.9 4.4 1.1 6.9 { Pot 1 1.5 | 6.2 Bs 10:1 4.2 4.1 5.9 20 Laur \ 2 3.3 5.6 i] { Pot 1 3-5 5.6 | 2 | } 46 | 4.2 61 | 23 | 326 . 2 45 | 6.5 Average per pot. lo NI = = z x Stumps No. of Seeds. | Stalks. | SLUTS SS a a [a0 : M eau ee = St SA lees C207 Meo AEE Seeds Stalks. | © nmPs | Total. Pot gr. gr. and roots. : gr. gr gtr le g | 5 Pot 1. 53 8.0 4: 30 : { 7.0 5.1 7 355 15.7 2 4.9 6.1 Pot r.| 33 4-7 5: 40° 5:0 4-1 5.6 2.5 12.2 2 4.9 6.4 Pot 1. 5:5 TRE 6. 50 6.0 5-4 7-1 Be 15.5 2: 5.2 6.90 Poter or 6.7 7 60 { } 5-4 5.1 6.7 2.7 14-5 2 5.1 6.7 II. Manured with ammonium sulphate. | } St Average per pot. , Stumps No, of | Seeds Stalks. nest | = oots. eal St 7 Salone) and o0ts.) Seeds. | Stalks. umps | Total Pot gr. gr. | and roots ee gr | gr. gr. | pr. e = —-—.- — — = = | —~—— Pot tr. 2.9 57 | r. 5 1.9 1.4 TR 1.0 9.6 asf 22 1.9 5.7 FOR ee er Su7 12.7 | 2. LOR: { 6.2 §.2 12.9 Fale eae | veg |W Oe a 13.1 | | ee | \_ | | | Pot 1.} 15.2 16.5 3: 20 { | 7-1 14.3 16.1 3-6 34.0 ape 13-4 | 15.6 Pot r.}| 13.8 17.8 4. 30 10.6 14.2 18.2 5-3 37-7 Rr re 146 | 18.5 EGG rai) tek 17-3 \ | 5: 40: { 8.4 12.5 17.0 4.2 33-7 oi eh AEG 16.7 J | ee E | =e = = = = 7 =F = | ot I.| 12.5 16.7 | 6. 50 { 8.7 13.0 reo) |) 404 35.0 Ly 2 13.5 18.5 | | = — :. =| Sa —— |i-- = Pot 1.| 13:0 15.4 70 60 { | 7.6 10.9 14.6 | 35 | 29.3 2 8.8 13 8 | to a These tables show that in the presence of lime as carbonate the neces- sary amount of magnesia when applied as crystallized sulphate for paddy rice in sand culture is so small that the best ratio CaO: MgO becomes Z0nn, while in the form of natural carbonates the best ratio would be 1: 1 as Aso had ascertained. This conclusion will hold good also for various sandy CaO as carbonate _. jee) will differ. MgO as sulphate soils, while for clayey soils the best ratio An Additional Experiment. A trial was made with the same sand in smaller pots which received nitrogen as ammonium nitrate, the ratio CaO: MgO being 30:1. The manures and treatment were quite the same as in the former experi- ments. The results obtained are shown in the following table : Manured with ammonium nitrate. Average per pot. Seeds} Stake ft PL i = CaO : MgO and roots. | <4. | a... | Stumps gr. gr. seeds. PE ae and roots.| Toate gr. gr. Se aes gr. Pot. “x iro | 12.6 30 f | 7-4 Il.4 32) ees ey | 28.3 2 IL.7 138 For comparison we add here the average figures for the pots with the ratio CaO: MgO=30: 1 from the former experiments in which the nitrogen was applied in the form of (NH,)SO, and NaNO, in the following table : 1) Bulletin of the College of Agriculture, Tokio Imperial University, Vol. VI. No, 2. 2) Compare the following article by T. Nakamura. BUL. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE III. Paddy rice with sodium nitrate. errr Ca0:Mg0 5: aS NH,SO,. _ CC OOO — ee | No. of re Seeds. Stalks. | Stumps Total. Pot Kind of Manures. | and roots. ot. gr. gr. | es = : | gr. gr. Tat1o, I. (NHg )2 SOx 14.2 18.2 be 1 || 37-7 | 100 2. NH; NO; | 314 | 13.2 Bh || 28.3 75 3. Na NO3 5.1 Tpke 3-5 AAG 42 This result shows that the application of nitrogen as sodium nitrate is not favorable for rice plants, the relative value of which to ammoniacal nitrogen being 40: 100. This agrees very well with the result recently obtained by M. Nagaoka.” The relative manurial value of ammonium nitrate stands, as seen in the above table, between that of sodium nitrate and ammonium sulphate. 1) Bulletin of the College of Agriculture, Tokio Imperial University, Vol. VI. No. 3. On the Improvement of a Soil Relatively Deficient in Magnesia. T. Nakamura. Near the field of our branch experimental station in Kyushyu lies a large area of land consisting of a soil very fine in texture but very light for farm implements. The following table gives the information on the composition of the soil In roo parts of the air dried fine soil, FLY GTOSCOPIC anOWStUre =u eee ress cane ee mec ee oT UGSSOM YMC as coo ccm oes Ss a EE 1S OLATHE Crome Cos Bea aed. | hes) 955) one Sees oto nc hada nan) | RTE MMELG NCS eM s ON) Ged acd cca aso ote cee Ses LET INTE hos doe 86 fon GcolescoD 00, oss do Oo Sco) ca dos) SEE Mineral matter insoluble in hot HCl of 1.15 Sp. Gr. Gecgie ssi fexchs veke peepee Mineral matters soluble in hot HCl of 1.15 Sp. Gr. AlGOgtrccoy ter Ret aves! ect g Ge GS) Geen ee ee eek OOS | OX Sar Sulla Serr metres PERNT Umrao pact Edo) ono asl Saee ca 9 Ning @ gS)? Sosy ees Dancten Gor, esse ters (acc) Seon ee COMERS TERS ree es (CoO Rha. ot Oen pro wth core oct we Eee rt a od SS. AR ORS STS iF O)Sch tno Soc emieC aCe GS et coe Ma cl Sa fo aye |S iNET 0 RRC CUM RR nso tt. eto su teeta, Gea so! Sh) Soo) pon Ss Jee! | oO) ge Ny ER PS MT Chae eee rade tan Ste coe SOR) cen ocg SiO} soluble mNasCO;. “her 6. er ier eee ens prea eee keer Cn The mechanical analysis of the original soil gave the following result : (1) Manganese was present, but not determined. (OMGr Git” Gib yeas NA SSS oa Penoy red cess eecae Boa cone sada: | Menolenihls CR SORA gy Lede kc eae ene eho ecu nod: oe MpdoSas— wpaeieicis-siing G'25—O'L Si Se oho. Bed, Lenco onda! Qcefiooo seach sbco: Mipogsarten oy 38 ae or —oO'05 bat SES SS Iced) aedod Sees Sth | Bete tGos, ytcahs oop eCheck as Ciel eKo eke Sas ceey tot Cam local morta ecce. Eccohs lnscwe Diy PaCS below oor = ,, First of all, we see that this soil is characterized by a large quantity of lime in comparison with magnesia. It is also remarkable that the soil, on warming with some HCl, is converted into a gelatinous mass, owing to the separation of much silica. A further characteristic of this soil is a high percentage of silica soluble in sodium carbonate, and of the combined water liberated by ignition. These facts show clearly that this soil consists, to a great deal, of hydrous silicates. Further the exceedingly small quantity of CO, compared with CaO indicates that the latter exists chiefly in the form of silicate. Judging from the amount of magnesia, we see that this soil would certainly contain a sufficient quantity of this base for the normal growth of various kinds of plants, but the quantity of lime is about seventeen times larger than that of magnesia, and if the same ratio of CaO and MgO contained in the soil is absorbed by the plants, they would not grow normally, since the great excess of lime interferes with the function of the magnesia‘) The proper way to correct the unfavorable ratio of lime and magnesia of this soil, for the growth of Gramineae, would be to add so much magnesia in the form of insoluble hydrous silicate or of powdered magnesite that the ratio of lime to magnesia becomes 1 : 1, for the availability of the magnesia would then agree or nearly so with that of lime. But since magnesite is feund only very rarely in this country I intended to use soluble magnesium sulphate, which must of course be applied in much smaller quantity than magnesite. In order to determine the best quantity of magnesium sulphate to be applied to the soil the following experiments were made (t) Compare the theory of O. Low in the Bulletin of the College of Agriculture, Imp. University, Tokyo, Vol. V. No. 4. No [o5) Twelve zinc pots, each measuring 25 c.m. in diameter and 37 c.m. in height were filled with 9°653 kilog. of the air dried soil, which was taken from a bare field near the experimental station. The soil in each pot contained, therefore, 169.98 g. CaO and 10.10 g MgO. The excess of CaO over MgO amounted to 159.98 g. (round number 160 g.) In order to increase the amount of magnesia in the soil, the following quantities of MgSO,+7Aq. were applied : No. of Pots. Amounts of magnesium sulphate applied per pot. I & We Control 2 & 8. | 160 X 4 g- MgO = 39.36 g. MgSO, + 7Aq- 3 & Q- m ossip on » = 78.72 g. - 4 & to | A 2 e= & » = 118.08 g x 5 (agi | > bs ag pe SA hes ” 6 & 12 | aia sts QO Rone) 6 The experiments were made in duplicate. On Nov. 17 (1903) the magnesium sulphate was well mixed with the soil in the pulverized state. On the succeeding days, 0.5 g. P. O; (as disodium phosphate), then 0.25 g. K,O (as carbonate) and then 0.5 g. N. (as ammonium chloride) were given per pot. On Nov. 23 barley seeds were sown (9 grains per pot). The observations made during the experiment and the results obtained are given in the following table : EEE EE No. of Pots. I and 7 2 and 8 | 3 and g | 4 and 10 | 5 and 1I1 | 6 and 12 Mg SO4 +7 Aq applied, g. "00 39°36 78°72 11808 57°44 | 19680 Time of germination. Decs | 45) Dees. 4) Dec. 65)| Deen 7 6))| Dee. nr. |"Dec! 19: » » flowering May 14.| May 4./| Apr. 15.| May 5. | May 18. | Jun. 7. >» » Maturity Jun. 3. | May 25. | May 25. | May 25. | Jun. 9g. | Jun. 9. Number of days from 8 sowing to maturity. pao: eae Bee 184s 799. zor Length of the highest stalk * 8 6= al 105 99 Ico 9 5 56 Number of stalks with | 2 perfect ears. te =o ae Se 7 : Number of stalks with imperfect ears. +2 é 3 5 4 Number of stalks without 5 oO 3 a * 2 ears. Total number of stalks. 21 25 | 25 26 12 4 Straw, g- 41.63 45-40 50.42 49.52 25.98 10.65 Full seeds, g. 13.10 16.55 22.10 19.13 4.78 | 058 Empty seeds, g. 1.05 0.95 | 0.88 0.85 0.77 | 0.37 | Total, g. | 55:78 63.90 73-40 69.50 31.53. | 11.60 Proportion of grai | | eee 7 eee 100. 123 | x69 146 37 4 As seen from the above table the best result was obtained when 78°72 g. MgSO,+7Agq. were applied to the pot. The plants in this pot flowered 28 days earlier and matured g days sooner than those of the control pot, and the plus yield amounted to 69%. If, however, magnesia was applied in excess, it exerted a very injurious action on the growth of the plant. On the contrary, the application of a small quantity of magnesium sulphate (0.59 g. as MgO per pot=1oo kilog. per hectar) remained, as preliminary experiments showed, without effect. These results show decidedly that the addition of a certain quantity of magnesia acts very beneficially upon the growth of the plant when the soil 34 contains a large excess of lime over magnesia” and furnish at the same time a further proof of the inference that ‘‘a maximum yield depends—other things being equal—also upon a certain ratio of lime to magnesia which enters into the plant.” Further, we see from the above results, that the most favorable ratio of lime and magnesia is 7 : 1, provided, the magnesia is applied in the form of sulphate. This result holds good in the case of clayey and perhaps also of certain humus soils, but surely not of sandy soils, to which a much smaller quantity of this sulphate must be applied. Since the best ratio of lime to magnesia for the growth of cereals was found to be 1: 1 when magnesia was applied in the form of magnesite, it would have required 333 g. magnesite per pot in order to attain the above ratio. As the best result was, however, obtained when 78°72 g. magnesium sulphate were applied per pot, we may conclude that the relative value or agronomical equivalent of magnesium sulphate to magnesite is here nearly 23 : 100. (t) Larbaletrier and Malpeau (Ann. agr. 1896) obtained in France a very favorable result in applying 300 kilog. magnesium sulphate per ha., but in this case also the lime content exceeded the magnesia content considerably, otherwise the result would certainly have been unfavorable. er On the Stimulating Action of Potassium Iodide upon Sesamum and Spinach. BY S. UCHIY AMA. The stimulating action of very small doses of potassium iodide on rice, oats, radishes and peas was observed by S. Suzuki and Aso.” It was of interest to extend such observations also upon other plants. For this purpose, we selected sesamuin and spinach. I. A Pot Experiment with Sesamum. The experiment was carried out with six zinc pots of a diameter of 30.4 €.m. (55;)55, ha.). On June 26, 1904 each pot received 15 kilo. air dry soil from an unmanured plot of our experimental field, and was then manured with 225 g. farmyard manure and 15 g. bone dust. After two days, the seeds (20 for each pot) were sown, and on July 20, the young shoots were reduced per pot to five of about equal size. Potassium iodide was fractionally applied in high dilution in three different periods ie. July 20, 28, and August 5. At the end of July, some decisive differences could be observed, the treated plants showing more growth and a darker green color. The crop was harvested on Sept. 22, and weighed in the air dry state. The following table shows the result thus obtained (average of two parallel experiments) 1) Bulletin of the College of Agriculture, Tokio Imperial University, Vol. V, No. 4. and Vol. VI, No. 2. KI in gram. Average yield per pot in gram. Comparative fan : 5 Stems and yield of per pot per ha. Full-grains |Empty grains Haske Total full grains fo) ° 8.50 0.10 19.60 28.20 100 0.0009 123.7 9.85 0.15 25.65 35.65 116 0.009 1237.0 10,65 0.25 25.95 36.85 125 II. A Field Experiment with Sesamum. A field experiment was also carried out with Sesamuim. On June 26, 1904 two plots, each having an area of 59.5 square metres were manured at the rate of 3005 kilo. farmyard manure and 112°7 kilo. each of common superphosphate and straw ash per ha.. The seeds were then sown and the young shoots were finally singled out each at a distance of 10 cm. in three fractions i.e. July 13, 20,27. To one plot, potassium iodide was fractionally applied at the rate of 25 g. per ha. as follows : I July 20 0.015 g. KI dissolved in 54 litres I August 2 0.045 g. 5s ” ay) spy ea lll = 9 0.090 g. ,, ” Primers es} Soon after the second application of potassium iodide, the treated plants showed a more luxuriant growth. The crop was harvested on Sept. 17 and weighed in the air dry state in kilo. as follows : — | | i : 5 | | Comparative Stems and Total yield of Full grains |Empty grains “4 i | | DRGs | full grains Control plants ... ... 3-494 0.071 | 14.635 18.200 Too | Treated) (5,0 ve. es 4-320 0.101 17.607 | 22.911 124 | Ill. A Pot Experiment with Spinach. The experiment was carried out with six zinc pots of a diameter of 25 cm. Coogan ha.) On July 23, 1904 each pot received 16 kilo. air dry soil from an ee a a 37 unmanured plot of our experimental field and was then manured with 150 g. compost and 10 g. bone dust. The seeds (20 for each pot) were sown on August 15, and three weeks later the young shoots were reduced (per -pot) to six of about equal size. Potassium iodide was fractionally applied in high dilution in three periods i.e. Sept. 15, Oct. 7 and 15. In the beginning of October, some decisive difference was observed, the treated plants showing better develop- ment. The crop was harvested on Oct. 28, and weighed in the fresh state. The following table shows the results thus obtained (average of two parallel experiments). KI in gram. Average yield ' i 3 ; Comparative yield perpae can ite per pot in gram. | ° ° 22.9 Too 0.0006 120 28.9 126 0.006 1200. 25.9 Ii2 aed ee ee From the results of all these experiments we see that potassium iodide when given in small doses, exerts a stimulating action upon sesamum and spinach. This fact is so far of practical importance, as our farmers on the sea-coast are used to employ as manure sea-weeds which contain more or less potassium iodide. Bacillus Nicotianae, Sp. nov; die Ursache der Tabakwelk- krankheit oder Schwarzbeinigkeit in Japan. VON Y. UYEDA. In Japan ist eine Tabakkrankheit sehr verbreitet, die unter dem Namen “ Tachigare-byo”’ (Stengelfaule), “ Aaromushi” (Schwarzbeinigkeit) oder “ Tchobyo”’ (Welkkrankheit) bereits vor vielen Jahren bekannt war. In 1899 wurde diese Krankheit auf dem Tabakversuchsfelde in der Provinz Sagami ebenfalls beobachtet und um dieselbe Zeit, sammelte ich kranke Tabak- pflanzen aus den Provinzen Shinano und Hitachi. Wahrscheinlich war diese Krankheit schon vor ungefahr 20-30 Jahren verbreitet, weil sie schon in “ Ensoroku ” (einem japanischen Buch tber den Tabakbau, publizirt 1881) beschrieben ist, wenn auch wissenschaftliche Beobachtungen dariiber ganzlich fehlen. Vor 4 Jahren hat T. Kugahara (in der Versuchsstation der Huku- shima-Ken) Bekampfungsmethoden dieser Krankheit publizirt. Zur ungefahr gleichen Zeit hat Dr. S. Hori, Mykolog in der hiesigen Versuchs-Station eine Serie von Versuchen tuber die Bekampfung diesesr Krankheit in der Provinz Hitachi gemacht, wo sie sehr verbreitet ist. Beide Forscher machten jedoch keine ausfiihrliche Mitteilungen tiber die Ursachen dieser Krankheit. Ferner hatte der Direktor Prof. Y. Kozai der Versuchsstation in Nishigahara eine Art von Bakterien isolirt, welche er ftir die Ursache der Tabakswelk- krankheit hielt. Meine Untersuchungen tiber diese Krankheit begannen vor fast 5 Jahren (1899) und es gelang mir, ein Bakterium zu isoliren, welches mit der von Prof. Kozai aus kranken Tabakpflanzen aus Hukushima isolirten Art iden- tisch ist. Der betreffende Organismus ahnelt etwas dem Bacillus Solanacearum, 40 Erwin F. Smith,” aber er ist nicht identisch, daher schlage ich einen neuen Namen, Bacillus Nicotianae, vor, dessen kurze Diagnose schon publizirt wurde *) Obgleich die Symptome der Tabakwelkkrankheit denjenigen der Eierpflanzen- oder Tomaten-Welkkrankheit sehr ahnlich sind, welche durch Bacillus solanacearum verursacht wird, unterscheiden sich doch beide Bak- terien in Beziehungen sowohl der physologischen und morphologischen Eigenschaften als auch ihrer Infektionsfahigkeit. in Folgendem will ich eine Beschreibung dieser Tabakwelkkrankheit, der Ursache, sowie ‘einiger Bekampfungsmethoden geben, welche in den vergangenen 4 Jahren im hiesigen Laboratorium zur Anwendunh gekommen sind. SYMPTOME DER KRANKHEIT. Die Tabakwelkkrankheit kommt sowhl an jungen wie auch an ausgewach- senen Individuen vor, und zwar wahrend der Monate Juni bis September in verschiedenen Gegenden in Japan. Die Krankheit macht sich zuerst durch ein plotzliches WVerwelken bemerklich, ein Gelblichwerden des Blattes folgt, hierauf wird der Stengel schwhrz und schlieslich werden die ganzen Wurzeln zerstort. Betreffend der Infektion der Tabakpflanze durch Bacillus Nicotianae scheinen mir drei Moglichkeiten vorhanden zu sein, nimlich sie kann durch die Wurzelhaare sowie Hauptwurzel, zweitens durch die Spaltoffnungen des Blattes und drittens durch die beim Kopfen und Geizen verursachten Wunden stattfinden, Wenn die Safte aus den kranken Pflanzen oder eine Reinkultur von Bacillus Nicotianae auf gesunde Tabakblatter iibertragen werden, beginnen schon binnen 1-2 Wochen die Blatter sich zu schwarzen und braune Flecken zu produciren. Die Hauptnerven des Blattes werden zunachst ausgehéhlt und dann zerstort. Die Infektionsversuche wurden an jungen und 4lteren Tabakpflanzen im Versuchsstationsfelde in Nishigahara ausgefiihrt. Auf den alteren Blattern erscheinen zuweilen wel- lenformige schwarze Flecke entlang den Blattnerven, welche durch die in die Spaltoffnungen eingedrungenen Bacillen verursacht sind. Da die Infektion 1). U.S. Depart. of Agr. Bul. No. 12. (1896) 2). Centbl. f. Bakt. 2 Abt. Bd. 13. S. 329. 4l oft durch die Wurzeln stattfindet, folgt, dass die Bacillen in der Erde peren- nieren, So konnen die zuerst sichtbaren Symptome der Krankheit mit denen der Eierpflanzen- oder Tomaten-Welkkrankheit verglichen werden.) Wenn wir den kranken Tabakstengel anschneiden, dann scheidet sich aus den Gefassbiindeln eine grosse Menge einer Bakterien enthaltenden Flissigkeit aus, die etwas alkalisch reagirt. Im Lauf der fortschreitenden Krankheit wird das Rindengewebe des Stengels betrachilich contrahirt, wahrend zugleich schwarze Linien auf der Oberflache des kranken Stengels erscheinen. Rinde und Parenchymgewebe der kranken Wurzeln trennen sich voreinander, und zugleich wird das letztere zu einer Anzahl von groben Fasern. Diese Erscheinung kann mit blossen Augen leicht erkannt werden. Der ausgeflos- sene Saft, sowie die Gefassbiindel, Wurzeln, und Blatter der kranken Pflanzen, lassen leicht die im Zellsaft schwimmenden Bacillen erkennen. Diese Krankheit verursacht grossen Schaden durch ihre ungemein schnelle Verbreitung wahrend der Regenzeit. Die hohe Sommertemperatur tragt ebenfalls sehr zur Verbreitung der Krankheit bei. Im Stengel sowie im Blatte sind die Bacillen zuerst nur in den Gefass- bindeln aufzufinden. Daher schwarzen sich zunachst die Nerven und dann erst unterliegt das parenchymatische Gewebe. Wenn man erst kiirzlich krank gewordenen Stengel oder Blattstiele anchneidet, sieht man nur lokale Schwarzung des Gefassbiindels, wihrend das tbrige Gewebe noch ganzlich gesund erscheint. ANATOMISCHE VERANDERUNGEN DER WIRTSPFLANZE. Wenn wir einen kranken Stengel anschneiden, fallt uns zuerst die Braunung oder Schwarzung des Gewebes auf, und zwar besonders des Holz- gewebes, welches einen schwarzen runden Kreis erkennen lasst. In den ersten Stadien der Krankheit ist nur eine Seite des Stengels schwarz. Haufig lasst er die pathogenen Veranderungen nur nach dem Anschneiden a) As a..O; 42 erkennen, da er erst nach der Berthrung mit der Luft schwarz wird und zwar durch den nun stattfindenden Oxydationsvorgang. Die Krankheit verbreitet sich allmahlich aus dem Holzgewebe nach zwei Richtungen, namlich nach dem Markgewebe sowie nach dem Rindengewebe hin’ Die mikroskopischen Beobachtungen lehren uns, dass das Rinden- parenchyma stark zerstort wird ; Zellsaft, Starke, Chlorophyll, Zellkern und der wbrige Zellinhalt verschwinden ; allein die sclerenchymatischen Zellen scheinen nicht so leicht geschadigt zu werden. Ebenso ist dieses beim parenchymatischen Theile des Gefassbiindels der Fall, in welchem auch der Zellinhalt allmahlich verschwindet. Aus Taf. VI. Fig. 9 kann man erkennen, dass die Bacillen zuerst den Zellkern und dann die ganze Zelle zur Des- organisation bringen. Zuweilen findet man eine Korkschicht zwischen den gesunden und erkrankten Gewebe. Wenn die erkrankten Pflanzen, aus irgend einem Grunde nicht sofort unterliegen, so bilden sie Blatter von anor- maler Gestalt aus. Haufig kommen in dem kranken Stengel, schmale Hohl- ungen vor, die mit einer grossen Menge von Bacillen erfullt sind. Im erkrankten Blatt findet man oft die Bacillen in den Blatthaaren schwarmen. Wenn das Wurzelsystem geschadigt wird, so ist das erste Zeichen der Abtren- nung des Bastteiles von Holzgewebe. Obgleich der Holzteil des Gefass- biindels weit langer den Angriffen dieser Bacillen widersteht als das paren- chymatische Gewebe der Rinde, so wird schliesslich doch das ganze Gewebe zerstort. Diese Zersetzung des Gewebes wird vielleicht durch ein Enzym verursacht, welches durch Bacillen ausgeschieden wird. Auf diese Enzym- bildung will ich im nachsten Kapitel zurickkommen. Taf VI. Fig. 7 zeigt die Zersetzung des erkrankten Gewebes, besonders des parenchymatischen Gewebes im Gefassbiindel. Auch erkennt man dort die mikroskopischen Vearnderungen, welche an dem Markgewebe des Stengels aufgetreten sind. Wenn man die reingeziichteten Bacillen auf eine Gewebeschicht tbertragt, so wird man bereits binnen einigen Tagen die Schwarzung erkennen und dann erfolgt bald die Trennung dieses Gewebes in die einzelnen Zellen. Oft werden die Blattnerven der kranken Pflanze ausgehohlt, dann werden die daran angrenzenden Parenchymzellen und auch nicht selten die Schraubengefasse zerstort. 43 BESCHREIBUNG DER ORGANISMEN. (A.) Morphologisches. Form und Grosse. B. Nicotianae ist 1-1,2 #. lang und 0,5-0,7 yp. dick. Die beiden Enden des Stabchens sind ziemlich rund, weder spitzig noch eckig ; 1m Wirtsgewebe oft isolirt, aber zuweilen zu zweien verbunden. Bei der Kultur wahrend zwei oder drei Monate bilden sie selten eine ketten- formige Kolonie. Die Grosse des Bacillus variirt mit den Ernahrungs- verhaltnissen z.B. in Bouillon werden die Stabchen etwas langer als in Agar. Farbung. Der Tabakswelkbacillus, sei er auf verschiedenen Nahrsub- straten kultivirt, kann durch basischen Anilin-Farbstoff leicht gefarbt werden, besonders durch die Ziel’sche Losung (Karbolfuchsin oder Gentianaviolett) ; die Farbung mit Bismarkbraun gelang nicht so gut. Durch die Gram’sche Methode gefarbt erscheinen die Bacillen schwach schwarzblau oder rot. Kapseln. In einer alteren Agarkultur des Bacillus Nicotianae kommen mehrere Kapseln zum Vorschein. Man kann das Schleimigwerden der Bacillen als ein Anfangsstadium der Kapselbildung betrachten. Durch die Farbung mit Karbolfuchsin kann man leicht etwaige Japseln sichtbar machen, Auch Friedlander’sche Methode gibt gute Resultate. Nach etwa 2 Monaten Kultur in Agar bei Zimmertemperatur (August) bildet sich haufig eine schleimige Masse. Diese Masse ist ohne Zweifel entweder aus vielen Kapseln oder aus gelatinosen Substanzen der Bacillen zusammengesetzt. Geisseln. Der Bacillus zeigt lebhafte vibrioartige oder wellenformige Bewegungen. Er ist mit peritrichen Geisseln versehen. [tir Geis- selfirbung diente mir eine kleine Menge von einer 15 Stunden alten Agarkultur, welche ich in Wasser auf Deckglaschen brachte, auf der Flamme unter Zuftigen des Loffler’schen Beizmittels (sauer mit verdiinnter Schwefel- saure) wahrend einiger Minuten erwarmte und alsdann mit Wasser abspilte. Nach Waschen mit absolutem Alkohol farbte ich mit Anilin- wasser-Gentianviolett, spiilte mit Wasser ab und beobachtete. Die peritrichen Geisseln wurden dann sichtbar. Es scheint mir, dass in vielen Fallen Bacillus Nicotianae 4-8 Geisseln besitzt, welche 3-4 mal linger 44 sind als der Bacillus selbst. Die Farbung geschah auch nach van Ermen- gem’scher Methode. Ich liess eine geringe Menge von Agarkultur auf Deckglasern vertrocknen, behandelte sie einige Minuten in der Warme, mit einer Mischung von einem Teil 2 %iger Osmiumsaure mit zwei Teilen Io- 25 %iger Tanninlosung, welcher 4-5 Tropfen Eisessig auf 100 ccm zugesetzt worden waren, spiilte mit Wasser, dann mit Alkohol ab, behandelte mit einer Silbernitratlosung (2 %) wahrend weniger Sekunden, und legte sie dann in’s Reduktionsbad, welches aus 13 g. Gallussiure, 3 g. Gerbsaure, 100 g. Natronacetat, 350 g. Wasser bestand, dann wieder in Silbernitrat. Nach Wiederabspiilen mit Wasser liess ich das Praparat trocknen. Sporen. Auf festem Nahrsubstrat oder in nahrstoffarmen Losungen werden die Sporen nach etwa einem Monat gebildet. Die Sporenbildung dieser Bacillen ist wichtig, nicht nur in wissenschaftlicher, sondern auch in praktischer Hinsicht, weil sie wahrscheinlich in den Tabaksfeldern wahrend der kalten Winterzeit in den nordlichen Provinzen Japans andauern dirfte. Sehr oft findet man Sporen in Agarstrichkulturen (Zimmertemperatur, Sep- tember), welche 3 Monate alt sind; es ist jedoch zu bemerken, dass in dem unteren Theil einer Strichkultur, wo man haufig schleimige Massen wahr- nimmt, die Sporenbildung nicht eintritt. (B). Physiologisches. Ecuillon. In neutialer Rindfeischpepton-Lésung, bei Zimmertem- peratur in Juli, wachst Bacittus NIcoTIANAE sehr schnell und uppig, so dass binnen eines Tages die Flissigkeit trib und bereits nach 3 Tagen eine dinne Haut gebildet ist. Bei starkem Schitteln der Kulturgefasse bricht die Haut, welche in ihren dicken blauen und diinneren weissen Teilchen eiren mosai- kartigen Anblick darbietet. Nach einer Woche nimmt die Farbung der Nahrlosung zu, und es bildet sich ein grauweisser Bodensatz aus Bakterien- massen. Allmahlich wird die Haut grau und ziemlich kornig und nach etwa einem Monat sieht man oft einen schwarzen Ring um dieselbe. Der Boden- satz ist gewohnlich nicht sehr ‘schleimig. Die Nahrlésung wird bisweilen braun gefarbt. Bei Kultur in einem Erlenmeyer’schen Kolben mit Bouillon, 45 nimmt, nach zwei Wochen bei Zimmertemperatur im Oktober, die Losung eine tief graubraune Farfung an. Traubenzucker-Bouillon ist fiir das Wach- stum dieser Organismen sehr giinstig. In alteren Bouillonkulturen, findet man eine grosse Menge von rhomboidalen Krystallen, welche vielleicht aus Ammoniummagnesiumphosphat bestehen. Gelatineplattenkulturen. 1-2 Tage nach Infektion im Gelatinenahr- boden erscheinen kleine Kolonien im Innern sowohl als auf der Oberflache. Bei etwa 50 facher Vergrosserung stellen die Oberflachenkolonien als rundliche, hellgraue, nach der Mitte zu dunklerwerdende etwas kérnige Scheiben mit mehr oder weniger unregelmassigen Rand dar. Nach 4-5 Tagen, verflissigen die alteren Oberflachenkolonien allmahlich die Gelatine in centrifugaler Richtung, und alsdann sieht man in dem verfliissigten Theil ein Sediment von Bakterien. Nach 6 Tagen werden die Kolonien etwas becher- formig. Nach einer Woche behalten die in der verfliissigten Gelatine schwim- menden Kolonien noch ihre urspriingliche Form bei, ohne zu brechen. Die in der Tiefe liegenden Kolonien weisen eine ellipsoidische Form auf, und bereits binnen wenigen Tagen verschmelzen sie zu einer sehr kleinen Masse. Gelatinestrichkulturen. Nach etwa 2 Tagen, ist die Gelatine langs der Infektionslinie verfilissigt, so dass eine Rinne gebildet wird. Im kondensirten Wasser sammelte sich eine ziemlich grosse Menge des Sedimentes, und zuweilen ist eine diinne Haut auf der Flissigkeit gebildet. Gelatine wird bereits binnen 2 Wochen ganz verflissigt, Gelatinestichkultur. Nach 2 Tagen ist die Gelatine in Nahnadel- kopfform verflissigt ; nach 4 Tagen ist eine trichterformige Hohlung gebildet und dann sieht man ein Sediment in ziemlich grosser Menge. Auf der verfliissigten Losung wird fast immer eine diinne Haut gebildet. Nach etwa 3 Wochen wird die ganze Gelatine verfliissigt, und allmahlich ziemlich grau- schwarz gefarbt. Agarplattenkulturen. Auf Agarplatten erscheinen bereits binnen 24 Stunden (bei Zinmertemperatur im August) kleine Kolonien, die zuerst einen scharfen Umriss haben und rundlich, nass glinzend und schwach grauweiss sind. Nach etwa einer Woche nehmen diese Kolonien eine rotliche Farbung an, die sich allmiahlich grauschmutzig und schwarz verandert. 46 Haufig kommen in den Plattenkulturen einige Riesenkolonien vor, die spater konzentrische Kreise bilden. Diese Erscheinungen kommen nicht immer vor, wenn z. B. die Temperatur auf etwa 25°C. gehalten wird. Sehr selten werden konzentrische Riesenkolonien gebildet, welche einen gezackten Umriss haben. Die in Agar tiefliegenden Kolonien sind manchmal elliptisch oder eiformig, sehr diinn und nach allen Seiten sich ausbreiteiud ; sie sind durch ihren hohen Glanz beim suffallenden Lichte ausgezeichnet. Mehrere rhomboidische Krystalle, welche aus Ammoniummagnesiumphosphat bestehen, kommen haufig in den Agarplattenkulturen vor. Die ober- flachlichen Kolonien sehen zuerst weiss aus, aber nach ca. 2 Wochen bei einer Temperatur von 32°C. werden sie grau. Der spater gebildete Strahlenkranz hat einen gezackten Umriss. Die in der Tiefe liegenden Kolonien sehen beim auffallenden Licht blauweiss aus, und fluoresciren mehr oder weniger. Ihr Durchmesser betragt meist I mm... Die ober- flichlichen Kolonien sind nicht gekornt, sondern sehr glatt, ferner feucht und hell in ihrem Centrum. Hiaufig ist eine Haut auf den Riesenkolonien gebildet. Agarstrichkultvren. In Agarstrichkulturen bei Zimmertemperatur im September, beginnt Bac. NicorranarE schon binnen 24 Stunden auszuwa- chsen. Langs der Infektionslinie bildet sich eine weissliche Auflagerung von nassem und glinzendem Aussehen. Binnen einer Woche wird diese Auflagerung mehr oder weniger schleimig. Weder seitenstandige finger- ahnliche Fortsatze, noch blattformige Auflagerungen werden gebildet. Agarstichkultur. Nach einer Woche (bei Zimmertemperatur im Juli) findet schnelles Wachstum von Bac. NicorianaE langs der Stichlinie statt, und besonders auf der Oberseite. Im Infektionspunkt ist das Wachstum der Bacillen am tppigsten; alsdann beginnt eine schwarze Firbung im oberen Theil des Nahragars. Die Auflagerung ist sehr dann, grauschwarz an der Oberflache. Kartoffeln. Auf gedimpften Kartoffelscheiben wachst Bac. NicoTIANAE bei Zimmertemperatur(Juli)sehr schnell langs der Strichlinie und spater ist eine griingelbliche Auflagerung gebildet. Bereites binnen 1-2 Wochen nimmt das Substrat eine mehr oder weniger grauschwarze Farbe an. Der durch die 47 Bacillen ausgeschiede Farbstoff lost sich im Wasser auf und diffundirt in das Pflanzengewebe. Auf der Oberflache von Kartoffelschnitten, wachst Bac. NICOTIANAE ziemlich gut (bei Temperatur von 25°C.); bereits binnen 1-2 Wochen wird das Pflanzengewebe ganzlich zerstort. Von dem geimpften Theile aus verbreitet sich Bac. NicoriaANAe nach den umgebenden Zellen, welche nun ein feuchtes Aussehen erhalten. Alsdann erfolgt Aushohlung und Schwarzung des Katoffelgewebes. Diese Schwarzung des Wirtgewe- bes ist als ein besonderer Charakter von Bac. NicoTraNAE aufzufassen ; sie wird durch ein ausgeschiedenes oxidirendes Enzym, Tyrosinase, verursacht. Gekochte Méhren, Rettig und Bataten. Auf gekochten Moéhrriben, sehen die Kolonien von Bac. NicorraNar zuerst gelblich aus. Nach einigen Tagen produciren sie einen unangenehmen Geruch. Auf gekochten Rettig- scheiben erzeugte dieser Bacillus einen scharfen Geruch bereits binnen I oder 2 Wochen nach der Infection. Dann erfolgt die Zerstorung der Gewebe. Der Bacillus wachst auch ziemlich gut auf gekochten Bataten. Milch. Der Bacillus wachst sehr gutin Milch. Dieselbe wird durch das Bacterienwachsthum erst stark sauer, das dabei ausgeschiedene Koagulum lost sich aber allmalich ab. Schliesslich nimmt die Milch eine chokoladenartige Farbung an und zeigt eine schwach alkalische Reaktion. Uschinsky’sche Losung. In dieser Losung findet nur ein geringes Wachstum statt. Verhalten gegen verschiedene Temperaturen. Aus den unter ver- schiedenen Bedingungen mit vielen Kulturmedien ausgefihrten Untersuchun- gen geht hervor, dass die Optimumtemperatur fiir das Wachstum Bacillus bei ca. 32°C. liegt. Der Bacillus besitzt keine besondere Wider- standfahigkeit gegen hohere Temperatur. Eine 10 Minuten dauernde Erhitzung des Bacillus in Bouillon auf 54°C. totete denselben mit Sicherheit ab, wahrend bei 53°C. der Erfolg kein regelmissiger war. Verhalten gegen Sauerstoff. In 3 bis 5 % Zucker enthaltenden Agarstichkulturen wachst Bac. NicoriaNae ziemlich gut, sowohl in der Tiefe als auch an Oberflache. Er ist fakultativer Anaérob. In einer mit Bouillon gefiillten Gahrungsrdhre gedeiht er sowohl im geschlossenen als 48 auch im offenen Teil der Rohre. Auch in Kirasaro’s und GABRITSCHEWSKI’S Plattenschale mit Wasserstoffatmosphare wachst er ziemlich gut. Verhalten gegen Wasserstoff. Wenn Bouillon mit dem Bacillus inficirt und in reiner Wasserstoffatmosphare gehalten wird, so zeigt sich eine Triubung binnen einer Woche und bildet sich allmahlich eine Haut, welche beim Schitteln zerfallt und kleine Zoogloeamassen liefert. Zugleich erhebt sich das Sediment und bleibt lange in der Flissigkeit suspendirt. Vergleichen wir die Kulturen von Bac. Nicotranar und Bac. Caroro- VORUS mit einander, so ergibt sich manche Aenlichkeit, aber bei dem letzteren treten schleimige Sedimente auf, bei dem ersteren nicht. Saure-Produktion. Der Organismus producirt in zuckerhaltigen Nahr- boden eine geringe Menge von Saure. In Peptonwasser tritt dagegen eine schwach alkalische Reaktion ein. Reduktionsfaehigkeit. Eine mit 1 % iger Methylenblau-Losung gefarbte Bouillon wird bald reducirt, wobei die urspriingliche blaue Farbe verschwindet, wenn die Luft abgehalten wird, sonst tritt an der Oberflache die blaue Farbe stets wieder auf. Kultivirt man Bac. NicoriANaE in Kaliumnitrat enthaltenden Losungen, so kann man nach ein bis zwei Tagen die Reduktion zu Nitrit durch die Griess’schen Reaktionen machweisen (Metaphenylendiamin oder Sulfanilsaure + a- Naphthylamin); das durch Reduktion producirte Nitrit ist besonders bei der letzteren Reaktion leicht erkennbar wegen der intensiv rothen Farbung. Indolreaktion. In jingeren Kulturen von Bac. Nicorianar in einer Losung von Pepton order in Bouillon, konnte ich eine schwache Indolreaktion erkennen Bereits binnen 10 Tagen nach der Infektion von 5 %iger Pepton- losung wurde sie schwarz, so dass die Indolreaktion unmoglich wurde. Produktion von Schwefelwasserstoff. Ich liess einen mit verdiinnter Bleiacetatlosung benetzten Filtrierpapierstreifen in den Reagensglasern hangen, in welchen die Bacillen kultivirt wurden. Binnen einigen Wochen begann das Papier sich zu schwarzen, was die Produktion von Schwefel- wasserstoff beweist. Verhalten im Erdboden. Um zu beobachten, wie tiefin dem inficir- ten Erdboden der Wellkbacillus wachsen order wenigstens lebend bleiben kann, 49 untersuchte ich den Erdboden aus verschiedenen Tiefen im Tabaksfelde bei Nishigahara. Vor allem stellte ich Plattenkulturen von der Erd her; unter den vielen nach einigen Tagen sichtbaren Kolonien waren auch die des Welkbacillus aufzufinden. Tiefe des Erdbodens. Beobachtung in der Petrischale. 3,5 Dm. Kolonien von Bac. Nicorranae sichtbar. 3,0 ” ” ” ” ” ’ 2,5 oy ” ” ” ” ” 2 OMetss ” ” ” ” ” 1,5 5» ” ” ” ” ” ge) fp Fs om x 5 Cm. 5p » » ny ” Oberflache des Feldes. £ one 3 ” Farbstoffbildung. Der Welkbacillus bildet einen schwarzen Farbstoff, welcher sowohl auf der Wirtpflanze als auch auf den Kulturmedien zuerst als grauweisse dann braune Farbung auftritt. Die Produktion des Farbstoffes hangt von vielen Bedingungen ab, besonders von der Temperatur. Auf Agar, Bouillon, Kartoffel, Gelatine und Milch, wird dieser Farbstoff bei bestimmten Temperaturen nach einigen Tagen gebildet ; im August bei etwa 30°C Lufttemperatur erfolgt die Produktion des Farbstoffes sehr schnell. Etwa ein oder zwei Wochen nach der Impfung auf Agar, verandert sich die urspriingliche grauweisse Farbe der Kolonien zu einer rotlichen, welche sich aber rasch zu einer schwarzen umwandelt. Auf Kartoffeln ninimt die Kolonie des Bacillus zuerst eine grauweisse Farbung an, die sich alsdann in eine schmutzig gelblichgrine und schliesslich in einer graue oder schwarze verandert. Bouillon und Milch werden ganzlich geschwarzt bei hoheren Temperaturen (ca. 35°), wobei oft ein schwarzer Ring an den Glaswanden an der Oberflache der Flissigkeit gebildet wird. Der von den Bacillen gebildete Farbstoff ist leicht loslich in Wasser (aus Agarstrich), sehr wenig in Alkohol nnd Glycerin, nicht in Benzin, Aether und Chloroform. Diese Farbstoffbildung ist keinesweges so beschrankt wie bei dem von Erwin F. Smith beschriebenen BAc SoLANACEARUM, bei welchem die Farbstoffbil- 50 dung nur in den Alkalien und Glucose enthaltenden Nahrflissigkeiten stattfindet. Unser Bacillus bildet seine braunschwarze Farbe nicht nur in Glucoseagar oder in alkalisch gemachtem Agar, sondern auch in fast allen anderen Nahrsubstraten bei 30-40°C. Ich habe mehrmals Reinigungsversuche des Farbstoffes unternommen nach den Methoden, welche Brieger bei der Untersuchung von Bac. CyANOGENEs benutzte, doch hatte ich keinen befriedigenden Erfolg. Enzymbildung. Der Welkbacilius scheidet Invertin aus ; ich konnte feststellen, dass das Filtrat der Bouillonkultur durch das Chamberland’sche Filter schon nach einen Tag Saccharose invertirt. Auch eine sehr geringe Menge von Diastase scheint er auszuscheiden. Es scheint mir, dass der Bacillus Cytase ausscheidet ; zuerst beobachtete ich bei einem Fragment eines sterilisirten Tabaksstengels, das mit Bac. NICOTIANAE geimpft war, mit Hilfe der Tropfenkultur, dass nach 3-4 Tagen die Mittellamellen etwas gequollen waren. Eine Solche Erscheinungen hat Potter auch bei seiner Untersuchung iiber den Riibenfaulnissbacillus, Pssupo- MONAS Desrrucrans beobachtet. Der Welkbacillus greift die Zellwande des Tabaks in rechtwinkeliger Richtung an, was bei der Tropfenkultur leicht zu beobachten ist. Wenn durch das Chamberland’sehe Filter filtrirte Bouillon- kultur auf die Oberflache des Tabaksblattes geimpft wird, macht sich nach zwei oder drei Wochen eine gelblichschwarze Veranderung desselben ‘bemerkbar (August). Diese Tatsache deutet ebenfalls an, dass Cytase durch BAc, NIcoTrANAE ausgescheiden wird. Wahrend meiner vorliegenden Untersuchungen beobachtete ich die sehr interessante Tatsache, dass der Bacillus ein oxidirendes Enzym und zwar Tyrosinase ausscheiden kann. Wenn man Paraphenylendendiamin und 3-Naphthol (Spitzer’s Reaktion) zu einer frischen Agarstrich-oder Bouil- lonkultur des Bacillus hinzufugt, so entwickelt sich eine schwach rote Farbung, die bald nachher schwarz wird. Wenn man eine 1-5 % ige Tyrosinlosung zu einer Bacillenkultur gibt, so nimmt sie rascher eine rotschwarze Farbe an, als ohne jenen Zusatz. Diese Reaktionen zeigen, dass der Welkbacillus Tyrosinase ausscheidet. Wenn man einer etwa einen Monat alten Gelatinekultur einige Tropfen Sr Chlorwassers hinzufiigt (nach Neumeisters’s Tryptophan Reaktion), verandert sich die Farbe der Losung zu einer roten; ebenso liefert Brom mit jener Cultur eine violette Farbung. Dies ist characteristisch fir die Trypsinver- dauung. Kinfluss der Ernéhrung auf das Wachstum Gewisser Bakterien. Vergleichende Versuche mit B. NicoriaNAE und anderen Bakterien, um den Einfluss der Ernahrung auf ihr Wachstum sowie den von Magne- siumverbindungen auf ihr Farbstoffbildungsvermégen zu beobachten, ergaben die aus der folgenden Tabelle ersichtlichen Resultate :— Stickstoffquelle. Kohlenstoffquelle. Reakt. 1). Peptonr % + fo) Alk. 2), i + Dextrose 1 % Alk. | 3). Asparagin x 9 , at fo) Alk. 4)- fi + fo) Sauer. 5). 2% + Dextrose 1 % Alk. : = I 46): 1% + 3 rh Sauer. Mineralldsurg. + ( 7). Ammontartarat 1% + fo) Alk. KHy PO, 1 % 8). a cn + Glycerin 1 % Alk. MgSO4 3 % g). Kaliumnitrat 1 % + Dextrose 1 % Alk. NaCl 0,5 % 10), 1 An + Glycerin r % Alk. 11). Chlorammon 1 % + o rs Sauer. 12). ie se + Dextrose 1 % Sauer. 13). Bouillon. B. Nicotianae. | B. solanacearum.} B. lactis niger. | B. Cyanogenes. | B. Pyocyaneus. 1.) Norm. Entw. Schw. Entw. Schw. Entw. Schw. Entw. | Schw. Entw. 74) Stk. Entw. Norm. Entw. Norm. Entw. ; Keine Entw. | Norm. Entw. getriibt. 3-) | S.Schw. Entw.| Norm. Entw.; | Schw. Entw. Schw. Entw.; Schw. Entw. ; Hautbildg. diinne Hautbildg. griin. 4.) oD ” Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Norm. Entw.; | Nicht griin. 5.) Norm. Entw.; Stk. Entw. Keine Entw. ; Norm. Entw. Stk. Entw.; Hautbildg. Weisse dicke \zelberiin Fluoresc. Hautbildg. 6.) Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Schw. Entw. 7-) ” ” ¥5 “1 . ” ay ny | Keine Entw. 8.) 7 on “4 ae Schw. Entw. S. Schw. Entw. | Schw. Entw.; griin. 9.) ” 5) Schw. Entw. Keine Entw, Schw. Entw. Stk. Entw.; griin. Io.) 3 os Norm. Entw.; | S. Schw. Entw. | S. Schw. Entw. | Norm. Entw.; getriibt. grin. It.) . “A Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Keine Entw. Norm. Entw. 12.) a ” Schw. Entw. Schw. Entw. _ “F Schw. Entw. ; blau. 13.) Stk. Entw.; S. Stk. Entw. | Norm. Entw.; Stk. Entw. Stk. Entw. Hautbildg. Hautbildg. Wie diese Tabelle zeigt, wachst B. NicoriANAE iippig, sowohl in der Pepton+ Dextrose, als in Asparagin+ Dextrose Lésung; fir B. pyocyaneus scheint jedoch die letztere viel geeignet zu sein als die erstere. Wahrend Asparagin fiir das Wachstum von B. Solanacearum sehr giinstig ist, ist es nicht der Fall bei B. Nicotianae. Kaliumnitrat-, Chlorammonium-, oder Ammontartrat-losung (mit Dextrose oder Glycerin) ist fiir das Wachstum von B. Nicotianae nicht geeignet, fiir B. pyocyaneus besser, besonders die erstere ist sowohl fur das Wachstum als auch die Farbstoffbildung des Bacillus giinstig. Wiederholte Versuche zeigen, dass die Farbstoffbildung durch B. Nico- TIANAE von Magnesiumsalzen unabhangig ist. Unterschied zwischen Bac. Nicotianae und anderen Bacillen. Es wurden zunachst Kulturen von folgenden Bakterien hergestellt :— 1). Bacillus carotovorus. 2). B. Cubonianus. 3). 5B. vitivorus. 4). B. omnivorus. 5). B. atrosepticus. 6). 3B. Baccarinii. 7). B. cyanogenes. 8). B. mesentericus niger. 9). B. lactis niger. 10). B. solanacearum. Die Bacillen Nr. 7-10 bilden einen grauen oder schwarzen Farbstoff, die von Nr. 1-5 aber nicht. Nur die von Nr. 1-6 und auch Nr. to sind phyto- pathogen. In Folgendem sind die Unterschiede von den farbstoffliefernden Bacillen Nr. 7-10 hervorgehoben. B. cyanogenes. Auf alkalisch reagirendem Nahragar bildet der Bacillus einen braunschwarzen Farbstoff, aber einen blauen in einem saurem Nahrsubstrat (besonders in Milch); verflissigt nicht Gelatine ; die Stabchen sind grosser und langer als die des B. NicoriaANar. B. lactis niger. Auf Agar bildet dieser Bacillus einen schmutzig- grauen Farbstoff ; die Stabchen sind grosser als die von B. Nicorranaeg. B. lactis niger bildet oft fadenformige Zoogloea und ferner sehr leicht elliptische Sporen, welche denen von B. subtilis mehr dhneln als denen von B. Nicotianae. B, mesentericus niger. Bildet sehr leicht grosse Sporen in ver- schiedenen Nahrsubstraten ; auf Agar oder Kartoffeln bildet er eine faltige Haut, wie der Kartoffelbacillus, was aber B. Nicotianae nicht tut. tianae. 2). 3). ur — 10). II). 12). 13). 14). 15). B. solanacearum. BACILLUS NICOTIANAE. In Gelatinestrichkultur wachst der Bacil- lus ziemlich schnell, zuerst weiss, allmahlich schwarz. Verfliissigt Gelatine ziemlich schnell, binnen etwa 2 Wochen bildet er Haut- chen auf der Oberfliiche des Gelatinestri- ches. Bildet etwas Gas in Glycoseagar oder Glycosebouillon, und producirt schwach ranzigen Geruch, Menge Saure. ferner eine geringe Milch wird anfangs koagulirt aber das Koagulum allmahlich gelést und pepton- isirt. Auf Kartoffeln bildet der Bacillus einen gelblichgriinen Farbstoff, der allmahlich Auf Tunde schmutzig weisse graubraun, zuletzt schwarz wird. Agar werden Kolonien gebildet, die allmahlich braun- schwarz werden. Wachst am besten bei einer Temperatur von 32°C. Thermaltodpunkt ca. 55°. Fakultativ anaerobisch. In Peptonbouillon oder Mohrriiben pro- ducirt der Bacillus einen unangenehmen Geruch. Mit Methylenblau gefarbte Milch wird Durch Griess’sches Re- agens kann man die Reduktion von Nitrat zu Nitrit nachweisen. Weist eine schwache Indolreaktion auf bei den Kulturen in Peptonlosung. Bildet eine Oberhaut auf Bouillon binnen leicht reducirt. 3-4 Tagen. Gram’sche Farbung positiv. Sporen und Kapseln vorhanden. Parasitisch fiir Nicotiana und Capsicum, nicht aber fiir Eierpflanze und Tomate. tabacum 2). 4). Io). 53 Verfliissigt Gelatine weit langsamer, als B. Nico- Die ausfthrlichen vergleichenden Versuche sind wie folgt :— BACILLUS SOLANACEARUM. Auf Gelatinestrichkultur wachst der Bacil- lus sehr langsam, lings den Strichlinien. Die Farbung iihnelt mehr oder weniger der von B. Nicotianae. Verfliissigt Gelatine sehr schwach binnen 5 Oder 6 Wochen. Bildet auf Kartoffeln oder in glycosehaltiger Nahrlésung kein Gas, auch keine Sauren auf Kartoffeln oder in Peptonwasser oder Bouillon, zu welchem Traubenzucker hinzufiigt ist. oder schwach sauer reagirende Nahrlosung wird rasch alkalisch. Milch wird weder peptonisirt noch ko- agulirt. Neutrale Bildet einen braunen Farbstoff in Nabragar oder in Peptonwasser, welches Trauben- Auf Kartoffel bildet der gelblichweissen zucker enthalt. Bacillus Farbstoff, rauchschwarz wird. Wiachst iippig bei 37°C. Thermaltodpunkt ca. 52°C. Streng aerobisch. Kein merklicher Geruch in den verschie- denen Kulturmedien. zuerst einen welcher dann braun, zuletzt Es sind keine Reduktionsvorgange wahr- nehmbar. Keine Indolreaktion. In Eouillon oder Peptonlésung, bildet binnen 1-2 Wochen. Gram’sche Farbung negativ. Weder Sporen noch Kapseln. Parasitisch {iir Eierpflanze und Tomate, nicht aber fiir Nicotiana und Capsicum. 54 Diagnose des Bac. Nicotianae und Schlussbemerkungen. B. Nicorianae gehort zu den kleinen Bakterien mit runden Enden ; die Stabchen sind 1,0—1,2 yw lang und 0,5—o,7 yw dick. Er bleibt oft isolirt, zuweilen zu 2-4 verbunden. Bewegung durch mehrere peritriche Geisseln. Wachst uppig auf gewohnlichen Nahrsubstraten und verfliissigt Gelatine. Auf Kartoffeln bildet der Bacillus anfangs eine gelblichgriine Auflagerung, welche nach einer Woche grauschwarz wird. Fakultativ anaérob. Liefert nur schwache Gasentwicklung. Reducirt leicht Lakmusmilch und Methy- lenblau, ferner Nitrat zu Nitrit. Koagulirt Milch, das Koagulum wird dann allmahlich gelost und peptonisirt. Optimumtemperatur fiir das Wachstum 32°C.; Maximumtemperatur 55°C. Auf vielen Nahrsubstraten producirt der Bacillus einen schwarzen oder grauschwarzen Farbstoff. Trypsin und Tyrosinase werden sicher ausge- schieden. Der Bacillus ist in welkkranken Tabakspflanzen in verschiedenen Gegen- den in Japan vorhanden und ist die Ursache der sogenannten Welkkrank- heit. Der Bacillus greift verschiedene Varietaten von Tabakspflanzen an, nicht aber Nicotiana rustica; auch einige Varietaten von Nicotiana tabacum (Ohasama, Taketadate, Mitsuke, Kentucky white, Green river prior) werden nicht leicht angegriffen. Impfversuche auf Physalis minimum, ‘Capsicum longum, Amarantus gangeticus und Polygonum tinctorium fielen positiv, aber bei Solanum melongena, Lycopersicum esculenta, und Physalis Alkekengi negativ aus. Die Frihpflanzung ist ein Schutzmittel gegen die Tabakwelkkrank- heit. Die Austrocknung des inficirten Tabaksfeldes bei hoheren Sommertem- peraturen ist fir den Zweck der Vernichtung des Welkbacillus sehr wichtig. Auch das Brennen des inficirten Erdbodens wirkt ohne Zweifel giinstig, wenn es auch schwer auszufihren ist. CS, und Aetzkallk sind fiir die Vernich- tung des Bacillus mehr oder weniger brauchbar. Fir die Tabaksbauer ist die Klarung der inficirten Tabaksfelder z. B. Verbrennung der erkrankten 55 Pflanzen zu empfehlen. Stickstoffreiche Diingung disponiert die Pflanzen zur Welkkrankheit, aber Kalidiingung nicht. Es mag noch die Frage aufgeworfen werden, ob denn die durch die Welkkrankheit zu Grunde gegangenen Pflanzen gar keine Verwertung mehr finden konnten? Darauf sei erwiedert, dass die Blatter nach einem raschen “ Flue-curing ’’ wohl als geringere Qualitaten von Pfeifentabak noch ver- wertet werden konnten. Ferner kann ein Extrakt daraus hergestellt werden; Tabaksextrakt hat als insektentotendes Mittel bekanntlich einen bedeutenden Wert. Zum Schluss spreche ich Herrn Direktor, Professor Y. Kozai, fir giitige Unterstiitzung bei dieser Arbeit meinen besten Dank aus. 56 No N 9 - 10. TAFELERKLAERUNG. TASES LV. Erkrankte Tabakspflanzen im Tabaksversuchsfeld bei Ota (1904 phot. von Herrn Dr. G. Daikuhara), a) Kranke Tabakswurzel. (1903 phot.) b) Gesunde Tabakswurzel. AUAPIDIL, We Kranke Tabakspflanze mit welken Blattern und schwarzem Stengel. (ca. 1/2 veskiirzt.) Langsschnitt des Stengels einer welken Tabakspflanze. (nat. Grosse.) Querschnitt x TARE IOS VA Querschnitt von einer erkrankten Tabakspflanze. (ca. 115 mal verer). a) Wenig erkrankte-, b) starke erkrankte, contrahirte Gewebe. Querschnitt durch den erkrankten Tabaksstengel (ca. 140 mal.) a) Mit B. Nicotianae bespritzte Blatter (2 Wochen nach Spritzung). (S. Nagai del.) b) Querschnitt eines erkrankten Tabaksblattes, besonders die Spiral-und Tipfelgefiisse des Blattnerves sind erfiillt mit dem Bacillus. Erkrankte Tabaksgewebe, Zellkern lost sich a!lmahlich. TAFEL VII. Gelatinestrichkultur des B. Nicotianae (eine Woche nach Inficirung). Gelatinestichkultur des Bacillus. Agarplattenkultur von B. Nicotianae; Kolonien 8 Tage alt, weisslich. 57 Agarplattenkultur von B. Nicotianae; a) weisse Kolonien, b) konzentrische, 2 Wochen alte, schwarze Kolonien. WAM, WAUDT Agarstrichkultur ; Auflagerung schneeweiss. Agarstrichkultur mit schwarz gefarbter Auflagerung. (2 Wochen alt). Agarstichkultur. Kartoffelscheiben-Kultur, schwarze Auflagerung (2 Wochen alt). Bouillonkultur (eine Woche alt). Milchkultur (nach 2 Wochen). Mikrophotographie von B. Nicotianae (ca. tooo mal verg.) (Phot. von Herrn S. Nagai). B. Nicotianae (ca. 1200 mal verg). ’ 7 ate a . . > bt 4 . Leial i anya lirw ae i BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE IV. as AP BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE V. VI. 4 BUL, AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. f. PLA rd — 2) — lat cae. Saino LPP Qs ryypnins DUP DAABWNDODRD)AD AY )vsnvnnAanined dots Yd AMUN AOL Vavayaanya Nid) OUR) DDD) ) ) Mong (10 os ~ - * Bee ee y = 3 =a . . ‘ VII. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. f. PLATE BUL. — Ein neuer Nahrboden fur Bakterienkulturen. VON Y. Uyeda. Eine wertvolle Substanz behufs Diagnose und Charakterisirung von Bakterien ist das Mannan. Dieses Kohlenhydrat ist in den meisten Pflanzen nur in geringer Menge, in einigen pflanzlichen Objekten aber in sehr bedeutenden Mengen enthalten, und zwar kommt es in mehreren Modifika- tionen vor, in Analogie mit der verschiedenen Dextrinen. Eine Mannan- Modifikation, (A), bildet eine specielle Art Pflanzenschleim, z. B. in den. Salepwurzel und in der Hefe; eine zweite Modifikation, (B), bildet beim Kochen eine Gallerte, einem kompakten Starkekleister ahnlich, besonders ist hier das Mannan der Wurzel der Konyaku-Pflanze Conophallus Konjak (Amorphophallus Rivieri oder Hydrosme Rivieri) zu erwahnen; eine dritte Modifikation, (C), bildet die steinharte Masse der Steinnus, welche weit schwieriger zu hydrolysiren ist, als die ersteren beiden Modifikationen. Zu meinen Untersuchungen diente das Mannan (B) oder Konyaku- Mannan, welches meist in Form der in Japan kauflichen Gallerttafeln verwendet wurde, um verschiedene Bakterien-Auflagerungen, sowie deren Form und Farbe und Fahigkeit, die Gallerte zu verfliissigen, zu beobachten.”) Diese Verflissigung, welche wie ich beobachtete durch verschiedene Bakterienarten herbeigefuhrt wird, die demnach ein specielles Enzym, Man- nase, enthalten, liess sich meist schon bei Zimmertemperatur beobachten, 1) Diese Wurzel kommt im gepulverten Zustand im Handel in Japan vor und bildet nach dem Kochen mit Kalkwasser (wobei eine kratzend schmeckende Substanz zerstGrt wird) einen Nahrungs- artikel, der in Form steifer Gallerttafeln verkauft wird. 2) Die gewéhnliche Diastase scheint nicht auf Mannan zu wirken. Da nun das Konyaku- Mannan im menschlichen Darme in Japan verdaut wird, wird wohl Mannase auch zu den Darmenzy- men gehoren. Kiirzlich haben allerdings CZ. wd Mme. Gatin beobachtet, dass der Pankreassaft verschiedener Tiere das Mannan der Salepwurzel nicht 2u hydrolysiren vermag. (Botan. Centrbl. 1905, Sept.) 60 wahrend fiir das verwandte Galaktan, den wesentlichen Bestandteil des Agar-Agar, ein entsprechendes Enzym—die Galaktase—in den Bakterien gar nie vorzukommen scheint.» Ich habe jedoch auch das Konyaku-Mannan in der gleichen Weise wie es bei Agar oder Gelatine tiblich ist, zu Stichkultu- ren verwendet. Zu diesem Zweck wurde ein Teil Wurzel-Pulver mit 25 Teilen Wasser eine Stunde im kochenden Wasserbade behandelt, dann weiter sterilisirt, wie tiblich. Die kauflichen Konyaku-Tafeln aber wurden, sterilisirt, ganz wie Kartoffelschnitte zu den Versuchen verwendet. STRICHKULTUREN AUF KAUFLICHEN KONYAKUTAFELN. Folgende Versuche mit 132 Arten beziehen sich auf deren Entwicklung auf Konyakutafeln bei 16° sowie bei 30°C. MUNI, Il (A) Mannan verfliissigende Bakterien. (a) Auf Agar chromogene Arten. Fes Charakter und Farbe der Zeit der Veriiissigung des Vergl. Art der Bakterien. Aniaeeaine: Meenas mit Agar Bac. mesentericus Gute Entwicklung bei 16°; | Allmahlich mit Bildung niger. braunlich weiss, feuchtglan- eines Canals. zend. Bac. fluorescens Ziemlich gute Entwicklung | Allmahlich unter Bildung liquifaciens. bei 16°, griinlich feucht- von Schleim. glanzend. Konyaku Bacillus?) Schnelles Wachstum bei 16° | Rasche Verfliissigung und | Auflagerung mit Bildung eines dunkeln Canalbildung. farblos. Farbstofts. 1) Nur ein von Graz beobachtetes Mikrob aus dem Meere, Bac. gelaticus, besitzt die Fahigkeit, Galaktan zu verfliissigen, was biologisch interessant ist, da gerade auch die marinen Algen reich an Galaktan ‘sind. Unter den hdheren Pilzen enthalt nach Griiss Ustilago Maydis ein Galaktan verdauendes Enzym, da Tragant (nicht aber Mannan des Dattelendosperms) gelést wird. (Botan. Centrbl. 1902, Bd. 31), 2) Verursacht eine Blattkrankheit der Konyakupflanze. Astasia astero- »sporus. Bac. erythrosporus. Bac. leptosporus. Bac. mesentericus vulgatus.)) Saurefester Bac. a. Butter Rabinow. Bakterium turgescens. Planosarcina ureae. (b) Auf Agar farblose Arten. Nach einer Woche, schmu- tzigweiss, feuchtglanzend. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung, weiss. Rasche Entwicklung, schmu- tzigweiss. Grauweisser, runzeliger Belag. Allmahlich etwas schleimig werdend. Schmutzigweiss; feuchtglan- zende, hohe Auflagerung. Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum; schmutzigweiss, rasch sich ausbreitend. Langsames Wachstum ; weiss. LAB EWE: Rasche Verfliissigung ; der innere Teil der Auflage- rung sinkt ein. Sehr langsame Verfliissi- gung. Binnen einer Woche. Allmahlich : einsinkend. Auflagerung Allmahlich. Ziemlich schnell. Allmahlich. JUN (B) Mannan nicht verflissigende Bakterien. Art der Bakterien. (a) Auf Agar chromogene Arten. Charakter und Farbe der Auflagerung. 61 Vergl. mit Agar. Bac. amyloruber. Bac. capsulatus roseus. Bac. ferruginosus. Bac. fuchsinus. Tafel wird bald rot. | ben sich ausbreitend, | Mitte. Schnelles Wachstum bei 30°: die ganze Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; weiss. Griinlich, diinn, rasch sich ausbreitend. Metallisch glanzend, rotviolett in Schei- Rosafarbe. hdher in der t) Vergl. Bul. College Agr. Tokio. Vol. 5, No. 2, p. 260. Bac. havaniensis. Bac. lactis niger. Bac. nicotianae. Bac. mycoides roseus. Bac. prodigiosus. Bac. pyocyaneus Gessard. Bac. pyocyaneus Ernst. Bac. ruber balticus. Bac. ruber plymouthensis. Bac. viridans. Bakterium aquatile citreum. Micrococcus agilis, Microc. pyogenes aureus. Planosarcina agilis. Pseudomonas phaseoli. Sarcina Striata. Sarcina variabilis. Sarcina aurantiaca. Sarcina citrina. Sarcina erythromyxa. Sarcina liquifaciens. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; gelblich. Braunlich, feuchtglanzend. Weiss, spater schwach braunlich. Schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; schwach rotlich, etwas faltig. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; hellblutrot spater dunkelrot. anfangs Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum ; griinlich- weiss. Verbreitet sich schnell iiber die ganze Oberflache ; bald grauweiss werdend. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; rotlich. Sehr diinn, rosafarbig, feuchtglanzend. Schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; verbreitet sich binnen 3 Tagen iiber die ganze Oberflache, allmihlich griinlichblau. Schon griine hohe Canalbildung. Anflagerung = mit Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum ; fast immer farblos. Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum; weiss, feingranulirt. Langsames Wachstum bei 16°; sehr schwach rosafarbig. Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum bei 30°; gelblichgriin. Sch6n gelblichgriin, feuchtglanzend, hoher in der Mitte. Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; gelblichgriine, hohe Auflagerung. Langsames Wachstum bei 16°; schwach- gelblich. Schwach gelblichgriin, feuchtglanzend. Langsames Wachstum bei 16° sowie bei 30°; gelblichbrauner, feingranunirter Belag von trockenem Aussehen. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung; schwach gelblichgriin. Rot. Schwarz. Dunkelrot. Schwach griinlich. Dunkelrot. Dunkelrot. Schon orangegeib. Karminrot. Sarcina mobilis. Spirillum rubrum. Sehr langsames Wachstum bei 16°; gelblich. Langsames Wachstum; Weiss. 63 Rotlich. (b) Auf Agar farblose Bakterien. Bac. alvei. Bac. angulans. Bac. anthracoides. Bac. armoraciae. Bac. atrosepticus. Bac. aerogenes. Bac. Baccarinii. Bac. bombycis. Bac. butyricus. Bac. cereus. Bac. Cubcnianus. Bac. denitrificans. Bac. Ellenbacchii Caron. Bac. d. Flacherie d. Nonne. Bac. fluorescens longus. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung bei 30°; weiss, feuchtelanzend. Sehr Wachstum bei schmutzigweiss. langsames 30° ; oO. 3 Ziemlich gute Entwicklung bei 30 schmutzigweiss, Gute Entwicklung bei 16°; schmutzig- weiss, rasch sich ausbreitend. Sehr langsames Wachstum bei 16°; schmutzigweiss. Langsames Wachstum bei 30°; sch- mutzig weiss. Schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; feuchtglanz- end, schmutzigweiss. Ueppige Entwicklung bei 30°; weiss feuchtg]anzend, spater braun. Sehr langsames Wachstum bei 30° ; schmutzigweiss. Sehr langsames Wachstum hei 16° ; gelblichweiss. Schwachgelblichgriin, hoher in der Mitte. Ziemlich schrelles Wachstum; schmutzig- weiss. Ueppiges Wachstum tei 16°, sich rasch ausbreitend. 16° ; feingranulirt Ziemlich gute Entwicklung bei weiss feuchtglanzend, Auflagerung mit Fortsatzen in der Peripherie. Langsames Wachstum bei 30°; schmutzig- weiss. Weiss, spater braun. Weiss. Weiss. . fluorescens albus. . fluorescens mesen- tericus. . mycoides. . omnivorus. . proteus mirabilis. . proteus vulgaris. Bac. ruminatus. Bac. simplex. } Bac. typhi murium Loffler. Mereshkowsky’s Mausetyphusbacillus. Bac. vermiculosus. Bakterium aquatile griseum. Bakterium centropuncta- tum. Bakterium filefaciens. Bakterium filiforme. Bakt. Hartlebi. Bakt. nitrovorum. Bakt. vesiculosum. Cladothrix nivea. Sehr langsames Wachstum bei 30° ; farblos feuchtglanzend, feingranulirt. Langsames Wachstum bei 30°; schwach gelblichgriin. Schmutzigweiss, feuchtglanzend, fein- granulirt. Schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; weiss. Langsames Wachstum bei 16° ; farblos. T.angsames Wachstum bei 16°; schmutzig- weiss, diinner Belag mit unregelmassigem Rand. Langsames Wachstum bei 30°; schwach schmutzigweiss, feuchtglanzend. Wachstum bei schmutziggelblichweiss. Sehr langsames Bop Langsames Wachstum bei 16° ; farblos, allmahlich schmutzigweiss. Ueppige Entwicklung bei 16°; gelblich- weiss ; Belag trocken in der Mitte, aber feuchtglanzend an der Peripherie. Langsames Wachstum bei 30°; feucht- glanzend, gelblichbraun ; allmahlich einsinkeud. Auflagerung Ueppige Entwicklung bei 30°; schwach blau, etwas klebrig werdend. Farblos, trockene Auflagerung mit strahli- gem Rand. Farbloser, trockener Belag, von pulveri- gem Aussehen. Schnelles Wachstum bei 16°; schmutzig- weisser, feuchtglanzender Belag, rasch sich ausbreitend. Schwachbraunlich. Trockener, feingranulirter Belag mit regelmassigem Rand. Schmutzig gelb- lichweiss. Schmutzigweiss, feuchtglanzend. Schmutzigweisser, feuchtglianzender Belag, héher in der Mitte. Weiss. Farblos. Farblos. Weiss. 65 | Clostridium gelatinosum. | Schnelles Wachstum bei 30°; schmutzig- | | gelblichweiss. | Diplococcus concentricus. Schmutzig gelblichweiss. | | | | 3 5 | Micrococcus cremoides. Schmutzigweiss. Microc. ureae. | Gute Entwicklung bei 16°; farblosen | feuchtglanzender ziemlich dicker Belag. Milch Bacillus Moller. Ueppige Entwicklung bei 30°; schmutzig- weisser trockener Belag, spater faltig. Tyrothrix turgidus. Langsames Wachstum bei 30; schwach gelblichgriin. Pac. pavoninus, Ziemlich gutes Wachstum bei 30°; | } farblos. Die auf Konyakutafeln sparlich sich entwickelnden - Bakterien sind folgende : Bac. aromaticus lactis., Bac. arborescens., Bac. candicans., Bac. cavicida., Bac. cyanogenes., Bac. filamentosus., Bac. denitrificans agilis., Bac. Fitzianus., Bac. fusiformis., Bac. levans., Bac. lucifer., Bac. maidis., Bac. ochraceum., Bac. radicicola v. trifolium pratense., Bac, repens., Bac. roseofluorescens., Bac. ruber indicus., Bac. subtilis., Bakterium aquatile odorans., Bakt. agile., Bakt. Frankeri., Bakterium Monache., Bakterium radiatum., Bakt. Stutzeri., Coccobacterium aquae., Micrococcus cinnabareus., Microc. citreus adgilis., Micrococ. sulfureus., Microc. tetragenes., Micrococ. viticulosus., Microc. tetragenes ruber., Mikrospira Metschnikowii., Sarcina equi., Sarcina fusca., Vibrio aquatilis fluorescens « & 3, Bac. typhosus., Cholera Asiaticae., Bac. anthracis., Vibrio denitrificans., Bac. Pasteurianus., Bac. cyanofluorescens., Sarcina ventriculi, STICHKULTUREN IN KONYAKUGALLERTE. Fur die Stichkulturen wurde eine Konyakugallerte hergestellt aus 1 Teil feinem Pulver von Konyakuwurzel und 25 Teilen Wasser; in vielen Fallen wurden noch bestimmte Niahrstoffe zugesetzt. Die gepriiften Bakterienar- ten waren hier folgende :— 66 TABE EEE nr (A) Mannan verfliissigende Bakterien. Art der Bakterien. Verhalten zu Kanyakugallerte (im Brutschrank bei 30°C) Mit Bouillon. Ohne Bouillon. Bac. fluoresce. liquifaciens. Bac. mesentericus niger. Bac. mesentericus vulgatus.!) Astasia asterosporus. Bac. pyocyaneus, Gessard. Bac. viridis. Planosarcina ureae. Konyaku Bacillus. Gutes Wachstum; ziemlich schnelle Verfliissigung; es bildet sich eine fleischfarbige gallertige Haut, und reichlicher Bodensatz; griinfluoresci- rend. Ziemlich schnelle Verfliissigung ; runze- lige Haut. Gute Entwicklung; schnelle Verfliissi- ig 5 gung; es bildet sich eire gallertartige Haut und reichlicher Bodensatz; die Losung schwach chokoladbraun. Schmutzigweiss Auflagerung; langs dem Stichcanal entwickeln sich einzelne Gasblasen. Langsame Verflissigung. Ziemlich schnelle Verfliissigung; es bildet sich griinlichweisse, diinne Haut tnd reichliches Sediment. Schneiles Wachstum ; grauweisse feucht- glanzende Auflagerung, welche allmah- lich einsinkt. Schnelles Wachstum; __ gelblichweiss, feuchtglanzend; sehr langsame Ver- fliissigung. Ziemlich schnelle Verfliissigung ; es bildet sich Haut und Sediment, aber die Losung bleibt klar. Langsames Wach- stum. Schnelle Verfliissig- ung. Schwachgelb- lich. Ueppige Entwicklung. Keine Entwicklung. Schnelles Wachstum, aber langsame Ver- fliissigung ; schwach gelblichweiss. Schlechtes | Wachs- tum. Rasche Verfliissigung, weiss. t) Vergl. Bull. Coll. Agr. Tokio Univers. Vol. 5, No 2, p. 260, Bac. leptosporus. Bakterium turgescens. Schnelles Wachstum; weiss. Rasche Verfliissigung. Schnelles Wachstum; radiare Auflager- ung, dunkelbraun in der Mitte, farblos, feuchtglanzend an der Peripherie. Gute = Entwicklung, ziemlichschnelleVe- rfliissigung, es bildet sich reichlicher Bodensatze und Haut. Gute ziemlich Entwicklung, langsame Verfliissigung, reich- licher Bodensatz. (B) Mannan nicht verfliissigende Bakterien. Bac. alvei. Bac. bombycis. Bac. acidi lactici. Bac. coli communis. Bac. Cubonianus. Bac. cohocrens. Bac. capsulatus. Bac. filamentosus. Bac. d. Flacherie d. Nonne. Bac. fluorescens mesen- tericus. Milch Bacillus Moller. Bac. Nicotianae. Ueppige Entwicklung ; weiss, Schnelles Wachstum ; weiss. Schnelles Wachstum; grauweiss, feucht- glanzend. Schnelles Wachstum ; farblos. Ueppige Entwicklung; sich iiber ganze Oberflache ausbreitend, Haute langs den Glaswanden. Schnelles Wachstum; runde glanzende Auflagerungen, gelblichgrauweiss in der Mitte, grauweiss, feuchtglanzend an der Peripherie. Gute Entwicklung; weiss, glanzend spater schmutzig gelblichweiss in der Mitte, aber schmutzigweiss, feuchtglan- zend an der Peripherie. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung; runzelige, an den Glasswanden emporsteigende Auflagerungen. Ueppige Entwicklung ; weiss. Ziemlich Entwicklung; schwach Ss gutc griinliche dicke Auflagerung; breitet sich schnell aus. Langsames Wachstum; weiss. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung; schwach blau, gliinzend, spater braunlich. Ziemlich gute Ent- wicklung ; weiss. Ziemlich ueppige Ent- wicklung ; weiss. Sehr langsames Wachstum ; weiss. Langsames Wachs- tum ; farblos. J 7 eG rick . Ueppige Entwicklung; WEISS. Ziemlich gute Ent- wicklung; schmutz- igweiss. Langsames Wachs- tum; schwach braunlich. 68 Bac. prodigiosus. Bac. repens. Bac. radicicola v. Pisum sativum, Bac. typhi mur. Bac. vermiculosus. Bakterium agile. Bakterium denitrificans. Bakterium filefaciens. Bakterium filiforme. Bakterium Hartlebi. Bakterium nitrovorum. Bakterium Stutzeri. Bakterium der seifigen | Milch. Micrococcus citreus agilis. Micrococcus ureae. Planosarcina agilis. Sarcina citrina. Sarcina erythromyxa, Sarcina meliflava, Sarcina Striata. Gute Entwicklung; glanzende, dunkel karmesinrote Auflagerung, allmahlich einsinkend. Ueppige Entwicklung ; weiss. Langsames Wachstum ; weiss. Schnelles Wachstum: weiss, spater gelblichweiss, breitet sich schnell aus. Schnelles Wachstum; schwach blau, feuchtglanzende Auflagerung, spater dunkelbraun in der Mitte. Ueppige Entwicklung ; farblos. Schnelles Wachstum; weiss. Schnelles Wachstum ; entwickelt Gasbla- sen im Stichcanal ; schwach gelblich- weisse, glanzende Auflagerung, allmah- lich einsinkend in der Mitte, mit strahligem Rand. Schnelles Wachstum ; entwickelt Gasbla- sen; weisser trockener Belag, allmah- lich schmutzigweiss werdend, grauweiss an der Peripherie. Langsames Wachstum weiss Schnelles Wachstum; rosenkranzahnlige Auflagerung dunkelfirbig in der Mitte, aber weiss an der Peripherie. Langsames Wachstum ; weiss. Gedeiht ueppig auf der Oberflache sowie im Stichcanal ; grauweiss. Schnelles Wachstum ; schwach gelblich- griiner Belag. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; weiss, glan- zend und gelatinés. Langsames Wachstum ; schwach rot. Weiss, spater Schnelles Wachstum; Belag mit zacki- gem Unmriss, allmihlich einsinkend ; dunkelbraun, Langsames Wachstum; feingranulirt Belag, gelblichgriin spater dunkelnd. Langsames Wachtum ; gelblichgriin. Ziemlich gute Entwicklung ; gelblich. Ziemlich schnelles Wachstum; schwach rosa Farbe. Schlechte Entwick- lung. Schlechte Entwick- lung. Schlechte Entwick- lung. Sehr langsames Wachstum ; weiss. Langsames Wachs- tum ; gelblich. Uber die bactericide Wirkung des phenylpropiolsauren Natrons. VON Y. KOZAI. Es war seit lange das Bestreben der Aerzte, eine Substanz zu finden, welche mit stark bactericiden Eigenschaften begabt und doch zugleich moglichst unschadlich fiir tierische Zellen ware. Wenn wir mehrere Sera und die Pyocyanase ausnehmen, so sind solche Substanzen kaum bekannt. Doch scheint das phenylpropiolsaure Natron, wenigstens bis zu’ einem gewissen Grade, jener Anforderung zu entsprechen. Die Beobachtungen von Bulling in Reichenhall”, dass tuberculdse Affectionen, mit Losungen dieses Salzes behandelt, bedeutend reducirt wurden, ohne schlimme Nebenerscheinungen hervorzurufen, war der Grund, dass ich das Verhalten verschiedener Bacterienarten zu diesem Salze priifte. 24 sttindige Bacterienkulturen in Bouillon wurden mit der in Reagenzrohrchen enthaltenen sterilen Loesung von phenylpropiolsaurem Natron von verschiedenen Concentrationen sehr rasch aber griindlich vermischt.) Die so hergestellten leicht triiben Aufschwemmungen wurden nach gewissen Zeitintervallen in tblicher Weise mit Nahrgelatine zu Platten in Petrischalchen verarbeitet. Diese Platten sowohl wie auch die Reagenzrohrchen, welche den Gelatinerest enthielten, wurden, wie sich von selbst versteht, vor Infection bewahrt. Die Kolonienzihlung ergab die folgenden Ergebnisse : 1). Miinchner Medicin. Wochenschrift. 1904 u. 1905. 2). Diese und die folgende Operationen miissen méglichst schnell! ausgefiihrt werden, sonst werden die Bacterien besonderes von starkeren Lésungens jenes Salzes inzwischen zum Theil getGtet oder so geschwacht, dass sie nicht mehr sich entwickeln kénnen. 7O TUNE, | 1b Zahl der Kolonien” e asa Nach 3 Stunden | Nach 24 Stunden Bakterienarten | | 1% 3% 5% | 1% 39% 52% | 1% 3% 5% | Bacterium coli... .- .:- «-- ... | 755 620 516 | 630 261 O')| 505 /Saumme Bacillus pyocyaneus. -.. ... -.- ... | 696 630 320 | 510 4 ° | 260 ° fo} Re SUDEWIS@ <2-0 c--) peas (c-seeee tO 7O 505 pe QO2mille5 7 Onna 2a ZO 27 T9 16) . typhi Ra ae ee. 507 309 170 | 501 2 oO | 154 ° fo} Wabriojcholerae: <2. =... << =) >s-01)1035) 1050 8 es 50 ° ° ° ° ° TABELLE Il. Zahl der Kolonien?? | Gleich nach Nach Nach | dem Mischen 3 Stunden 24 Stunden Bakterienarten | | 1% 3% | 1% 3% | 1% 3% | Bacillus aeropenes) <2.) e=9 | e-si eo) =e) Sees 372 165 369 Q 356 ° » (SRSHAIOS oo Geo A ao A Sal a 130 109 ° 23 ° pe SES boo ta oo ceo on eo |] GN) 326 ° ° ° », denitrificans = gaa eat 212 120 2 ° fo} ° sf _Pacherieid, None)” \c.. puccime sei iaens 184 262 2 2 | fo} ° » fluoresce. liquefaciens. ... ... ... .. | 524 B72oc A SES ° ° ° a? SMNLV.COIGGS) age cece atari al 247 256 208 237 | 276 193 ,» prodigiosus ... | 387 103 | 52 ° 22 ° PP MOyOUSlen) 505 SG oe MR ce 516 458 | 227 ° fe) fe} Proteus mirabilis)” jssa:sexplcesel acess ace Saved] (LMS A ee eTG | II ° ° ° ay, WUarie’ | ccs yecsy seunmaee* erat on 7It 667 | 106 ° ° ° 1). Die Zahlen reprasentieren den Durchschnitt von 4 parallelen Versuchen. 2). ” ” ” ” ” ies! ” ” 71 Das phenylpropiolsaure Natron hatte also in 1 procentiger Losung bei Vibrio cholerae, Bacillus cyanogenus. B. capsulatus, B. denitrificans, B. flacherie der Nonne B. fluoresc. liquefaciens, Proteus mirabilis und Proteus vulgaris eine stark bactericide Wirkung in 3 Stunden. Bacterium coli, Bacillus pyocyaneus, B. typhi, B. aerogenes und B. typhi murium sind gegen jene Concentration verhaltnissmassig widerstandsfahig. In starkeren Losungen war die Wirkung natiirlich grosser. Die Verminderung der Kolonienzahlen mit steigender Concentration der Losung auf 3, resp 5% lasst erkennen, dass schon wahrend der Herstellung der Aufschwemmung eine grosse Anzahl der eingetragenen Bacterien in der Regel vernichtet wurde. Sporenbildende Bacterienarten sind aber in Folge der Anwesenheit von Sporen selbst nach 24 stiindiger Einwirkung einer 3 procentigen Losung noch entwickelungsfahig. Bei B. subtilis war selbst nach 24 Stunden langer Einwirkung einer 5 procentigen Losung dieses noch zu beobachten. Ausser diesen Versuchen wurden noch andere angestellt mit weit verdinnteren Losungen der Natronsalze von Phenylpropion-, Zimmt- und Phenylpropiolsaure. Hierbei ergab sich, dass eine 0.15 procentige Losung des phenylpropionsauren Salzes in Bouillon das Wachstum verschiedener Bacterien ebensowenig verhinderte als eine ebenso starke Losung von zimmtsaurem Natron, dass beide diese Salze meistens aber etwas hemmend wirkten im Vergleich zum phenylessigsauren Natron. Die Wirkung des phenylpropiolsauren Natrons war sehr verschieden je nach Bacterienarten. So wirkte dieses Salz auf B. aerogenes und Proteus vulgaris mehr entwicke- lungshemmend als das zimmtsaure Natron; bei B. subtilis und B. mesentericus vulgatus war das Umgekehrte zu beobachten. Die giftige Wirkung des phenylpropiolsauren Natrons beruht einerseits auf der Phenylgruppe, andererseits auf der dreifachen Bindung. Diese Giftwirkung musste noch erhoht werden, wenn statt der Carboxylgruppe eine Aldehydgruppe vorhanden ist. C,H,—CH.— CH,— COOH Phenylpropionsaure C,H,— CH=CH —COOH Zimmtsaure C,H; — C=C — COOH Phenylpropiolsaure CH,-C=C-COH} Bhenyietonioleldenyriedes Phenylpropargylaldehyd Dieser Aldehyd” ist aber einerseits sehr leicht veranderlich, er oxydiert sich leicht an der Luft, andererseits ist er so schwer in Wasser loslich, dass eine genaue Dosirung nicht gut moglich ist. Es ist notig, zuerst eine alkoholische Losung von bestimmtem Gehalt herzustellen und von dieser kleine Mengen zur Nahrbouillon zu geben. Auf diese Weise konnte ich feststellen, dass eine 0,04 procentige Losung dieses Aldehyds und des Zimmtaldehyds auf folgende Bacterien entwickelungshindernd wirkten: B. capsulatus, B. cyanogenus, B. mesentericus ruber, B. mesentericus vulgatus, B. mycoides, B. prodigiosus, B. pyocyaneus, B. subtilis, B. typhi murium, B. Zopfii, Proteus vulgaris und P. Zenkeri?—Bei B. aérogenes, B. erythrosporus, B. Megatherium, B. Plymouth und Sarcina aurantiaca wurde jedoch die Entwickelung nicht verhindert. Bei 0.03% war die bacterienfeindliche Wirkung jener Aldehyde schon weit schwicher. 1). Dieser Aldehyd wurde von zwei Jahren von C/aise dargestellt, welcher die Giite hatte, uns eine Probe zu senden. 2). Bei den Controlversuchen mit der Bouillon unter Zusatz von gleichen Mengen von Aethylalkohol, als in den obigen Versuchen vorhanden war, zeigten diese Bakterienarten ein iippiges Wachstum. Smut on Cultivated Large Bamboo (Phyllostachys). BY S. Hori. INTRODUCTION In 1894, Mr. Y. Tanaka sent to me from the province of Mino some specimen of smutted branches of Hachiku-bamboo (Phyllostachys puberula Munro) inquiring afier the nature of the disease and its prevention. As far as I know, the smut on bamboo has heretofore been not reported, neither in Japan nor elsewhere, and the specimen mentioned had been kept since in the herbarium of our Station bearing the unpublished herbarium name ‘‘ Cin- tractia Bambusae JZiyabe ef Hori” as other work prevented me to investigate the matter. Since that time I received annually further specimens of branches attacked by the same disease not only on Hachiku-bamboo, but also on Madake-bamboo (Phyllostachys bambusoides Sveb. et Zucc.) from many of my friends and bamboo-growers from several provinces of Japan. I, myself had also occasion to observe the disease in several localities, especially in the warmer region of Japan. The smut of bamboo is known by the local name of “ Susu ”’ (soot) among the bamboo-growers in the prov. Harima. It is also known by the name of ‘“‘ Jinengo’”’ (wild rice) in the prov. Mino, as it resembles somewhat to the fructifying branches of bamboo, called also wild rice. This serious disease Jeads to the death of the entire bamboo forest. It is reported that the flowering of bamboo takes place after 60 years of existence and this is mentioned also in several Chinese and Japanese books of natural history and in monographs on bamboo; but we found nowhere an account about the smut 74 Japanese wild low bamboo (Sasa ramosa Makino et Shibata) collected by Prof. Dr. M. Shirai in Nikko, and he gave the scientific name Ustilago Shiraiana as a new species ; the descriptions is as follows : Soris in ramis junioribus, eos deformantibus et incurvantibus, primo epidermide pallida tectis, dein pulverulentis, atro-olivaceis ; sporis sub- globosis v. ellipsoides, pallide olivaceis v. fuscis, levibus, 4—7 x 34—6 p. Hab. in ramis junioribus Bamboo Veitchii, Nikko Japoniae (Shirai). By comparing the description of U. Shiraiana Henn. and the specimen C. Bambusae J/zyabe et Hori, they do not agree in regard to the shape and size of spores and in some other characters. In the beginning of the last year, Dr. G. Yamada, professor of the Mori- oka Higher Agricultural and Dendrogical School, kindly sent to me a good specimen of smut on wild low bamboo (Sasa paniculata Makino et Shibata) which bears the name of U. Shiraiana; and at almost the same time I received this same smut collected in the prov. Mutsu by Mr. N. Nambu. In May when I was travelling in the mountainous region of the prov. Kai, I also found fortunately the same smut on wild low bamboo (Arundinaria Simoni zy. var. Chino MJakino et Shibata.) By comparing these three samples of smut and that on the cultivated large bamboo, it became clear that these smut fungi are quite similar, but they do not agree in the descriptions with U. Shiraiana on the points already mentioned. Hence I consulted Prof. Dr. M. Shirai of the Agricultural College in the Imperial Tokyo University to get his original specimen of U. Shiraiana for deciding the question of what kind of Japanese bamboo smut Prof. P. Hennings described as U. Shiraiana By comparing the smut fungi of the various kinds of bamboo at present in my hand, it appears that they are all identical, while at the same time, it became clear that in Hennings descriptions of U. Shiraiana there are some defects which undoubtedly are due to his observations on some old and dry specimens. ; In Japan the several kinds of bamboo, both cultivated and wild, are of large ecomomic use ; hence the study of bamboo smut is of great importance. 75 The following contains the results of identification of smut fungi on cultivated large bamboo and U. Shiraiana together with the germination of spores. SYMPTOMS OF THE DISEASE. The disease always occurs on the younger internodes and growing points of branches, and it appears also that the disease may occur whenever the surrounding conditions be favorable from the time when the spring buds burst until the growth of the branches ceases. According to the degree of development of the branches when attacked, the symptoms of the disease are divided into two categories in which the extent of damage may naturally differ. When the young short branches still covered by the leaf-sheathes and bracts, that is the elongated buds, be attacked, they assume at first a some- what swollen and stouter form, and since no particular deformations or appearances externally are noticeable common observers will suspect no disease, (Plt LX. fig. 1., Pl. XI. fig 1.) Such diseased branches seem generally to stop their further growth, while the smut fungus is continuing the spore formation. Finally the leaf- sheathes and bracts, tite external coverings of the buds, begin to open and die off, and the smutted internodes and growing points covered with brownish powder of smut spores make their appearance from inside. (Pl. IX, X, XI. fig. 2.). The smut is restricted to the internodes and growing points of young branches, and often on the lower part of the young leafsheath. By the slight prolongation of the infested internodes, the growing points and uppermost part of internodes are pushed upwards, while the latter are still covered closely by the bracts and leaf-sheaths. The affected parts become wrinkled or bent to one side showing numerous lateral folds When most of the young branches are affected by the smut, the winter buds or undeveloped spring buds soon after begin to develop. In a certain stage of development, the numerous diseased and healthy branches crowd- ed on certain spots of the old branches give the impression of hexenbesen. 70 Since this formation somewhat resembles flowered branches, it is mistaken by the growers as a sign of the “ Jinengo-disease”’ (Pl. X. fig. 1) The symptoms thus far mentioned are commonly observed on the young branches not more than 3 or 4 centimeters in length, which is the case in the latter part of May or the beginning of June, according to the temperature of the localities and the rain fall. As far as my observations go, the second new branches are commonly free from the smut, but they might possibly be affected by the disease also, if the surrounding conditions would be favorable, because the disease may occur late in July or even in August on the upper part of branches of considerable length ; about the latter form of smut I will explain hereafter. While short branches show the infection all over, the long branches show it only on the growing points and upper internodes, since their lower internodes have hardened ; branches of 5 —18 cm. length show this condi- tion frequently, the lower 1to—12 cm. being entirely free from smut Gabe 2b ites 5) Such cases are commonly met with in July or August. The smut on wild low bamboo in most cases has the symptoms just mentioned (Pl XI. fig. 3) The deformations of the upper portion of the long branches resemble those of the young smutted branches. (The winter buds on unaffected internodes of branches smutted on the upper part are often accelerated in their development.) Commonly the smut spreads over all of the branches ofa single stock of bamboo and cases are not rare that a large forest is entirely infested. Sometimes, however, it is restricted to certain branches only and in some cases I observed, that the smut is restricted to the bamboo growing on the outskirts of a forest. When once the smut has invaded a forest, the disease will show more or less annually though the degree differs according to the weather Conpirions FAVORABLE FOR THE DISEASE. It is reasonable to suppose that the smut on bamboo had been present Thi more or less somewhere in Japan already at some remote time, though we can not findany record. It may also be possible that the smut formerly has been too rare to arouse the attention of the bamboo-growers until about ten years ago. As a matter of fact the demand for bamboo is gradually increasing year after year for the manufactures of house utensils and other objects, for building materials of houses and fences, and it is also largely used for the protection of river banks. This increased demand for bamboo has induced the culture of bamboo forest everywhere and the growers pay now much more attention to their bamboo forests than formerly, which is also the reason why the occurrence of the smut is reported by many growers. Secondly, the increase of bamboo forests facilitates again the spreading of the smut fungi. According to the symptoms of the disease, the occurrence of smut has a close relation to the rain fall and wind at the time of the development of the attacked branches. The restriction of smut to the upper part of the longer branches shows really such a relation. Though my observations were limited to some localities, the following facts may also prove tlfs. In 1902, the rain fall had continued about three weeks between May and June; so that I had postponed my departure until the 5th of June. During this journey lasting four weeks in the prov. Omi, Bizen, Aki and Sanuki, I have met with severely smutted bamboo forests everywhere The wind is a principal factor of transporting the spores for the propaga- tion of and natural infection by the smut. Since the branches of bamboo growing on the outside of the forest are much more smutted than the inner, a relation to the wind becomes evident The relations to manuring and to the influence of the moisture of the soil are not yet clear. The bamboo growing on unmanured dry sandy banks of rivers or on hill-sides are just as well attacked, as that growing on fertile soil. DAMAGES AND DISTRIBUTION. When most cf the young branches are severely attacked by the smut, the growth of the bamboo stocks is greatly disturbed and death results The affected stems became brittle whereby the value is greatly reduced, or the stems may even become entirely useless for certain purposes. The smut disease of bamboo causes therefore great damage to the growers who are as much afraid of this dreadful plague as of the flowering of the bamboo, which also causes the death of the plants. But when the upper elongated branches alone are attacked the effect on the further life of the bambeo is not directly perceivable. The smut has been found on several kinds of bamboo, both cultivated and wild, throughout the empire. In the warmer regions where the large bamboo (Phyllostachys) is widely cultivated, the smut is found only on cultivated bamboo, and was not yet found on wild bamboo ; while in the northern cold climate, the smut occurs merely on wild low bamboo. At present, the smut is known to occur on the following four species of bamboo, namely, Phyllostachys bambusoides Szeb. ef Zucc., P. puberula Munro, Sasa ramosa JAlakino et Shibata and Arundinaria Simoni zz. var. Chino Mzkino et Shibata; the former two species are cultivated - and thrive well in the warmer region, while the latter two species are entirely wild low bamboo, growing on road side or hills in the northern regions. It is peculiar that the smut is not yet found on Moso bamboo (Phyl- lostachys mitis Azz.) though the allied species of Hachiku and Madake- bamboo are largely cultivated side by side with the latter. I fear the smut would some day in future be found also on the Moso bamboo and also on numerous other wild species. Smut Funct. The smut fungus after penetrating into the tissues of the growing points, internodes and also the lower part of leaf-sheath of the young branches, begins to form the spores on their surface; by the gradual increase in number and the maturation of the spores, the leaf-sheath and bracts which still cover closely the outer part of the affected branches are pushed out and in opening widely the deep brownish spore-masses are brought to light. 79 In scraping off the leaf-sheath and bracts of the affected branches in the earlier stage in which practically no external particular appearance of disease is noticed, we can perceive the faintly brown colored surface, with here and there some small brown spots, of the growing points and internodes. These brown spots are the portions where the spores matured a little earlier than on others. A cross section of the affected internodes under the microscope shows the presence of mycelium running throughout the tissue, and on the surface of the internodes the spores of different size and color are seen in chain-like arrangement. It is of special importance to notice that the ruptured epidermis of the host in the smutted part is not perceivable, though Prof Dr. P. Hennings wrote ‘‘ Primo epidermide pallide tectis”’ in his description Indeed, the epidermis of the host when infested by the smut fungus is very young and not yet fully differentiated. Hennings so called overlapping epidermis are no doubt, the dead leaf-sheath and bracts and not the true epidermis of the host e The matured spore-masses are deep brown in color and light and pulverulent in texture The spores are easily blown away by the wind or washed down by the rain, after the coverings of the bracts are opened. Under the microscope the spores appear mostly spherical, sometimes subglobose or elliptical, and they are almost uniform in the shape in different specimens ; light olivaceous or sometimes light brown in color; contents finely granular with often one or two oil globules at the center; epispore rather thin and smooth, 5.5—1r=5.5—12 y large, but 6—9g=6—10 y» is the most common size. About the shape and size of spores, my observation differs somewhat from that of Prof. P. Hennings. But this contradiction was fully solved after my observation on the Hennings original specimen, which Prof. M. Shirai kindly sent to me for comparison, and the fresh specimen of the same smut fungus on the same host. It has become clear that Hennings has observed 80 the smut of a comparatively old dry specimen in which the spores were mostly shrunk and reduced in size. In fresh or comparatively recent specimen, the spores are mostly spherical and those of subglobose or elliptical form as Hennings described, are rather rare. The spores commonly attain the size of about 6—g=6—10 pw; hence they are much larger than those described by Hennings, while in general the smut spores on Phyllostachys are comparatively larger than that on Sasa and Arundinaria. The latter fact is a common phenomenon on the numerous other parasitic fungi and it is of no value for separating the species on the systematic standpoint, because the other characters viz. shape, color, germination etc. are quite similar, The following is the measurement of the size of the spores taken at random from the different specimen and the host. Specimen. Size of the spores in wu. 7X7 6x6 6x6 7X7 8x9 7X9 7X7 6x8 8x8 8x8 FpSG) 6x7 6x6 7X8 | 6X6 On Arundinaria Shimoni “iz. 7x8 8x8 7X7 var. Chino Mak. e¢ Shib., Prov. 8x10 8x8 | 6x6 Yamanashi, (S. Hori). | HG asca ae 7X8 6x6 7x8 | 6X7 6X7 8xs | 8x8 | 7x8 6X7 6X6 8x8 | 6X7 | 7X7 6X6 8X9 Specimen. On Sasa ramosa AZak. et Shib., Prov. Aomori (N. Nambu). Size of the spores in yp. On Sasa ramosa, Prov. Morioka (G. Yamada). 6X7 7X8 7X7 7X8 7X7 6xXé 8x8 8x8 7X7 7X7 7x8 8x8 6x6 6X7 6x0 7X7 5-5%6 7x8 6x6 8xs 7X7 6x6 7x8 7X7 7X7 8x8 7x8 6x6 a 8xs 6x6 6X7 6x6 7X7 8x8 5: 6x6 5-5 %555 7x8 8x& 7x8 7x8 6x8 8x8 6x6 8X9 8x8 6x6 8x8 6x6 7x8 8X58 8I Specimen. Size of the spores in w.. 8x8 9X9 ° 9x9 9X9 8x8 7x8 On Phyllostachys puberula ese ae ge Munro, Prov. Mino, (Y. Tanaka). 7X8 ID 8x8 8x8 9X9 9x9 8X 8.5 7x8 7X8 9X9 7X8 8X9 oe ee he A ee ee SS Eee 8X10 IOX1I0 IoX10 6X7 IOX 10 gX10 9X9 8X9 9X10 IoX10 8X10 8x8 Yamato specimen (B. Nakano). 8x8 9X9 8X9 IOX 10 7x8 9X9 7x8 7X8 IOX1I0 8X9g 9X9 | IOXI0 8XQ 8x8 6X9 TT 8X9 7x8 7X7 9X9 8x8 Tokio specimen (T. Makino). 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x8 8x9 6X7 6X7 8x8 8x8 6X7 7X8 8X10 IOX10 8X9 8x8 IOoXI0 9X9 9X9 9x10 9X10 Tokio specimen (S. Hori). 7X10 9X9 8x8 8x8 gX1t IOXIO IO X10 9X9 8x8 8X09 8x8 8x9 1 Specimen. Size of the spores in wp. IIXIr 9X9 10X10 IOXILI TOX £0 IoX10 8X10 8x9 1oX 10 Yamato specimen,* (T. Jinno). IoX 10 8x8 IcX10 IoXI0 8X9 IOoX1I 10X10 IOX 10 IOX12 10X10 10X10 8X9 8x8 9x9 8x8 8X9 9X9 6X7 6X7 9X9 9x9 On Ph. bambusoides Sted et 8x8 7x8 ae Zucc., Prov. Harima, (K. | Watanabe). ae ad cae 7X7 IoX 10 FT 8x8 7X7 6X7 ( 7X8 9X10 8X9 ! 8X9 9X9 8x8 8X9 7x8 | 8x8 8x9 9X9 | 8x8 8XQ 8x8 | 8X9 Kaga specimen (R. Taniguchi), | 7x8 8x8 | 8x9 8x8 9X9 8X9 7x8 8X10 9X9 8X9 8x8 gX10 GERMINATION OF SPORES. Before entering into the details of the germination of the spores, it is im- portant to notice the methods of culture carried on. The materials were always chosen from the fresh specimen, and the spores for germination were * In this specimen spores are much larger and pale olivaceous in color. 84 taken by means ofa sterilized platinum needle from the smutted portion of bamboo branches, where the spore-masses were still covered by the leaf- sheath, in order to avoid the admixture of foreign impurities. By this precaution, I have succeeded in most cases in the culture of the spores in an almost pure condition. For the germination of the spores, I have used the hanging drop culture with the Van Tieghem cell of 1% cm. high and 1% cm. of inner diameter, and the slide of the hollow place at the center. The cells and slides were sterilized previously and the former was fastened to the latter by vaseline. The sterilized distilled water used for the germination of the spores was dropped on the surface of the sterilized cover glass by means of a platinum needle, and after the spores were sown into the water, the cover glass was kept inverted over the cell to which it was fastened with vaseline. But in most cases the spores were not sown directly into the water, they were first sown thinly on the dry surface of a cover glass, and the latter was then inverted over the cell into which a few drops of water previously were poured. After afew hours some vapour condenses on the spores of the cover glass, and thus almost the same condition was reached as in directly sowing the spores into the water. Indeed, for the continued observation on the growth of certain spores, the latter method is of much more convenience. As a culture medium a 20 % solution of the Japanese ame* was prin- cipally used. The bouillion sometimes used was prepared after the formula ordinarily followed by bacteriologists; but it accelerated the growth of bacteria and greatly retarded the germination of the smut spores. Aside from this defect there was no apparent advantage compared with the ame solution. The modified Cohn solution was also used, but the result was practically the same as with the ame-solution. Throughout the work the greatest care was taken to preserve the cul- tures free from contamination of any sort. Unless otherwise stated, the cultures were kept in a light-proof thermostat at a temperature of 25°-EC. Germination in water: the fresh spores germinate readily within 10 hours, a spindle shaped promycelium protruding, which when attaining the * Ame is a transparent semi-fluid of sweet taste made from malt and rice or millet. 35 full growth, becomes a single septated long spindle or cylindrical form 3% yu in breadth and 20—22 y in length with numerous vacuoles, and the lower younger portion of the promycelium forms what Brefeld calls a knee to which the upper portion of the promycelium is attached. Rarely the second- ary promycelium is protruding from one side of the knee; it finally attains the same form as the primary promycelium. The detached promycelium produces one or two sporidia at the septum or the end, which may be detached or not and will develop to the same form as the primary promycelium; but in the most cases, the sporidia are developed into the slender long hypha. Germination in a nutrient solution: almost the entire number of the spores sown have germinated within a few hours and each produces a long spindle or cylindrical promycelium which apparently does not differ in shape from that formed in water. But the germination of spores in a nutrient solution compared with water, is far more vigorous and luxuriant, and the full grown promycelium attfins 3—5 y in width and 20—36 » in length, com- monly 4 and 28 pv. In 20—24 hours, while the primary promycelium still is attached to the knee, ‘the secondary promycelium begins to make its growth from the knee, and in the next 24 hours both, the primary and the secondary promycelium, are septated by one or two cross partitions, and often a third promycelium is produced. The full grown promycelium is easily detached and produces sporidia on the apex or near the septum. Often two continuous segments of a detached promycelium may become united by the knee-joint fusion which finally produces one sporidium after developing to some length. When the detached promycelium is removed into a fresh nutrient solu- tion, it makes a more vigorous growth, increasing in length and breadth, and forming many septa. In this case mostly 3 sporidia are produced directly at the end, and directly or indirectly by a kind of sterigma at the septa. These sporidia soon develop again into the ordinary form of septated promycelium, and the latter being easily detached repeats the growth as above described when the nutrients in the culture medium are not exhausted or when they are removed into a fresh nutrient solution. 86 Throughout the numerous culture experiments with both water and nu- trient solution, the formation of aérial conidia has not been observed. Though it is not yet shown experimentally in what way the infection by the present smut fungus takes place, it might be possible to consider that the sporidia produced on the promycelium of the spore, which escaped by the wind or the rain from the smutted branches in the preceeding season or year into the ground in the vicinity of the bamboo forest, are brought in contact with the young soft branches by the wind, and after obtaining the proper moisture, the germinated sporidia make their entrance into the sort tissues of the branches by means of the germ-tube. From the mode of germination of the spores, it appears that the present smut fungus belongs decidedly to the Hemiustilago Brefeld.* As a result of the study of this smut fungus, we are forced to make some changes in the original description of Ustilago Shiraiana Henn, as follows: Usritaco Suiraiana P. Hen. Fungi jap. I. Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiich. 28 Bd. 3 Heft. p. 260. 1900; Sacc. Syll. Fung. XVI. pars V. p. 369. 1902; Ideta Lehrbuch. d. Pflanzen- krankh. (japanisch) p. 156. 1903; Omori et Yamada Pflanzenpath. (japanisch) Pp. 251. 1904. Produced on the growing points and internodes of the young branches, causing often deformation or distortion ; spore-masses at first covered by the leaf-sheath and bracts, pulverulent, deep brown; spores spherical, sometimes subglobose or elliptical, the rounded ones 6—10 y in diameter, and the elongated ones 5.5—10=6—12 yu. in size. Epispore light olivaceous, smooth; contents finely granular with-some oil globules ; promycelium cylindrical or long fusiform, pedicellated, 1~2 septated, evanescent ; sporidia terminal and lateral, long fusiform or elliptical, develop into the new promycelium. Hab. on Phyllostachys puberula d/o Prov. Musashi (T. Makino May 1894), Prov. Mino (Y. Tanaka July 1894), Prov. Harima (K. Watanabe May * Brefeld, Untersuch. a. d. Gesammt. d, Myk. XII Heft, p. 218. 1895. 87 1900), Prov. Idzumo (F. Tanaka June 1900), Prov. Harima (K. Watanabe May tgo1), Prov. Idzumo (F. Tanaka May 1902), Prov. Bingo (S. Hori June 1g02), Prov. Yamato (S. Nakano July 1902), Prov. Bitchu (Z. Sho July 1902), Prov Idzumi (reg? June 1904); Ph. bambusoides S7eb. et Zucc. Prov. Yamato (T. Jinno July 1897), Prov. Harima (K, Watanabe May 1g00), Prov. Kaga (R. Taniguchi June 1900), Prov. Musashi (S. Hori August 1900), Prov. Sanuki (S. Hori June 1902), Prov. Awa (S. Hori June 1904); Sasa ramosa Makino et Shibata Nikko Prov. Shimotsuke (M. Shirai June 1899), Prov. Rikuchu (G. Yamada June 1903), Prov. Mutsu (N. Nambu June 1993); Arundinaria Simoni Azzy. var. Chino Wakino et Shibata Prov. Kai (S. Hori May 1904), Prov. Musashi (N. Nambu May 1904). PREVENTION, It is a matter of high importance that the smutted branches which are still covered by the leaf-#heath, that is before the spore-masses are scattered away by the opening of the leaf-sheath, should be cut off and burnt. The continuous careful removal of the immature smutted branches may possibly reduce the damages. Since the smut on Sasa and Arundinaria growing on the road sides or hills and that on the cultivated Phyllostachys is identical, it is also important to take off the smutted branches on Sasa and Arundinaria growing near the vicinity of a Phyllostachys forest. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture, at the time when the spring buds just begin to develop, should be beneficial. Sprinkling of lime on the ground of the bamboo forests after clearing it from the defoliated leaves just before the spring buds burst, should also be effectual to some extent. I am indebted to Mr. T. Makino for the identification of the species of bamboo prepared to the specimen, and to Prof. Dr. M. Shirai, Dr. G. Yamada, and Mr. N. Nambu and many others for kindly supplying me with the specimens. 88 Fig. Fig. iS) N EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. ' Prate IX, Earlier stage of the smutted branches of Phyllostachys puberula Munro still covered by the leaf-sheathes and bracts. The speci- men collected by Mr. T. Makino May 6, 1894 at the vicinity of Tokio. Later stage of the severly smutted branches of Ph. puberula Munro. Osaka specimen collected June.13, 1904. rare) sXe Smutted and flowered branchlets on the same branch of Ph. bambusoides Szeb et Zucc. The specimen collected by Mr. K. Watanabe May 20, 1990 in the Prov. Harima. Smutted branches of Sasa ramosa Mak. et Shib. The specimen collected by Dr. G. Yamada June 21, 1903 at-Morioka in the Prov. Rikuchiu. PrateE XI. Earlier stage of the smutted spring branches of Ph. puberula Munro; the spore-masses are still covered by the leaf-sheathes and bracts. Later stage of the smutted spring branches of Ph. puberula; the spore-masses on the internodes are brought in sight by the opening of the leaf-sheathes and bracts. Long branches of Ph. bambusoides S7eb e¢ Zucc. smutted only on their upper portions showing that the disease occurred late in the season. Prate XII. Germination of the spore in water observed continuously after 12-20 hours. (Zeiss F x 4). BUL. AGRIC EXPT. STAT, VOL. I. PLATE IX, S. Hori Photo. BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE. X. Hori Photo. Se 4 BUL, AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. f. PLAT# XI. . Hori del. BUL. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE. XII. S. Hort del. 89 Germination of the spores in water after 24 hours. Promycelia pedicellated and some of them are I-septated. (Zeiss F x 4). Germinated spores in ame-solution after 24 hours. Secondary promycelia produced are still attached. (Zeiss F x 4). Same culture as above after 48 hours. (Zeiss F x 4). Detached promycelia in ame-solution produced the sporidia directly or by the knee-joint fusion after 48 hours. (Zeiss F x 4). Detached promycelia cultured in the fresh ame-solution observed after 4 days. On a Crane Fly (Tipula parva ?). (Ine-no-Kiriusi.) BY S. ONUKI. Introduction :—Larvae of the Tipula or Crane-flies often cause consider- able damage to pastures and farm crops in England and other European countries. They live generally in hedges and weedy banks and are also found among rotten vegetable matter, roots of grasses and other garden and farm crops. The most favorable places for this insect are however damp meadows and marshes. In Japan, a species of crane-fly, Tipula parva (?) which I intend to des- cribe in the following lines, is most widely spread and represents one of the worst pests of the rice plants, especially when the latter are still in the seed bed. In the spring the larvae destroy rice seedlings in the bed, by burrow- ing in the soil and gnawing the young plants or attacking the grains, before germination. In some parts of this country, very often sixty to ninety per cents of the seedlings are thus destroyed. They are, however, not only injurious to the rice crop, but also, to some extent, to wheat and barley in the fall, by eating through the stalk, just beneath the surface of the soil. On account of the peculiarity of their habits and of the structure of the larvae, they can well resist insecticides and different climatical influences. Hence attempts to exterminate them are often rendered futile. Life history :—There are two generations in one year. The adult flies of the first brood appear about in April. The females lay their eggs within a week on the wet ground, The eggs hatch in two weeks, and the larvae feed upon young rice plants and decaying organic matter in the seed bed. The larvae are changed into pupae in the month of August, and finally the adult insects appear in September. This is the adult of the second brood. As in the first, the females soon lay eggs, and the larvae which hatch from 7 ee. oe eps the eggs feed upon roots of the winter crops—wheat and barley, and damage them. The offspring of the fall-flies remain in the larval stage through the winter and become adults in the following April. In April 1st 1903, I collected a large number of full grown larvae from the experimental field of our station, and kept them in our insectory to study the life history. The result is as follow: 1903 April 1. Full grown larva. = alee Pupated. * cp 8 Adults emerged. Pupal stage 14 days. er eerg: Females ae yay, I. Larvae hatched. Egg stage 12 days » Aug. 25. Pupated. Larval stage 116 days. BeSEp, 3. Adults emerged. Pupal stage g days. 55 5: Females laid eggs. | Bs Ds Larvae hatched. | Egg stage 6 days. 1904 Afril 4. Pupated. | Larval stage 235 days. 3 “ae oa Adults emerged. | Pupal stage 1c days. ” Deb Females laid eggs. | “1 p20: Larvae hatched. Egg Stage 12 days. The adult insects appear mostly in the morning, between 8 and 10 o'clock. The flies come out from the T shaped splitting in the dorsal part of the pupae, and keep themselves quiet for a short time, in order to dry their wings and harden their limbs, before they take flight. In the field the deve- lopment is not so regular and the adult insects are seen throughout the whole spring and in the first part of the summer, although they are most abundantly found in April. In the field the larvae of different stages are seen almost at any time, hence it is very difficult to state in which generation they belong. Description :— Adult: 2 length 20 mm., expansion of the wings 43 mm., ¢ length 17 mm., expansion of the wings 41 mm. Large, slender fly with very long, g2 slender legs. General color pale brown. Head spherical, face produced, snout-like. Eyes round and black, separated by a broad front. Ocelli Wanting, antennae long, thread-like, composed of thirteen segments, flagellum in form ; first three segments pale brown, while other dark brown; second segments shortest, first and third segments large and longest, other subequal; first, second and third segments bear many short bristly hairs, while others with few short bristly hairs atthe base. Proboscis elongated; palpi, almost as long as the length of antenna ; bear many short hairs ; composed of four segments; the basal segment shortest, the second and third segments almost twice as long as the first, fourth segment longest; larger than other three segments together. Thorax convex; metanotum with distinct suture of V shape, dark brown color; prescutum with seven dark brown straight lines ; scutellum small and semicircular. Abdomen cylindrical, ten segmented ; dorsal aspect yellowish brown, with darkish brown toward lateral aspect; in the female, the ovipositor with two pairs of long, horney, pointed valves. Wings long, but comparatively narrow; when rest lying not parallel over the abdomen ; brownish color, costal region and stigmate dark brown; balancers very large. Legs very slender, about 1}—2 times as long as whole length of the body ; dark brown in color. Egg: Length about 1 mm.; shiny black; elliptical in outline and flat. A long, slender, thread-like appendage at one extremity and with a small conical projection at the lateral side of other extremity. Larva: Length about 26 mm, greatest diameter about 4 mm.); cylindric ; dusky brown. Head small, retructed ; two strong chitinous plates which correspond to mandibles of other insects are well formed, bear many fine teeth. Antennae small, composed of three segments, third segment: shortest. On the dorsal aspect of the body with four rows of longitudinal black doty lines; ventral aspect with a pair of black spots on each segment, excepting last three segments. Abdomen is without any tubercles, spines or hairs. Anal prominence pale yellowish, bearing at its sides three pairs of similar equal appendages which are blunt at the apex. The respiratory disk bears three pairs of marginal lobes and, between the base of the lowermost and the anal prominence, a conspicuous, setigerous tubercle. The six | | ; | 93 marginal lobes are short and blunt at the apex, two pairs of them with a black line extends up the posterior face. Pupa: Length about 23 mm., horns about 1.5 mm., diameter about 4mm at thorax; dark brown in color, more or less darking toward sides. Head and face directed ventrally. The hypertrophied and functionless respiratory horns are large and rather stout, slightly enlarged at the apex. Antennae curve dorsally around the eyes and knees reaching to about one third of the whole length of the wings. Legs laid flat against the ventral surface, tips of the tarsi all ending near the apex of the fourth abdominal segment. Wing tips reaching to third abdominal segment. Abdomen with parallel sides, as far as the eighth segment. The apical carina on each segment is fringed with short, stiff hairs. The rudiments of the discal processes and the atrophied spiracles are distinctly seen on the dorsum of the eighth segment. Notes on Treatment :—The experiments made in the laboratory as well as on a large rice field and seed bed show that larvae can not exist in water for a long time. The writer had in the past year the opportunity of destroying the larvae in Saitama-ken, where they appeared in enormous number and made a great damage in the seed bed. In order to destroy the insects the water was allowed to flow in the seed-beds to the depth of two inches and kept for 6 to 36 hours according to the size of the seed-beds, A careful observation showed that nearly all of the larvae came out from the bed to the dikes. In order to prevent the larvae from creeping back again to the seed bed a ditch of about one foot in depth and width was dug in the seed bed along the dike and the water was allowed to flow into it. The larvae were then collected and destroyed. This method is the easiest and cheapest, yet very effective. Some experiments with kerosene emulsion and Pyrethrum powder were also made, but with the former the young plants themselves suffered, while with the latter, the insects were not seriously affected. Besides a deep plowing of the soil in winter also the catching of the adult insects with lanterns should not be neglected 94 OO % Mee Whe ne Ai EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Imago (2) (Tipula parva Loew ?). Abdominal extremities of the female. - ce of the male. Head (showing antennae and pulpi). Wing (showing venation). Egg cluster. Egg. Larva. Abdominal extremities of the larva (dorsal view) ne AS sl one Qventtall-view): Head of larva (dorsal view) a Gy eaQuentraliview): Labrum. Mandibles (showing pharynx; frontal view) ” rs 5p back view). Maxilly and labium (a. labium), right side. Pupa. Damaged rice plants. BUL. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XIII. ees Wir ai. KEMP Ke + | RN+Knes RLM+S ” 16... 1 Fee 16... 20... IQ... Psp 24... 26°... ace TGs. 33&3 IQ:-- 16... Biss ERRATA. « 9.8” “45.40” “ schwhrz ”’, “anchneidet,” te ab ” “ Wachstum Bacillus,” “ order ” “ Paraphenytendendiamin, ” “KHoPO, 1% ” “Mg SO, 3% “ bildet binnen 1-2 Wochen’’,, ““Bakterium Monache.” “(Plo XI. fig. 3),”” & 20 9%” ” ” READ “ Cag (PO,)s”, oe 9:3” * 46.40” “ schwarz” “ anschneidet ” Slauf? ““ Wachstum des Bacillus” “oder ” “ Paraphenylehdiamin ” “KHoPO, 0.1% ” “Mg SO, 0.3% ” “ biidet er Dinnen 1-2 Wochen eine Hant. ” “ Bakterium Monachae ” “ (Pl. X. fig. 2)” “10 9%” BULLETIN _OF THE IMPERIAL CENTRAL JAPAN. Vol. I. No. 2. NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO. OCTOBER, 1907. ee Ss | c. Sa ee ae ERRATA. Page 24 line 4 from top; For acidulating read neutralizing. » 40 wy 2 ee ys) Sweidish » Swedish. » 52 foot note; yy» Principals » principles. » 55 bottom line; », reduced » reduced to. » 60 line 3 from below; » 18.89 » 1880. oy of » 17 from top; »» 17.58 2748s 3 WS » 2 from below ; Palette >» Alsike. » 94 rr ass) Ze Ls » Sulphate!) ,, sulphate. ees a > seers » Sulphate - ,, sulphatel). »» 105 » 7 » ons) on Oh barley, » barley. SLOT, mn 2 ay os ay 1B sor 3 110 » 9~ from top; mes Py le Ay ent eS Es » 2-80 » 2.846 ay units) » 9 from below ; ed op Beh ey) » 5 from top; Rp ne my) oe ELLO » 7 from below ; Peal if NAB 3, 187 oe 8} 5 aes » Figs. 45-54 >, Figs. 48-54. 2313; For Plate XXXVI, Fig. 13 read Plate XXXV, Fig. 13. Plate XXXI; For 49 (Leg.) read 47. tr Ht 30 EK OS Ge id Ae ee THE BULLETIN OF THE IMPHRIAL CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION JAPAN. Viole I Non 2: NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO. OCTOBER, 1907. On the Formation of Flowers after Frost. BY G. DAIKUHARA. A very singular phenomenon was observed by the writer when he examined, this spring (1906), the mulberry plantations of Fukushima and Gumma Prefectures, that had suffered severely by a late frost, April 30. Five earlier frosts! had probably already done some injury. On arriving there on May 8 I noticed that nearly all the young leaf buds had turned brown and were dead, but in many cases at the base of each dead or half injured leaf bud, 4-6 young green panicles had started covered with small flower buds, producing a very singular appearance,” so that a new formation of leaf buds but not of flower buds would be expected, especially as the bark was not the least injured by the frost. And further, what was still more remarkable, some very young buds which had not yet opened and therefore were not injured by the frost, showed, on being cut open, that they had 1). The dates, the maximum temperatures of air and soil, and the humidity of the air during the five frosts of April observed at Fukushima observatory are shown in the following table: Minimum temperature of Eumiditve of air a Air. | Soil. at 2 p.m. (96) April 1. =1.2° C | =6.0° C 28 eek) Te ys =4-B) 55 45 si A OT | —7-0) 5; 44 PIEZO losses -1.0 4 | —5.6 |» 28 Pee 217 -0.2 ,, | = ALOl ets. 35 RPMS Ol cas) cee) cs El" | -9.0 22 2). Old mulberry trees, especially those which are not cut every year, show generally a tendency to form numerous flowers but there are commonly no flowers formed on those trees which are subjected to the annual cutting either from near the surface of the ground or from stumps 2-3 feet atove the ground ; those of a very pcor growth are excepted. Some few varieties, however, show more or less tendency to form flowers even when cut every year. G. Daikuhara. tN turned into flower buds and young panicles were found between the young leaves. The photograph taken is reproduced on Plate XIV. How is this phenomenon to be explained ? Some time ago O. Loew” published some articles on the tendency of flowering, in which he pointed out that numerous facts render it very probable that a necessary condition for flower formation is a certain con- centration of sugar in the plant juice. Further the removal of a part of the root, a deficiency of nitrogen, dryness of the soil and plenty of sunshine are favorable for flower formation, in that these conditions lead to an increase of sugar concentration. On the other hand, increased moisture of the soil, position in the shade and especially an increase of nitrogen favor much more the leaf formation than the flower formation, either by dilution of the sugar solution or by inducing transformation of sugar into asparagine and protein. The conclusion at which O. Loew arrived was confirmed a short time afterwards by Hugo Fisher? who mentioned however some more cases in which flower formation was induced by increase of the sugar concentration. He pointed out, e.g., that potatoe plants in a dry season with plenty of sun-shine produce more abundant flowers and less tubers than in moderately moist seasons. Further, cherry branches attacked by the fungus Zvoaxus yield more leaves and less or no flowers compared with healthy branches of the same tree. Wires tied around the branch induce this branch in the following years to earlier and more abundant flowering. Then the sugar produced in the leaves can not be so abundantly transported to the trunk and roots and therefore reaches a higher concentration in the branches. Jéeris umbellata just at the starting of flowering time placed behind blue or yellow solutions will produce more abundant flowers in the yellow light, on account of carbon assimilation being favored. Fisher mentions as a rule: nutrition by light and air (carbon assimilation) favors flower formation, while nutrition by soil and water favors leaf formation (protein formation, absorption of N, S, & P). 1). Flora, 1995, p. 124 and 324 (Supplement). 2). Flora, 1905,p 478. See also W. Benecke, Bot. Zsitg., 1906, April. On the Formation cf Flowers after Frost. 3 In the light of these facts, the above described phenomenon on the mulberry plants can be explained as follows : In the 1st place, the development of the young leaves had drawn considerably on the stock of reserve protein in the neighboring parts of the bark and the remaining relatively larger amount of reserve starch yielded now a solution richer in sugar, and In the 2nd place, the migration of the juice into the growing leaves, requiring a certain proportion of sugar, was stopped by their death and thus the concentration of the sugar in the sap was increased ; and In the 3rd place, the dry weather before and after the frost favored more or less the flower formation by the concentration of the cell sap. Travelling four weeks later in another prefecture (Ibaraki) I also noticed the damage to mulberry trees by the same frost (April 30) but in this case not only flowers developed from the base of the killed young leaves but in many cases the flowers were much more numerous in the wffer part of the stem than in the /ower, which is just the contrary of the normal phenomenon. The number of panicles” observed on some of such stems are shown in the following table : No. of branches Number of panicles observed on the branches of six stalks. from the top of stalk. A. | Bb. c: D. | E. F. No. I 3 re Ae] ac yee | ON | Seaeegos «MU stssreee An @ 3 2 Pi csadees® Till) se cocker Nh) TPsseece = alll ieee 3 4 le eroeee On p Bulth Besrecce 5 li, aseess ip. th 2 2 fo) a 4 2 a 8 4 | 1(2) 2 || assez 2 4 a6 Ein VO sates 2 | 5 4 3 asad, 3 | S 3 | 2 3 | 3 eS 3 I sBecace S| pakane 5h fesseees n 9 I | Ci el esting 3 5 @) SLO 3 | 2 Sie | Mad a 2 2 PEE 4 | ) Eh al ete | I ) Dotted lines shows dead buds. 1). Nearly all panicles were staminated. 2). No leaves on these buds, only flowers. 4 G. Daikuhara. No. of branches Number of panicles observed on the branches of six stalks. from the top of stalk. Be Beil, Be of D. E. F. No. 12 ° canoes 3 2 ° > 3 | 3 ° ° 3 ° ye ° 4 ° Po astcon eS Mates == ss I Atecec Niagraek : Soeods 2 3 26 3 I 1 sostes ° I Seeley, | 1 oeeee 2 ° ° rH ies) Scewen ° eoenee ° aeons ° » 19 aaess ° spon caroce Ssecne eee » 20 I | I I anceee ° eer » 21 ° ° 550000 53000 weeeee ° 5) 22 Beesse ° 2 cosas ° By DE ° Arceco ||) © 55056 5 ° sree exon acerveh) |e omrsece sOx8c8 2S I Tie FP Alia see cued eeeeeees 5 I ZO) 2 fo) ° aa | 5 27 Oe Ah 8 Oe el Ratsore I I 2s fo) OW eNle (sdaec |) Scctnss 5 28 | yeseba ree fee so ° se) Cree Ve wee fe hors ° st I fo) fo} ee} 3 o) °) ° ics 15) ° o 2 2) » 34 I I 2) 2) ia ae a ae eek se , x) ape sy we : » 37 - » 39 Dotted lines show dead buds. Further, numerous buds were injured to such an extent that neither leaf nor flower developed from them, although at the base of the bud the bark proved still green and healthy. Furthermore in those cases in which the upper part of the stem was completely killed, it was observed that the branch development later on was most vigorous just below the dead On the Formation of Flowers after Frost, 5 portion of the branch. Moreover in those cases in which the leaf-buds were merely injured by the frost without being killed, the number of panicles appearing at the base of these shoots was much larger than in those cases where less injury had been done, and finally no panicles at all appeared at the base of such branches which had developed after the frost from closed buds.—See Plate XIV and XV. Finally it may be mentioned that I have tested for oxdizing enzymes in leaves entirely killed by frost and turned brown, and found oxydase and peroxydase to be absent, while catalase was plentiful. The watar extract of frozen leaves was precipitated with alcohol, the precipitate dissolved in water and tested again for oxydases also with negative result. The behavior of oxydases towards freezing requires further observations. Further I have scraped off a considerable part of the living bark of such branches which had developed flowers from the base of killed leaf-buds and tested it in the usual way for cane sugar and glucose. It was thus observed that cane sugar was present in much larger quantities than glucose. 6 G. Daikuhara. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XIV. Three stems bearing 3-5 panicles on the base of every bud after frost. PLATE XV. Fig. (a)and(b). Half injured branches bearing 6-7 panicles on their bases. Fig. (c). A normal new branch coming out after frost and bearing no panicles. PEATE XVI. Fig, (A). A new branch bearing three panicles developing from the accessory bud after frost. Fig. (B). A stem on which all buds were severely damaged and develop- ing no leaves until after four weeks, but producing many panicles from the base of the killed buds. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. SUAT. VOL. I. PLATE XIV. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT, STAY. VOL. I. PILATE XV. a Thee BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC, EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XVI. we. Ee ,lCl re Peet ee On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soils. BY G. DAIKUHARA AND T. IMASEKI. A great many manuring experiments carried out by different authors prove that under certain conditions nitrate nitrogen is superior to ammonia nitrogen, while under other conditions the reverse is true. It is to be regretted, however, that the different conditions, as nature of soil, its chemical composition and the character of the manure whether acidic or alkaline or neutral, have not always been stated, since this knowledge would have assisted much in recognising certain regularities. For those tropical and subtropical countries, in which agricultural crops are raised in paddy soils or swamps, the question is also of vital importance, which of the two sources of nitrogen would be the more favor- able. The conditions in the paddy soil for nitrification and denitrification are very different from those in the dry land soil. In the first place, the transformation of ammonia into nitrite by the nitroso-bacterium is very much depressed not only on account of less air penetrating into the soil, but also on account of much organic matter, which is by no means oxidized as easily as in dry land, and which according to Winogradsky, depresses the action of the nitrite-microbium ; but also for the nitrate-microbium the conditions are very unfavorable, since its action is very much depressed by traces of ammonia. Loehnis! however declared that only in the form of carbonate, ammonia is injurious for the nitrate-microbium not in the form of neutral salts. The paddy soil for rice culture in Japan has always been manured chiefly with excrements, fish manure, oil cakes, and frequently green manure ; superphosphate was applied occasionally as a mere supplement to 1), Chem. Ztg. Repertorium 1905, I, 5. be G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. those manures. These conditions being favorable for denitrification might lead to much loss, if nitrate were applied as a part of the nitrogen manure, Until recently however no experiments with plants cultivated in swamps have been made. It was Prof. M. Nagaoka” who first carried out a number of careful experiments with plants cultivated by Japanese farmers in swamps as viz. rice, arrowhead (Sagittaria sagittaefolia) and /uncus effusus. Sagittaria bulbs are used as food and /wzcus is used for the manufacture of rugs. The Plants manured with nitrate remained pale in color and small in size. With rice the yield of the nitrate plants was only in one case a little above that of the control plants, in most cases, however, far below; in one case, where the soil received no lime and the ratio of 150 Kg N p. ha., the yield of the nitrate plants fell to about 2% of that of ammonia plants. With /uscus the yield of the nitrate plants varied from 4,7-66% ot the ammonia plants provided with equal doses of nitrogen. For Sagittaria the result was still more unfavorable. It is very remarkable that with /wzcus the harvest of the nitrate plants diminished gradually with the increased applications of the nitrate. Some experiments” carried out by one of us (Daikuhara) with rice plants in sand culture showed that the availability of nitrate is 42% of that of ammonia nitrogen. The average ratio for the manurial value of ammonia nitrogen to that of nitrate nitrogen calculated from different results of experiments carried out in our central and branch Stations during the last few years is 100: 47. As to the reason why the paddy plants cannot utilize nitrate nitrogen so well as ammonia nitrogen, Nagaoka has proposed the two following factors : 1). Bull. College of Agric., Imp. University, Tokyo, Vol. VI., No. 3. 2), This Bulletin Vol. 1., No. 1. 3). Nagaoka has also ascribed the pale yellowish color of the nitrate plants to the physiological influence of accumulated nitrate, but according to our observations the pale yellowish color appears in the first period of growth, 2-3 weeks after the application of nitrate, and recovers afterwards. It is very probable, therefore, due to the poisonous action of nitrite formed by the reducing action of certain bacteria. On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soils. 9 1. Paddy plants do not accumulate a sufficient quantity of sugar in the leaves to convert all of the nitric acid absorbed into protein. 2. In paddy soils, denitrification and also formation of poisonous nitrites may take place. As to the first we have instituted some tests. It might be assumed that an injurious accumulation of nitrate may take place in the leaves of the rice plants manured with nitrate but as to this there is no positive proof yet. But the result of our analysis shows practically no difference not only between the leaves of paddy and dry land rice, but also between those of the paddy rice applied with ammonium sulphate and sodium nitrate as shown in the following tables : A. Sugar content in the leaves of the paddy and dry land rice. Kind of Name of Period of | | Cane sugar | ‘Total sugar Gluccse % tice plant. varieties, Growth. | % % Before flowering 1.19 0.48 1.67 Shin-shu ... Milky repening 2.04 0.74 2.78 Yellow ripening | T.94 0.24 2.18 Bees TiCe Young leaves 0.89 0.48 1.37 Before flowering 1.21 0.64 | 1.85 Suga-ipron. | Milky ripening | 2.48 1.15 3.63 | Yellow ripening 2.47 0.55 | 3:02 Before flowering | I.1g 0.56 | 1.75 Orran) *-- Milky ripening | 2.02 0.85 2.87 Yellow ripening 2.16 0.56 2.72 Dry land Tice Young leaves 0.89 | 0.52 1.41 Fefore flowering — | 1.29 0.69 1.98 Kiushu ,.. | | Milky ripening | 2.00 I.I0 3.10 Yellow ripening | 2.59 0.46 3.05 | fe) G. Daikuhara and T. Imaceki. B. Sugar content in the leaves of paddy rice with different manures. Kind of Period of Growth. Glucose % Cane sugar % Total sugar % Manures. Young leaves 0.99 0.33 1.32 ee Before flowering 1.60 9056 216 Milky ripening 1.56 0.66 2.22 Young leaves 0.87 047 1.34 Sod‘um : Nitrate Before flowering 1.35 0.50 1.85 Milky ripening 1.36 0.75 2.11 Thus we see that the first assumption by Nagaoka was not justified. Some tests were made by Nagaoka with regard to the second cause, rendering however further observations desirable and we have therefore further studied the behavior of swamp plants towards nitrate, being certainly of considerable theoritical and practical importance. With the denitrifying organisms in a wide sense the following groups may be distinguished after Jensen” : “1, Reduktion von Nitraten zu Nitriten und Ammoniak (Salpeter- reduktion). Reduktion von Nitraten zu Nitriten und niederiegeren, gasférmigen Stickstoff-Sauerstoffverbindungen (N,O und NO). Reduction von Nitraten und Nitriten unter Abspaltung elementaren to Gs Stickstoffes (Denitrifikation im engeren und eigentlichen Sinne). 4. Umbildung des Salpeterstickstoffes in organische Verbindungen (Salpeterassimilation). 5. Freiwerden von Stickstoff bei der Faeulnis organischer Stickstoff verbindungen.” Denitrification will proceed much more energetically in moist land than in dry land and also nitrates will be reduced to nitrites more 1), Lafer, Handb. d. Techn. mycologie Band III., S. 182. On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. Ir energetically by peculiar bacteria of the paddy soil, and these nitrites may persist for a time before they are further reduced to ammonia. Certain. bacteria reduce nitrates very quickly to ammonia so that the intermediary step, the formation of nitrites, can not be recognized. Certain other bacteria,. however, produce considerable quantities of nitrites from nitrates. Nitrites however show a strong poisonous character, since they act very powerfully on the amido-groups and hence will also attack. the amido-groups of proteins and thus kill the living protoplasm. In order to decide whether denitrification takes place extensively in paddy soil the following experiments were made : LABORATORY EXPERIMENT. I.) One hundred g of soil were placed in an Erlenmeyer’s flask of 300 cc. capacity and added 150 cc. of a solution containing 2 g of sodium nitrate and 0,2 g of K,HPO, which liquid kept the soil covered in a thin layer. A humy soil from our experimental field, a sandy loam soil from Kinai Branch Station and a heavy clayey soil from Kaga Province served for this experi- ment. The experiment was started on March 23, 1905; the flasks were shaken every day and tested from time to time for nitrite by the reaction of Griess. The room temperature during this experiment was 16-26°C. After 24 hours a very decisive reaction for nitrite was already observed with the humus soil, much less than in the sandy soil, and only a trace was found in the clayey soil. After 5 resp. 6 days, the maximum point of formation of nitrite (0,003 resp. 0,002% KNO,)) was attained in the humy and the sandy soil, whereupon the nitrite decreased, disappearing after 3 resp. 4 weeks, much nitrate still remaining in the solution. In the clayey soil, however, the reduction of nitrate was very slow and the maximum point was reached (0,01% nitrite) after 4 weeks; a little nitrite was still present even after 5 months. From the start of the experiment ammonia was occasionally tested for and reactions obtained in all of the 1). Laboratory experiment I, IJ, III, 1V, V and VI (d) were carried out by G. Daikuhara, and Laboratory expt. VI (a), (b) and (c) by T. Imaseki. 2). By colorimetric determination. 12 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. flasks, especially with the sandy soil, somewhat less so with the clayey soil and still weaker in the humus soil. With the humus and sandy soils a little sodium acetate was added to accelerate the bacterial action, after the nitrite reaction had disappeared. Thus again a gradual increase of the nitrite was observed and finally it reached a concentration of 0,1% resp. 0,05% nitrite 12 days after that addition, much foam being developed. No ammonia was observed in this case. Further to ascertain whether the reduction of nitrate was due to bacteria, the mixture of soil and the nitrate solution mentioned above, was sterilized with steam, with chloroform and with mercuric chloride. Oc- casional testing for nitrite showed the absense of nitrite even after several weeks. This proves clearly that the reduction of nitrate in soils in the paddy state certainly is due to the action of denitrifying organisms. LABORATORY EXPERIMENT. II. Since in Japan much organic manure is commonly used in the paddy field, it is of vital importance to observe the influence of organic matter upon the reduction of nitrate in the paddy state. 150 cc. of the following nitrate solution was mixed with too g of air dry soil and kept at a temperature of 30-32°C. It was found that all the nitrate was reduced entirely after 48 hours. NERS (oyetaliiesetasigs ooo oct goo ah od Gn oo cto coo Shs MA NaNO, Rvs see": cae “dae Wes) laueoMtas’ see), decd: ~ Css) hae all i enlamrat enema KesEIROsiiices. ascos Sve Jecey) ieee) 'lccel cose l jecet) cbuie icles Mfthe) | (euntamnccpimeClezamOn) MeSOg-7EeOiss Gas) ces) iven ccc west imcsr feneubache) Mia Seumierch MeeimCh Cine On April 15, 1905, 100 g of the three different soils above mentioned were mixed with the same nitrate solution containing glycerine and kept at room temperature (13-26°C). The occasional tests for nitrite and ammonia gave the following results : On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 13 (a). Test for nitrite.) From the start. | Humy clay soil. Sandy loam soil. Clay soil. |. After 3 days | 0,0013% KNO, 0.004% KNOx 0.002% KNO, m oh op O.0010% 45 0.005% 0.003% 4, a 6s, 0.0033% 55 0.005% ,, 0.007% 5 | | ie OLAS | trace trace 0.0008% ,, dy 038 5 ° ° trace (b). Test for ammonia. From the start. Humy clay soil. Sandy loam soil. Clay soil. After 3 days little moderate moderate. ” 4+ 5» ” ” a » 6 » ” » » o as | 5 p 2. |; trace trace little The above result shows that by the presence of a certain amount of organic matter the reduction of nitrate in the paddy soil is much accelerated and all the nitrate added (0,2%) reduced entirely after 9-12 days even at room temperature in spring and after 2 days when kept at 30-32°C. LABORATORY EXPERIMENT. III. Former experiments carried out by various investigators show that fresh stable manure favors denitrification more than a well rotten one, but in regard to fresh and rotten oil cakes no special observations seem to have been made, therefore we have made the following experiment : (a). On Aug. 14, 1905, 100 g of soil from our Station at Nishigahara 2 g of rape cake (1) and 5 cc. of glycerine (2) and 150 cc. of the nitrate 1). The amount of nitrite was also here approximately determined colorimetrically by Griess test. A standard solution of pure KNO, served for the comparison. 14 G. Diaikuhara and T. Imaseki. -solution of the following composition and kept at room temperature (20-32°C) with occasional testing for nitrite and nitrate :_ NaNOs .-- 22. 22 oe 22h ee ses ee we 2100 BD) , KeHPO, Sa ool tom eae "ooo cod con wee ORAS! & dissolved ma 150 cc. HO. WESC IEMO! Naas. a5 a “Sse 00 Bos cco REIS After 24 hours a stronger nitrite reaction was observed in (1) than in (2) (0,05% resp. 0,005% nitrite as KNO,). The maximum amount of nitrite was attained after 3 days with (1) and after 5 days with (2) but after 4 resp. 7 weeks all the nitrate was reduced. Thus we see that fresh rape cake favors denitrification much more than glycerine. (b). Some rape cake and soy been cake were left to putrefy in a warm place with a moderate supply of water and after 2 months rottening, samples were dried and finely pulverized. Two g of each, fresh cakes and the same amount of dry matter of the rotten cakes were mixed respectively with too g of air dry soil and 150 cc. of the following nitrate solution, and kept ale DIG NaNOz eee 1-75 £ ; ; KyHPO, onele dissolved in 150 cc. of H,0. MgSO, +7H20 005 £ 5 5 The tests showed that with fresh rape cake all the nitrate was reduced after 2 weeks, but with rotten cake much nitrate was still present even after 10 weeks. With soy been cake which is poorer in carbohydrates and richer in protein the difference was much smaller and the nitrate was reduced entirely in the case of fresh and rotten cake after ro and 12 days respectively. Thus we see that the fresh rape cakes favor denitrification much more than the rotten. LABORATORY EXPERIMENT. IV. To see the effect of inoculation of denitrifying organisms, pure cultured, into the soil in the paddy state, the following 3 organisms were selected : On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Svil. 15 a). Bact. denitrificans I. i Bye oop. ; II.) 6)= 57) nitrovorum: One hundred g of soil from our Experiment Station were kept in an Erlenmeyer’s-flask of ca. 300 cc. capacity with 100 cc. of nitrate solution as in Expt. III, (a). After repeated sterilization the denitrifying organisms were inoculated on Aug. 16, 1905, and kept at room temperature. Of the supernatant solutions small doses were withdrawn from time to time with a sterilized pipette, and tested for nitrate, nitrite and ammonia with the following results : (a). Bact. denitrificans I. Much nitrite was found after 24 hours and after 6 days the amount of nitrite reached the maximum (0,125% KNO.). But even after 2 months later both nitrate and nitrite were still present. (b). Bact. denitrificans II. The nitrite reaction was observed after 2 days from the start and after 9 days this reaction showed the maximum. All the nitrate and nitrite were reduced after 13 days from the start. (c)) Bact: nitrovorum. Nitrite was observed also after two days, the maximum point of the nitrite reaction after 6 days, and the disappearance of both nitrate and nitrite after 16 days from the start. A moderate ammonia reaction was obtained in each mixture after 3 days, (a) yielded much, (b) and (c) a weak ammoniacal reaction after 5-10 days, and still a moderate reaction after 2 weeks. Further with the flask (a) much pasty film was noticed on the surface of the soil, but with flasks (b) and (c) this was not the case; the liquids became gradually turbid and of a light reddish-brown color. LABORATORY EXPERIMENT. V. To observe the influence of starch, compost, straw and rape cake upon the reduction of nitrate in paddy soil and to determine the loss of nitrogen by denitrification the following experiment was made. On Sept. 18, 1905, 2S Erlenmeyer’s flasks of ca. 300 cc. capacity were 1). These two organisms were isolated from the soil in the field of this Station by S. Machida. Burti and Stutzer were the first to isolate denitrifying bacteria in pure culture. 16 G. Daikuhara.and T. Imaseki. filled with 200 g of humy soil from Nishigahara containing 30.53% H.,O and mixed with the following salts,” dissolved in 250 cc, H,O, and organic manures.” As general nutrients 0,5 g di-potassium-phosphate and 0,05 g magnesium sulphate were added to each flask and kept at room temperature (15-26°C). 3 TeeeAmmMOn tint shl phates) mccsieecn Ascsilfesoleesnet tec) nan see 25 aire iG Sterhiitecticies a5) abo coe: Sse Soo boos. (sto) ces cto | DT eeAmmoniamiaitra tele aietossiiers nese caine ofits i-inr StoahithimrmactGh “eos qo ceo Gn “Soo Sto) neo ea=--e=-) = 2TOl NaNO BE) Soy neces MeSSY ess ase) vsteny bar Motes Ni ces hes IV. fis Z2 SASS cos aay cco fo ee es cS) gy a INAIN Ogi op ite oe = So ec Se oc ra Straw ... 5 a a co Se tc, cee ECHO) VI. Starch (Control 16) Hi WiSoth oy) BA PASSES witady y Bors cacem apce” et SHON VIJ. Compost well rotten (Control (b))... ... ... ... >... «. 22.0,, NVA eeieapecake)(Controli(c)))-cnu cas a=“ satl seein ene eco tee Ons EX@ “Strawi(Control(d))2- ass, css Ges eis Ses) ee enw are ION Se.) cB sgondande (Controll(e))ieenm gan ieee ane eee The experiment was begun Sept. 5, 1905, and every 10 days a certain portion was withdrawn from each vessel, the same amount of water added and tested for nitrite in the filtrate. After 10 days much nitrite was observed in the flasks II and IV, the amount of which as potassium salt approximately determined 0.35% resp. 0.088% KNO,. In flask III only a little nitrite and in all other flasks (except II and IV) only a trace or none of it was observed. After one month in all the flasks only traces of nitrite could be found. The result shows that in top-soil of “dry” land only certain organic matters, such as starch or rape cake, favor nitrite formation to some extent, but well rotten compost and straw do not.) Increase of moisture will lead to an increase of nitrite and loss of nitrogen ; water was added after 33 days from the start at the ratio of 10 cc. 1). The contents of N in the nitrate and organic manures are the same as in Lab. Expt. V. 2). Stoklasa (Z. Landw. Vers. Wes. in Oesterreich, 1906, p. 844.) observed in Austrian soils serving for culture of sugar beets also denitrification did not take place to such an extent that it could be proved analytically. 24 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. H,O to every 100 g original soil, thus keeping the soil in just a moderately moist condition. After ro days nitrate reactions were obtained in the flasks Il, IV and V. After two months from start the soil was dried after acidulating with a little H,SO, and the total N, ammonia N and nitric N determined. Kind of In roo pts dry soil. N in total dry soil (g). Manures. | Total N. | Amm.N. | Nitric N. | Total N. | Amm. N. | Nitr. N. NaNO, 0.452 0.605 0.102 2.558 0.028 0.577 NanOsd: 0.397 0.005 0.018 2.145 0.028 0.102 Sorel -397 005 K “145 . NaNO3,+ Bae 0.456 0.022 0.100 2.581 0.125 0.566 compost NaNO3+ 47 . 0.082 2.68 .215 0,46. ee °.477 0.038 3 0.215 464 Bees, 6 0.082 2.445 0.091 0.46. vee 0.432 loo} ; “445 09 464 starch 0.372 trace 0.006 2.105 = 0.034 compost 0.382 0.005 (oxo) 8 2.162 9.028 0.062 | EE eee rape cake 0.401 0.016 0.027 2.269 0.091 0.153 straw 0.354 0.011 0.027 2.003 0.062 0.153 aareanene | 0.368 trace 0.004 2,083 = 0.023 | On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 25 From these figures the loss of nitrogen was calculated. No: of Rad Ge? : Loss of N by denitrification. Soluble N applied (g). flasks, manures. : g 4 Te NaNO; 0.544 0.069 12.7 NaNOQ;+ Be starch 0.544 0.504 92.6 NaNO; + Ill. 23. compost ehh Pee ee NaNO3;+ iG 5 y 23. rape cake SIBhnt sey oe) NaNO,+ We ; ».5 102 8.8 Straw o1544 oS : These results show that when common dry land top-soil becomes sufficiently moist, as by continuous rains, the presence of an easily putrefying organic matter favors denitrification to a considerable degree.” VEGETATION EXPERIMENT I.” In order to ascertain the effect of the formation of nitrite and denitrifica- tion upon vegetation, the following experiments were made: Six zinc pots of ca. 30 cm. in diametre were filled with 15 Kg of humy soil from Nishigahara and six with alluvial soil from Arakawa. The following manures were applied per pot (in duplicate) : (A). (B). (NH,)2SO, ... NasHFO, FESO) xe NaNO,.. NasHFO, KeSO, -.. 5.0 Oly BOs, gq 6.7, (N in equivalent to (NH4)2SO4) 5:0 os GS) 5 1). A considerable degree of denitrification was observed by Hugo Fisher after moderately liming the soil, but the amount of moisture was not stated. 2). All vegetation experiments were carried out by G. Daikuhara. 26 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaceki. INFIN(O Fs, cos poo) dog) oo cee, dn sco «(Nf (C)SINGSEIR OG Bree scoot esau one 7 e Glycerine gis. s-f) se) eos) [eee east s-e EOL) Ces Five young paddy rice plants (var. Sekitorz) equal in size were trans-planted in each pot on July 5, 1905, and kept in paddy state. The plants in pot (A) was normal while those in pot (B) and (C), showed a yellowish green color in the first period of growth and much foam gathered on the surface of the soil especially in pot (©). After two weeks, however, the plants in pot (B) and (C) again acquired a green color but not the deep green as observed in pot (A). The following table shows the result of observations on July 25 and on Sept. 5, 1905 : A. Soil from Nishigahara. Length cf plants (cm). | Number of stalks. Kind of July 25 | Sept. 5 July 25 | Sept. 5 Manures. | p- pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. 743 Iog.1 27 | 61 (NHy)2SO, “2 106.8 30 | 60 72-1 104-5 33 ) 58 | 61.2 107 5 22 45 NaNO; 61-7 104.5 22 | 40 | 62.1 IOL.5 22 | 46 NaNO3+ 56.1 89.4 17 | 20 20 Glycerine eGix Be 2 af 56. 94.2 17 | 20 On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 27 B. Soil from Arakawa. Length of plants (cm). Number of stalks. Kind of - July 25 Sept. 5 July 25 Sept. 5 Manures. p- pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. | p. pot. | Average. ; : : 75:8 104.9 26 54 (NH 4)2SOq 7255 103.5 29 55 69.1 102.1 32 55 60.6 108.4. 19 34. NaNO; 60.0 104-7 17 33 59-2 100.9 15 31 NaNO,+ 515 88.0 |) ue ys - 50.0 86.5 14 15 Glycerine 48.5 $5.0 15 17 A photograph taken Sept. 2, 1905, and reproduced on Plate XVII shows clearly the differences in development. The plants were cut Oct. 25, 1905, and weighed in the air dry state with the following result : A. Soil from Nishigahara. Rael oft Weight of Grains (e).| Weight of Straw (g). Total Yield (g). RATOnOn Manures. p- pot. Average. |p. pot. Average. p- pot. Average. Total Yield. a. : = = 67-13 129.38 196.50 (NH,y)sSO, 61,31 128.44 189.75 100 55-50 127.50 183.00 “pee 57-75 r 85.50 | 143-25 NaNO; 56.81 87.94 144.75 76 55.88 90.38 146.25 NaNO,+ 25-50 s | 7-50 p 63.00 F ee 26.25 37-88 4.13 34 Glycerine 27,60 =) 38.25 u 65.25 i} 28 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. B. Soil from Arakawa. Kind of | |Weight of Grains (g).| Weight of Straw (g).| Total "Yield (g). Rationel Manures. p- pot. | Average. | p. pot. Average. |p. pot. | Average. | Total Yield. 64,13 | II4.00 178.13 (NH4)2SO, 66.75 113-25 180.00 100 69.37 112.50 181.88 | 38.63 | 70.88 10g.50 NaNO, 36.19 66.94 103.13 57 33-75 63.00 96.75 NaNO, + 18.75 5 22.13 40.88 : 17-81 22.13 39-04 22 Glycerine 16.88 22.13 39.00 This result coincides exactly with that of the laboratory experiments stated above and shows that glycerine favors denitrification in paddy soil very much. The yellowish color of plants during the first period of growth is most probably due to the poisonous action of nitrite formed by the reduction of nitrate. VEGETATION EXPERIMENT II. 36 zinc pots of ca. 25 cm. in diameter were filled with 11 Kg of humy soil from Nishigahara and the following manures applied, 3 pots serving for each trial. No. of pots. Kind of Manures. Amount of Manures applied p. pot. 1h ((SHEPIRSION, Geom cca schol css Gco 5:0 g. I. NaN} soances ess cock ete eee Gower (NBD sSOie een eee ae 205 is III NaNOg CON ean I es 33 ow» NaNO, ace Mhast women eee 20s Batiews G6) IV Starch... eset ethene mite 2010) sy On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 29 ———— No of pots. Kind of Manures. Amount of Manures applied p. pot. ig; | NaNO, teat eae Reese ees aes 6.6 g. V. Compost (a) sterilized!) | 30.0 ,, NaNOs cca, Gos ey eke oO | 6695; VI. Compost (b) not sterilized... ... stoke) 5 NaNO; CAS Cig? RCSecay okt 6:6) 5; VII. { INEPIEGHISS: aon tO Geo oe Ga0 10.0 5, Wate EWAN 5. cco ke nto oe Ges 10.0 ,, IX. Ccmpost (a) sterilized... .-- ... 30.0 ,, X. Compost (b) not sterilized ... ... 30.0 ,, XI. RAVENS cg fos fee oo nee 10.0 ,, XII. (Control ince < ise enn a -- As general manure 5 g of Na,HPO, and of K,SO, per pot were applied. Ten young paddy rice plants of equal size were transplanted into each pot on Sept. 24,” 1905, all pots were kept in the glass house until Nov. 20 and were then removed to a green house kept at 15-30°C. but even here the seeds did not ripen, probably on account of the development of numerous young shoots. The following observations were made Oct. 10 and Feb. 19 when the plants were cut. 1), The compost used in this experiment was well rotten. 2). The transplanting by some obstacle tcok place Jater than was desirable. 30 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. No. of Average length of plants (cm.). Average No. of Kind of Manures. = stalks on pots. Oct. 10. Feb. 19. Feb. Ig. I. (NEQ)aSOp =. ce. 34-0 ; 66.7 32 Il. INEINKOR Fics (dc) teed 30.3 59-9 19 IT. =| (NHy),SOy+NaNOsg.. 32.7 61.7 27 1% NaNO3+starch_... 27.0 5533 19 V. | NaNO;z+compost (a). 30.3 58.4 22 VI. NaNOs + compost (b). 31.5 55-0 20 Vil. NaNO; + rape cake ... 31.2 543 22 VIII. Starchonly ... ... 28.2 50.7 17 IX. Compost (a) only... 27-9 52.0 17 X. Compost (b) only... 29.1 53.6 15 XI. Rapeica kere. 30-9 5555 21 XI. Controle es aee= 29.1 52.1 15 Plants in the nitrate pots showed the yellowish green color of the young growing leaves especially in those which received organic manures together with nitrate. The tests showed always much more nitrate (at least more than 3 times as much) in the yellowish leaves than in the normally green ones grown with (NH,),SO, asa manure. But nitrate could not be observed by Griess’ test in the yellowish green leaves. The photograph taken Feb. 19, 1906, and reproduced on plate XVIII shows clearly the differences of growth. The plants weighed in the air dry state gave the following result : No. of Average weight p. pot in air Gain of yield p. pot by 6 , 1 ie indGnnNannres: dry state (g). soluble N.D eet Grain(empty) | Straw. | Total. g Ratio. les SS 1 (NED) SS Of ieirewes cece 2.570 54-430 | 57.00 31.50 Bfele) Il. INAIN Og oven vemenceesteane 1.485 30.015 31.50 6.00 ite) III. | (NH,4)oSO;+ NaNOs.. 2.170 40.210 | 42.38 16.88 54 1). The gain of N by soluble N-salts was calculated by subtracting the yield of control pot from those of pot I, Il, and III, the yields of VIII, 1X, X and XI from those of lV, V, VI and VII respectively. On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 21 Grain of yield p. pot by No.of foe ee Kind of Manures. r Z sf Doe Grain (empty); Straw. Total. g Total. IV. | NaNO,+Starch 1.690 | 23.060 24.75 1.50 5 V. | NaNO;+Compost (a) 2.560 25.940 28.50 6.00 19 VI. NaNO; + Compost (b) 1.690 | 23.810 25.50 4.12 14 VII NaNO,+ Rape cake.. 1.913 | 32.587 34.50 2.50 8 VIII. Starch only 0.980 22.270 23-25 — a IX. | Compost (a) only 1.307 | 21-193 22.50 — — X. Compost (b) only 1.190 | 20.190 21.38 = — XI. Rape cake only 1.987 30.013 32.00 _ ~~ XII. Control 1.263 24.237 25-50 = — The amounts of the total nitrogen in the air dry samples (after Kjeldahl determined), the gain of nitrogen by the application of ammonia and nitrate N were as follows: No. of Content of total N. Gain of N p. pot by soluble N. Kind of Manures. pots. 9% g g Ratio. Ig (NH,)2SO4 0.711 0.405 0.209 100 II. NaNO; 0.782 0.246 0.050 24 Ill. (NHy)2SO,+ NaNOs.. 0.743 0.315 0.119 57 IV. | NaNO,+Starch 0.743 0.184 0.018 9 We NaNO; +Compost (a) | 0.705 0.201 0.070 33 VI. NaNOs + Compost (b) 0.662 0.169 0.044 21 VIL. NaNO + Rapz cak:.. 0.716 0.247 0.019 9 VIII Starch only 0.713 0.166 = = IX, Compost (a) only 0.583 0.131 — = X. Compost (b) only 0.585 0.125 — — XI. Rape cake only 0.712 0.228 — = XII Control 0.768 0.196 = = LS) G,. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. Us These results show that the efficiency of nitrate nitrogen for the paddy rice is very unsatisfactory and that the simultaneous application of certain organic matters depresses the yield still further. Well rotten compost exerts a less depressing influence than fresh rape cake. VEGETATION EXPERIMENT III. In order to compare, now, dry land with paddy field in regard to the effect of their different degree of denitrification, the following experiment with buckwheat was made: 36 zinc pots of ca. 25 cm. in diameter were filled with 14 Kg humy soil from Nishigahara. The kind and the amount of manures applied were the same as in the vegetation experiment II. 31 seeds of buckwheat were sown Aug. 27, 1905, and 2 weeks after germina- tion the young plants were reduced to 25 per pot all of equal size. The average height of plants measured Oct. 1 was as follows : No. of pots. Kind of Manures. Average length of plants. I. (CUETO ISO) coo, 000 pac eodten see 685 | 70.3 cm. Il. NaNO gine men) Gey oieten ses) ent, Ase 7O.OMmSS Ill. | (NH4)ySOy+NaNOg ... ... 0... 0 + FILS ess IV. NaNOz-+ Starch Set aes, Tees. loess | A3OMtss V. NaNO; + Compost (a) Rest) O03". 03 728d ay VI. NaNO ,+Ccmpost (b) ... «es ese | 76.4 VII. NaNO 33 Rape'cake! (es. ccs eee e=s 74.8 5 VIII. Starcht:,only.c-see---w eecsmeeeng recmress 606 ,, IX. Ccmpost (a) only PA OO ets. Bo | 63101 5 X. Compost (b) only ath cee eu 64,8 ,, XI. PRA NSICAKE OMI Vstars ican te oe een OTE ag XII. Gontrols. 20.80 ek. * cc enone 6,5) 55 The plants were cut Oct. 25 and weighed in the air dry state with the following result : On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Sovil. 33 ———————— No. of Randwok Weight of seeds (g). | Weight of stalks (g). Total yield (g). pots. Manures. p- pot. Average. p- pot. Average. Pp. pot. Average. a) 28.88 15.38 44.26 I. (NHy)2SOx b) 22.13 25.13 14.25 15.13 36.38 40.26 c) 24.38 15.75 40.13 a) 25.88 16.50 42.38 Il. NaNO, b) 27.01 26.51 16.13 16.25 43-14 42.76 c) 26.63 16.13 42.76 a) 27.76 17.25 45.01 (NH4)2SO,+ ll. b) 26.25 27.00 15.38 16.63 41.63 43-63 NaNO, C) 27.01 17.25 44.26 a) 18.73 13.50 32.25 NaNO,+ IV. b) 20.25 20.26 15.38 14.50 35-63 34.76 Starch c) 21.76 14.63 36.39 Compost (a) C) 24.75 19.13 43-88 a) 21.76 16.88 38.64 NaNO, + \'AE b) 21.38 22.63 17.63 17.63 39.01 40.26 Compost (b) c) 24.76 18.38 43-14 a) 27.c0 18.00 45-50 NaNO, + VII. b) 28 51 27.50 18.00 17-75 46.51 45-25 Rape cake 17.25 44.26 8.25 16.51 VIII. Starch only b) 9.01 8.75 7.88 8.00 16.89 16.75 7-88 16.88 a) 26.25 17-63 43-88 NaNO3+ V. b) 27.75 26.25 21.38 19.38 49-13 45.63 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. 34 Nowor Randof Weight of seeds (g). Weight of stalks (g). Total yield (g). pots. Manures. p- pot. | Average. p- pot. Average, p. pot. Average. a) 12.01 | 10.13 22.14 Compost (a) IX. b) 12.38 11.76 10.88 10.38 23.26 22.14 only c) 10.88 10.13 21.01 a) 13.88 11.25 25.13 Compost (b) | X. b) 12.00 12.75 10.83 II.13 22.88 23.88 only | | c) 12.38 | 11.25 | 23.63 a) 23.25 13.88 37-13 Rape cake XI. b) 21.00 21.75 12.38 13.38 33-38 35-13 only C) 2I.co | 13.88 34-88 | a) 12.01 0-75 | 21.76 XII. Control b) 11.63 11.88 10:13 | © 10:00 21.76 21.88 c) 12.00 10.13 22.13 To observe the effect of the several organic manures upon denitrifica- tion more clearly, a calculation was made by subtracting the yield of pot XII from those of I, II and III, and from the yields of IV, V, VI, VII, those of VIII, IX X and XI respectively with the following result : Kind of Manures. VII. (NH,)SO,+NaNO,.. NaNOg,+Starch ...... NaNO, + Compost (a) NaNO, + Compost (b) Surplus yield by soluble N-salts. NaNO, + Rape cake.. | Total yield. | eee g Ratio. 18.38 88 20.88 100 21.75 104 18.01 | 86 23-49 112 16.35 78 10.12 48 On the Behavior of Nitrate in Paddy Soil. 35 This result shows again that the well rotten compost when sterilized has no depressing effect upon the efficiency of nitrate-N, while when not sterilized it depresses the yield very much, owing certainly to the importation of denitrifying organisms into the soil. The efficiency of nitrate-N is also much depressed by the simultaneous application of rape cake. CONCLUSIONS. (1). When nitrate is applied to the paddy soil it is reduced to some extent first to nitrite and then to ammonia and to elementary: N, the loss of which varies according to the species of denitrifying organisms and the amount of soluble organic compounds present originally in the soil. (2). When nitrate is applied to the paddy soil together with much organic matter in easily available form for microbes such as glycerine, Na-acetate, starch, fresh oil cakes and straw, it is destroyed extensively by denitrification, the most part of its nitrogen being lost as free N, while only a certain portion of it remains in the soil, being partly assimilated by microbes and partly absorbed as ammonia by the soil or plants. (3). The question why nitrate is not a favorable manure for plants grown in paddy land can be answered as follows : a). The loss of N by denitrification is larger in paddy soil than in dry land. b). More of the Jocsonous nitrites are formed there than in dry land.) c). Loss of nitrate takes place easily by the system of 777zgation, practiced with paddy plants, being inevitable in the farmers practice. (4). Dry land surface soil when no organic manures are applied along with nitrate?) does not favor denitrification nor nitrite-formation while in the subsoil reduction occurs to some extent. In very moist conditions, however, as in the rainy season and especially when much organic manure is applied along with nitrate, some denitrification takes place even in top- 1). Young rice plants placed in a potassium nitrite solution of 0,19 died after 5 days. 2). According to 4y/o/a calcium nitrate is less attacked by denitrifying microbes than sodium or potassium nitrate, but in most soils calcium nitrate added will surely bz changed by alkali-salts and nitrates of sodium or potassium be formed. 36 G. Daikuhara and T. Imaseki. soil and the reduction can proceed so energetically in the sub-soil that all the nitrate applied may be reduced within a few weeks. (5). Organic matters easily available to microbes favor denitrification to a large extent ; further, straw or fresh rape cakes have more influence upon the reduction of nitrate than the same materials well rotten, which agrees with former observations on stable manure. PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS. (1). The Chili-saltpetre is no suitable fertilizer for plants grown in paddy soil. (2). When Chili-saltpetre is to be used for paddy plants, organic manures should not be applied along with it, hence artificial mixed fertilizers composed of Chili-saltpetre and some organic substances are to be avoided for paddy fields. (3) When however an organic fertilizer is unavoidably to be used along with Chili-saltpetre for paddy plants, the former should be used only in a well rotten state. In conclusion, the authors express their hearty thanks for valuable suggestions and advice given by the Director Prof. Y. Kozai and Prof. Dr. O. Loew and for the analytical service given by Assistant Mr. C. Matsuoka. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPY. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XV11 A. Soil from Nishigahara. / SESE ES : ieee OE (2) NaNOg. (1) (NH,)oS0,. B, Soil from Arakawa, a Beeone & “a S | + SERRE RARE JL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XVIII. Vegetation Experiment II (a), Vegetation Experiment II (b). BEG se | No. eae No. 5.=NaNO,+Compost (a). No. 9.=Compost (a) only. No. 2.=NaN No. 6.=NaNO3+Compost (b). No. 10.=Compost (b) only. No. 3.=(NH,)s SO, + NaNOg. No, 7.=NaNO3+ Rape cake. No. 11.=Starch only. No. 4.=NaNO,+Starch. No. 8.= Rape cake only. No. 12.=Control. Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops under Different Conditions. BY S. UCHIYAMA. Introductory Remarks. A series of observations which have been carried on since 1902 at the College of Agriculture, Imperial Univ. Tokyo. have demonstrated that certain mineral salts applied in small doses cause stimulation of development. Special attention was paid to the action of manganese salt,” potassium iodide and sodium fluoride. Manganese occurs sometimes in considerable quantities in plant ashes and the presence of iodine, and fluorine in very small doses must be assumed in plants, to judge from their presence in animal organs. The degree of stimulation however varied considerably with different plant species and also with the manuring conditions. It was therefore necessary to extend the observations in this line in order to collect further information. I have carried out field experiments as well as pot experiments with varying manures and applica- tion of manganese with the general manure as well as in the form of top- dressing. The soil serving for the field experiments was a diluvial loam rich in humus and containing 0.389 % N in the dry fine earth. The dry fine earth amounted to 97.70 % and showed the following composition : 1). The stimulating effect of manganese salt has since been confirmed by Bertrand and several other authors. Bertrand calls such compound beneficial in small doses: supplementary manures, 38 S. Uchiyama. Soluble in to % Hcl at 98°C. Woe Be BEET ee aaa 1% citric acid after Dyer. Al;03 11.961 4-412 0.289 Fe,03 8.552 0.141 0.299 Mn;04 0.413 0.293 0.076 CaO 0.831 0.434 0.392 MgO 1.202 0,168 0.117 K,O 0.143 0.023 0.019 Nay,O 0.097 0.017 4 0.014 P2O5 0.276 0.01 0.033 S03 O.1gI 0.012 0.019 Si02 0.215 1.169 0.521 For the pot experiments, beside the above soil, also an alluvial sandy soil poor in organic matter was used, (0.135 % N in the dry fine earth) yielding 96.05 % dry fine earth of the following composition : Soluble in 10 % Hcl at 98°C. 1% erreur RetaT a 1% citric acid after Dyer. Al,03 3-787 0.351 0.095 Fe.03 4.830 1.189 | 0.518 Mng04 | 0.290 0.134 | 0.054 CaO | 0.718 0.398 | 0.247 MgO | 1.177 0.313 0.116 k,O 0.158 0.021 0,012 Na,O 0.095 0.021 0.018 P:05 0.172 0.030 0.025 S03 C.056 O.O1r 0.012 SiO2 0.387 0.438 0.302 cen een Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 39 A. Srimuratinc AcTION OF MANGANESE. A). Field Experiment. 1). Experiment with Barley and Wheat. Four plots (area= +; ha.), received the following manures, each : Ratio per ha. (kilo.) for Barley for Wheat CCOOmErs a oe 30 coolio oe So oe oO 7308 3657 Common superphosphate... 2. 22. ++ see eee 165 165 Srpietitiass, gad bor odo eas Ghd 6 Cea ace 219 219 Muxedihimaniexcretay ces) ¢cec) i=<7) eee ieee! aes 2789 2088 On Oct. 4, 1903, the seeds were sown at the rate of 50 kilo. barley and 42 kilo. wheat per ha. To each plot of barley and wheat manganous sulphate was applied as top-dressing in high dilution in four fractional doses (Oct. 26, Jan. 11, March 7, April 12) so that the total amount corresponded to 33.2 kilo. Mn,O, per ha., while at the same time the other two plots received the same doses of water. At the first application of the manganous sulphate, the plants were about 10 cm. high. During vegetation, the treated plants developed some- what more luxuriantly. On June 8, the plants were cut. ‘The weight in the air-dry state was, kilo. : | Comparative Yield plots. Grains. Straw. Total. Grains of check plot= 100. A Check 41.32 69.50 | T10.82 100 Barley B MnSO4 43-95 69.62 113.57 106 A Check 28.36 45-45 73 81 Too Wheat B MnS04 30.99 47-34 | 78-33 109 This result shows that the dose of 33.2 kilo. Mn,O, per ha. had but a very moderate effect on barley and wheat in this case. 40 S. Uchiyama. 2). Experiment with Grasses. The grasses serving for this experiment were alsike Clover (or Sweidish Clover, Trifolium hybridum), Creeping Soft-grass (Holcus mollis) and Meadow Soft-grass (Holcus /anatus). Six plots, each measuring 4.96 square meters received the following manures : For Gramineze=4.5 kilo. human urine + 72g secondary sodium phosphate, , Leguminose= 53g. potassium sulphate+94¢ ,, . Manganese sulphate was applied at the rate of 25 kilo. Mn,O4 per ha, in solution in three fractions, i.e. Oct. 29, Jan. 11 and Mar. 10. The treated plants seemed continuously somewhat superior to the check plants. The plants were cut in 2-3 fractions, i.e. June 9, July 16 and Aug. 19 with the following result, kilo. : First. | Second | Third | Crop. Crop. | Crop. tote Check plant | 7-737 | acy || —— 15.925 Alsike Clover - Treated ,, | 9.578 9.728 — 19.306 Check ,, | 11.268 4.582 1.315 17-165 Fresh state | Creeping Soft-grass |— Treated ,, 12.921 4-733 2.141 19.795 Check ,, 12.883 9.615 1.540 24.038 Meadow Soft-grass ae Treated ,, 13.860 12.305 2.441 | 28.6096 ' | Check ,, 1.352 2.254 a | 3-606 Alsike Clover Treated ,, 1.728 2.592 — | 4.320 Check ,, 2.704 T.164 0.376 | 4-244 Air-dry state | Creeping Soft-grass Treated ,, 3-230 1.239 0.639 | 5.108 Check ,, | 2216 1.878 0.413 | 4507 Meadow Soft-grass |- Treated , | 2.479 2.554 1052 6.085 Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 41 If now we assume the total yield of the check plants respectively to be= 100, we obtain the following ratio: Alsike clover. Creeping Soft-grass. | Meadow Soft-grass. Checkiplants se. =: rs-s)ncasc 100 100 100 Giirea ted plantSecciccmlecep veces 120 120 135 The effect of manganese sulphate was here very favorable. 3). Experiment with Buckwheat. Three plots, each having an area of 33.1 square meters were manured Aug. 27 at the rate of gooo litres human excreta, 375.7 kilo. straw ash and 225.4 kilo. common superphosphate per ha. Manganous sulphate was applied at the rate of 20 kilo. per ha., as follows : Plot I. received no MnSQ,, Roti =; MnSO, together with the manure, i.e. Aug. 27. le)koye UU 5 as top-dressing in two fractions, i.e Sept. 8 and 22. On Aug. 29, the seeds were sown at the rate of go kilo. per ha. The plants in plot II developed more luxuriantly in the beginning, while those in plot III excelled the former later on. The crop was harvested Nov. 1 and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, kilo. : | Comparative Yield Grains. | Straw. Total. SSS SS . | grains. Total. Weaontroliiess) (ss qs-0) c=) = LF ‘ Grains. Hucks. Roots. Total. Grains. Total. M5, (Controle ecct ror) Set eee OOL 9-25 10.10 25.36 100 100 II. MnSO, together with manure... 6.22 10.01 9.91 26.14 104 103 III. MnSOy, as top-dressing ... ... 6.47 11.52 10.08 28.07 108 II Hence it can be seen also here that manganous sulphate acts more effec- tively when applied as top-dressing than when mixed with the main manures. Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. AQ g). Experiment with Beans. Three plots, each having an area of 1/278 ha., were manured with 93.75 kilo. Compost, 31.13 kilo. human excreta, 1.58 kilo. common superphosphate and 3.11 kilo. straw ash. Manganous sulphate was applied at the rate of 20 kilo. per ha. The second plot received the whole dose of manganous sulphate a few days after the application of the general manures, while for the third plot it was applied as top-dressing in three fractional doses. On Oct. 21, 1904, the seeds were sown, and the number of shoots was afterward reduced to 300 per plot. The plants were harvested June 26, and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, kilo. : Stalks and Comparative yield. Grains. Hucks. Total. Cai TOL TMC ONLLON Men cecil is<-| sas ane) LISS 28.55 40.43 100 100 II. MnSO, together with manure... 14.98 33-10 48.08 126 119 III. MnSOy, as top-dressing ... ... 17.11 36.77 53.88 144 133 Manganese sulphate acted here very favorably and better in the form of top-dressing. 10). Experiment with Brassica Campestris, Cul. Var. Hakusat. Three plots, each having an area of 1/400 ha. were manured with 26.25 kilo. compost, 16.20 kilo. human excreta, 1.88 kilo. straw ash, and 1.13 kilo. common superphosphate. Manganous sulphate was applied at the rate of 20 kilo. per ha. One plot received the whole dose of manganous sulphate a few days after the application of the general manures. To the other plot, manganous sulphate was applied as top-dressing in two fractions, i.e. Sept. 28, and Oct. 8. On Sept. 8, 1904, the seeds were sown, and the young shoots afterwards reduced to 240 per plot. The plants were harvested Nov. 24, and weighed in the fresh state with the following result, kilo. : 50 S. Uchiyama. Total yield. Comparative yield. Te COD tO Leena ef ee oS ade 136.42 oe 100 II. MnSO, together with manure... ... ..- 147-38 108 III. MnSO, astop-dressing ... ... ... «- 154.80 114 Manganese sulphate had favored the development of Prassica cam- festris, especially in the form of top-dressing. 11). Experiment with Brassica Campestris, cul. var. Mikawashima-na. Three plots, each having an area of 1/278 ha., manured with 93.75 kilo. compost, 62.63 kilo. human excreta, 3 kilo. common superphosphate and 6.26 kilo. straw ash. Manganous sulphate was applied at the rate of 20 kilo. per ha. One plot received the whole dose of manganous sulphate a few days after the application of the general manures, while the third plot received it as top dressing, Dec. 12, Feb. 18 and March 7. On Oct. 21, 1904, the seeds were sown, and the number of shoots afterwards reduced to 375 per plot. The plants were harvested on March 27, and weighed in the fresh state with the following result, kilo. : To‘al yield. Comparative yield. I. Control 82.31 Ico Il. MnSO together with manure... ... g0.38 IIo III. MnSO, as top-dressing ... ... ... ... IOr.06 123 This result is quite in accordance with that of the preceding experiment. 12). Third Experiment with Radish. An experiment made by Prof. Loew” with tobacco had shown that the simultaneous application of manganese and iron salts exerted a better effect on the development than when each of these salts was applied alone. Under certain circumstances, it may occur however that the simultaneous application of both those salts is not so advantageous as when each is 1). Bulletin of the College of Agr. Tokyo Imperial University, Vol. VI., No. 2, P. 168. Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 51 applied alone. On soils rich in manganese and poor in iron, the result will differ from that on soils poor in manganese and rich in iron, In order to collect further material, therefore, we have observed the effects of top- dressing with both sulphates upon radish. Plot I. Control, », II. Ferrous sulphate alone, 20 kilo. per ha. » III. Ferrous sulphate+manganous sulphate, 20 kilo. each per ha. ,. IV. Manganous sulphate alone, 20 kilo. per ha. To each plot measuring 17.5 square meter, the following manures were applied : (Com postiesailiesiila--ile<- Tico (css LOS OOM KIO: Common superphosphate ... ... ... ... + 45° » per ha. Straw ash 750 5, Human excreta bro, tee oud. ocd bho co ods | OYUN SSS On August 8, 1904, the seeds were sown, and the number of shoots afterwards reduced to 60 per plot. After the young plants had reached about 10 cm., they received the top-dressing of manganous and ferrous sulphate at the following dates : On Aug. 26, 7.056 g. salt in 0.1303 %o9 solution, » Sept. 5, 10.583 2. » + 0.1955 oo 593 , 17.939 Z +» »» 0.3259 %700 5, ” ” On Sept. 5, some decisive difference could be clearly noticed, the treated plants showing a more Juxuriant and darker green appearance. The plants were harvested on Oct. 7, and the roots as well as the leaves were weighed in the fresh state with the following results, kilo. : Comparative yield. —_—* — Roots. Leaves. Total Roots. Leaves. HM CONELOlowa seal see) ees) 2G6050 20.925 44-775 100 100 Meee SOges sen ss. <=: 30/000 23.963 53.963 126 II5 II, FeSO,+MnSQy... ... 30.825 25.313 56.138 129 121 IV. MnSO, Ee | 26.6 24.6 51.2 128 123 This result shows that : 1). Manganese sulphate favors considerably the growth of beans, especially increasing the yield of grains. 2). Top-dressing at the syva// rate of 20 kilo. per ha. was more powerful than the application with the general manure (compare IV with II). 3). Top-dressing at the very //g% rate had less effect than the same dose with the general manure. Also here the more powerful effect of an excessive dose is noticed in the form of top-dressing. Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 63 8). Experiment with Sesamum under Acidic and Alkaline Manure. On June 26, each zinc pot having an area of 1/137500 ha. received 15 kilo. air-dry soil from unmanured plot of our experimental field (a diluvial loam). Pot A,-A; were manured with alkaline manure, i.e. 150 c.c. rotten urine and 15 g. bone dust. They received the following amounts of manganese sulphate : Pot Ay With alkaline manure only. » As 03g. Manganese sulphate corresponding to 41.25 kilo. salt per ha. Ea O7 51 e > 0 Py op HSER AL ys » Ag 1.5 g- 33 7 » oo BED seh Teas BIO es ” » ” yp 4EZ50 > 5 ay a os At the same time, pot B,-B, received 7.5 g. double superphosphate, 15 g. each of kainit and sodium nitrate, and the following doses of manganese sulphate : Pot B; With acidic manure only. » By 03g. Salt dissolved in x litre and applied tozether with manure, » Ps 03g. . in two fractions, i.e. July 20 and 28, > Ee 0:6)85 5, in four “A i.e. July 20, 28, Aug. 5 and Ig. On June 28, twenty seeds were sown per pot, and the young shoots reduced to 5 per pot of about equal size. On Aug. 5 between the pots A,-A, no decisive difference could be observed, while in the case of pots B,-B, the manganese plants seemed more luxuriant. The plants were harvested on Sept. 22, and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, g. : 1). Alkaline Manure : Full Empty [Stalks and comparative yield Pots. MnSO, : | : | Pee |eelotal : grains. grains. husks. of full grains. | 7 | | 25), ..)| (Seal Ga he es ee 15.35 0.50 |, 37-75 53-60 100 As | 0.3 g.MnSQ,... ... ... 15.00 0.60 | 37-90 53-50 95 | A O75) 2. 5 15.00 0.30 36.50 51.80 98 | | LAE || RG ; 15.80 0.40 39.60 55-80 103 | | | | As | 3-08 ’ . 15-35 0.35 | 36.05 | 51-75 bolo) i 64 S. Uchiyama. II). Acidic Manure : aN Mn80, El EES) Stalks and ah OAS ee grains. grains. husks. of full grains. Biya eControliireseac ems inises 20.30 0.30 48.20 68.80 | 100 By | 0.3 g. salt with manure... 22.25 0.50 54.65 77-40 | 110 Bg | 0.3 g. ,, in 2 fractions... 22.30 0.50 50.50 GAlsste) || 110 Jey; || SMES og on UE tp cco 22.60 | 0.30 51.90 74-80 | III From this result, we learn that, 1). The stimulating action of manganese is greatly influenced by the reaction of the manure applied. Acidic manure seems to be favorable to the action of manganese, while alkaline manure interferes with the effect of manganese, which may perhaps be due to the precipitation of manganese by the alkaline manure. 2). Under favorable manuring conditions manganese can be safely applied together with the manure (compare B, with Bb, and B,), although as top-4ressing it will be preferable in many cases. g). Experiment with Spinach under Acidic and Alkaline Manure. Eighteen zinc pots, each having an area of 1/200000 ha., were filled with 16 kilo. air-dry soil from an unmanured plot of our experimental field (a diluvial loam). To five pots, alkaline manure was applied, and to the other four acidic manure as foliows : . 100 ¢.c. rotten urine. I. Alkaline manure { ; (10 pots) 10 g. Steamed bone dust. 5 g- double superphosphate, II. Acidic manure...2 10 g. kainit, (Spor) 10 g. sodium nitrate. The manure was carefully mixed with the soil on July 23, and only the putrid urine was simultaneously applied with manganous sulphate on Aug. 13. The relations were as follows : [Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 65 Manganese sulphate per fot. ° 0.2 g. together with the manure, J, Alkaline manure { 0.5 g. " “ ce ; 1.0 g. sé he lahat) 5 2.0 g. 5 sees » ° pr 0.2 g. as top-dressing in 2 fractions, IJ. Acidic manure 0.3 8+ » ” » 3 ” 0.2 g. together with the manure. On Aug. 15, twenty seeds were sown per pot, and the young shoots reduced to six per pot of about equal size. Manganous sulphate in fractional doses were applied I Sept. 15, II Oct. 7, and III Oct. 15. On Oct. 7, some difference in growth could be noticed, the manganese plants showing more luxuriance. The plants were harvested Oct. 28, and weighed in the fresh state with the following result, ¢ I). Alkaline manure: Manganous sulphate. | 5 | | viela Comparative ots. ae er pot. : Per pot g. | Perha. kilo. | Mode of application. Weshcance yield. I ° fe) ° | 23.3 100 II 0.2 | 40 | together withthe manure | 23.7 102 | lll 0.5 100 3 tee ea As 20.4 | 126 IV 1.0 | 200 ” yo» ” 39.9 433 Vv 2.0 | 400 ss emer 4) 27.1 116 iu It will be noticed that the maximum yield was obtained by the application of manganese sulphate in the rate of 200 kilo. per ha. in presence of a manure of alkaline nature. The ratio of 4oo kilo. per ha. led already to some depression. II). Acidic manure : Manganous sulphate. he Comparative Bae Per pot ¢.| Per ha kilo. L Mode of application. pehesceldipen ice yield. I (o) ° 57-1 100 II 0.2 As top-dressing in a fractions 73:8 129 II 0.3 Am oo meer 74:3 130 IV 0.2 | together with the manure | 60.3 106 66 S. Uchiyama. This result shows that fractional top-dressing led to a better yield than the simultaneous application of manganese with the manure. It will be also seen that the ratio of 40 kilo. manganese sulphate per ha. hada greater relative effect with the acidic than with the alkaline manure. It appears then, that alkaline manure renders the manganese sooner un-available than the acidic manure which may be easily understood, since the manganese sulphate is transformed sooner into insoluble manganese compounds. 10). Experiment with Paddy-rice. Two different soils, a diluvial loamy soil rich in humus and an alluvial sandy soil poor in humus served for this test. Thirty two zinc pots (area=1/200,000 ha.) were filled each with 17.63 kilo. loamy soil, while another set of thirty two pots received 21.38 kilo. of the sandy soil. Manganese sulphate was here tested at the rate of 30 kilo. per ha. with four manurial mixtures, hence sixteen groups of pots were prepared, each consisting of four pots. The manurial mixtures were as follows : Manures A B C D Ammonium sulphate aco) lobe tes 12 g. ditto. ditto. ditto. Double superphosphate ... ... ... 5 2. ditto. —— = Di-sodium phosphate co — — 102g. ditto. Potassium sulphate ... ... ... ... 10 g. — 10 g. = Potassium carbonate ... 7-93 g- — 7 93 & SOdinMESU pha lessee nice see 9.2 g. ditto. = = TET RES (One ies nea ate ce ee == — 1.25 g. ditto. In each of the above four mixtures, the amounts of phosphoric acid and of potassa respectively were equal, i.e. 2.029. P,O; and 5.41 g. K,O. Since the superphosphate in the pots A and B provides the soil with a small dose of lime i.e. 0.7 g. CaO, the corresponding amount of lime was added to the pots C and D in the form of pulverized limestone yi 20%. 55 Brassica Cam- » ” together with manure | 89% total pestris, cul. var. DD ” } HTahusdi vo. F 5 top-dressing in 2 portions 14% ,, » BeSOyb7ag- | Gs) ok a SRO | h ” ” 8 ” ” 1/750 ha. ar by ” yp» » 189 io ts MnSO,+4aq. ? % ” ” » ” ” no ” 27% ” Brassica Campestris ” ” together with manure [10% ,, cul. var. Mikawa- | 1/278 ha. 7 Btn IVs, a 4 top-dressing in 3 portions 2396 ,, | Egg-plant... ... | 1/200 ha. | Acidic | 10 kilo. MngOq si * Sn 119% fruits mas 2s, Pe ee eee eee | . .96 sq. . Alsic Clover... ert Neutral | 25 kilo. Mng9, | * a rer Sp 20% total Red Climping ... i Alkaline} ,, " ” » wh 20% 4 Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 77 Area__|Nature of Stimulating Compound. Percentage Crop. | of each | manurial) jincrease of | pot. mixture. Amount per ha. Mode of application. | Harvest. Medow Soft-grass ene | Alkaline 25 kilo. MnO, top-dressing in 3 portions) 3596 total Tea plant (old)... | 1/375 ha. + 37-5 kilo. ,, jo + pom m Jaeeateaes 2 | Cie een tl2250 ha. ,_ 20.3 kilo. MnSOs+4aq. 5, mos. Dp 15% total Young Tea-plant (after second year) = Neutral | 12.19 kilo. ,, a x H Rr sw 18% ,, | II). Pot Experiments : y 1 Kee. || Naturelot Stimulating Compound. | Percentage Crop. of each | Sojj, manurial = =r -| increase of pot. | mixture. Amount per ha. Mode of application. | Harvest. | | | lh : | Acidic 30 kilo. MnSQ4+4aq. | together with mixture| 696 grains | ._,| Neutral _ | a 7 TOG Alluvial ¢ iy Bs SEL + 7 , ‘5 pe EOL os | Alkaline ,, 3 + aH on 750 oy Paddy- 1/2c0,c00 Rice ha Acidic | _,, 33 s x 5 5% » : Neutral! , x : : 14% | Diluvial : 4 + | loam s » ff es £ r 14% Alkaline ,, 5 | % s + 9% -r 10 kilo. MngQ4 top-dressing in 3 portions 14% 5 | | 25 kilo. Bp pace I 18% ,, I/gs 500) a0 : Farley ae a Acidic | 50 kilo. us SRG E26 ts ha. | 100 kilo. is Wiss) vas yo” 10% 4 500 kilo. 5 my D Pere ese es Buckwheat * HS ‘al Neutral | 20 kile, MnSQ,+4aq.| ., » ead 9% » 78 S. Uchiyama. Area Nature of Stimulating Compound. Percentage Crop. of each Soil. | manurial increase of pot. mixture.| _ Amount per ha. Mode of alfication. Harvest. 20 kilo. MnSO, + 4aq. | together with manure |51% grains 200 kilo. 165% Wart pee a 38 » » ” » 105 ” Beans. Tee cone Acidic ; : s F ee e oo 20 kilo. 5 top-dressing in 5 portions 58% ,, 200 kilo. i. yy vor (28% | . | 41.25 kilo. ,, | together with manure |-2% _,, 103.125 kilo. ,, a4 ” ” -2% 4 Sesamum | 1/ 137,500) Diluvial | Alkaline j haw} loam 206.25 kilo. ,, ae 2g aes 396s | | 412.5 kilo. ,, ” ” ” s= | 4t.25kilo. MnSO, + 4aq. » Pe ts, “ eS a Acidic = 5 | top-dressing in 2 portions 10% 82.5 kilo. ,, irae rey Wrewmen eT, oa ial | | | 9-4 kilo. MnSO, + 4aq. oo »3 » 9% » | | us Fe5O,+ 7aq. 18.8 kilo. MnSO,+ 4,4.| | } ert) 2799 99 12% ” ; FeSO,+7aq. | |28.2 kilo. MnSO;+4aq, } von oe Panicum | 1/200,000) Alluvial » FeSO, + 7aq- Mie | | Neutral miliaceum ha. | sand. | 37-6 kil». MnSO, + 4aq. H Fae spies im 17% » 4 FeSO, +7aq. | } | 75-2 kilo. MnSO4+4aq. | } ” ’ yy ” It % ” FeSO, + 7aq. 188 kilo. MnSQ,+4aq. | \. >. ano la > FeSO, + 4aq- yal | 42 kilo. MnSO, + 4aq. | together with manure | 29% total j | roe 109 kilo. 5; “4 ae) toy 26% 4, Spinach + Diluvial | ajkatine | loam | | 209 kilo. a A me 33% qookilo. —,, 1% ph 16% 4, Influence of Stimulating Compounds upon the Crops. 79 Area Nature of Stimulating Compound. Percentage Crop. of each Soil. manurial | increase of pot. | mixture. Amount per ha. | Mode of application | Harvest. | é | 7 | 40 kilo. 7 top-dressing in 2 portions | 29% total | | / woos Ae || : Spinach ...|1/2?0.000 Diluvial Acidic | 6o kilo. | oy fa Severn APBEL. : : | 40 kilo. a together with manure} 6% ,, | 1/18,180 | Radish ha = | a Neutral | 30 kilo. 5 top-dressing in 3 portions | 15% roots Alluvial Acidic | 66.6 kilo. eee eet) r6 mall 1/13.750 | Hemp i Hue : : - — Diluvial ee ion ’ : ’ oye) aan - 5 E56) ass | "oly, 8.18 < : | oe eas ” Neutral 15 kilo. ” canis »3 » |13% leaves : | 7). Different plants differ considerably in their susceptibility toward the stimulating effect of potassium iodide and sodium fluoride. In most cases, 25-500 g. potassium iodide per ha. or 100-1000 g. sodium fluoride per ha. will be proper doses. Some experiments with manganese, iodine and fluorine compounds will be continued with modification BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC, EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XIX. Control. MnSO, Mnso, together with the Manure. as top-dressing. To page 41. a BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XX. To page 45 No manure. Manure. Manure + MnSO, 2 46. lo pu No manure. Manure. Manure + MnS0O,. (1) Control. Fe. Fe + Mn. Mn. (wer eo on Control. Fe Fe+Mn Mn. To page dt. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT, STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXI. iy BUL, IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOT. I. A A’ Acidic ditto. manure. + Mn 80,4. A A’ Acid ditto. munure. + Mn SOQ,. B By Cc C D Neutral ditto. Neutral ditto. Alkaline manure. manure. manure. + + Mn SO,. Mn SO,. Sandy soil. B 1g} C Neutral ditto. Nentral manure. ar manure. Mn S04. Loamy Soil. f+ = | (O} D ditto. \lkaline 2b manure. Mn SOQ, D’ PLATH XXII. To page 68 ditto. + Mn SO,. ditto. 4e Mn S04. oni a ae On Manuring with Magnesium Sulphate. BY G. DAIKUHARA. Manuring with magnesium compounds will be necessary in all such cases where lime exceeds to any great extent the amount of magnesia in soils, and the application of magnesia must be more heavy in cases where cereals are to be grown than for leguminous crops, buckwheat, cruciferous plants, &c. The simplest method would seem to be to add finely powdered magnesit to the soil. But since this material is found only in a few countries in large deposits and is very difficult to pulverize to the necessary degree of fineness, and further, since artificial magnesium carbonate and burnt magnesia are rather too expensive, there remains as the only thing suitable, magnesium compound, the crystallized sulphate of commerce. Of this salt much less would be required than of magnesit as we have formerly pointed out. Our experiments with barley and rice in sand culture have shown that 4.8 resp. 9.6 parts of that sulphate are as effective as 100 parts magnesit. Ina loamy humus soil from Komaba this ratio was found to be as 14: 100,)) while in a clay soil rich in zeolites this ratio was 23 : 100.°) In cases where a heavy manuring with magnesit would be necessary, it would, however, be impractical and too expensive to add the calculated big dose of magnesium sulphate to the whole soil, because not only the sulphate but also the exceedingly fine precipitates it yields in the soil (phosphate, silicate, humate, carbonate, &c.) would after a few years have passed considerably into the drainage water and would be lost. It is therefore a 1). Bul. Coll. Agr., Imp. Univ. Tokio, Vol. VII, No. 1, p. 63. 2). See Nakamura’s article in this Bul ctin Vol. I, No. 1. 82 G. Daikuhara. much better plan to apply magnesium sulphate only as top dressing, because in this way much smaller quantities are required. This top dressing of course has to be repeated annually. It was however necessary to study the question as to how much magnesium sulphate in form of top dressing would be of the same effect as a given quantity of the salt in the general manure. The loamy humus soil of our experimental farm served for this experiment, The soil was mixed with 4 % of air slaked lime containing 67.4% CaO and 4.4 % MgO, thus the soil was too rich in lime and this would have required for the maximum crop of barley 1.161 g MgO= 2.333 £ magnesit. I have instituted two series of experiments, in one of which the magnesium sulphate was applied before sowing while in the other as top dressing. Seventeen large zinc cylinders put in the soil and containing 45.4 Kg soil served for these experiments. The amount of MgSO,.7H,O applied to each cylinder varied as follows: I Series. (Mixed with the whole soil before sowing). Ratio of MgO applied, to 1000 | Agronomical Equivalent of No. of Amount of | | pts calculated amount of MgSO,.7H.0O, magnesit cylinders. | MgSO4.7H,0 p. cyl | MgO as magnes't. | taken as [00. — i = = [= 1 56.3 g | 8 | 2.4 Il 225.0 g | 32 9.6 Ill. 450.0 g 64 (8.2 1). This soil contained 0.374 96 CaO and 0.412 % MgO in air dry state. On Manuring with Magnesium Sulphate. 33 II Series. (Top dressing).” Nowon AGnGunton Ratio of MgO applied, to rooco ~| Agronomical Equivalent of ; pts calculated amount of MgS0Oy,.7H.O, magnesit cylinders. | MgSO4.7H,0 p. cyl MgO as Magnesit. taken as 109. I. 22.5 g 3.2 0.96 If. 37:5 £ 5.3 1.60 Ill. 56.3 g 8.0 2.40 IV. 112.5 g 16.0 4.80 The general manure was : INEINIOS cas “Gog cee Bao ceo Ono sono ceo fod. ood 7/89) ‘} in 3 fractions. SARS fe esr my nt pared Gh Bip reree INEGTRUROM Gao cides! ceall ced!) “Pedise sdo, “bs “hed! OHS) {x RESOh ces oes co Go OO POO op mo on om Peyohys On Nov. 5, 1905, 92 seeds p. cylinder of barley (var. Goldenmelon) were sown and after the young plants had reached a height of about 5-6 cm. they were reduced to 70 of equal size. The development in the following spring may be seen from the photographs taken June 5, 1906, and reproduced on Plate XXIII. The plants were cut June 5, 1906 and weighed in the air dry state with the following results : I ‘Series: Amount of Weight of seeds. g | Weight of straw. g ‘Total yield. g MgSO,.7H.O ——— k p. cyl. p. cyl. Average. p- cyl. Average. p- cyl. Average. 179-3 301.5 480.8 563 ¢ 196.3 308.5 504.8 213.4 315-4 526.2 243-7 328.5 572-3 225.0 g 242.1 | 329.8 571.0 238.5 33h. 569.6 | | 1). 1/3 of MgSO,7H.O was applied before sowing and remaining 2/3 in two fractional top dressings. 84 G. Daikuhara. No. of Amount of Weight of seeds. g | Weight of straw. g Total yield. g e MgS0O,4.7H.O = = = - cylinders. p. pot. p- cyl. Average. p- cyl. Average. p. cyl. Average. | 265.9 288.4 5543 Ul. 45¢.0 g 230.3 324-0 554-3 194.6 359.6 5543 213.0 | 27533 488.3 IV. Control 208.5 203.3 288.8 289 2 497-3 492-4 188.3 303-4 491.6 II Series. | ; = | - INGHOE Amount of Weight of seeds. g | Weight of st-aw. g Total yield. g G MgSC,.7H,O = — =| cylinders. p- cyl. p. cyl. | Average. p- cyl. Average. | p. cyl. Average. —— a i | 269.1 364.5 624.6 Le 22.5 g | : | 222.3 352.0 5743 184.5 | 339.4 | 523.9 | _——— t 202.2 304.9 507.1 Il. 37-5 & 217.2 320.1 5373 232.1 335-3 567-4 ‘ | 182.3. | 315.8 | 498.0 III. 56.3 g | 192.6 3194 «| 511.9 292.9 322.9 | 525.8 | a | 138.9 270.0 | | 408.9 IV. 112.5 g | 185.7 286.5) ul 472-2 | 232-5 303.0 | 535:5 - = | 213.0 2753 | 488.3 Vv. Control | 208.5 203.3 288.8 289.2 497-3 492.4 | | | 185.3 303.4 491.6 The results show that in our soil when crystallized sulphate of magnesia was applied before sowing mixing with the whole soil, the best result was obtained with ratio of 32 parts MgO as MgSO,.7H,O to 1000 parts of the calculated amount of MgO as magnesit, while with top dressing just 1/10 of On Manuving with Magnesium Sulphate. 85 MgO as MgSO,7H,O was sufficient for the same effect. In other words, «ca. 10 parts of the crystallized magnesium sulphate is as effective as 100 parts of pulverized magnesit in the former case while 1 part of that salt has “the same effect in the case of top dressing. A second experiment with barley was carried out on the same soil and with the same cylinders, after overliming it with 5 % air slaked lime. In ‘this case however no comparison with top dressing with MgSO,.7H,O was made. Four weeks afterwards” 413.4 g MgSO,.7H.O were mixed with the whole soil before sowing, thus corresponding to the ratio of MgSO,.7H,O : magnesit = 14 : 100 The general manure, time of sowing and cutting were the same as in the former experiments. The following results were obtained : | ane : = | Average length | Number of | Weight in the air dry state. g of plants. | stalks. | ceeds | Swaw. | Total eds. : = — = Control... ... 81.8 cm. 162 | 213.8 239.6 453-4 Overlimed ... 85.2 cm. 167 162.4 271.1 433-5 =e = | Overlimed + 38 Daa | P | 38 2 5 cm. : 2s 82. MgS0,.7H.0.. 5 i} | 93-9 | 4 BOZes CONCLUSION. (1). The cheapest and the most effective magnesium compound for the regulation of the lime factor in a soil very rich in lime is the crystallized sulphate. (2). The most effective method of application of the magnesium sulphate is the top dressing, repeated annually in small doses. 1). Attention must be paid to the fact that in such experiments the slaked lime should be +transformed completely into carbonate be/ore the magnesium sulphate is added. 86 G. Daikuhara, (3). The agronomical equivalent on loamy humus soil like ours for MgSO,.7H,O is=10, i.e. 10 parts of this salt are as effective as 100 parts of the finest powdered magnesit, when applied before sowing mixed with the whole soil, while in the form of top dressing the equivalent would be reduced’ to 1, ie. I part of that sulphate has under this condition the same effect as- 100 parts of magnesit. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. 1. PLATE XXII. I. Series. 4502. 225¢. 56.3¢. control. — ———_— ——- — MgS0O4.7H20 mixed with whole soil. overlimed. II. Series. 112.5¢. 56.3¢. 37.5g. 22.52. non MgS0,.7 H,O applied as top dressing. On the Influence of Solubility on Availability. BY G. DAIKUHARA. Various former experiments carried out in Komaba and Nishigahara have shown that for several Gramineae the best ratio of lime to magnesia lies between 1/1 and 2/1. With oats the yield was nearly equal in both cases while with upland rice the ratio 1/1 was more favorable than 2/1 and for barley before its flowering period 2/1 was more favorable. With the development of seed, however, relatively more magnesia is required and also in the case of barley the final ratio will be nearer to 1/1 than 2/1. These ratios, however, correspond to equal availability of lime and magnesia, both having been applied as natural carbonates or as nitrates. The ratio of lime to magnesia entering the plant changes, however, very considerably when one of the compounds is insoluble in water while the other is soluble. The latter will-then much more. readily enter into the plant body than the former. My former experiment” with rice showed that with artificial carbonate of lime and with magnesia as cryst. sulphate, the best ratio in sand culture CaO as carbonate _ 30 MgO as sulphate I have carried out a similar experiment with barley in sand culture, applying the lime in the form very finely powdered lime stone. Each pot contained 4.5 Kg of dry sand and received the following general manure applied in five fractions : aN Oguccccun iacalectesctenocuussssfeeeomiseoe alco. ssedieccet acne ives aveen p FO. GES ISA can ho edo ces cto ae ee eco, (OE WIRGROR ees oo coo a sss cs While the amount of lime was constant that of magnesia was varied as follows : 1). This Bulletin Vol. I, No. 1, p. 23-29. Ss G. Daikuhara, No. of pots. CaO : MgO Powdered lime stone. MgSO,+7H.0. I. sear 804 g | 5496 g II, TOM: I | The Sane 27.48 II! 20°21 | bo om 13:74 55 IV. 30:1 eo 9.16 ,, V. 40:1 Ey ss 6.87) iss VI | 50:1 | Se as 5:50 » VII. 60:1 oA. OD | 458 » VIII. 70:1 a on 3:44 The seeds of barley (var. Goldenmelon) were sown Nov. 10, 1904 and after germination the young plants were reduced to 6 of equal size. The growth in all the pots started equally well but gradually differences appeared, plants in No, I and II were far inferior in growth while the plants in No. VII and VIII were of the most luxurient development as shown by the following measurements made on Jan. 9, 1905. In the beginning of February the plants in pots No. 1 died off. Table I. | | J : Average length of the Average number of stalks No. of Pots. CaO : MgO. ioneest Tenses! p. pot. | : _ pot I 9.5 cm. | I 1. eu pot 2 9:9 I pot I TOS iss 1.8 II. KOE pot 2 TO'5) 35 2.2 pot I TOstoeg 3.8 Ill. 20:1 pot 2 ree | 3.8 | — > aa i : | pot i 20.1. 5, 4.2 IV sf) Bou pot 2 | Ayes 5 | 455 = - = ne Se pot 1 20.6 5, 5:0 WY qo :I pot 2 | 21.7 5:3 | On the Influence of Solubility on Availability. 89 : Average length of the Ayerage number of stalks No. of Pots. CaO : MgO. longest leaves. p. pot. pot 1 23.2 cm. 5-9 WAL { 50: | pot 2 sus}, sp 5:8 pot I 23.2 6.8 VII 60 : pot 2 AGS). 55 6.8 pot 1 24-9 6.9 VIII. { 80 : pot 2 24.3» 6.9 The plants were cut on June 10, dried and weighed with the following result, to which are added the observation on the plants in pot No. I; these died in February. Table IT. } Number of stalks, | Number of ears. /Aver. length of stalks ; No. of pots. | CaO : MgO ee p- pot. | Average. | p- pot. | Average. jof each pot) Average. potr | 10 90 I. { | se 9 8.5 pot 2 8 | 7.5 porr 19 | 45-0 II. { IO:1 22 5 | 45-9 pot 2 | 25 5 46.8 | | | pot 1 | 43 | 43 96.0 III. { 20:1 AZ S| 41 | 96.9 pot 2 42 | 39 96.0 pot 1 | 41 40 96.0 lV. { 30:1 41.0 41 99.5 pot 2 | | 41 41 102.9 | | s | | pot 1 | | 36 nas | 102.0 VE { 40:1 450 44 | 99.3 pot 2 | 54 eee 2 96.6 | | P | | ae pre 3 pot 1 | 48 | 48 07-5 VI. { lhe saSKoPE | 48.0 | 46 94-8 pot 2 | | 48 enc g2.1 go G. Daikuhara. Number of stalks. Number of ears. | Aver. length of stalks. No. of pots. CaO : MgO | p. pot. | Average. p- pot. | Average. jof each pot| Average. pot IT 1) Wille \ 60:1 500 47 97-5 Bes 5° 47 97-5 pot I | 51 51 93-0 VuI { | 80:1 49-5 49 959 pot 2 | | 48 47 98.7 i Table III. | Seeds | Stalks | Chaff | Root | Total | Average p. pot g No. of pots. CaO : MgO | SS | g Cia 3s g 8 Seeds | Total (eae | Fi 1 pee PN ecto pase |i edtsceo, IP oscoso. ||) castes Up } ee) ee a Mi A eee Ale Sos pols |) ae Roa I) Sescasc. {| ssosas5 =] cacdzo SOON: | | | 2 | = —_ -| pot 1 a25G TRES On iia recess 1.88 | 15.38 Il. 10 : 12) | 0.38 | 26.26 pot 2 0.38 28.88 0.38 7-50 | 37-%4 s = | an pot 1 18 38 79-50 4.50 15.75 | 118.13 Ill. 20:1 | 25.69 128.26 pot 2 33.00 | 82.88 3-75 18.75 | 138.38 | ( | ee pot | 29.63 82.50 | 6.00 18.13 | 136.26 IV. 30:1 | 31-51 | 135-45 fot 2 3335 81.00 | 4.13 16.13 134.64 eee se ms 4 _ ae pot r | 25-13 72-38 | 3-75 | 16 50 117.76 | V. | 40:1 | 20.26 144.39 pot 2 | 15.38 | 121.50 4:88 | 29.25 | 171.01 | — | fae = 2 | | pot 1 24.75 | 104.63 6.00 15.00 150.38 | VI 50:1 | | 26.82 | 144.58 pot 2 28.88 92.63 4-13 13.13 138.77 | ! 1). Some plants in this pot were attacked by fungus and cut off before ripening. 2). In these two cases it is very probable that not only a certain excess of available magnesia, but also the salt concentration itself, caused the depression of the yield. All soluble salts, though not directly injurious to the plant, would perhaps cause the dep ession when applied in such concentration. On the Influence of Solubility on Availability. gt Seeds | Stalks | Chaff Root Total | Average p. pot g No. of pois. CaO : MgO = —= g g Sumas g Seeds. | Total. f = Is wats || allies || eased] | a | | VII. { 60:1 | 52.13 | 159.01 pot 2 52.13 88.88 6.00 12.00 | 159.01 | | | = |_ pot I 40.50 98.25 6.38 18.00 | 163.13 | | VIII. \ 80:1 | | | 41.63 157-70 pot 2 42.75 gi.50 | 4.88 | 13.13 152.26 The above result shows clearly that in the presence of lime as carbonate, the necessary amount of magnesia applied in the form of crystallized sulphate for barley in sand culture is so small that the best ratio of lime to magnesia becomes 60:1, while in the form of nitrates of calcium and magnesium in water culture the best ratio for Gramineae between 1/1 and 2/1. This conclusion will hold good also for various sandy soils, while for clayey soils the best ratio is es Eamon ill differ, as T. Naka- MgO as sulphate MuRA” ascertained. The calculation from the above results shows that with barley 4.9 parts MgSO,.7H,O are agronomically equivalent to 100 parts magnesite, while with rice this equivalent is still higher viz. 9.8. 1). This Bulletin Vol. I, No. 1, P. 30-34. On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamide under Different Conditions. BY S. UCHIYAMA. Various reports on the efficacy of Calcium cyanamide or lime-nitrogen (Kalkstickstoff) testify in favor of this compound, its action reaching about that of ammonium sulphate or sodium nitrate; other reports again contain a less favorable declaration. Evidently the nature of the soil and the nature of the other manuring compounds used along with it, have a decided influence upon the result. This difference of opinion can not surprise us, since the reports on the comparative efficacy of sodium nitrate and ammonium sulphate differ also very considerably. Under certain conditions, ammonium sulphate was found equal and ever superior to sodium nitrate ; under other conditions again inferior to this. The publications on the new manure show among other things, that it can not be used for top-dressing and. that it must be applied some time before sowing, as it would act injuriously before its decomposition by soil- bacteria, liberating its nitrogen as ammonia, is accomplished. Since however the manurial effect of lime-nitrogen has not yet been compared with those of ammonium sulphate and sodium nitrate under conditions of different reaction of the total manure, it seemed to me of special interest to carry on some experiments along this line. Since lime- nitrogen can be decomposed by various kinds of bacteria into calcium carbonate and ammonia, CaCN,+ 3H.O =CaCO,+ 2NH, it must be defined 1). Compare especially the publications of B. Schulze, Feilitzen, Roessler, Seelhorst, Strohmer, Stutzer and Aso. 94 S. Uchiyama. as an alkaline manure, while ammonium sulphate is defined as a physiologically acid nitrogenous manure. Since the ammonia formed by the decomposition of lime-nitrogen will of course rapidly be transformed into carbonate, the question as to which is the best source of nitrogen would be simplified to this: Under zuhich conditions 1s ammonium carbonate better than ammonium sulphate or sodium nitrate ? Kossowitch as well as Prianishnikow have demonstrated recently the injury by too alkaline or too acid reactions. Also here at this stations as well as at the college of agriculture at Komaba near Tokyo similar observations have been made at about the same time. Thus it was observed by myself that ammonium sulphate in conjunction with secondary sodium phosphate produced a much better yield with Lrasszca chinensis than when the former was applied in conjunction with superphosphate. Since lime- nitrogen is an actually alkaline manure, an addition of an acid phosphatic manure would act here favorably—just the opposite from ammonium sulphate. The sample of lime-nitrogen at my disposal contained 18.58 % N and 56.16 % CaO; the ammonium sulphate?=20.65 % N; the crude potassium sulphate=47.55 % K,O; the double superphosphate= 40.42 % P.O; soluble in water ; and the secondary sodium phospate was the pure preparation. I. Experiment with Hordeum sativum. Eighteen porcelain pots (area= 1/200,009 ha.) were filled each with 14.27 4cilo. fresh alluvial loam poor in humus, and received the following manures : 8.752 g- ammonium sulphate 4-60 g. double superphosphate 3-91 g. potassium sulphate 8.44 g. Sodium sulphate 8.752 g- ammonium sulphate ( g.38 secondary sodium phosphate B l 3-91 g. potassium sulphate 1). The ammonium sulphate in this experiment was the pure preparation. On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamicde. 95 10.0 g. lime-nitrozen 4.6 g. double superphosphate 3-91 g. potassium sulphate 8.44 g- sodium ener 10.0 g. lime-nitrogen D 2 9.38 g- secondary sodium phosphate 3.91 g. potassium sulphate Of these four mixtures, A was decidedly acid, D decidedly alkaline, while B and C approached the neutral reaction. Further, in order to provide the pots A and B with as much lime as was contained in the lime-nitrogen, 17.27 g, gypsum were added to these pots on Sept. 7. Gypsum was selected in order not to change chemically the ammonium sulphate ; and in order to observe here at the same time the difference in action between gypsum and limestone, two other pots A’ and B’ were prepared in which the equivalent amount of powdered limestone was added on Sept. 7. By this addition, perhaps a little of ammonium sulphate was gradually transformed into ammonium carbonate, the same product which also would be the active principle in the pots C and D. While ammonium carbonate in high dilution is probably more favorable than ammonium sulphate, some loss of this compound by volatilization may take place from soils of little absorptive power, so that the benefit produced in one respect may be frustrated by a disadvantage in another. ‘The following table shows the manuring data, ¢: Manure. A Aes B’ || is) Ammonium sulphate... ... 8.752 ditto ditto ditto = | —— Lime-nitrogen... ... ... «.- — 10.0 ditto Double superphosphate ... ... 4.60 ditto == == OO es Secondary sodium phosphate... ~- — 9.33 ditto | 9.38 Potassium sulphate... ... ... 3-91 ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto Sodium sulphate ... ... ... 8.44 ditto == == 8:44 | (GaypSin cco coe cee Gen, con || 89427) —- 17-27 IURT ESTES oon as ao be — ese} |) —— 10.03 = —— a a ee ee eS 96 S. Uchiyama. On Nov. 13, 1905, lime-nitrogen was applied. The pots were kept in a warm house and well moistened in order to accelerate the decomposition of lime-nitrogen. After a week, the other manures were applied. Hence each pot contained 1.858 g N, 1.858 g P,O,;, 1.859 g K,O, 1.626 g Na,O, and 5.618 g CaO. On Nov. 21, twenty seeds of sixsided barley were sown per pot. After three weeks, the young plants were reduced to 15 per pot of about equal size. The following table shows the height of the plants and number of stalks at two different periods ; and the photograph (Plate XXIV, Fig. 1) the development on May 15. Average of three parallel pots. Jan. 17. | May 24. N-Manure. Group. Height (Cm.). No. of stalks, | Height (Cm.) No. of stalks. A 13.7 32 | S730 | 53 A’ 14.2 30 104.8 53 (NHq4).SO4 B 13.9 32 98 2 5r B 12.4 26 99-7 5° C 13-9 39 102.4 50 CaCNy | D 13.3 31 | 98.5 50 The plants were harvested June 3: Harvest, average of three parallel pots ; air-dry, g. Oye | : | : | Comparative To = — Ss , © N-Manure. Group. Grains. | Straw. | Chaffs. Total. yield total. A | 62.40 | 79-63 4.83 146.86 107 A | 48.20 | 87.c0 6.50 141.70 103 (NH4)2SO4 B | 58.77 | 54.57 } 5-20 145.54 10S | | B 51.53 | 86.67 4.60 142.80 104 = : =) = as Cc 56.00 || @Se:40n mn) 4.85 148.25 108 CaCN» | D 48.50 | 83.73 5-30 137-53 100 Dg ee On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamite. 97 It is therefore clear that lime-nitrogen acted better when the phosphatic manure was superphosphate (C) than when it was sodium phosphate (D); in other words, the neutral mixture (C) was better than the alkaline mixture (D). The manuring effect of lime-nitrogen in C was here equal to that of ammonium sulphate in B, when this was applied in conjunction with sodium phosphate. II. Experiment with Lrassica Chinensis. The soil was an alluvial loam, almost free of humus. Eighteen porcelain pots (area= 1/200,000 ha.) were filled each with 14.27 kilo. of the fresh soil, and manured” as follows, ¢: Manure. A A’ B B Cc D Ammonium sulphate... .. | 12.0 ditto. ditto, | dito | ——— —— Lime-nitrogen... ... ... ... —— | 13-34 ditto. Double superphosphate ... ... 2.2 ditto. ee — | 2.2 —- Secondary sodium phosphate... -—— ==) 45 ditto. | — 45 Potassium sulphate... ... ... | 5.2 ditto. ditto. ditto. | ditto, ditto. Sodium sulphate ... ... ... 4.05 ditto, | == = 4.05 =— (COATS cog Gooe ECONennoN eco 23.03 — | 23.03 == —— — LESS a5 Gaal ooo ene — 13.38 oes 13 38 — — Each pot contained therefore 2.478 g. N, 0.89 g. P,O,, 2.473 g. K,O, 0.78 g. Na,O, and 7.493 g. CaO. Twenty seeds of Brassica chinensis were sown per pot Sept. 29. After two weeks, the plants were reduced to seven per pot of about equal size. The length and number of leaves on Nov. 7 were as follows: 1). To the corresponding pots, the lime-nitrogen, gypsum, and lime-stone were applied Sept. 7, the phosphatic manures a week later, and the other manures were applied still a week later, in solution. 08 S. Uchiyama. Average of three parallel pots. N-Manure. Group. | Length (cm.). No. of leaves. A 23-3 61 i | 20.7 58 (NHqg)sSO, | | B 22.1 57 B’ 225 57 : | Cw 23.9 50 CaCNs | ) BD 21.8 56 The adjoining Plate XXIV, Fig. 2 shows the state of development at that time. The plants were harvested Nov. 13 with the following result, g. : Average of three parallel pots. Fresh state. Air-dry state. N-Manure. Group. 5 Leaves. Roots. Total Leaves. Roots. | Total. A 169.2 [oKe) 178.2 18.2 1.3 19.5 A’ 156.3 8.2 | 164.5 17-7 I.I 18.8 (NAq)2SO4 | B 182.8 10.2 193-0 20.2 1.4 21.6 B 173-3 8.8 182.1 | 1g. t2 20.3 Cc 177.4 1I.7 18Q.1 19.7 1.5 21.2 CaCNy, | D 155.6 10.5 1660 | a7-4 1.3 18.7 If we now assume the total yield (in the air-dry state) of the pots D to be= 100, we obtain the following ratio: On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamide, 99 N-Manure. Group. Comparative yield. The result shows that lime-nitrogen acted better when the phosphatic manure was superphosphate (C) than when it was sodium phosphate (D) ; in other words: the neutral mixture (C) was better than the alkaline mixture (D). The physiologically acid ammonium sulphate acted however better with sodium phosphate (B) than with superphosphate (A); also this result leads to the inference: che neutral reaction of the total manure in B was more favorable than the acidic reaction in A. The moderate dose of calcium carbonate in A’ and B’ was of no special effect in connection with the ammonium sulphate, but this can be easily understood, because the soil contained already some carbonate of lime. III. Second Experiment with Brassica Chinensis. The amount of nitrogen was here diminished to one third of that in the preceding experiment, and two different kinds of soils) i.e. diluvial loamy and alluvial sandy soils served for the test. Forty eight zinc pots (area= 1/200,000 ha.) were filled with the respective soils (15.75 kilo. per pot). Twelve series were prepared, each consisting of four pots. To the respective pots, the following manures were applied, ¢ : 1). The loamy soil from the upland of our station is very rich in humus, while the sandy soil fiom the paddy field of Kawaguchi near Tokyo is almost free from organic matter. 100 Ss. Uchiyama. — —— Sn— Manure. A A’ B B (G} D Ammonium sulphate... ... | 4.0 ditto. ditto. ditto. — — Lime-nitrogen... <1... -—— — —— —- 4-45 ditto. Double superphosphate ... ...| 2.2 ditto. — — 2.2 — Secondary sodium pkosphate... | —— — 4:5 4:5 — 4.5 Potassium sulphate... ... .-. | 4.0 ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Sodium sulphate ... ... ... 4.05 ditto. = = 4.05 — GO7OS n6g om at cea Cas 7-68 —— 7-68 —— — — IESE ccs — 4.46 — 4.46 —= — On December 25, lime-nitrogen was applied, while four months later the other manuring ingredients. Hence each pot contained 0.83 g. N, 0.89 g. PO;, 1.90 g. KO, 0.78 g. Na,O and 2.50 g. CaO. On April 11, twenty seeds of Arassica Chinensis were sown per pot. The young plants appeared five days later in all pots with the loamy soil, while the germination in all pots with the sandy soil commenced two days later. On April 25, the young plants were thinned to eight of about equal size. During vegetation, the plants of the pots B in both series seemed most luxuriant. The following table shows the average length of leaves measured on May 21: Averaged of four parallel pots. Soil. N-Manure | Group. Length (cm.). A 26.1 | A 25.2 (NHy)eSOg B 28.8 L amy soil B’ 27.9 Cc 25.2 CaCNe dD 26.1 On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamide. Io!I Soil. N-manure. Group. Length (cm.). A 28.2 A’ 27.0 (NH4)oSO, B 27.6 Sandy soil B’ 27.3 22.7 CaCNo 20.5 The plants were harvested May 21 with the following result, ¢. : Average of four parallel pots. Fresh state. Air-dry state. Soil. N-manure. | Group. = Leaves. | Roots. Total Leaves. | Roots. Total. A 192.06 II.go 203.96 22.98 1.50 24.48 A’ 188.55 12.20 200.75 22.53 1.35 23.88 (NH4)sSO4 B 217.38 14.25 231.63 24.33 1.53 25.86 Loamy soil B 210.17 12.93 223.10 | 2257 1.53 24.10 165.79 14.40 180.19 19.07 1.60 20.67 CaCNo D 159.89 | 14.07 | 173.96 | 18.13 1.77 19.90 A 186.60 13.38 199.98 17.80 1.30 Ig.10 A’ 176.44 T0.5¢ 186.94 17.90 0.98 18.88 (NHy)2SO4 B 189.65 12.83 202.48 18.75 1.25 20.001) Sandy soil B 178.66 12.23 190.89 18.65 1.25 19.90 Cc 113.25 13.50 126.75 12.37 1.37 13.74 CaCNz D 113-72 10.90 124.61 12.35 1.10 13.45 1). With sandy soil the maximum harvest was obtained from the pots B. In the pots B, the average weight of one plant was 2.5 g. (20/8=2.5) and average yield from one kilo. soil amounted to 1.27 g. (20/15.75=1,27), while one plant of the corresponding pots in the preceding experiment with a large supply of nitrogen amounted to 3.1 g. (21.6/7=3.1) and one kilo. soil produced 1.51 g. (21.6/14.27=1.51). 102 S. Uchiyama. If we now assume the total yield (in the air-dry state) of the pots D in each case of soil respectively to be=100, we obtain the following ratio: Soil. | N-manure. Group. Comparative yield, A | 123 | A 120 (NHy)oSOy B 130 Loamy soil | | B 121 | Cc 104 | CaCNe D 100 | | A 142 | A’ 140 (NH4)2SOq | B 149 Sand soil B’ 148 | 102 CaCNy D 100 The manurial effect of lime-nitrogen, was in this case, with a small dose of nitrogen, far smaller than that of ammonium sulphate. This difference of the manurial effects between lime-nitrogen and ammonium sulphate was further much larger in the case of sandy soil than in the case of loamy soil. In the case of loamy soil, if we assume the comparative yield from the group B (130) to be=100, and compare the respective yield from the group C (104), we obtain the following ratio : Ammonium sulphate. Lime-nitrogen. 100 80 The comparative yields in the case of sandy soil would be : Ammonium sulphate. Lime-nitrogen. 100 69 1). 3)- 4). On the Manurial Effect of Calcium Cyanamide. 103 IV. General Conclusion, The manurial effect of lime-nitrogen varies greatly with the reaction of the other manuring compounds: it acts best when the total reaction in the soil approaches neutrality. The manurial effect of ammonium sulphate varies also greatly with the reaction of the other manuring compounds: it acts better when sodium phosphate than when superphosphate is applied along with it. Also from this fact, it must be inferred that ammonium sulphate acts best when the reaction of the total manure approaches neutrality. The manurial effect of lime-nitrogen is under favorable conditions equal (see barley experiment) to that of ammonium sulphate; but when the nitrogenous manures are compared in small applications, ammonium sulphate proved superior, This result may be due to the changed state of the reaction. On sandy soil, the action of lime-nitrogen was farther below that of ammonium sulphate than on loamy soil. 104 D, S Uchiyama. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. IBIS ite Manured with 8.752 g. ammonium sulphate, 4.6 g. double super- phosphate, 3.91 g. potassium sulphate, 8.44 g. sodium sulphate, and 17.27 &. gypsum. Manured like A;, but gypsum was here substituted by 10.03 g. limestone meal. g secondary sodium Manured with 8.752 g ammonium sulphate, 9.38 phosphate, 3.91 g. g. potassium sulphate and 17.27 g. gypsum. Manured like B,, but gypsum was here replaced by 10.03 g. limestone meal. Manured with 10 g. lime-nitrogen, 4.6 g. double superphosphate, 3-91 g. potassium sulphate and 8.44 g. sodium sulphate. Manured with ro g. lime-nitrogen, 9.38 g. secondary sodium phosphate and 3.91 g. potassium sulphate. Bitoee2 Manured with 12 g. ammonium sulphate, 2.2 g. double superphosphate, 5.2 g. potassium sulphate, 4.05 sodium sulphate, and 23.03 g. g. gypsum. Manured like A,, but gypsum was here replaced by 13.38 g. limestone meal. Manured with 12 g. ammonium sulphate, 4.5 g. secondary sodium phosphate, 5.2 g. potassium sulphate, and 23.03 g. gypsum. Manured like B,, but gypsum was here substituted by 13.38 g. limestone meal. Manured with 13.34 g. lime-nitrogen, 2.2 g. double superphosphate, 5.2 g. potassium sulphate and 4.05 g. sodium sulphate. Manured with 13.34 g. lime-nitrogen, 4.5 g. secondary sodium phosphate and 5.2 g. potassium sulphate. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXIV. (1) To Page 96. To Page 98. Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. BY S. UCHIYAMA. The observation of Kellner and Bottcher that the availability of bone dust, but not that of secondary calcium phosphate, Thomas phosphate and superphosphate is depressed by calcium carbonate has been repeatedly confirmed and was explained by the neutralization of the soil acidity by liming.) In order to gain some further information the action of bone dust in the presence of gypsum and of magnesium sulphate respectively was compared with the depressions caused by the presence of the carbonates of lime, magnesia and potassa with both sand and soil cultures. Sand-culture: Vhe experiment was carried out with of barley in six series, each in three pots. Each pot contained 6 kilo. pure quartz sand, and received the following manures” : 15.64 g. bone dust. 3.86 g. ammonium nitrate (In Series F substituted by NaNO,) 2.7 g. potassium sulphate(,, ,, ,, partly besides K,CO,) 0.5 g. ferric hydrate. 1). It might therefore be supposed that carbonic acid of the soil-air suffices to render this phosphate available to the roots, while for bone dust a more powerful acid seems to be necessary to render it thoroughly available. 2). Also the acidity of the rootlets doubtless plays a part. 3). The bone dust (steamed and partly deprived of glue) was of extreme fineness, <0.5 m.m. and contained 1.39 % N, 29.58 % PsO5, 37.88 % CaO and 1.27 % MgO. The magnesit contained 47.05 9% MgO. The other manuring compounds were chemically pure. 106 S. Uchiyama. Series A, received so much magnesia in the form of 8 g. powdered magnesit ( dust was here the only source of lime. Series B, contained the magnesia in the form of 0.78 g. crystallized sulphate which dose will be about agronomically equivalent in sand to 8 g. magnesit. Series C, contained 3.42 g. lime-stone meal, every other particular=A; 3-42 § ry Pp > : 5 (CaO). 1 Tig J hereby the ratio MEO sae resulted. Series D, contained 6.84 g. limestone meal, every particular=A ; hereby the ratio Sto =~ was produced. Series E, like A, but 11.76 g. gypsum were added, yielding thus the ratio acces ; but one half of the lime is here more easily MgO available than the other half. Series F, like A, but a certain portion of potassium sulphate was replaced by 0.4 g. K,CO,. Ammonium nitrate had here to be replaced by an equivalent amount of sodzuim nitrate? in order to avoid the formation of the injurious ammonium carbonate. The following table will show the quantitative data in regard to manuring conveniently : 1). Seelhorst as well as Prianishnikow and Sdderbaum have already observed that in the presence of sodium nitrate the phosphoric acid of tock and bone phosphate is not so easily available as in the presence of ammonium sulphate or ammonium nitrate. In the former case, sodium carbonate was believed to be gradually formed. Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. 107 Manure. A B Cc | D | E F Bone dust ... ... ... | 15.64 g. | ditto. | ditto. | ditto. ditto ditto. Ammonium nitrate... 3.86 g. | ditto. ditto. | ditto. ditto. — Sodium nitrate ... ... —_ | — — -| — —. 8.19 g. Potassium sulphate... 2.7g. | ditto. ditto. | ditto. ditto. 2.258 Potassium carbonate ... —S_ —« || — el We — 0.4 g. Ferric hydrate... ... O58. | ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. WURTERTE cog ea | oer 8g. | — 8 g. ditto. ditto. ditto. Magnesium sulphate ... == | Si —_— | | — —_> | MSissestone! ws. wes =<. | 3 3 ——— | =— 342g. | 6.84 ¢. — od Gypsum cco oo" Bee — — —= 11.76 g. = : 1 | Ratio oO eee | + | Ee ate | 2 : i On Nov. 4, 1904, bone dust, magnesit, limestone, gypsum, and ferric hydrate,” were applied to the respective pots; and a part of the soluble nutrients the next day in solution, the rest Feb. 20. On December 12, the young plants of sixsided barley of about 6 cm. were transplanted, each pot receiving three bundles, each consisting of three plants. During vegetation, the plants of the pots B and E showed a most luxuriant development and a deep green color, while those of the other pots showed a poor growth and a somewhat pale color; the poorest of all were the plants in E. The following table shows the height of plants, and numbers of stems and ears: 1). The ferric hydrate was freshly precipitated and applied in suspension. ros S. Uchiyama. Average of three parallel pots. January 17. May 24. ie Height (an). lim No. of stems. | Height (cm.). No. of ears. A 16.7 | 24 85-5 18 B 16.4 25 | 79-1 18 Cc 16.1 24 87.9 14 D 17.0 25 76.1 II E 17.9 24 | 80.6 19 1s) 16.1 25 | 60.6 7 The adjoining Plate xxv, Fig. 1 (photogr. May 12) shows the difference in development. The ears appeared gradually, about two weeks passing between the earliest and latest sproutings; the differences will be seen from the following table : Average of three parallel pots. Ears appeared. A May 1 Bb April 26 C | May 4 D 5; as E April 24 F May 9 The plants were harvested June 10, and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, ¢. : Some Ohservations on Manuring with Bone-dust. Average of three parallel pots. 109 | Grains. Straw. Chaffs. Roots. Total. A | 17.95 26.60 3-30 4.30 52.15 B | 17.00 30.20 2.c0 5-13 54-33 c | 17-2 23-57 1.50 4-07 46.41 DAY | 11.83 17-57 1.17 4.07 34-64 E 22.10 31.45 2.60 6.75 62.90 EF 6.90 8.80 0.60 1.80 18.10 If we now assume the total yield of the pots B to be=100, we obtain the following ratio: JN (INWECOS) cat 9588 ecg “cag cco eto! tes eo, Gon ce Be Eee ce, TD) Bm MES Os) iran Wess fics uexa) mes Stes sas se seal Gael Qaca Desh cas, -1CO CR CaGOs-eNaCOs) i ccs) cas sevew nicest "ess ese asl es (eee) (ses) eee (SS DM Ca Os aC Os) ie reel ney: ees alte Terry ee ae e Tei Fie (Ca SOs MeCOa)iiccnn wet lser a yeee cena Pinon Peel bce ere saiicce) axes ETO Let (OR ChO aE EI CION 5 = oog ata ee nas Con Pea eeO) cad = eo men NESE} From the observations and this yield, it may be inferred : 1. Magnesit acts like limestone, depressing the availability of bone dust (compare A, C and D with B)?. 2. The ratio CaO : Mg=2: 1 (D) depressed the harvest more than the ratio CaO : Mg=1 : 1 (A) which is in full accordance with results obtained also in other cases with cereals. 1). Recently Koch and Gréter (Fihlings Landw. Zeitg. 1906, p. 225) inferred from their experiments that this depressing effect is also due to the neutralization of the acids produced by bacteria in the soil. But the conditions in the soil are often entirely different from thcse in flasks. These authors applied solutions of 2-5 % dextrose to bone dust in the absence and in the presence of calcium carbonate, aud of course observed that in the absence of calcium carbonate the phosphate was dissolved considerably by the bacterial action. But in the soil, suitable carbohydiates are generally absent, and therefore acid can not be produced. On the contrary, the soil-bacteria produce ammonium carbonate by the rottening process of the organic matter of the bone dust, ard in this case the solubility of the tertiary phosphates will certainly be very much smaller than in the former case, i.e. in the presence of glucose. Ilo Ss. Uchiyama. Even a certain excess of gypsum produced the most favorable result. Oo The different availability of calcium carbonate and sulphate! partly accounts for the fact that here the ratio CaO : MgO=2: 1” did not depress the harvest. 4. In the presence of sodium nitrate, the phosphoric acid of bone phosphate is not so easily available as in the presence of ammonium sulphate (compare F with the other pots) in accordance with the results of other investigators. 5. In the pot E with 0.4 g. potassium carbonate, the harvest was poorest; but in how far this was due to the substitution of am- monium nitrate by sodium nitrate and in how far to the increased alkaline reaction caused by potassium carbonate, could not directly be decided. 6. Since the plants grown with gypsum were of a deeper green than those grown with carbonates, it seems that the chlorophyll produc- tion was also somewhat interfered with in the latter cases. Further, investigations on this point however are contemplated. The above observations with sand-culture rendered it desirable to compare also in soil-culture the effect of potassium carbonate and also of wood ash with that of potassium sulphate, when bone dust serves as a phosphatic manure. Soil-culture : An alluvial sandy soil poor in humus was selected for this purpose, since the presence of much humus would have led probably to the neutralization of potassium carbonate. Experiment with Barley. The experiment was carried out in two parallel series. Eight zinc pots received 1o kilo. air-dry soil. On Nov. 4, 1904, 6 g. sodium 1), O. Loew and K. Aso: “On Different Degrees of Availability of Plant Nutrients,” The 3ulletin, Col. of Agric., Tokyo, Vol. VI., No. 4, p. 335. 2). One plant showed here an average weight of 7 g. in the air-dry state, which is certainly a good result for san culture. Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. TADd nitrate! and 2g. bone dust?) were applied as general manure to each pot. While 1.61 g potassium carbonate» was added to each of the first two pots, each of the second two pots received as much wood ash” as corresponded to potassium carbonate so that the potassa content was equal. Each of the third two pots with wood ash received less bone dust than the others, since the wood ash itself contained 3.5 % P.O;. This amount was calculated as bone dust and subtracted from the 2 g. bone dust applied to the other pots ; probably the phosphoric acid in the wood ash is also present chiefly as tertiary calcium phosphate. To make up the difference in nitrogen the amount of sodium nitrate was raised to 6.2 g. In each of the fourth two pots, the potassa was applied as sulphate’) in doses equivalent to the potassium carbonate, applied to the others. The following table gives the quantitative data in regard to manuring : Nutrients. I II | Ill | 1V SoeitmnLtrate), | seep leeey eee cee 6.0 g. ditto. 6.2 g | 6.0 & = | Stove IbS\e) ogy | cages joo eee) bod 2.0¢ ditto. 0.8 g. 20g Potassium carbonate ... ... ... 1.61 g. = = te, Wicodiashy 9. ee. -p-) eas == —— 9-5 g. ditto. | — Potassium sulphate... ... +. | oe — — 1.94 g Totalinitrogen 2.) 62. --. v | mene | ditto. ditto. ditto. 3 - | | ; » phosphoricacid ... ... ... | 0.562. | 0.89 g. 0.56 g. | ditto. ; nv, OBESE; G95 Geo cee ee Lo5g. | ditto. ditto. ditto. On Nov. 6, twenty seeds of sixsided barley were sown per pot, and after nine days the young shoots came up almost stimultaneously. The 1). Sodium nitrate (16 9% N) was intentionally applied as a source of nitrogen, since am- monium sulphate, being physiologically acid, would have interferred with the alkalinity of the manure (potassium carbonate and wood ash), the effect of which was to be observed. 2). The bone dust (steamed and partly deprived of glue) was of extreme fineness, <0.5 m.m., and contained 2.71 % N and 27.73 % P»O;. 3). The potassium carbonate contained 65 % K,O. 4). The wood ash contained 11 % K»O, and 3.50 % P.O3. 5). The fotassium sulphate contained 54 % KO. II2 S. Uchiyama. plants were thinned to 15 per pot on December 7, taking care that they were all equal in size. - During vegetation, the plants showed no very great differences, as will be seen from the following table : Average of two parallel pots. Group. I Il Ill 1V 6g.NaNO; | 6g.NaNO, | 6.2g. NaNO; |'6 g. NaNO; Manures per pot. 2g. bone dust | 2 g. bone dust |o.8 g. bone dust} 2 y. bone dust 1.61 g. K»COx |9.5 g- woed ash|g9.5 g. wood ash} 1 94 g. KySOy Height of plants (cm.) 78 | g.2 8.3 8.1 Dec. 7 No. of shoots ... ... 15 15 15 15 . | : Height of plants (cm.) 12.0 137 12.1 11.8 Jan. 17 No. of shoots ... ... 51 | 56 15 53 Height of plants (cm.) 17.2 TQ.4 16.8 D7 ar Feb. 2 No. of shoots ... ... 7o 59 60 61 Height of plants (cm.) 28.9 20.5 31.1 26.3 March 20 No. of shoots ... ... 71 68 68 71 Height of plants (cm.) 70.9 73-5 79.6 73-2 ' April 19 | No. of shoots «-. ... | 41 | 37 33 39 Height of plants (cm.) 103.2 110.8 103.0 104.7 May 26 |— = | No. of ears)... 34 3r 31 33 The plants were harvested on June 5, and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, g.: Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. THES Average of two parallel pots. | Group. | I II III IV | 6g.NaNO, | 6g. NaNO, 6.2g.NaNO, | 6g. NaNO, Manures per pot. | 2g.bonedust | 2g. bone dust 0.8 g. bone dust | 2 g. bone dust | 1.61 g. KeCO, 9-5 g- wood ash | 9.5g- wood ash | 1.94 g. KoSO,q | Grains... ..- | 49.8 54:5 50.2 | 52.0 | | | = ~ ——— Straw .-- 2... ... | 51.2 52.9 49-9 47-5 | | Chaffs ... 4.0 | 3:9 3-9 | 4.2 Wotalursseie-<) t-<- | To5 ol) III.3 104.0 103.72) If we now assume the total yield with the manure of the group rv to be=100, we obtain the following ratio : I II Ill IV IOI 107 100 100 Hence there was no decisive difference between the effects of potassium sulphate and potassium carbonate when the nitrogen was added.as nitrate. Experiment with Soy-bean. Eight zinc pots were manured as follows : 1). The weight of one plant in the yroup I would therefore be 7g. in the air-dry state (105-+15=7). 2). The average weight of one plant in the group IV was again 7 g. (10;.7--15=7). In the first experiment, when bone dust was applicd together with ammonium n'trate and gy} sum, the average weight of one plant was also 7 g. (62.5--9=7). I 14 S. Uchiyama. t Nutrients!). I ol Ill IV Sodinmimitrate sescieccciites-) =e 2.84¢. | ditto 3.1 g. | 2.84 g Boneiduisti yes sceiies n= ese 6.0 g. ditto 404 2 6.0 g Potassium carbonate ... ... .. 2.5 g. — — paarey IWWiood tases sateen eos lies amine — | 15.5 g. 15.5 g. | —— Potassium sulphate ... ... «.- | — —— — | 3-2 g. | Totalinitropen! |e) -eeeeee <== 0.61 g- | ditto ditto. |. ditto » Phosphoric acid... ... ... OO mnt 2.29 g. 1.66 g. | ditto. Teen DOLASSa ween =o flttes= lite oumr=ss 1.70 g. | ditto. ditto. | ditto. Ten seeds of soy-bean previously steaped in water were sown per pot June 6. The young shoots appeared after five days, except in pots iv (K,SO,), which came up three days later. The plants were reduced later on to six per pot of about equal size. All plants showed nearly equal development, only those of the pots 11 seemed always somewhat a head”. The following table shows the height of the plants on Sept. 21 : Average of two parallel pots. Group. I II Ill IV 2.84 g. NaNOg | 2.84 g. NaNO, 3.1 g. NaNO, 2.84 g, NaNO, Manures per pot. 6 g. bone dust | 6g. bone dust | 4.04 g. bone dust | = 6 g. bone dust 2.5 g. KyCOg 15.5 g- wood ash | 15.5 g- wood ash| 3.2 & KySO, | | | Height (cm.) ... 54.1 57-1 52.3 | 54-5 The plants were harvested on Sept. 21, and weighed in the air-dry state with the following result, g, : 1). The nutrients were the same as those applied in the former experiment, except the sample of potassium carbonate which was here quite pure. 2). In the pots If the amount of phosphoric acid was larger than in the other pots, since the phosphoric acid of the wood ash was added to the dose of bone dust in I and IV. Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust I 15 Average of two parallel pots. Group. I II Ill IV | 2.84 g. NaNO, | 2.84 g. NaNO, 3.1 g.NaNO; | 2.80 g. NaNO, Manures per pot. 6 g. bone dust 6 g. bone dust | 4.04 g. bone dust| 6 g. bone dust 2.5 g. KyCO3 15.5 g- wood ash | 15.5 g. wood ash| 3.2 g. KoSOy Grainsiecome acs ess 52-67 53-99 49.73 | 50.96 Stalks, husks, roots etc. 65.35 74:79 65.03 62.35 sROraliere) pOtaSSaly ihe =. 5-99 g- ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. On December 15, the young plants of sixsided barley of about 6 cm. were transplanted so that each pot received five bundles, each consisting of three plants. During vegetation, all plants with bone dust (1, 1, 11, and 1v) developed almost equally well, while those without phosphatic manure: (v) showed a poor growth, as will be recognized from the following table : Average of three parallel pots. Group. | I ee he iv: eg | aa it Sail : 20.25 g. NaNOs3} 20.25 g. NaNOs| 20.60 g. NaNOs) 20.25 g- NaNOs, nd Manures of pot. | 10 g, bone dust | 10 g. bone dust |6.47 g. bone dust! 10 g. bone dust No phosphatic | 7.8 g. K.COg 34.8 g. wood ash34.8 g. wood ash| rr.09 g- K»SOs manure ES ae | | Height of plants | | | eaeyh | 14.2 13.4 | 13-9 | 14.0 14-5 Jan. 17 } ——— | wind No. of stems | 35 36 | 34 36 30 Height of plants | | : Sen ck 1lamoes 96.2 | 940 94-3 78.0 May 24 ——— No. of ears | 36 36 | 36 | 37 21 | | The adjoining plate (photogr. May 24) xxv, Fig. 2 shows the general development. The plants were harvested June 8, and weighed in the air-dry state with. the following result, g. : Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. 117 Average of three parallel pots. Group. I | II II IV Vv 20.25 g. NaNO,\20.25 g. NaNO,|20.6 g. NaNO, |20.25 g. NaNO; Nowphosnhaitic Manures of pot. 10 g. bone dust |to g. bone dust |6.47 g bone dust|ro g. bone dust | eas 7:8 g. KyCO, 34-8 g. wood ash/34.8 g. wood ash|r1.09 g. KySO, aS: (GrainSe---e oes 43.9 39.6 44.3 48.7 21.2 | Straws ee <6 62.2 66.5 70.1 GBT) 35.0 | Chatiaeecs ates. 7.0 | 6.2 7.1 7-5 4.1 | eT pLOtAlion rss) <2. 113.1 | 112.3 121.5 129.9 60.3 | If we now assume the total yield with the manure of the group IV to ‘be= 100, we obtain the following ratio : I II III IV Vv 86 04 100 46 wo N From these results, which differ partly from those obtained with plain ‘sand-culture (see above) it may be concluded that the harvests of barley obtained on sandy soils with done dust and sodium nitrate as manure do not show great differences when in one case the potassa is supplied as potassium sulphate and in the other as potassium carbonate. On one soil, the result was nearly equal, while on the second soil, potassium sulphate yielded a somewhat better result. Also the potassa in the form of wood ash yielded a result not behind the other case. Wood ash and bone dust may therefore be applied together. This behavior of potassium carbonate in the soil manured with bone dust required some further chemical examination, for there was a direct action of it on the bone dust possible with gradual formation of potassium phosphate and calcium carbonate. > The weight of one plant inthe group I would therefore be 7 g. in the air-dry state and of the group IV 8g. In the first experiment when bone dust was applied together with ammonium nitrate and gypsum the average weight of one plant was also 7 ¢. In the second experiment, the sayerage weights of one plant in the pots I and IV were again 7 g. 118 S. Uchiyama, In order to decide this question, 25 g. bone dust” as well as equivalent doses of bone ash” were left with frequent shaking in 2.5 litres of water as well as of 1% potassium carbonate solution for 4; months” at room: temperature ; in one case 5 c.c. of neutral chloroform were added to prevent any bacterial action, while in the others chloroform was excluded. Phosphoric acid had indeed after that time passed into solution; therefore potassium phosphate must have been formed. The quantitative determina- tions in one litre of the liquid gave the following results : Milligr. P.O; dissolved in one litre. After r month. After 2 months After 4% months. TeeiBonerdustimiwatenst.-selssitlcailsse to 7-65 —- } 12.66 Ii | Boneash ,;,. ,, CBS Gem cae! Cat) ces 0.57 —— 0.71 III Bone dust in water with chloroform... ... 5-29 —- 7-46 IV |Boneash , 4 » a rod ose 0.19 0.51 0.64 V_ | Bone dust in 1% KsCO, solution ... ... 45-91 47.82 68.95 VI | Boneash ,,_ ,, oF + Sas. wees 8.16 8.99 | —- VII | Bone dust in 10/2 K2CO3 solution with chlorofurm 44.51 | 45-78 56.04 VIII Boneash ,», » foe ? 5-42 | 6.89 | 8.42 These numbers show that ¢he bacteria play indeed a role causing” solution of phosphoric acid from bone dust (compare I with III). In the presence of bacteria (I), the amount of dissolved phosphoric acid had increased by 70%) after 43 months over the amount of dissolved phosphoric acid in the presence of chloroform. When we further compare II and IV, we find that the absence of chloroform has not led to any notable increase of the dissolved phosphoric 1). The bone dust was the same as that applied in the above fourth experiment. 2). The bone ash was freshly prepared by igniting 25 g. bone dust mertiored. 3). From December 26, 1905 to May 11, 1906. 4). This figure is smaller than the corresponding figure of VI (8.99), which may be due ‘to the- gradual decomposition of chloroform by the potassium carbonate. whereby potassium chloride and potassium formate result. 5). 7-46 : 12.66=100 : 170. Some Observations on Manuring with Bone-dust. 119 acid. This different; behavior from bone dust is very easily explained by the absence of organic matter in bone ash, excluding therefore the possibility of bacterial growth. e Further. more, it becomes evident that potassium carbonate has acted chemically. on,the bone dust with the formation of potassium phosphate, as becomes clear in comparing V and VII. The presence of chloroform in this case, depressed the dissolution of phosphoric acid comparatively little, proving that the chemical influence of potassium carbonate on bone dust was much mare powerful, than the effect of the bacterial action. Further it becomes clear that the potassium carbonate acts with much more difficulty on: bone ash than on bone dust (Compare IV and VIII with V and VII). As a general result, however, it follows that the depressing effect which potassium carbonate would no doubt exert on account of its alkalinity on the availability of bone dust is counterbalanced by its chemical action on bone dust in which gradually potassium phosphate and calcium carbonate are produced. S. Uchiyama. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Bigs sie Manured with 15.64 g. bone dust, 3.86 g. ammonium nitrate, 2.7 g. potassium sulphate, 0.5 g. ferric hydroxide, and 8 g. magnesit. Manured like Arm, but magnesit was here substituted by 0.78 g. crystallized magnesium sulphate. Manured like Ar with an addition of 3.42 g. limestone meal. Manured like Cy11, but the amount of limestone was here increased to 6.84 g. Manured like Di, but limestone was here replaced by the equivalent amount of gypsum (11.76 g.). Manured with 15.64 g. bone dust, 8.19 g. sodium nitrate, 2.2 g. potassium sulphate, 0.4 g. potassium carbonate, 0.5 g. ferric hydroxide and 8 g. magnesit. Riga: Manured with 20.25 g. sodium nitrate, 10 g. bone dust, and 7.8 Fr) potassium carbonate. 99 Manured with 20.25 g. sodium nitrate, 10 g. bondust, and 34.8 wood ash. Manured with 20.6 g. sodium nitrate, 6.47 g. bone dust, and 34.8 49 wood ash. Manured with 20.25 g. sodium nitrate, 10 g. bone dust, and 11.09 g. potassium sulphate. Received no phosphatic manure. PLATE XXV. EXPY, STAT. VOL. I. CENTR. AGRIC. BUL. IMP. Page 108. To (2) BHOSE —— aps at, Su \ Ae Poee ee To Page 116, ve ea es ee Oe ' a _ —s On the Cultivation of Astragalus Lotoides. BY T. IMASEKI. In many districts of Japan, the farmers practice since olden times sowing the seeds of a leguminous plant called ‘ Genge,’ Astragalus lotoides, in September or October, between the rice-plants in paddy fields. This plant attains in the following spring the flowering stage before the new rice is transplanted, and it is then incorporated in the field as green manure. This practice, which obviously causes an accumulation of nitrogen in the soil, is extending more and more throughout the rice-growing districts of Japan. But, as the accumulation of nitrogen by the Genge-plant is accomplished by the symbiotic growth with its root bacteria, an inoculation of these bacteria should be carried on in such districts, where the cultivation of Genge has not been practised before. In order to study the best modes of inoculation, J have made a preliminary experiment. Sixteen zinc cylinders, of 2500 sq. cm. surface were filled with the soil from an unmanured field of this Experiment Station. The plan of the experiment was as follows :— Manure. Per cylinder. per hectare. Sodium phosphate, g |Potassiumcarbonate,g a. original seed — = — I. Nomanure .. { b. inoculated seed — — st ar - : |( 150 kilo. P,O5 II. Phosphoric an CRIM SEL x8-5 = eee » KO SE TE b. inoculated seed 18,5 5.6 122 T. Imaseki. Sodium phosphate and potassium carbonate were applied in solution September 23, and well mixed with the soil. The seeds of Genge were at first steeped for about 24 hours in water or in the water containing nodule bacteria, which had been prepared in pure culture. The seeds were sown September 26. Each case was carried out in four series. In winter, chopped straw was spread over all the cylinders for protection. In spring, it became noticeable that the plants developed from inoculated seeds were of a fresher green color than those grown from the check seeds. On May 8, the plants were cut and also the roots were isolated from the soil. The inoculated plants showed numerous nodules at the upper parts of the roots, while the check plants had comparatively few nodules. The results were as follows (average of 4 cylinders) :— In the fresh state. | In the air-dry State. Comparative yield. 1 No. of cylinders. | Stems &} Roots | Whole | Stems&) Roots | Whole | Stems &} Whole leaves | plant | leaves plant g g g g g g leaves. | plant. £ | ; PART arn iin teers if E \" original seed IQI5- 267.9 | 2182.9 | 265.3 35-58 | 300.88 100 100 Zn. inoculated seed 2089. 287.1 | 2376.1 | 302.0 |. 41.46:| 343.46 14 114 = = ee So ich | fs 2 . original seed | 2029. 299-5 | 2328.5 | 277-5 | 37-63 | 315-13 105 1c5 $3 8 | = * Ub, inoculated seed 2316. | 292.3 | 2608.3 | 326.3 | 39.68 | 365.98 | 123 122 From the above figures we can decidedly conclude that the inoculated seeds invariably gave better results than the original seeds. Moreover, as in Japan Genge is one of the most important green manures, it is of some interest to know the comparative yield in stems, leaves, and roots of this plant, hence I have carefully determined the respective harvests. On the Cultivation of Astragalus Lotoides. 12 Ww J. Air-dry matter of fresh leaves and stems : WERT ton dos ee os oo) cee es coo) cos too nore 15.76 % WORT coc co “con oe at, ot 12.80 Oy (Averape)ofer6) Cylindersis ict) (eect fee) ere) ieee seer ce) ome =ce FATA. Il. Air-dry matter of fresh roots : INGOT es ood Med ecole os Ae coc 16.95 % Wine yeees (soon ace cee MOEN ence ese aloes) cee! cee eee 10.89 ;, Avrerape of t6.cylinders ae.com smk-25 Boe we So iac-Siicee en cee) reas 13:87) sy III. Ratio of Roots to the stems and leaves (in the air-dry state) : MEST, che Eso" can ceo ee oO 15.37 % NFO, con “esau Gop as) cos o> «| CSN eens nog) oun) Goo nee D5 3) 3 ISPSEEBOMIO GINGER cos ba coo ct oe Ge coo co co 3220 IV. Percentage of root in the entire plant : WAXimmUliniy-cvesttses, (ccaciessariccs) licec’ \eeall fesel “cee! “wecr was ‘es 17.00 % Mantmnmlscceneiccss isesiees fect Miee=) \ece) Mason teen ccs) Secs) (ese 10.30 ,, LSETESS ceo ce, ste oc te T2G2e, V. Proportion of the stems and the leaves in the total yield (excluding the roots) : Stems. Leaves. WWESSti es os ES eos ce om So oo 45-61 % 61.70 % IMiiiimUmites- 0 Wac-l voce Wysceu Lench nesettese) wees mace 38.30 5, 5439 » JS EES) FP oe dan ca 41.87 ,, 58.13 » Also, the nitrogen content of the stems, the leaves, and the roots were determined. In the air-dry state. N SUSTIE tea AAG GS SCG sooo “es EER Soe etce MPa = Ce eran 1.862 % JUG Bken car 26 cee te a ce A 3543 lisp IRGOtS ecto ice ome iaeecoietcc icc destiaiassfo tess, ces) sce 2.714 », As to the manurial value of this plant, further studies are intended. On the Yield of Polygonum Tinctorium under Different Conditions, BY T. IMASEKI. Since the indigo production from Polygonum tinctorium is of some importance in Japan, studies as to the yield of this plant under different manuring conditions seemed desirable. For this purpose, cultures in two different soils were made, their ratios of lime to magnesia were altered and the effect of calcium carbonate was compared with that of gypsum and air-slaked lime. Soil A was a loamy humus soil derived from an un-manured field of our experimental farm. It contained in 100 parts of the fine-earth 1.08 % CaO and 0.78 % MgO soluble in concentrated hydrochloric acid. As the fine-earth amounted to $2.50% of the original soil, the latter contained 0.891% CaO and 0.619% MgO in an available form and the particles were of sufficiently small size. Soil B was an alluvial sandy loam from Arakawa near Tokyo, contain- ing ‘in 100 parts of the air-dry fine-earth 0.925% CaO and 1.230% MgO, and as the fine-earth amounted to $2.52% of the original soil, the figures become 0.763% CaO and 1.015% MgO. Sixty pots served for this experiment. These pots held 7.5 kilo. of the soil A and 10.5 kilo. of the soil B, this difference being due to the former soil being much lighter than the latter. In order to reach the intended ratios of CaO to MgO, the following additions were necessary :-— 126 T. Imaseki. i Soil P. No. of | eZ Soil A. Oi Pot Kind of special manures. CaO: MgO Kind of special manures. Cao :MgO 16) (Oxi zinalbsotlgeee= eee oee--e eee) eked ae Ce OCI piria |eSO0] eeeee ew eee 0.7521 1 Mt » 9 +43-1 gr. magnesite... pares »» 9, +50.6 gr. limestone ... Lee Ill. 9» 9 +50.I gr. limestone ... 29 a tte ames unas + oe] 2:1 IV. ar ateblt ete AA fis ins Pe pe an eh HS = ay 3:1 V. » +225.5 gt. gypsum ... Syoes 99 +743-3 gr. gypsum ... 3:1 A recipitated precipitated ; Wb Hm alee ee P CaCO, spat » » «+ 420.4 gr. Caco} | eee ire 3 air-slaked VUE 5 op Seige oa See » » +3928 gr." eyo VIII. eh aH Oe Nene oon 2.221 » » +1964 gr 4 » » | 1.88:1 z | IX. By SSAC TIS Fy 1.g:1 oy OSB Sy, ar ea Rem = — | Xx. olf 5s) Wai ESO erent | alse 1.6:1 seiteergnyedted Os LiBT-3 Baw Sas | 3.03 : I | The general manure applied in the beginning of May was as follows :— Per pot. ChilivealtpeterP wytss cg phe ares sab oe epee, Bee I2 grams. Monopotassium phosphate) <5 Ge_ Sec | ace" acs ces, pes she 7-5 Potassium sulphate ... .... ... 7-5 The seeds were sown May 5, and the leaves harvested July 9. After harvesting the first crop, each pot was freshly manured with 2 grams -of sodium nitrate. The second crop was harvested August 3. The amounts of the first and the second harvests are shown in the following tables (average of 3 pots) :— 2). One half of the dose was applied later, June 5. On the Yield of Polygonum Tinctorium. 127 Soil A. : First crop Second crop Sum of the first Kind of , Compara- No. of (air-dry) (air-dry) and the second |. special |CaO/MgO | pve cota us 8- 8: SEE: yield of ADULTE | Leaves. Stems. | Leaves. | Stems. Leaves. | Stems. | leaves. I | Original soil} 1.44/r | 5.83 2.63 5-24 5-89 II.07 8.52 100 II | Magnesite... 1/I 8.33 3-73 5-99 7-46 14.32 II.Ig 129 III | limestone ... 2/t 7-80 3-32 5.66 5-99 13.46 9-31 122 Iv ” 3/t 6.79 3-43 5:77 5:54 12.56 8.97 1ry V | Gypsum 3/1 8.19 3.83 7 03 7-94 15.22 11.77 137 ecipitated h yr | Pt PCaCO, 3/r 6.74 2.98 5.90 6.28 12.64 9-26 114 Vil ee 3/1 6.42 | 2.87 6.24 7-11 12.66 9.98 114 | | Vill = 2.2/1 8.05 | 3.99 6.52 7.46 14.57 II-45 132 IX » ro/t | 8.69 | 3.81 6.47 7.30 15.16 | IIE 137 x PS 1.6/1 | 9.06 | 4.92 6.48 7-26 15.54 12.18 140 Soil B. eraaior. || First crop Second crop Sum of the first Compara- No. of’ | (air-dry) (air-dry) and the second }5 1. totat ou special |Ca0/MgO ae ge ; g. crops, g. viata ee maoees: | Leaves. | Stems. | Leaves. | Stems. | Leaves. leaves. a — See Ea eS = I | Original soil) 0.75/r 6.07 3-55 4.67 5.29 10.74 100 II | limestone ... 1/t 8 05 3.80 5-80 6.14 13-85 129 WI} 2/t | 7.48 3-18 6.48 | 617 13.96 | 9-35 130 128 T. Imaseki. * Kind of | First crop Second crop Sum of the first Compara- 0. of (air-dry) (air-dry and tke second |. special | CaO/MgO! “ tive: tonal ; ar IMS 4 g- g- | Crops, g. yield of MANUS: | Leaves. | Stems. | Leaves. | Stems. | Leaves. | Stems. | leaves. IV | limestone ... | 3/1 6.86 3-cO 4.78 5.82 11.64 8.82 108 V |gypsum ... 3/1 8.07 3-57 5.92 5-67 13-99 9.24 130 ipitated VI ree CaCO, | 3/1 5-48 1.97 5-03 5.01 10.51 6.98 99 in | War) Sree 3/1 5-62 2.31 5.03 6.08 10.65 8.39 98 ie: | VIII a st) aeectayfe 6.93 2.61 6.03 6.39 12.96 g.co 121 — | =) | IX A s | 1.31/1 7-65 2.65 6.48 7.10 14-13 9-75 132 x “A 5 1.03/1 7-72 3.23 5-92 6.46 13-64 9-59 127 On glancing over the above tables, it will be noticed that she ratio of lime to magnesia in the soil has a considerable influence on the yield of Polygonum tinctorium, the ratios 1:1 and2:.1 giving better results than 3: 1, when lime is applied as carbonate or air-slaked lime. 1). With gypsum, however, also the ratio 3 : 1 yielded good results, since the availability of it does not depend on the acidity of the rootlets, but only on its small solubility in water. Hence, an increase of lime in the form of gypsum will not lead to an increased absorption by the roots. Cf. QO. Loew and K. Aso, Bul. Coll. of Agri., Tokyo, Vol. VI., No. 4. On the Most Favorable Ratio of Lime to Magnesia for the Mulberry Tree. BY M. NAKAMURA. It has been shown by various experiments carried out at the College of Agriculture of the Tokyo Imperial University that a maximum harvest depends, other things being equal, upon a certain ratio of the amount of lime to magnesia available to the roots. When both these bases are present in an equal degree of availability the most favorable ratio for cereals is Seg OSs O65 , while plants with more abundant foliage require 2-4 times more lime than magnesia. Since the mulberry tree is one of the most important agricultural plants in Japan, the export of silk from here reaching a very high figure, it is of considerable value to determine the most favorable ratio of lime to magnesia for that plant. For the experiment served the sub-soil of Nishigahara which contains, according to a former determination, 0.24% CaO and 1.96% MgO soluble in hot hydrochloric acid. Ten zinc pots received 20 kilo. of soil each, while four other pots 60 kilo. each. This soil was sifted before use through a 3 mm. sieve. The general manure consisted, for each 10 kilo. of soil, of 10 g NaNO,, 5 g Amm. phosphate and 5 g KNO,. In order to provide the ratios of CaO : MgO to be tested the following additions were necessary — CaO b (A) (3 pots) Re =20 Neaplyncesecese--- Original soil CaO I (B) (G.pots) eo — x 172 g Ca0=307.14 g CaCOs_) for each 10 kilo. C20 of soil, 2 ively, (C) (3 pots) MgO = 368 g CaO=757.14 g CaCO, RSS NE 130 M. Nakamura. CaO 3 f (D) (3 pots) MgO 1 564 g CaO=1007 g CaCO; for each 10 kilo. = of soil, al Beton velo (E) (2 pots) qigq = gS 760g C20= 1305.7 g CaCO, J Tervectively. On May 22, 1904, two young plants of the variety called Roso about I foot long were planted in each pot, and after a short time a selection was made, leaving one in each pot, all being now of nearly equal size. On May 27 the young branches were cut off. On June 7 new buds appeared in the pots (A) and (C) and on the oth in other pots, while on the 12th young leaves had developed. June 7 N B Cc D E = SS, Ee, — } —_— a cola c ale breve a bec 67 ifataae Ne; Of buds...) <-+) | "Or ) (Os sO. wih On =O) I om ©) 6 + 6? 10/4) Tommaa June 9 B Cc D E ———_ meee OO ese a c a ch) 7a. 2 ib) cc a b a b No. of buds... ... I I AN @ I I 2 I I 2 I I I I Novofiéaves-.. =.) 0 © 0 “O;g 0) 50) ho C1, FO. O50 3.0 Tae of) June 12 A c D E ee ee -_-——_—~ —_—_— e~— } a c a c f 1Ds aa ed rr ab No. of buds... ... | EQ a2 2 ae 2am Teo ZT) 32 | 2° No. of leaves... iy RS RS al Re on ailc, 3 2) 2 an 2) wes | 3: ae On the Favorable Ratio of CaO: MgO for the Mulberry Tree. 131 June 20, SEs ee a a ES | A B | e | D ae we, ———, meee i ee —_—_— | a c a b c a bec | r b Cc 2 b INovof buds! .-2 2-3. | ot 2 2 | 2 2 Lit yma? I I | 2 I 2 2 I | | | No: ofléaves... .-- || 5 6 3 | me % [ace | | Ae AG is Sh June 30 SS roOowWO08 ll lO 8 eee | A 3 eC D E ES b c a b ei a b c a b c a b | ——— = ees le a | 2 I I 2 I 2 2 T No. of buds ... =| I Debit Dine Ne 1B 2 I No. of leaves... | A b (© D E A | 1 c a b G || # b c a b c a b ae ae > a ee at |e | Fora 7 pees |e lee Gight of trunk | = leo s aon 1S (cm.) 31.8 | 29-4 | 12.7 | 26.1 | 34.2 | 28.2 |.41.5 36.7 | 24.8 | 39.4 | 29.7 | 28.8 | 33.6 | 30.9 | | | | | The average (eae) 24.6 29.5 34.3 32.6 | 32.3 No. of leaves | 12 10 8 12 14 bij || aw II 9 13 fe) ey) 3) fe) aE is - L | — = The average Io 13 Il 12 II August 3 | A | B Cc D E — |= — — —____— — —— | a b } ¢ a b c a b c a b c a b Gight of trunk | atl | He (cm.) 45-5 | 38.2 | 14.2 | 36.1 | 51-5 | 37-9 | 59-4 | 53-9 | 303 | £9-4 | 39-4 | 45-5 sis) BSH The average : (cm.) = 32.6 41.5 47-9 48.1 47:3 | No. of leaves | 19 | 12 9 I4 LO eZO eI ele 2Oi I Tot | (27 15 17 15 19 : |_ | E | The average | 13 17 19 18 17 132 M. Nakamura. September 1o. A | B c | D | Se (ea | b | c | a | b | c a |b i} & | a |b c | a | b - = —| === — ea 63.6 | 54.5 |23 6 |:58.2 | 85.8 | 69.7 | 79-7 | 90.0 | 81.2 | 73-6 | 88.5 | gt.5 | 80.9 | 88.8 i | | | | | | Th | a | € Reais | 47-2 | 71.2 83.6 84.5 | 84.9 = | | No. of leaves | 23 19 | 20 | 34 | 35 | 28 | 77 | 33 | 37 | 35 | 56 | 37 | 55 | 29 The average 21 32 49 43 42 October 20. A | B c | D | £ a I) |) © | a b tae | fa [feb te | a) c a | b Hight of trunk | (cm.) 93:9 | 78.8 | 83.3 | 100.3) 87.9 | 79.4 100.5| 118.2) 90.9 | 109.1 The average | | (cm.) No. of leaves 23 22) 8255) 38a sssiesd | 183 | The average | 23 | 41 55 51 48 | | Photographs were taken, October 25th, which are reproduced on Plate XXVI. The following table shows the relative development of branches and number of leaves, the production on the original soil being assumed to be 100: On the Favorable Ratio of CaO : MgO for the Mulberry Tree. I 1S) Us Average length. Average No. of leaves. A) Original soil ccc te ato oe 100 fore) CaO | 2 B) MgO =} see es es see | 158 178 C) » =f 179 239 D) » =r | 196 | 222 E) » =41 | 197.6 209 It will be noticed from the tables just described, that the plants in the pots D and E had the best development in regard to the height of the trunk. Regarding the number of leaves the plants in D were superior to those of E, these containing 3 leaves less. Both these sets of plants were surpassed by the plants in C as to the number of leaves, but in regard to green coloration and size of the leaves the plants D and E were superior to those of C. The result of this experiment, leaves no doubt that for the CaO). MgO tree is=3, which agrees very well with a former observation of Prof. Aso. mulberry tree the best ratio 3 i.e. the lime factor for the mulberry I BUL, IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOL, I. PLATE XXVI. EK. Dz. C. iB: A. CaO 4 “CaO 3 CaO 2 CaO ! Original McO 1 MgO 1 MgO 1 MgO 1 Soil. Are Soils Containing Less than 0.02 77 SO, Benefited by Special Manuring with Sulphates ? BY G. DAIKUHARA. . Soils containing less than 0.02 % SO, are rather frequent and since such soils occur in Japan, it has some value to decide whether sulphates would considerably increase the yields by furnishing easily assimilable sulphur for protein formation. I selected for my test three soils which gave the following numbers on analysis” : CaO. MgO P2035. SO, Tk. 0.153 % 0.092 % 0.025 % 0.016 % II 0.028 O.118 , ©.022 ,, 0.013 5, Ill. 0.033 ,; 0.035 5, 0.017 ,, ©.010 ,, No. I came from Sakamura in Hiroshima Prefecture and was a sandy loam ; No. II came also from Heira-Mura in the same Prefecture and was a clayey soil; and No. III came from Hirono-Mura in Fukushima Prefecture and was also of a clayey nature. Seventy-two zinc pots containing 13, 14 and 11 Kg soils resp. served for this experiment, three pots for each trial. The general manure per pot for these three soils was: SOdtuminitrates Seg) ae) se Fees, pees =s oes =. 01 9,, Intwwolfractions. rol x Donblejsuperphosphate>)ccg jen) -e-Niiess) ees es es. 3 or to Potassium carbonate 52 1). The analysis was carried out according Ulbricht’s method with a hydrochloric acid of 10 %, a little modified by T. Katayama. 2). Only the soluble portion of this preparation served for this experiment and contained 36.76 % P25, 0.81 % CaO and 0.83 % SOz in the original sample. I 26 G. Daikuhara,. In every case also an experiment without general manure was made in order to observe principally the effects of the sulphates added on the condi- tion of the soil, since, especially with clayey and humus soils, the effects on the soils have to be well distinguished from the effects on the plants. Gypsum, magnesium sulphate and sodium sulphate may be able to liberate potassa from hydrous silicates and render it more available to the plants. With the soil No. I and No. III the lime content was larger than the magnesia content and since barley was to be grown the manuring with magnesia might benefit the barley. In these cases the sulphate was applied in the form of crystallized magnesium sulphate. Further for sake of comparison, magnesia was also applied as magnesite with and without sodium sulphate (equivalent to MgSQ,). In the case of the soil No. II there was more magnesia present than lime, hence the sulphate applied was CaSO,.2H.O. Control pots contained either limestone or limestone and sodium sulphate. The following table will show the quantities applied per pot : Kind of Manures. | Soil No. I. Soil No. II. Soil No. III. a 2 MeSOp7HsO) cys) ecen | 1.61 gl) —- 1.30 gl) Mapnesite= is.) 922 sess: 16.51 ,, — 13.29 ,, GaSO;2HOgee ee a —-- 9.68 g*) SE(GOR ca sec Soo cto | —— 16.88 ,,2) a ” | == 22.50 ,,°) — = NaySO4.10H,O | 2.11 g 18.13 ,, 1.70 g Thirty-one seeds p. pot were sown Nov. 29, 1904 and the young plants of about 6 cm. height were reduced to 22, 17 and 21 resp. in the three different soils. The height of plants measured April 8 may be seen in the following table : 1). The MgO >lied as sulphate corresponds to 1/30 of the calculated amount of MgO as magnesite. 2). These amounts were applied to the second series of soil No. II pot (2), 1/4 of the calculated amount of CaO being applied as CaSO,.2H,0 (ef. this Bulletin Vol. I, No. 1, p. 28). 3). This amount was applied to the third series of the soil II. Are Soils Poor in SO, Benefited by Sulphates’ Soil No. I. 137 A). Without general manure.| B). With general manure. Kinds of manure. eee opplan’s > BERR CHERTS of each pot. average. of each pot. “average. cm. cm. cm. cm. a. 51.5 | 66.0 1) Nospecial mantre ... fs 56.5 53-1 66.6 65.7 c. 51.6 64.5 a. 492 690 | 2) MgS04.7H,O + | 55 51.9 an NN wees c. 480 63.6 a. 53-1 | 63.9 3) Magnesite ... vod 53-1 52.9 | 68.1 | 66.5 c. 52-5 67-5 = = — = 5 ~ a. 55-2 | 64.5 | 4) Magnesite + NasSO, 1oH20. , 52.5 sea et) eG) | 63.9 c. 46.5 | 60.6 | J Soil No. II. A’. Without general manure. | B). With general manure. IAASOE aor. : Saat plants. Height of plants. “of Ga pot. | average. of each pot. average. cm. | cm. cm. cm. — _ = ' = = a. 3-9 | 32.1 1) No special manure b. | 4:5 | l 4-4 32.4 | 32.5 c. 48 | 33.9 a. 96 | 48.0 2) Gypsum + Lime-stone b. | 9.9 | 86 51.6 48.6 Ce 6.3 | 46.2 I 38 G. Daikuhara. A). Without general manure.| B). With general manure. = Height of plants. Height of plants. Kinds of manure. | of each pot. average. of each pot. | average. | cm. | cm. cm. cm. 3 eB oe be 2 = = = (" | II.I 51.0 | 5 3) Meries tone me-= ieee mse Tersee Ueeeg oan eee The proportion of the weight of the leaves and young twigs was as follows :— Fresh state. Dry state. First leaves: snc gee leew) say Wesel =es owed cash esaees Too 109 Second! 5,0 . iscs:. was | cede lene) cams) (o¥s)) (ane Mere imlesniunns™ 203 208 Third’ 4, ase seo cab eaeiNeee lose) ssh acre aanmatans 412 399 Fourth ,, coon. fanke Weunt wasp GuBSy URSA UC Seki 0.) SMEAONammren 577 534 TWIGS ces eva ees sus) wor) Seon eh ageoe geese mmecy 717 419 Chemical composition was as follows :— Chemical Composition of Tea Leaves at Various Stages. 147 In 100 parts of fresh substance. | Leaves. \WWEGGR: AES. Cag SES cen spas 72.476 71.979 | 73-280 In 100 parts of solid matters. Leaves. | Twigs. I 2 | 3) 4 , : | Grude\protein --. -.. =... «-- 41.238 42.044 34-016 30.153 28.400 BEHEGICKSIACE) sco ee =ac) ee 6.951 7-903 11.354 11.428 8.027 INRIKGCIEXtYACE cc) cae ert eee 18.397 13.651 18.499 20.728 26.957 (Caieletlsty as oe dems con 10.872 10.895 12.253 14.748 17-079 BIEINCP sss) Ges Gs (Se) exe 3-578 3-550 | 3.232 2.570 2.146 | TIE — eee ee ECC eS 13.905 16.960 15-77 15-438 11.142 Ashes (free from C)... 2... 4.969 4.988 | 4.867 4.935 6.249 ‘Wisiall INP secg cas Gao) abo Oe 7-545 6.727 | 6.294 | 5.504 5-112 Albuminoid N... ... ... ... 6.136 5.414 | 5.056 | 4.298 3.206 BIHeIEnIN cs ces) ea see ees 0.947 | 0.939 | 0.855 0.680 0.568 | | | 5 organic matter... --. 45929 | 48.255 | 46.959 45-460 44.063 Soluble ty | inorganic matter... 4.162 4.097 4-296 | 3-124 5-680 From these results we conclude that with the development of the tea leaves, water, crude protein and theine decrease, while ether extract, crude fiber and tannin increase. Solubility shows no regular variation with the development of the tea leaves. The writer express his sincere thanks to Mr. T. Oshima who analyzed these samples of tea leaves, On the Aroma of Black Tea. BY T. KATAYAMA. It is of great importance for the manufacture of black tea, to know by what agencies its agreeable aroma is produced. The so-called fermentation of tea is attributed by some authors to microbes by others however to the enzymes of the leaves. Bamber’ denies the existance of a genuine fermentation having been unable to observe any microbe. Newton”) supposes that the flavour of black tea is dependent upon the action of an oxidizing enzym in the tea leaf, but Crole* and other authors ascribe the fermentation at least partly to the action of certain micro-organisms”. Since I had observed frequently bacilli on the rolled tea leaves undergoing the fermenting process, I was led to suppose that some rela- tions between these bacilli and chemical changes in the tea leaf might exist. Hence I tried to kill the ordinary microbes adhering to the leaves and to infect the leaves with bacilli taken from fermenting leaves. Fresh tea leaves were left in ether for 4 hours, rolled and dried as usual. The green color of these leaves not only gradually changed to brownish but also the characteristic aroma of black tea was observed after 10 hours, in spite of the odor of adhering traces of ether. This experiment shows that the aroma is not caused by any micro- 1). Agriculture and chemistry of tea. 2). On tea, a publication from India. 3). Tea, its cultivation and manufacture. 4). Aso has observed that the black color of tea is caused by the action of the oxidase of the leaves upon the tannin present (Bul. College of Agriculture, Tokyo Imp. Univ., Vol. IV, No. 4). I 50 T. Katayama. organisms. The same result was obtained when the ether was substituted by alcohol and chloroform. Also powerful antiseptics as cresol, mercurie chloride were tried Fresh tea leaves were soaked ina 4% cresol solution for 24 hours washed once with distilled water, dried in the sun and then rolled and kept compactly ina flask, The tea leaves changed gradually in color to brownish black and after 15 hours produced a distinct aroma modified however by the odor of traces of cresol remaining. Fresh tea leaves were left in a 1% HgCl, solution for 20 hours, whereby the leaves assumed a pale appearance, and washed with distilled water. When kept in a flask, the characteristic aroma of black tea was also here observed after some time, but the blackening of the leaves was here not observed. When the so-called fermentation process is allowed to go on for too long a time before drying or firing, the normal aroma produced, gradually disappears and a sour smell developes. Finally white mould appears on the leaves. However if the leaf is treated with antiseptics as above mentioned, the sour smell is not observed. These tests render it very probable that the development of aroma is due to the action of certain enzymes originally present in the leaves which produce the specific volatile oil of tea from certain compounds. This is in analogy to the flavour of tobacco which is also produced by the action of enzyms (oxidases). I have further observed that after treating tea leaves with cyanogen gas for 5 hours the aroma fails to appear. When tea leaves are repeatedly treated with ether or alcohol, the aroma fails to develop which shows that those substances which yield the aroma have been extracted by ether and alcohol, which agrees with ob- servations of Kozai”. Since Kozai, Bamber and other authors observed that black tea can not be manufactured from steamed tea leaves, I have tried the influence of 1). Bulletin College of Agriculture, Tokyo Imp. Univ., Vol. I, No. 7. On the Aroma of Black Tea. 15. various lower temperatures. The tea leaves were kept at these temperatures for an hour and after having gone through the usual process the results were as follows : 40°C good aroma. 50 » ” ” 60 ,, only a very weak aroma. 65 ,, no aroma, only a raw grassy smell. 75 » > ” eer ny) ” , 100 ,, . ” cre , This result supports my opinion, that the production of aroma is caused by a certain enzyme. As to oxidizing enzymes their presence can easily be demonstrated. When tea leaves are treated with strong alcohol until the tannin is entirely removed, and then treated with distilled water, the aqueous extract thus obtained behaves as follows : Guaiac tincture. Guaiac+ H.0O.. 40 (EUGTEY) Sag HS a Aas on blue deep blue 50 (Qa TN)® saosh Raw Res pach ea 5 @® sa deo. ((NGRPTICS) ceo! See te ee re 65 (no aroma) SS oe eS pdced e+ 75 (eee eeeecet-. faces) 2) Sno) coloration no coloration 100 (MERC Aton | 8 Oh sso 1 Fr Since the leaves kept at 65° developed no aroma but gave still the reactions for oxidase and peroxidase, it appears that other enzyms than these are concerned in the production of aroma. ROSEISERIE TUM: As Mr. Katayama having had to break off his studies on account of his departure for India and Europe, Prof. Sawamura made a further experiment upon which he reports as follows : “JT extracted 156 ¢ of fresh tea leaves with goo c.c. of absolute alcohol and 147 ¢ with 1 litre of 20% alcohol. The former extract was evaporated to dryness and the residue dissolved in water (A). The latter extract was precipitated with ether-alcohol (B). By adding the precipitate B 152 T. Katayama. containing the enzyms to the solution (A), anagreeable aroma characteristic . for the prepared tea was produced.” a This result is a further confirmation of the view, that the tea aroma is caused by the original enzyms of the leaves. But the true nature of the enzymatic process requires further study. The most probable supposition is, however, that a peculiar enzym splits a certain glycoside present in small quantities and that one constituent thus liberated yields by taking up oxygen the aroma of tea. Y. Kozat. A Disease of the Japanese Ginseng Caused by Phytophthora Cactorum (Con. et Leb.) Schrot. BY S. HORI. The Japanese ginseng (Aralia quinguefolia A. Gr. var. Ginseng Rel. et Mack.) is at present chiefly cultivated in the northern part of this country : viz.—Fukushima, Nagano, Yamagata, Tochigi, Tottori, Shimane, and Hokkaido. ‘the Dist. Shimane forms the southern limit of the ginseng culture and is celebrated for a superior article. In the beginning of the summer of 1904, samples of the diseased ginseng plant were forwarded by Mr. S. Ema, the director of the Shimane Experiment Station to our Station for examination. Microscopic examination revealed the presence of the well known parasitic fungus Phytophthora Cactorum (Cohn et Lebert) Schroter by which the disease is evidently caused. The disease is called locally Aoshz-ore (bending at the loins) or Koshi-nae (paralyzing at the loins) according to the symptoms. It is said that the disease occurs more or less in the rainy season when the moist, warm weather has continued for some time. It was further reported that the disease was unusually destructive in May 1904, the damages being estimated to be about fifty thousand Yen ($ 25,000) in the limit of a small ginseng region of the Prov. Idzumo, Dist. Shimane. I visited the Idzumo ginseng region at the end of March 1905, though the time was too early for the observation of the disease, because the ginseng plants had not yet come up above the ground. I recommended the growers to try the spraying of Bordeax mixture, the first time, as soon as the leaves unfolded, and if it becomes necessary on account of the weather, the second spraying about two weeks later. Two months afterwards, I received the reports, forwarded by friends 154 S. Hori. in the Idzumo ginseng region, that the disease had broken out towards the 24th of April and the spraying of the Bordeaux mixture was very effective as it thoroughly stopped the spreading of the disease. When I was studying the ginseng disease in the spring of 1905, I requested Prof. J. M. Van Hook, Wooster, Ohio, to send me his publication on diseases of ginseng and at the same time I sent to hima sample of the diseased ginseng which was forwarded by Mr. S. Ema, who collected it in Idzumo in May 1c¢o4. Soon afterwards he kindly furnished me his work together with the following very interesting information under the date of May 16, t905. Prof. Van Hook: writes : “T am in receipt of yours of April 17th inclosing specimen of ginseng. Permit me to thank you for the same. It was something I had never seen before. However a very strange coincidence occurred in regard to that disease. In the same mail in which your plant came, was a package from Sewisburg, Ohio containing diseased ginseng. I had just read your letter and examined the specimen you sent affected with Piytophthora Cactorum. Noticing that the plants looked similar to the one you sent, I remarked to Prof. Selby ‘“ That looks like Mr. Hori’s Phytophthora, doesn’t it?” Well, a microscopic examination revealed the disease due to Pj tophthora Cactorum. Spores measured 30—42=40—58 ». The man who sent us this material seems to think that it also killed his tobacco seedlings. We are now making a thorough investigation of the disease. It seems strange that this disease should never before have appeared here on ginseng, and then to make its appearance on exactly the day I received your letter. If your bulletin has not yet gone to press, you can add Ohio to the list of places in which it occurs on ginseng.” According to the opinion of the ginseng growers, it seems credible that the ginseng mildew had existed in the Prov. of Idzumo a long time ago, though there were some fluctuations of the outbreak, and it has been hitherto completely overlooked until 1904 when I investigated the nature of the disease. Until then there was no reliable record of the occurrence of Phytophthora Cactorum on ginseng either in Japan or in other countries. A Disease of the Japanese Ginseng. 155 According to the information of Prof. Van Hook just mentioned, Phytophthora Cactorum occurs also on American ginseng at Sewisburg, Ohio, where it was observed just one year after the discovery of the above fungus on Japanese ginseng. In connection with the above fact, another strange coincidence may be recalled, namely that the ‘‘ cucumber downy mildew,” which was first discovered by the late N, Tanaka in the vicinity of Tokio in July 1888, was discovered just one year later by Prof. Halsted in New Brunswik, New Jersey in May 1880. History OF THE GINSENG DISEASE. Frank’ was the first to describe a fungus on dying stems of Panax quinpucfolia. The fungus was iplodia panacis (Fr.) Cook, and entirely different from our fungus here mentioned, Prof. H. Garman? has noticed only that a rot destroys the wild root sometimes, without describing the fungus. In 1900, Mr. T. Hanai* gave a short description on ginseng diseases “ Koshi-nae,” “root-rot”’ and ‘“red-rot’’ in his report of our Exp. Station. His description of “ Kos/i-nae”’ disease is as follows : “Tt is a dreadful disease for the growers, the leaves and stems shrivel first, are then discolored and finally rot spreads down to the root. The disease is caused by some parasitic fungus and from its rapid infectious nature, it spreads quickly. When the leaves or stems are affected by the disease, the exposure of the upper portion of the root to the air is very advisable, otherwise the rotting would proceed to the root itself.” In 1903 Prof. G. C. Butz‘ also gave a shurt note on a disease of the American ginseng as follows : “The most serious loss may be caused by a fungus or several fungi usually present in wood soils. In consequence, a disease known as the “damping off” of seedlings and cuttings sometimes speedily attacks young ginseng plants at the surface of the soil, causing the stem to become soft and shrivel in a very short time. This disease 156 S. Hori. was found in some ginseng seedlings sent by Mr. N. B. Curstead, Olyphant Furace, Pa., in 1898, This fungus extends rapidly from plant to plant when they stand closely and ina single night may mow down an area of two or more square feet.” In 1904 Prof. Van Hook’ published his work on the diseases of ginseng, in which he described and fully illustrated the “wilt disease”” by the attack of Acrostalagmus albus Pr, and the “damping off” of seedlings by Rhizoctonia sp. Shortly afterwards he found one root-rot disease which he discovered was due to a fungus known as Thielavia basicola Zopf, and which he described and illustrated in Bulletin No. 156 of the Ohio Station. So far as I know aside from his works nothing has ever been published in regard to a scientific investigation of ginseng disease. Let us turn now to the brief history of Phytophthora Cactorum (Cohn et Lebert) Schréter. In 1870 Cohn and Lebert® discovered this fungus occurring on Cactus stems, and named it Peronospora Cactorum. As it attacks many different plants, it was found and described as a new species respectively by different authors. Schrenk’ found it on Sempervivum and gave the name P. Sempervivit. Hartig® has investigated this fungus more especially as a parasite attacking beech seedlings and gave the name P. /agz. Shortly afterwards De Bary* observed the development of this fungus growing on cultivated Sempervivui and Clarkia elegans and changed the name to Phytophthora omnivora. Finally Schroter® changed the name more properly to P#. Cactorume according to the priority of Cohn and Lebert. As host plants Saccardo" has recorded only certain kinds of Cactus, A. Fischer”, however, gives about 23 species of different plants. Berlese”™ has enumerated the following 28 species of plants as the host of Ph. Cactorum - Hab. in foliis plantarum variarum e gr. Cleomes violaceae, Fagopyri tartarici, F. marginati, Clarkiae eregantis, Schizanthi pinnati, Alonsoae caulialatae, et in plantulis (praecique in cotiledonis) Oenotherae biennis, Lepidii sativi, Salpiglossi sinuati, Epilobii rosei, vel in plantis carnosis in primis Cereo giganteo, C. speciosissimo, C. peruviano, Sempervivo OO ee A Disease of the Japanese Ginseng. 157 alvido, S. glauco, S, stenopetalo, S. tectorum, Melocacto nigroto- mentoso, vel demum in cotyledonis plantularum arborescentium non- nullarum et precique Fagi silvaticae, Aceris platanoidis, A. pseudo- platani, Fraxini excelsioris, Robiniae Pseudoacaciae, Pini silvestris, P. Laricio, P. Strobi, Laricis europeae, Abietis pectinatae etc. in Germania et in Italia. Some years ago Prof. Massee™ noticed that this fungus also attacks the cocoa pods in Trinidad and Ceylon. The occurrence, however, of Phytophthora Cactorium on ginseng plants had thus far not yet been recorded. SYMPTOMS OF THE DISEASE. The disease is favored very much by continuous wet and warm weather at the time of the opening of the leaves and spreads destructively especially after a strong storm. The outbreak of the disease in 1904 and 1905 in Idzumo ginseng region clearly illustrates this fact. During the middle and latter part of April in 1904, the weather was damp and rainy. On the 27th and 28th an outbreak of the disease was noticed in some fields, but suddenly it became severe throughout the fields in the ginseng region 5 or 6 days after a strong storm with heavy rainfall on the 1st and 2nd of May. Just at this time the ginseng plants were opening their tender leaves, which suffered much mechanical injury by the storm and were thoroughly soaked by the rain, though the plants were sheltered by a straw-thatched roof inclining toward one side, and were surrounded by a straw fence on three sides, the north side being left open. In 1905, the weather in the middle of April having been also moist, a slight outbreak of the disease was noticed at that time in some fields. But one week after a strong storm raging from the 2oth to the 22nd, it developed violently throughout the ginseng region. At the time of this last storm the ginseng leaves had not yet opened, mechanical injuries to the leaves therefore were somewhat lighter than in the previous year, while the young stems were considerably injured by the violent motions. In fact, the disease attacks the plants only in their 158 S. Hori. young stage but not after the attainment of full growth even when the conditions of the weather are favorable for the development of the fungus. The most characteristic symptom of the disease is the wilting of the leaves, as the water supply is stopped. But close observation shows that pale colored spots first appear on the blades, petioles and on certain portions of the stem, and more occasionally on the attaching point of the leaves or leaflets to the axis before the leaves entirely shrivel. The spots soon enlarge and show a softening of these attacked tissues within a few days. Since this decaying process proceeds downward to the roots, the entire plant begins to wilt and drops to the ground. When the spots on the blades however stop their spreading under certain conditions unfavorable to the fungus, they assume a light yellowish color with irregularly rounded contour, and persist in this state fora long time. Occasionally a Fusarium mould begins to grow on the axial part of the attacked leaves and on the surface of the certain portions of the stem a white or light rose colored appearance is produced Ryzomes 1-2 years old are much less damaged than when 3-5 years old ; the liability to attack increases with age. According to the information of Mr. Ema, the plants grown on well manured fields are also easily damaged. CAUSE OF THE DISEASE. As already stated, the disease is caused by the well known parasitic fungus Phytophthora Cactorum (Cohn et Lebert) Schréter whose life history and infectious nature have been carefully studied by De Bary, Hartig and others. But that the ginseng plants also can forma host for this fungus is entirely new. The fungus appears as a very delicate thin white mould almost insignific- antly on the surface of the attacked plants. The conidiophores are simple, slender, delicate, colorless, 95y in height, 7 in diameter at broadest part, pro- jecting out singly through the stomata or epidermis ; branched ones are not found among my specimens. The spores are elliptical or ovate attaining the size of 30-50=50-60/, sometimes much Jarger and of abnormal form A Disease of tne Japanese Ginseng. 159 29=85.5, and are attached singly at the broad end to the conidiophore which soon liberates the spore when matured. The latter is thin walled, contents colorless, fine granular with some small oil globules; papillated at the apex and showing a small projection at the base by which the conidiophore is attached. The spore germinates under proper conditions of moisture and gives rise to a number of zoospores. The oospores are produced in the tissues of the diseased plants. They are spherical in form, 26-28. in diameter, light brownish, thick walled; contents colorless, fine granular with some oil globules, loosely surrounded by the oogonium wall. Thus the form, size and other characters of the fungus essentially agree with the species observed in Europe. When the spores transported by wind settle accidentally on the surface of a young ginseng plant, they rapidly germinate under favorable conditions to zoospores, and thus create a new center of disease. Although the conidiospores produced on a diseased plant are but few, yet since each individual spore gives rise toa large number of zoospores by germination, extensive fields of the ginseng plant are deadly infested by this disease within a few days. As already mentioned, the spread of the disease is much increased by strong storms with heavy rain fall. The fact that the disease develops principally at the point of the leaf axis, clearly shows that this particular spot is much suited for holding the spores which may be carried there by winds or washed down from the surface of the leaves by rain. As the disease always occurs on young leaves, it seems that the full grown tissues resist the fungus though the weather may be favorable for its development. The rottening of the diseased plants seems to be accelerated by the combined action of other fungi and bacteria which act as secondary parasites. There exist several other diseases of ginseng caused by different fungi and bacteria a report on which will be given later. 160 S. Hori. PREVENTION. Though the growers of ginseng suffer annually great loss, they do not take any effective measures to prevent the disease. The only step is that they remove some soil from the upper part of the roots in the opinion that the rottening process would not spread to the roots. I have proposed to the growers to spray with Bordeaux mixture at the proper season, and indeed this treatment was a great success. The proposed Bordeaux mixture consisted of : Goppersulphate™ 220 2a) saga eee pound: @uickylie tee.) te) ee eae) eee ee spOUNGE Water ttre (sn acs ares dds 1 o54 ees Oreallons: Some growers sprayed 4 or 5 times, but experience showed that 2-3 times spraying suffices. Since the plants are sheltered by a roof and fences the sprayed mixture adheres to the plants for a long time without being washed off by rains, only heavy storms would render an additional spraying, necessary. My advise was as follows : Spray Bordeaux mixture at least 10 days before the leaves open and apply a second dose at just the time when they open. The third spraying depends upon the conditions of the weather; about 10 days after the second spraying will be convenient. 14. A Disease of the Japanese Ginseng. 161 Bibliography. Dp Saccardo, P. A.: Sylloge Fungorum Vol-dI, p. 41o, and Vol, X, p. 283. Garman, H.: Ginseng, its Nature and Culture (Kent. Agr. Exp. St. Bull., No. 78, p. 156, Nov. 1898). Hanai, T.: On the Culture and Curing of the Idzumo Ginseng. (in Japanese). (Rep. Cent. Agr. Exp. St., No. 8, p. 28-29, 1900). Butz, G. C.: An Experiment in Ginseng Culture (Pennsyl. Exp. St. Bull., No. 62, Jan. 1903). VanHook, J. M.: Diseases of Ginseng. (Cornell. Univ. Exp. St. Bull., No. 219, Jan. 1904). Cohn et Lebert: Ueber die Faule der Cactusstamme. (Cohn’s Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. I, p. 56, 1870). Schrenk: Bot. Zeitg., p. 691, 1875. Hartig, R.: Zeitschrift far Forst-und Jagdwesen, 1875. Idem: Der Buchenkeimlingspilz Phytophthora Fagi m. (Untersuch. a. d. forstbot. Inst. Miinchen. I, 1880). Idem: Lehrbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten 3 Aufl., p. 43, 1900. De Bary: Zur Kennt. der Peronospora (Bot. Zeit. n. 37-38, 1881). Idem: Beitr. zur Morphol. u. Phys. der Pilze p. 22, 1881. Schroter: Krypt. Fl. Schles., Pilze I, p. 286. Saccardo, P. A.: Syll. Fung., Vol. VII, Pars. I, p. 238. Fischer, A.: Phycomyestes (Rabenhorst’s Kryptogamen-Flora. I. Bd. IV. Abt., p. 412-413, 1892). Berlese, A. N.: Monografia delle Peronosporacee. (Rivista d. Patologia Vegetale Vol. IX, p. 36, 1902). Massee, G.: Cocoa Disease in Trinidad (Kew Bulletin, 1899). Idem: A Text-Book of Plant Diseases, p. 68-69, 1899. 162 Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. fb Y S. Hori, Explanation of figures. Pirate XXVII. Photograph of a diseased ginseng plant slightly reduced, a directly attacked part, showing the white moulded and shrivelled tissue. Spores of Phytophthora Cactorum. a. A germinated spore containing 2 zoospores. (Zeiss 4x DD.) Spore attached to the conidiophore. (Zeiss 4 x DD.) Abnormal spore. (Zeiss 4 x DD.) Oospores. (Zeiss 4 x DD.) BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXVIUi. S. Hori Photo. et det. Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals. BY S. HORI. By what manner smut fungi gain access to their respective host plants has been carefully studied by Kihn, Wolf and especially by Brefeld, but some points regarding the modes of natural infection are not yet fully understood. The present knowledge concerning the modes of natural infection by various smuts of cereals may be summarized as follows : 1. Sol iufection : smut spores which found their way into the ground, infest the young sprouts or seedlings of the host. 2. Flower infection : smut spores after being carried into the flowers of the host by wind, germinate and remain as mycoplasma in the inside of the seed. 3. Wind infection: certain smut spores or sporidia will develop not only in flowers but also on any young tissue of the plant to which they had been carried by wind. 4. Sced infection - Such kinds of smut spores which cannot be easily scattered by wird or rain, may become attached to the seed coat during thrashing. In order to observe whether spores in the soil infest the host, I have tried many experiments during the last 5 years. The smut fungi, the spores of which were used for soil infection, were Ustelago Tritict, U. Hordet, U. nuda, U. Sorghi, U. Reiliana, U. Cramert, U. Panici-miliacet, U. Maydis, Urocystis occulta and Tilletia laevis. After thoroughly mixing these with the soil, seeds of the respective host plants were sown in different intervals partly on the same day, partly after 5 or 10 days, But the results were always negative and no difference with the control plants was noticed. 164 Ss. Hori. -By these experiments it became clear that the spores in the soil do not infest the host plants, and if such a case should happen, it would be a very rare one, at least in Japan. While I was writing this article, Brefeld’s Brandpilze IV reached us in which he also reports negative results of 3 years experiments (1903-1905) in the infection of several substrata (fresh horse dung or barnyard manure mixed with soil) with the spores of wheat and barley smut. His most recent experiments show that his former opinion of an increase of the smut disease by the application of fresh horse dung is erroneous. This agrees also with my experience in Japan. It is true that the most Japanese farmers do not use fresh horse dung for wheat and barley. They use fish guano, human excreta, rice bran, and to some extent compost manure containing rice straw. Yet the damage by smut may often amount to a loss of 10-20%. Wheat and barley are sown in Japan in October-November and harvested in the following May or June. It is a peculiar phenomenon that if the seeds are sown early in the season the smut proportion- ally increases and vic. versa; this fact has been experimentally proved already. In consequence, the smut is comparatively rare on wheat and barley cultivated in the rice field, because the labour of harvesting rice, draining, plowing and drilling delays the sowing at least 1 to 1} months. That fact is undoubtedly due to the difference between the germinating temperature of the smut spore and that. of the seeds. Though the seeds are sown late in November, yet they germinate, but for germination of the smut spores adhering to the seed coat or the development of smut germs in the seed, the soil temperature is already too low, ; The fact that the occurence of the smut relatively decreases as the time of sowing becomes later and that there is no such tendency observed in summer wheat and barley, proves that the smut spores in the soil remain in an inactive condition. Another very interesting fact, which clearly proves that the spores of smut fungi present in the soil are not the active source of the natural infection, was observed some years ago with the smut of Italian millet and sorghum in the field of our Experiment Station. The seeds of the last Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals. 165 mentioned plants were introduced directly from Manchuria in 1890 and in 1904, and were sown in the field of the Station. In the autumn of the respective year, about 50% of Italian millet and 10% of sorghum were smutted. Since the smut of Italian millet (Ustz/ago Cramer?) is in Japan very rare and only known in a limited area in the province of Shinano, and since the smut of sorghum (U. Sorgz) is still rarer and as I had not yet observed the smut on Japanese sorghum, I concluded that the spores of these smut fungi must have been introduced with the seeds of the respective host plants. The second problem relates to the question whether the spores brought inside of the flowers may be infective or not. Mr. S. Nakagawa? of our former Branch Station at Matsuto (near Kanazawa city, the Prov. of Kaga) carried out an Experiment on this point early in 1897. He introduced the matured spores of U. Tritici into the flowers of wheat in the same field by means of a forceps. The infected seeds were sown in the ordinary time of the autumn of the same year. In the following year the ears, as soon as they appeared, were found to be all smutted. Similar experiments made by Mr. K. Yamada gave the same result.” Soon afterwards I obtained similar results in flower infection with U. Tyitici and U. nuda. Hence I concluded that the spores of those smuts which mature at the flowering time of the host and may be scattered easily by the wind, will be retained in the innerside of the seed and give rise to the smut disease during the next flowering time of the host plant. Moreover, the above conclusion was also proved afterwards by Brefeld® and Hecke.) The latter author has clearly shown microscopically the presence of smut germs in the form of mycoplasma in the tissue of the embryo of the seed which matured after artificial flower infection. Hence, it is now clear that at least Ustilago Tritic’, Us. nuda and Us. Hordet may naturally infest the respective host plants by the flower infection, 1). Bull. Agr. Expert. St. Nishigahara, Vol. XII, No. 4, 1898. (Japanese.) 2). Rep. Local Agr. Soc. Kioto, 1896. (Japanese.) 3). Farmers Bull. Agr. Ex. St. Nishigahara, No. 11, 1900. S. Hori, Diseases of Agr. Plants, Igor. (Japanese.) 4). Untersuch, a. d. Gesammt. d. Myk. XIII, 1905; 5). Zur Theorie d. Bliiteninfection des Getreides durch Flugbrand. (Berichte d. deutsch. Bot. Gesell. XXIII. Heft 6, s. 248. Taf. VIII, 1905.) 166 S. Hori. In regard to wind infection, Brefeld? was the first who proved it experimentally with Indian corn smut. Since the latter smut may occur on any part above ground of the host, the character is quite different from that of the other smuts of cereals. He sprayed the sporidia of the smut on the young inflorescence, leaves, growing point and air roots of the host and succeeded to produce the smut blisters on any intended part. The Indian corn smut (Us¢zlago iaidis) can therefore infest any part of the host by wind, the only example among the numerous smuts of cereals. In regard to the fourth question, whether the spores of smut fungi attached to the seed coat of the host plants are infective or not, I have tried many experiments, some of which have not yet been finished. The smut fungi used for seed infection were U. Tritic’, U. nuda, U. Hordei, U. Rei- liana, U. Crameri, U. Panici-miliacet, Tilletia laevis, and Urocystis acculta. All the seeds used in the experiments were disinfected by the hot water treatment”? before the spore infection was carried out. That this hot water treatment prevents thoroughly the smuts above enumerated has been experimentally proved here already. The disinfected seeds, after being a little moistened with distilled water, were thoroughly mixed with the smut spores until the surface became brownish, and were directly sown in the usual manner at the proper season. In spite of numerous trials, the seed infections with the spores of U. Tritici, U. nuda, U. Hordeiand U. Keiliana yielded always negative results, while on the contrary the experiments with the spores of the following smut fungi always yielded positive results. The details will be described below. I. Infection of Italian millet (Setaréa ttalica var. germanica) with Ustilago Crameri. A. Experiment in 1896.” On account of the absence of smut on the Italian millet in the vicinity 1). Untersuch. a. d. Gesammt. d. Mykologie, XI, 1895. 2). The seeds after being soaked for 7 hours in cold water were kept some minutes in water of 50°C and then immersed for 5 minutes in water of 55°C. 3). Bull. Expert. Station, Nishigahara, Vol. XI, No. I. (In Japanese.) EE —— Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals. 167 of Tokio, seed (var. Vase) from a field, in the Prov. of Nagano about 100 miles north west from Tokio, where the smut had caused much injury in the previous year, were used for the experiment. Before sowing the seed, the latter was tested by the following method to see whether smut spores were attached to the seed coat or not. Ten grains were thoroughly washed with distilled water which was then evaporated. Thirty-eight spores were thus observed under the microscope. This proved clearly that the smut spores became attached to the seed coat by careless thrashing in the presence of smutted ears. On July 2 this seed was sown in a plot of 108 square feet and at the same time a variety of A#7ta raised on our Station field also was sown in a check plot. At the harvesting time, September 25, 144 ears of MWase were observed smutted, while no smut at all was on Axzta. Oe Bb. Experiment in 1897.” The smutted ears collected in the plot of the infection experiment carried on the previous year and preserved in a paper pocket, were gently ground in a mortar to break up the spore masses and the latter were then mixed with moistened seeds of [Vase and Axita millet. These seeds were sown July ro and the plants harvested October 1. The result was as follows : Area of a No. of the No. of the Percentage of Variety. Remarks. | healthy smutted the smutted plot. ears. ears. ears. : ixed with th 5 Wase I TL emiab spOeE 216 sq. ft. 247 1234 | 83.3 » 2 a 3245 55 386 1851 82.7 | elle , | ; 116 459 | 87.4 | Wase check | . 1394 80 5-4 Akita : 758 ° QO 1). Bull. Expt. St. Nishigahara, Vol. XIII, No. I. (In Japanese.) 168 8S. Hori. C. Experiment in 1898.” The experiment carried on the previous year was repeated with the seeds of Wase-and Akita millet. The seeds were sown July 5 and the plants harvested September 21. The result was as follows : Area of a Percentage of Variety. | Remarks. Sound ears. | Smutted ears. | the smutted | plot. ears. 7 mixed with the 108 = Wate | smut spores 374 374 ADs Akita | ” ” 304 266 46.6 Wase check = 311 9 2.8 Akita 2 » 386 12 3.0 } In this year the smut not only appeared to a small extent on the check plot of both Wase and Az:ta millet, but it was found also on some other varieties of millet in the experiment field {20 varieties were cultivated) on which the smut had not been observed before. But it was soon discovered that this unexpected result was due to negligence since the mats and implements which had been used for harvesting and thrashing the infected millet of the year before, had been used without previous disinfection. For determing exactly the percentage of the smutted ears produced by the spore infection in the plot, the thinning process was not carried out. On this account, the growth of the millet plants was very irregular, most of which beared no seeds. Moreover, the smut being concealed entirely in the inside of the seed coat for a long time, it requires the greatest care and experience to recognize smutted ears especially when unripe. This difficulty was the cause of the smutted ears being thrashed together with sound ones. Conclusion : By the results obtained during the last 4 years it was therefore decidedly proven that the smut of Italian millet is produced by 1). Bull. Expt, Station, Vol. XV, No. I, Nishigahara, 1899 (Japanese). a Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals. 169 the spores adhering to the seed coat, where they have been carried by uncautious treatment in harvesting and thrashing or to some extent by the wind while the plants are standing in the field. II. Infection of wheat with 77d/eti lacuzs. A. Experiment in 1898.) Bunt or Stinking smut of wheat caused by 7zd/etia Tritici or T. laevis is entirely absent in the vicinity of Tokio, but it may occur to a small extent in some localities of Japan. The smut for my infection experiments was obtained 2 years ago (Feb. 1896) from a grower in the Prov. of Shinano and was preserved in the herbarium in a paper pocket. The smutted grains were carefully ground ina mortar to break up the spore masses and the spores were then mixed with moistened seeds of wheat (d’Australie). These seeds were sown October 31 and the plants harvested June g in the following year. The result was as follows: Remarks. | No. of seeds sown. Area of a plot. No. of smetted ears. —— Seeds mixed with spores ... 3060 324 sq. ft. 430 (CINBES ooh tod ped “og, Kec a A » (0) Further the number of diseased plants was examined in order ‘to show how many seeds are infected and how many ears were produced from the infected seeds. The result was as follows : No. of seed sown = : No. of ears produced from infected No. of actually | Percentage of in- 164 grains. . . > mixed with the ees — spores. infested seeds. fected seeds. Sentted: | Sound: 3000 164 5-46 430 55 1). Bull. Expt. St. Nishigahara tgot, No. XVIII (Japanese). Bb. Experiment in 1904. The smutted grains for these experiments were obtained from. the Breeding Farm in the Prov. of Shimosa belonging to the Imperial Court. The original seeds (/‘shzia) came from the Prov. of Idzumo in 1903, which had suffered great damages by the smut. Repeated experiments showed that the most spores of the smut had lost their germinating power. The wheat grains raised in our Station field were nevertheless mixed with these spores and sown Nov. 1. The wheat was harvested June 15, 1905 with the following result : Remarks. | Area of a plot. Number of smutted ear. = 2 See ae: = = | Seeds mixed with spores | 324 sq. ft. g2 Check > | The comparatively small number of the smutted ears clearly shows that the smut spores for the most part had lost their infective power owing to an uncautious preservation of the sample. But nevertheless the result agrees as a whole with that of the previous experiments. C. Experiment in 1905. The smutted grains produced in the plot of the previous infection experiment and preserved in a paper pocket, were carefully ground and mixed with moistened wheat grains (/*u/¢s). These seeds were sown October 27, 1905 and the plants harvested June 8, 1905. The result was as follows : Remarks. Area of a plot. Number of smutted ear. T | Seeds mixed with spores... ... ... | 324 sq. ft. 827 Check | From the results obtained in the last 3 years we may conclude the following : Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals. 171 1. Stinking smut of wheat is produced by the spores adhering to the seed coats. Uncautious thrashing is the only possible way by which the spores reach these spots. 2. Three years old spores still possess infective power. 3. Infected grain produces mostly smutted ears, but often healthy ears are also found among them. III. Infection of Wheat with Urocystis occulta, Rabenh. A. Experiment in 1898. The smut produced by the attack of Urocystis occulta being most abundant on rye is commonly known as rye smut or Roggenstengelbrand, but this smut also occurs occasionally on oats and barley in Europe and has been found according to Wolf on wheat in Australia. In Japan I first observed this smut on wheat in the vicinity of Oita in Kiushu in 1895. Since then it has also been found in several other localities on wheat, but not yet on barley, oats or rye. The latter two kinds of cereals, however, are seldom cultivated in Japan. The most noticeable outbreak of this smut on wheat was observed in 1808 in a field in the Prov. of Kai where all plants of an area of about 14 of an acre were entirely destroyed before flowering time. But such great damage to wheat is thus far an exceptional case. The smut spores for my infection experiments were obtained from the smutted wheat just mentioned, by slightly shaking the plants. The spores were then mixed with the moistened grains (d’ Australie) which were sown October 30. The plants were harvested June 6 in the following year. The result was as follows : Remarks. Number of seeds sown. Number of smutted plants. Seeds mixed with the spores. ... ... 3000 1347 CHESS cos (ea ese Geo cee Gon Oe ” ) a —__ Ene 1). Bull. Nishigahara Expt. St. No. XVIII, rgor (Japanese). =. Hori. — NSN tN 0 Furthur it was noted how many plants were smutted, showing the number of the actually infested seeds. The result was as follows : No. of plants produced from the No. of seeds produced the actually infested seeds. No. of seed sown. SEU SEN EU Smutted. Healthy. 3000 440 1347 | 1042 B. Experiment in 1899. The smutted plants produced in the plot of the previous infection experiment and preserved in a paper pocket, served in the same way for the following experiment. The infected seeds were sown October 31 and the plants harvested June 30 in the following year with the following result : Remarks. Number of seeds sown. | Number of smutted plants. Seeds mixed with the spores... ... 3000 | 1534 Gheck Ae gestae, cect Reutmraee, eo x ° How many seeds sown produced smutted plants is seen from the following table+ No. of plants produced from the No. of seeds produced the actually infested seeds. No. of seeds sown. Se FET is = Bauitedialants Smutted. Healthy. 3005 504 1534 1256 Conclusion : Yhese two years experiments decidedly prove that the smut is produced by the spores of Uvrocystis occulta adhering to the seed coat whither they have been carried by careless thrashing. But it may be possible to some extent, that the matured spores, being easily scattered by winds, could also reach the innerside of the flowers and thus may be kept until thrashing time. Infected grains produced both smutted and healthy plants nearly in the ratio of 3 : 2 without reducing the power of off-shooting. Seed Infection by Smut Fangi of Cereals. 173 IV. Infection of Millet (Panicum Meliaceum) with Ustilago Panict-miliacei (Pers.) Winter. A. Experiment in 1899.” In August 1898, a farmer in the Prov. of Tokachi, Hokkaido sent to our Station some specimens of millet smut which year after year had caused great damage leading sometimes to the entire loss of a harvest, and asked for a proper method of prevention. Until then millet smut had never been reported, though millet is commonly cultivated throughout Japan. But according to recent researches, it becomes clear that millet smut is restricted to Hokkaido and to some localities of Mutsu, the northernmost province of Hondo (Main island) of Japan. The specimens received astonished us, and led us to a series of experiments in 1899. The smutted panicles were carefully ground and then mixed with the millet seeds raised in our Station field. The seeds were sown July 10 and the plants harvested August 23. ‘The result was: Remarks. Area of a plot. No. of smutted plants. Seeds mixed with spores... ... ... 288 sq. ft. 567 (Clasele tua, gee gee: dicco, Became eg ee F * ” o The appearance of smutted panicles closely resemble that of Sorghum smut (U. Rez/iana), but the difference is that the smutted panicles covering the shinning white membrane, are concealed for a longer time between the green leaves and that the infested plants remain of a greenish color, while the healthy plants become yellowish in ripening. When the main panicle was smutted, the secondary panicles, beginning to grow from the lower leaf-axis, were all found smutted too. 1). Bull. Nishigahara Expt. St. No. XVIII, p. ro, rg01 (Japanese). B. Experiment in 1900. Smutted panicles from the previous infection experiment, served now for the next experiment. The seeds were sown July 6 and the plants harvested August 20. The result was: Remarks. Area of a plot. No. of smutted panicles. Seeds mixed with spores... ... «.. 360 sq. ft. -A75r Check occ «3reo (Gc oe HS Bay oot A - ° not counted Conclusion: By these three years experiments it becomes evident that the millet smut is produced by the spores of Ustilago Panici- miliacet adhering to the seed coat whither they have been carried by careless thrashing. This was clearly proved also by the following facts. The millet in central and southern Hondo is commonly harvest- ed by cutting the ripened, healthy panicles only, so that there is no occasion for the smut spore adhering to the seed coat in thrashing. In Hokkaido, however, the entire millet plants are cut near the ground regard- less of disease and then thrashed; thus the smut spores of the smutted panicles, can adhere to the seed coat. Hence the real cause of millet smut being restricted to Hokkaido is clear. Seed Infection by Smut Fungi of Cereals, 175 In 1902, Mr. Y. Takahashi! of the Hokkaido Agricultural Experiment Station in Sapporo, carried out also such infection experiments with the millet seeds and smutted panicles also obtained from the Prov. of Tokachi. The result of his experiment was : Remarks, | Area of a plot. No. of smutted plants. (okachi milletiseeds: «-. <.: <2 ..: 360 Imig, lie Cah Ae Sot, Gh it, > Oa (1902). Hab. In Japan, on Phajus grandrorus (kwakuran), Gardenia florida, coffee, Asparagus plumosus, etc. 42. Lecaniuin kunoensis N. Sp. (P1. XXXII, Fig. 59-66). Q Adult:—Diameter, about 5 mm. (the largest); globose, with many small pits shiny chestnut in color. Antennae are composed of seven segments, third segment the longest, almost equal to found fifth, sixth and seventh segment together. Legs sub- equal ; temur and tibia subequal in length; tarsus less than one half of the length of tibia ; claw short stout. Anal plate small. Hab. In Japan, on Rhamnus japonicus (Kuro-ume-modoki), Prunus muite (ume), Pirus sinensis (Nashi) etc. Type in the entmological collection of the Imp. Agr. Exp. Sta. 43. Lecanium glandi N. Sp. (Pl. XXXIIL Figs. 67-74). Q Adult:—Length about 15 mm. (the largest), width about 12 mm., hight about ro mm.; subglobose in form; derm apparently thick; shiny chestnut brown in color, with many small shallow depressions; sloping posteriorly ; and anal cleft very deep. Antennae are composed of eight segments ; third segment the longest; others subequal. Legs rather short and weak ; tarsus much shorter than tibia, claw stout and slightly curved anal plates normal. Hab. In Japan, on apple, pear and other trees. Type in the entomological collection of the Imperial Agricultural Experiment Station. 44. Lecunium takachihoi (Kuw.). Lecanium (Eulecanium) takachihoi Kuw., Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci., (3), iii, p. 63 (1902). Hab. In Japan, on chestnut. 192 S. 1. Kuwana. 45. Lecanium oleae (Bern.). Chermer oleae Bern:, Mem. d’Hist. Nat. Acad., Marseille, p. 108 (1782), Coccus oleae Oliv., Ency. Meth., vi, p. 95 (1791). Lecanium oleae Walk., Cat. Br. Mus., Hom., p. 1070 (1852). Saissetia oleae CkIl., The Ent. Student, ii, p. 31 (1901). Lecanium (Saiesetia) oleae Kuw., Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci., (3), iii; p. 64 (1902). Hab. In Japan, on cztras. 46. Lecanium hesperiaum (L.). Coccus hesperidum Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x, i, p. 455 (1758). 4 Geoff., Abr. Ins., i, p. 505 (1762). Calypticus __,, Costa, Faun, Reg. Nap., Cocc., p. 8 (1835)- Chermes Calymmatus ,, Costa, Nuov. Osserve., p. 22 (1835). Lecanium ,, Burm., Handb. Ent., ii, p. 69 (1835). ‘5 3 Kuw., Pr. Cal. Ac. Sci., (3). iii, p. 64, (1902). Hab. In Japan, on Adutz/on sp., Nertum odorunt (Kyochikuto), /asmz- num sp., Cycas revoluta (Sotetsu), Lriobotrva japonica (Biwa), Cercis chinensis (Hana-zuo), Aegle sepiaria. 47. Lecanium nishigaharae N. Sp. (Pl. XXXIII, Figs. 75-81). Q Adult:—Length 7 mm., width 6 mm., hight 3 mm; nearly hemispherical in form, with many transverse wrinkles and one or more longi- tudinal ridges on dorsum, Antennae are composed of eight segments ; third segment the longest ; formula; 3, 4, 2, 1, 8, 5, 6, 7- Legs subequal, well developed ; tibia very much longer than tarsus. Anal plates usual. Kirst larval stage:—Length 855 yp, width 475 4; oval in form. Antennae have seven segments ; third segment the longest; formula: 3, 7, 2s say bet Os Hab. In Japan, on mulberry tree. This species is very closely allied to Lecanium mori sign., but the following characteristics distinguish these two species : A Synoptical List of Coccidae of Japan, 193 Lecanium mori sign. Lecanium nishigaharae. 1. Antennae are composed of 7 t. Antennae are composed of 8 segments. segments. 2. Tibia and tarsus are sub- 2. Tibia is very much longer equal. than tarsus. 3. Larval antennae are com- 3. Larval antennae are composed posed of 6 segments. of 7 segments. Hab. In Japan, on mulberry. Type in the entmological collection of the Imperial Agricultural Experiment Station. 48. Lecanium frontale (Green). Lecanium frontale Green, Coccidae of Cylon, vol. iii, p. 192 (1904). Hab. In Japan, on Palm. 49. Lecanium tessellatum (Sign). Lecanium tessellatum sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., (5), iii, p. gor (1873). Coccus 3 Kirkaldy, Faun. Haw., iii, pl. 2, p. 106 (1g02). Eucalymaatus ,, Ckll., Ann. Mag. N.H., (7), ix, p. 453. Hab. In Japan, on Palm. Subfamily Diaspinae. Genus Asprbior1us BoucHE. 50. » », euonymi Ckll. 29. e proteus virescens Mask. 204 S. lL Kuwana. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PratTE XXVIII. Icerya Okadze. Female with host (Latral aspect). ee PA (Dorsal aspect). x6 Antennae of female. Zn SAAS Leg of female. Z. 2X AA, Spiny hairs and round pits of dorsal aspect of female. 1h SSSI NN » Zs Vi GEs Pit of dorsal aspect of female. Zs 30E: First larval stage. Z. 3X AA. Antennae of first larval stage. Z. 3Xxe Leg of the same. PrateE X XIX. Cerococcus muratae. Scales on host. Natural size. Scale 55 Posterior end of the body of female. Z;., See Antennae of female. Zi 356 Larva. Z. “3 caas Antennae of larva. Z. TS@es Leg of larva. Ze Karmes vastus. Adult female. Natural size. ” x5 Antennae of the same. Z,) Leis Leg of the same. Z. Tee 40. Al. A Synoptical List of Coccidae of Japan. Kermes miyasakii. Adult females on host. Female. Antennae of the same. Leg of the same. Antennae of larva. Leg of the same. Abdominal end of the same. PLATE, XXX. Eriococcus lagerstroemiae. Females on host. Antennae of female. Leg of the same. Abdomiral end of the same. Dorsal spines of the same. Dactylopius takae. Females with host, Female. Antennae of the same, Leg of the same. . Tarsal segment. Abdominal end of female. PLATE. XXXI. Ripersia Japonica. Antennae of adult female. Leg of the same. Last abdominal segment of the same. Natural size. EP SIC 6 1X5 IX¢C, BRE Natural size. Enlarged, Te XIG: 3X AA. 2X1G; o SSCs 206 S. 1. Kuwana. Ripersia oryzae. Fig. 42. Females with rice stab. Natural size, » 43. Female with youngs. Enlarged. . 44. Female Zn TAA 9 45. Abdominal end of the same. Zot Es * 46. Antennae of the same. Za (lees * 47. Leg of the same. Z. TOES Aclerda biwakoensis. Fig. 48. Females with host. Natural size. 3 49. Female X15 5 50. Abdominal end of the same. Enlarged. ” 5 I. ” ” % 52. Spines of lateral aspect of the abdominal end. Z. 4XD. 0 53- Spines of lateral aspect of the body. Z. 4XD. a 54. Marking of dorsal aspect of the female. Z. ADE PLaLeE. XXXII. Pulvinaria kuwacola. Fig. 55. Females on host. Natural size. 55 56. Spines at the lateral incision. Zeus . 57. Antennae of female. Zs MexiGe Fe 58. Leg of the same. Zi sts Lecanium Kunoensis. Fig. 59. Females on host. about x2 i Joy 5 Natural size. 7 61. Antennae of female. Z. Ris » 62. Leg of the same. Z. DAB + 13. Lateral spines of female. Zo TSG » 64. Triangular plate of the same. Z., Hiei Fig. 65. 66. 70. A Synoptical List of Coccidae of Japan. Marking of dorsal aspect of female. Marking of ventral aspect of female. Piate, XXXIII. Lecanium glandi. Adult female. The same. Antennae of the same. Leg of the same. 70. a Tarsus of the same. Spines of marginal incision. Spines of abdominal end of the body of female. Marking of skin of female. Triangular plates of female. Lecanium nishigaharae. Females on host. Female. Antennae of the same’ Leg of the same. Spines of marginal incision. Triangular plates of female. Marking of skin of female. Natural size. Z Z Z Zs Ze Z. x5 DSCs PAGAN. AGE: 4XE. 3X AA. I XE. Enlarged. Natural size. Sit {aiey - oO ud Ya wohouredd sa Wid Jectngan eh Z, *- BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXVIII. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXIX S. I. Kuwana & S. Lanaka del. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL, I. PLATE XXX. S. I. Kuwana & 8. Tanaka del. fat is ware is ’ \ BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPL. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXXI. S. I. Kwrana & S. Tanaka del. BUL, IMP. GENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXXII. S. I. Kuwana & S. Tanaka del. BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPY. STAT. VOL. 1, PLALE XXXITI, Coccide of Japan, Il. A New Xylococcus in Japan. a S. I. Kuwana. XybLococcus MarsumMuraE N. sp. (Plate XXXIV, Figs. 1—13.) Figg :-—Length 133 v., width 153 #, regularly oval in outline; shiny and of light arange color with two black spots near the anterior extremity. Newly hatched larva :—Length 189 »., width 117 p., across broadest part of the abdomen. Elliptical in form, slightly narrower anteriorly ; the posterior end of the abdomen broadly round; segmentation distinct. Color light yellowish orange, the eyes dark purplish and very prominent. Anten- nae and legs very large, well formed. Antennae: Comparatively large, composed of seven segments ; length about 91 #.; segment 1 stoutest and broadest; segment 2 longest, but only slightly longer than 4 or 6; segment 5 shortest, and segment 3 and 7 sube- qual to 5 ; segments 6 and 7 bear a few fine hairs. LI-g: Well developed; femur very large; tibia longer than tarsus; claw strong, sl'ghtly curved; digitules of tarsus long and fine hairs, longer than that of claw. Mouth parts: Very large, well chitinized; rostrum large, two seg- ments ; rostral loop very long. Abdomen: Composed of nine segments; last segment bears two long and two short spiny hairs. Adult female -—Length, about 4.5 mm., width about 2mm. _ Ellipti- cal in form, with anterior end slightly narrow, very prompt, distinctly seg- 210 S. I. Kuwana. mented. Color when living reddish brown; antennae and legs light brown. Antennae and legs are well developed but mouth parts are wanting. Antenna: Length about 1 mm.; composed of 10 segments ; segment 1 longest and broadest ; next in length is 3, and then 2; segments 8,9 and Io subequal and shortest ; formula; 1, 3, 2, 4, (5, 6, 7), (8, 9, 10); each segment bears a few spiny hairs. [eg : Large and stout; three pairs alike; trochanter usual triangular in form, bears a long spiny hair ; femur slightly longer than tibia; tibia much longer than tarsus; tarsal segment bears scalely marking as shown in the figure, a few spiny hairs on the inner margin; claw short and stout, slightly curved ; tarsal digitules long, fine hairs, those of claw short and stout. Abdominal end without hair; anal tube indistinct. The body is covered with many minute hairs, and many small round pores are scattered all over the surface of the body. Quite active, but when ready to deposit eggs, crawls into some crevice or crack of bark and produces a cottony cushion on which the female rests and secretes a considerable amount of white cottony substance over its entire body. Adult male :—Length about 2 mm., length of wings 1.5 mm., width of thorax about r mm. Abdomen brownish orange in color, thorax black, front of head dark, eyes dusky. Eye: Large, prominent, facetted. Antennae: Length about 2 mm.; slender; hairy; Composed of 9 seg- ments; segment I shortest and stoutest, other segments subegual and deep- ly incised between segments ; each segment bears a few fine hairs, while the last segment bears four prominent knobed hairs. Leg: Three pairs of legs are subequal, slender, hairy; tibia more than three times as long as tarsus; tarsus bears scalely marking, bears many strong spines in the inner margin; claw short and stout, slightly curved; digitules normal. Wing: Cinereous, the costal space fuliginous, the veins blackish brown, a streak near the descoidal vein in front and a narrow oblique streak behind the vein, colorless. The surface of wing irregularly reticulated. A New Xylococcus from Japan. 211 Haltere: Large, club-shaped; bearing fine stout hooks at the apex which are curved and enlarged at the tip. Abdomen: Spindle in shape; style short, but comparatively stout, slightly curved; sexual organ very large. On the dorsal aspect of eighth segment there is a large hump on which are ten prominent tubes through which a white, silverly, waxy substance is secreted, which forms long threa- ‘ds, exceeding the abdomen in length. Habitat :—The writer collected this species on the bark of trunk of pine-tree (matsu), at Sugamo, Tokyo, Japan, on May 20th 1993. This new species of Xylococcus was carefully compared by the writer with other known species, but the shape of antennae of newly hatched larva and that of female are quite different from any of them. ‘The shape of style of male is also remarkably different from the known species, hence the writer feels justified describing this Japanese insect as a new species. Type in the entomological collection of the Imp. Agr. Exp. Sta. Three species of the genus Xylococcus have been heretofore known, as they are recorded as coming from the following locaiities: I. Xylococcus betulae Perg. Lake Surperior, U. S. A. on birch. 2. Xylococcus feliferus Loew. Australia. on Tilia earopoea. T. grandifolia. 3. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. California, U.S. A. on Quercus chrysalepis. Biblegraphy of the Genus Nylococcus. Xylococcus betulae Perg. 1898. Pergande,—Bul. 18, N.S., U.S. Dept. Agr., PP. 18-19. Xylococcus filiferus Leow. 1882. Leow,—Verh, z. b. Ges. Wien, pp. 271-274. 1882. Sign.—Bul, Soc. Ent. Fr., (6). ii, p. CLXXV. 1890. Maskell,—Ent. Mon. Mag., XXVI, P. 278. 1898. Hubbard,—Bul, 18, N.S., U.S. Dept. Ag., P. 17. Xylococcus quercus Ehrh. 1900. Ehrh—Candian Entomologist xxxiii, p. 311. tN = iS) Ss. I. Kuwana,. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. Xyitococcus MarsumuraE N. Sp. Hog. WZ NAS’ ~ D ’ histogenesis of imaginal organs from imaginal discs or histoblasts, processes. as yet but imperfectly understood. (Diptera: a considerable study of these processes has been made in the more specialized insects like the Diptera). 1. GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE LIFE-HISTORY AND Hapits. The elm bark-louse (Gossypervia ulini) has been found upon both Ameri- can and cork elm trees on Leland Stanford Jr. University campus. The trees, especialty the American elms were badly infested. This has given me an opportunity to make the following studies concerning the life history and habits of the insect. The adult female produces a large number of young, from the beginning of June to about the middle of August. After the young have appeared the female becomes dry and dies, The young are very minute objects, yellowish in color, and very active; as soon as they come out from the waxy cushion they crawl about on the tree. In a short time they molt and then go up to the small twigs and leaves, and are usually found on the underside of the leaves, near the middle veins ; some- times they are found on the upperside. Before the leaves fall they return to- the twigs and large branches, or the trunk, otherwise they would fall to the ——— ————— Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia ulmi Geoff. 215 ground with the leaves and perish. Later in the season they are to be found in great numbers in the cracks of the bark and in the joints and around the dead scales where they have settled themselves to pass the winter. The insects are more abundant near the middle portion of the tree, on the underside of the branches, and in sheltered places, and less on the tips or on the younger branches. The cracks in the bark of an old trunk are often full of dead insects. This insect, like other scale insects insert its long slender beak or buccle setae into the plant tissue and sucks the sap, and is one of the worst pests of the elm trees. During the winter the larvae fasten themselves to the plants, being thinly covered with a white wax. ‘They are inactive in cold weather, but on warm days, they may be seen crawling about. In the laboratory, they move about quite freely all winter. The larvae reach the mature stage in the latter part of January. The first cocoons were found January 27, in the breeding cage; two days latter a number of coccons were found on the underside of the limbs of some of the infested trees. Three days after the cocoons were seen, a grayish white projection was found at one end. This was the cast off skin of the larva, which had now changed to pupa. On February 2nd. the undersides of the limbes and branches were covered with white cocoons, which, from a short distance, gave them a snow white appearance. The pupal stage lasts from seven to ten days. The adults first appear- ed on February roth. Some of them had short thick wings, others had wings which covered three or four abdominal segments, while others had long transparant wings. The body was dark reddish and the antennae and legs pale. They were very active, but none of them, not even the long winged ones, had power to fly. The short winged ones predominated. Some had two long caudal filaments, while others had none. The females and males mature at the same time, but the females do not make cocoons; they simply cast off their old, gray, waxy skin, which splits at the dorsal line. They are quite as active as the males. After copulation takes place, they move about for a while and then settle in a crack or on the underside of the large branches. The males soon disappear. The female 216 S. I. Kuwana. remains permanently fixed to the bark, secrets honey dew, increases in size, and becomes surrounded by a white marginal ring which consists of a white waxy material secreted by the developing insect. This waxy material arches over the back of the insect to which it is finally attached and curles in- wards. When a female is taken out from the cushion it seems to be a lifeless object, like a barly grain in shape, smooth, shiny, dark reddish on the dorsal aspect, and pale on the posterior extremity, while the ventral aspect is slight- ly covered with white wax. When turned over the feet move feebly, The young are born during the summer months and the life cycle is complete. The manner of copulation—When the insects have arrived to the mature stages, which is in February and March, they are quite active, roam- ing about on the branches. The male mounts the back of the female with its head in the same direction, bends its back a little, and also its long, bristle-like, genital appendages, towards the caudal extremity of the abdo- men of the female and at the same time the abdominal segments of the female move rapidly up and down, and copulation takes place. This is usy- ally accomplished in about ten minutes. The male lives only a short time after copulation; the female crawls about for a while, and finally settles in the cracks of the bark, on the trunk or large branches. 2. Posr Empryonic DrvELOpMENT FEMALE. Larva (First stage).—The larva at birth is oval, flat, transparent, and yellowish in color; its length is about, 0.4 mm. and width about 0.15 mm.; the margin is finished with strong spines. The body consists of thirteen segments, not distincly grouped into body regions. The skin shows hexago- nal marking, and there are four rows of spines on the dorsal aspects. Head :—The head is so flattened that the frontal portion is completely turned under, and appears as though it were a part of the ventral aspect. The dorsal aspect is somewhat crescent-shaped, with the anterior margin regularly curved, and the posterior end broadly jointed at the thorax. There are six marginal spines, on each side, and a row of four spines bet- ween the antennae. Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia ulmi Geoff, 217 The eyes are situated on the margin, at the extreme outer angles of the head, just behind the antennae; and are reddish in color. The clypus is an elongated triangle with the anterior margin straight and the sides very convex. The antennae are composed of seven joints. The first is short and stout, the second longer but more slender, the third more than twice as long as the second and longest of all, the forth, fifth and sixth are about equal in size, the seventh longer than the sixth and tapering towards the extremity, and somewhat irregular in outline. All segments have several prominent hairs. The length of the antennae is about 0.09 mm. The labium, or beak is triangular in form, and consist of two segments. The sides of the labium are turned upward and inward, becoming almost united at the dorsal aspect so as to form a flattened conical sheath through which the buccal setae are thrust. The free tapering end is finished with a few spiny hairs. The buccal setae are four in number, enlarged at the basal end, and more than twice as long as the whole length of the body. The chitinous framework of the mouth-parts in this stage shows a more prominent condition than in the adult female; the essential parts are the same, but in the adult female they are more strongly chitinized. Thorax :—The thorax is very large, being the widest part of the body, and occupies more than one third of the entire length of the insect. The prothorax is smaller than the mesothorax, narrowing at the anterior end up to the head. The suture between the head and prothorax is indistinct but there is a slight constriction. There are three strong marginal spines on each side, and four on the dorsal aspects, the two middle ones being larger than the outer two. The mesothorax is the largest segment of the thorax, wider than long, tapering slightly at both ends, with three marginal spines and four dorsal spines as in the prothorax. The metathorax is smaller than the mesothorax, but larger than the prothorax, two marginal spines on each side, and four dorsal spines as in the mesothorax. The legs are attached near the lateral margin of the thoracic segments. 218 Ss. I. Kuwana. They are equal in size and similar in structure, being rather stout and short. The coxa is large, and thick, a little longer than wide; the trachanter isa small triangular piece so closely united with the femur that it appears to be a part of the latter; the femur is the largest segment, wider than the tibia, tapering at both extremities; the tibia is less than one half the length of the femur and more slender; the ‘tarsus consists of a single segment longer than the tibia, tapering toward the free end, and bears a pointed claw and four knobbed hairs. The spiracles are four in number and simple. The anterior pair are situated on the ventral aspect of the prothorax, a short distance from the front legs; the second pair are located between mesothorax and metathorax. They are surrounded by a kidney shaped chitinous piece. A bdojnexr :—The abdomen is composed of nine segments, tapering to- ward the free end; the first eight segments are alike except in size, the last or ninth is greatly modified being prolonged backwards at the sides; the posterior margin bears two long filaments and a few spines. Each abdominal segment has a strong marginal spine on each side and four on the dorsal as- pect. The middle spines of the dorsal aspect on the first three abdominal segments are large and the others small. The spines on the side are small and all of the same size. The anal opening is provided with six hairs. Larva (Second Stage).—After the first molt, the larvae become more or less oval in shape, with very distinct segments. The marginal and dorsal spines are lost, and the dorsal aspect is now covered with rather short spines, while the ventral aspect has a few small hairs. The length of the body is about 1 mm. width about 0.5 mm. across the thorax, and is dark reddish in color. The dorsal aspect is now furnished with wax ducts. The spines are about 0.03 mm. in length, yellowish in color, and covered with white wax. The legs and antennae show no apparent changes, except in size. The length of the antennae is about 0.14 mm. When ready to molt again the length of the body is about 2 mm. and half as much in width at the thorax. Antennae is about o.§ mm. in length and seven jointed. Up to this period the sexes resemble each other so closely in every respect that they are hardly distinguishable. Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia ulmi Geoff. 2 fe) L. O. Howard says* that the antenna of the newly hatched larva is six jointed, and of the full grown male larva is seven jointed, while the antenna of the full grown female is six segmented. It would seem by this that the different sexes can be distinguished by the characteristics of the antennae. According to my observation all stages have seven jointed antennae. Only in a few cases the antennae were six jointed. Adult (Third Stage).—The adult female is oval, wingless, and spiny, and resembles, in general appearance, the immature stages. The body is about 1.5 mm. in length, and 0.6 mm. in width, color dark brown. Anten- nae and legs are somewhat faded. The cast off skin is grayish white. After impregnation the body becomes very much enlarged and more rounded. Length of the body is than about 2.5 mm. width about 1.6 mm. The head and thorax together are about equal to one-half of the entire length of the insect, and the thoracic region is the widest. The structure of the head and its several points are not different from the larval condition. The mouth parts are about the same, but more chitinized. The antennae are about 0.25 mm. to 0.30 mm. in length, and consists of seven segments; the third and fourth are longest, the fifth and sixth shortest the seventh shorter than the fourth but almost as long as the fifth and sixth together. Each segment has a few prominent hairs. The hairs on the first segment are the shortest; the seventh has the longest hairs. The three pair of legs are similar in structure. They are slender and comparatively short. The abdomen occupies about half of the entire length of the body, tapering to- ward the posterior extremity. The ninth segment is modified by being prolonged at the sides backward, bearing a few spines and a long spiny hair at the extremity. The anal opening has six hairs. Mater. Larva (First and Second Stages).—The male in the first and second stages is like the female in the same stage. Cocoon of male-—When the male larvae are full-grown each finds a suitable place and makes a cocoon. The cocoons are found in groups, usual- * Insect Life Vol. II., P. 36, 1889. 220 Ss. I. Kuwana. ly on stems or branches, and are particularly numerous near the stem or on the underside, where they are protected from sunshine and storms. These cocoons give the branches a snow-white appearance, in patches of variable size. Some cocoons have a projecting mass at one end and some do not. This projecting mass is the cast off skin of the larva which is pushed out from the posterior end of the cocoon during pupation. In some cases this skin is left inside of the hinder part of the cocoon. vvelopment of the pupa.—Differing markedly from the female, the male undergoes, between its larval and adult stages, a distinct pupal stage ; a stage wholly comparable to the pupal stage of insects with complete metamorphosis. There is a considerable breaking down or histolisis of larval organs and tissues, and a building up or histogenesis of imaginal organs from imaginal discs. The larval legs are replaced by imaginal legs which are wholly new organs and which begin their development (As imaginal discs in the body) during the larval life, and so with the other organs. On examination of the male larva, just before the change takes place to pupa, (Fig. 1) no larval organs can be found, the body, except the head and thorax, being nothing more than a sack containing protoplasmic granules, and oil drops in a yellowish fluid. In the head and thorax there are five pairs of granular masses of cells in the ventral aspect, and a pair on the side of the mesothorax. These are the imaginal discs or buds (Fig. 1 ; img) from which new appendages develop. The pair of buds in the head, which form the eyes (Fig. 1, img 2), are larger, the other pair give rise to the anten- nae (Fig. 1; img 1); three pairs on the thorax, one on each segment, develops into legs (Fig. 1; img 3), one on each side of mesothorax, develops into wings (Fig. 1; img 4). In studying these discs by means of sections, it is seen that these imaginal discs are made up of microscopic masses of indifferent cells which rise from the hypodermis during the larval growth. The imaginal discs are gradually developed iato elongated bodies, the wings discs extending beyond the body. About this time the pupa casts the last larval skin and pushes it out from the cocoon. ‘This is “ propupa stage ” (Fig. 2) according to Prof. Riely. The propupa develops gradually, Notes on the Life History and Monophology of Gossyperia ulmi Geoff. 22! the antennae and the legs become more elongated and divided into two parts, the wing pads more flattened (Fig. 3); and finally the antennae and legs be- come more slender, the antennae dividing into ten segments, the legs into five, and the dark eye spots appearing (Figs. 4, 5). Pupa (Third stage)—Color of pupa is a blackish red, legs, antennae, and wing pads are pale and transparent; the eyes dark. The general shape is an elongated oval, resembling the larva. The antennae are pressed close to the side, reaching to the base of the wing pads. ~The wing pads are also pressed against the sides; they are elongated, and ovate in form, reaching to the second abdominal segment; the legs are short and rather stout; the first pair are thrust forward, while the other pairs extend downward. The abdo- minal segments are distinct, the anal end is pointed. Adult or Imago (Fourth stage) —Up to the present time, it has not been made clear whether there are two kinds of males developed from diffe- rent sorts of eggs, or whether the perfect males are those in which aditional development and molting have occurred, or whethere the varying males are developed from the same sort of eggs and vary among themselves. Dr. Howard* thinks that there may have been a molt between the “ Pseudoimago”’ (the short winged form) and the perfect male, for by no other way can we account for the difference in form. Prof. G. H. Perkins** thinks there is no molt between these two forms of males, but considers it probable that some differences in food, season, and climate effect the development of the insects ; and that under some conditions imperfect males predominate, while under other conditions the perfect ones are more abundant. To investigate the matter, I kept some cocoons in a breeding cage. On February toth. came out four specimens, three with short wings and one with long; the next day, there came out three with long and nine with small wings, varying from medium to short; the next day a great many emerged, those with short winged predominating. I separated them according to the difference in the size of the wing. They lived from two to three days, but I saw no signs of another molting. All of these different forms of males copulated freely. * Insect Life Vol. IT. P. 38, 1889. ** Eleventh Vermont Agricultural Report, P. 269, 1889-90. to i) to S. I. Kuwana. An examination of the short wing showed them to be thick, wrinkled and somewhat pale yellowish in color; those of medium size were thinner, not so wrinkled but still not perfect, while the wings of the perfect male were a little longer than the body, and very thin and transparent. Many of the short winged forms have no waxy filaments extending from the posterior end of the body, and then again many do, just as in the perfect males. Those without waxy filaments may possibly have lost them through breaking, or other causes, This experiment seems to show that Prof. Perkins’ idea may be correct, that the difference in the males is caused by food, season, climate, or other circumstances which cannot be explained. The body of the male is oval, flat, and stout, and very fleshy; 1.5 mm. in length, 0.35 mm. in width at the thoracic region. 2.6 mm. when wings are expanded ; dark reddish in color; antennae and legs a pale yellow; wings transparent. Head :—The head is nearly globular in form, slightly pointed in front. 0.15 mm. in length, 0.18 mm. in width. The cheeks are very large and globular forming the larger part of the head. There are a few short spiny hairs on the frontal region. Mouth parts are wanting. The antennae are ten jointed, 0.5 mm. in length. The first segment is the shortest and is thick ; the second large and globular; the third the longest ; while the rest are equal in size; except the tenth, which tapers toward the apex. All segments are finished with long fine hairs. The eyes are globular, prominent, and six in number. Two are on the dorsal aspect near the frontal margin, rather small and transparent, the two pairs on the ventral aspect are large and dark reddish in color. Therax :—The thorax is large and somewhat oblong; three thoracic segments are distinct. The prothorax is small and somewhat triangler in shape, much broader than long, and convex on the dorsal aspect, while the ventral aspect is rather flat. The mesothorax is the largest, somewhat angular in front and rounded at the posterior end. Sectulum and scutellum are distinct ; former is very much broader than long, the latter is as long as wide and is convex, and triangular in shape. The muscles in this regicn are well developed. The metathorax is smaller than the mesothorax, but longer Notes of the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia ulmi Geoff. 223 than the prothorax. It is such wider than long, and is closely attached to the posterior end of the mesothorax. The wings are thin and membranous; when folded on top of the body they are as long or longer than the entire length of the abdomen, with very minute hairs. The front margin is thick and nearly straight, except for a slight curve toward the free end ; the posterior margin is curved very strong- ly. They are provided with two veins, subcastal and cubital; the former is longer and stronger than the latter, running parallel with the costal margin and disappearing gradually toward the external margin of the wings. The cubital is shorter and weaker and rises near the base of the subcostal, run- ning abliquely, terminating about midway of the posterior margin. The balancers are composed of two parts, a basalbristle, and a free end slightly curved. The legs are long and slender and similar in size and structure. The coxa is large and stout, oval in shape; the trachanter is very short and small, closely attached to the femur, and is oblong in shape; the femur is long and stout; the tibia is long and slender, longer thah the femur and trachanter combined, with two strong spines on the inner portion of the posterior end ; the tarsus is about one fourth the length of the tibia, slightly tapering toward the extremity where it is terminated by a stout, movable, denticulated claw, and four knobbed hairs; two long ones are attached to the outside of the tarsus, a short distance from the extrimity, and two smaller ones to the base of the claw. Both extend a short distance beyond the tip f the claw. Abdomen :—The abdomen is a little longer, but narrower than the thorax. It consists of nine segments; the first seven segments are similar in form, gradually tapering toward the free end. The eighth segment is modifi- ed slightly by being prolonged at the sides, backward. The dorsal aspect on each side is provided with a group of spinnerets. Two long spiny hairs project from the middle of each group, through which, the long waxy fila- ment is sent out. In the ninth segment is found the penis, which consists of two long bristle-like appendages lying closely side by side so as to forma single long filament, which is placed in slender conical style. 224 S. I. Kuwana. 3. ANATOMY. The anatomy of a number of the species of cocc/d@ has been studied and described. (See the papers of List,) Mark,” Pulnam” and etc.) The essential features of the anatomy seem to be the same in the different groups, but there is difference in detail of structure. I have studied in some detail the anatomy of Cossyper.a udliit, chiefly using specimens in the second larval stage, as the thin body wall of this stage is more pervious to killing fluids than the thicker integument of the adult. Of the adult I have only attempted to describe the sexual organs and to refer briefly to other important points. The chitinous framework of the mouth parts;—The pharynx and bases of the mouth parts are conbined in a space between two somewhat five- sided planes, supported by a chitinous framework (Fig. 6). The lower plane, or area inferior of Mark, is large ; it is bounded on the front by the arcus tiferior, on the side by the castae znferzors, right and left, which ap- pears to be compased of two parts (Fig. 6; b, n.), meeting at pint F. The posterior portion meets with the corresponding part of the castae superiors to form the perforated clavus through which the buccal setae pass (Fig. 6; p.). The upper plane or area superior is bounded by the castae superiors right and left (Fig. 6; C.M.) which bend backward and downward to meet the castae inferiors at e. The posterior portions of the castae superiors (Fig. 6; m.) bend downward until they unite with a broad plate which unites with the casfae inferiors to form the clovus. At point f.and g.a branch d connects the castae superiors and inferiors. 1). Joseph H. List.—Orthezia cataphrocta show. Zeitschrift f. Miss. Zoologie Bt. XIV. 2). E. L. Mark.—Bertrage zue Anatomie and Hislologie der Pflanzenlause, irsbesondere der Coccidan. Archio f. Mikroskop Anatomic Bs. XIII, 1876. 3). J. D. Putnam.—Biological and other notes on Coccidae. The Darenport Acadomie of N. S. Vol. II, 1879. Adolfo Targioni Tozzetti.—Studii Sulle Cocciniglie. Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturali, Tomo. III, N. 3, 1867. Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia Ulmi Geoff. 225 From the middle of this branch, a chitinous process (Fig. 6; t.) extends inwards about two-fifths of the distance toward the center, and unites with an internal tube (Fig. 6; nt.) and helps to support it The enlarged conical bases of the four buccal setae (Fig. 6; st.) are supported by this complicated framework. Each seta consists of a very long, slender, solid rod, or so called “tube,” enlarged at the base, forming an elong- ated cone. The conical base is attached to the framework by strong muscles. In the lower pair of setae the cones are more elongated and more slender, while the upper ones are rapidly enlarged at the bases. The four setae meet at the clavus (Fig. 6; p.) and pass through it, forming a tube. This tube then passes into a long, pocket called the labial cavity, which lies in the body cavity (Fig. 7; la,C.) beneath the nervous system, and extends as far as the fourth or fifth abdominal segment. The tube fills the full length of this pocket and returns to where it entered, forming a long loop. When in use, the tube is thrust through the labium. The internal part of the labium (Fig. 7 ; el, s.) seems to be modified to form a thin, transparent, elastic sack, through which the setae pass when in use. The setae are withdrawn by means of the elastic nature of the walls of the pocket. The pocket appears to be free in the cavity. Its walls (Fig. 8) consist of three layers, an outer thin layer (Fig. 8; au, 1.), a thick middle layer (Fig. 8; mi, 1.), and an inner layer (Fig. 8; in, 1.) which is a weakly chitinzed membrane. The buccal setae are furrowed their entire length, but are not hollow, as former writers have observed.” They meet at the clavus to form a tube through which the sap of the plant is sucked up. Between the setae is a trumpet shaped, strong, chitinious tube (Fig, 6; nt.), which opens at the juncture of the four setae. This internal tube protects the buccal cavity and anterior part of the pharyx. Alimentary Canal :—The alimentary canal begains as a narrow buccal cavity extending upward and widening to form the pharynx. The pharynx 1). Maskell—An. account of New Zealand Scale-Insects, p. 9. J. D. Putnam.—Proceeding of the Darenport Acd. N. S. Vol. II, p. 318. 226 S. I. Kuwana. is large and long with very thick wall; the posterior end being gradually narrowed and merged into the oesophagus (Fig. 9, oe.). The oesophagus is long and slender and extends slightly forward from the posterior end of the pharynx, then turned upward, passing outside of and around the arcus superior, and then backward extending into the thorax, there it becomes enlarged and is merged in the ventriculus (Fig.9.ve). The ventriculus extends backward a short distance and then turns abruptly forward making a few convolutions enclosed within the anterior part of the rectum (an extra- ordinary condition common to all of the Cocc#die so far studied), and forms a very long and narrow intestine (Fig. 9; in.) extending backward nearly as far as the anus, and then forward to near the point of beginning where it joins the rectum. The rectum (Fig. g; ri) isa long straight tube distended in the middle which extends backward from the posterior end of the intestine to the end of the anal opening. Malpighian tubes:—A short distance from where the large intestine emerges from the anterior part of the rectum, arise the two Malpighian vessels (Fig. 9; mp.). They are fused at their bases to form a single tube which soon devides into two long tubes extending one on each side of the rectum, Salivary glands :—There is single pair of salivary glands (Fig. 11; sa, g; 13), one gland laying on each side of the oesophagus. Each gland consists of a number of spherical lobes (Fig. 13; la.), more or less united. Each lobe consists of one or more nucleated cells, and each lobe gives rise to a small tube which unites with a larger one. This large tube unites with the one from the other side to form a common duct which opens into the mouth. Wax secreting glands of larva and adult female :—The wax is secreted by minute spherical glands (Fig. 14) which are distributed on the dorsal aspect of the body (figs. 11, 12; wg.) usually six to eight in each segment. Each gland consists of several nucleated cells with a slender straight tube or pore (Fig. 14; po.) which opens externally. This tube is chitinized, transparent, and enlarged at base where it rises from the gland. Wax gland of adult male :—TYwo large ovel shaped wax glands are situated in the seventh and eighth abdominal segments of the adult male Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia Ulmi Geoff. 227 (Figs. 15, 15a), one on each side of the alimentary canal. These glands furnish the material forming the long waxy filament. Respiratory organs :—TVhe spiracles are four in number as already described in the account of the extenal anatomy. These extend inward from each spiracle, a large tracheal tube (Fig. 16) which soon divides into many branches and subbranches, sending its ramifications to all parts of the body. There arise immediately the anterior spiracles two main branches and three small ones. One large branch extends toward the opposite side of the body, close to the ventral wall until it meets and unites with a corresponding branch from the opposite spiracle. The other large branch extends longitudinally toward the posterior end close to the ventral wall until it meets with a similar one from the posterior spiracle on the same side. A small branch extends to the antennae, while two others run forward into the head. From the posterior spiracles there extend five tracheal branches ; one running forward to meet a similar branch from the anterior spiracle ; another runs close to the ventral wall towards the opposite side to meet with a corresponding branch from the opposite spiracle ; two other extend toward the posterior end, each giving out several branches which lie free in the abdomen ; the fifth branch is smaller than the others, and extends laterally. Nervous system-:—The fusion of the nervous system (Fig. 17) is carried to such an extreme that there are but two large ganglia, one in the head and the other in the thoracic region. The supraoesophageal ganglion, or the cephalic ganglion (Fig. 17; s. 0. g.) consists of two lobes which lie immediately in front of the mouth parts. From the anterior region of the cephalic ganglion proceed two large optic nerves (Fig. 17; op. n.) to the eyes ; from the underside extend two small nerves to the antennae (Fig. 17 ; an.n.). From the posterior end is sent two commissures (Fig. 17 ; com.) backward, allowing the oesophagus to pass upward between them (Fig. 17 ; oes.); then they unite into one, passing between the arcis superior and arcus inferior and thence into the thorax. Here is situated the large, elongated thoracic ganglion (Fig. 17; tho. g.), tapering at each end. A longitudinal section (Fig. 17) shows that it consists of five ganglia fused 228 S. I. Kuwana. together. The cross section plainly shows a longitudinal division (Fig. 17 b). This single large thoracic ganglionic mass is composed of the fused suboesophageal ganglion (Fig. 17; in. 0. g.), the three thoracic ganglia (Fig. 17; g. 1, 2, 3), and the most anterior abdominal ganglion (Fig. 17 ; a,b, g.). Each thoracic ganglion sends off a pair of branches, one from each side, which innervate the legs (Fig. 17; ln.) Two large nerve cards extend from the posterior end of the abdominal ganglion, each of these sending of two branches outward and backward, free in the abdomen. The circulatory system or Heart :—\ have seen no traces of a dorsal vessel or heart. Muscular systcm :-—TYhe muscular system consists of numerous distinct straight fibres (Fig. 18 b), which remain separate from each other. The muscles of the thoracic region (Fig. 18) are very much complicated, while in the abdomen, there are two sheets of muscles, one on the dorsal aspect, and the other on the ventral aspect of the body. The dorsal sheet is made up of six bundles, three on each side of the middle line of the body, and there are seven bundles in the ventral sheet. They are paralled to each other and jointed at each segment. Reproductive organs of larva:—In the young female larva the reproductive organs (Fig. 19) are two large, elongated ovaries (Fig. 19; ov.), situated one on each side of the abdominal cavity. From the posterior end of each of these extend two oviducts (Fig. 19; ovd.) about equal in diameter to the ovaries, which unite into a common duct (Fig. 19; c. ovd). The reproductive organs of the male larva have not yet been examined. Reproductive organs of the adult female :—The ovaries (Fig. 20) of the adult female are two in number. Tach consists of many oval shaped, bulb-like ovarial tubes (Fig. 20; 0. v. t.), each of which opens into the oviduct by a short broad tube. The oviducts (Fig. 20; ovd.) become united to form a common oviduct (Fig. 20; c. ovd.) which ends at the vagina (Fig 20; va). The spermatheca is a large sac-like organ which arises from the common oviduct near the vagina (Fig. 20 b, spe.). Reproductive organs of the adult male :—The reproductive organs of the adult male consist of two large oval shaped testes (Fig. 21; ts.) Notes on the Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia Ulmi Geoff. 229 tapering at each end, which are situated in the fifth and sixth abdominal segments, one on each side of the alimentary canal. The vas deferens arises from the posterior end of the testes (Fig. 21; vas.). They unite to form a common duct—the ejaculatory duct (Fig. 21; eja.). The terminal portion of the ejaculatory duct is covered with a strong chitinous membrane, forming the penis, or intromittent organ. The lower end of the seminal ducts are slightly enlarged to form the seminal vesicle (Fig. 21 ; sev.). Spermatozoa :—The spermatozoa (Fig. 25 a) are long and thread-like, slightly enlarged at one end, about 0.32 mm. in length and are grouped into bundles. 4. BrsrioGropnHy OF GossyPERIA ULMI. 1875. Signoret.—Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France. 1889. Howard, L. O.—Insect Life, Vol. II, pp. 34-41. 1890. Parkins, G. H.—Report of the Entomologist. Third Ann. Rep. Vt. Agr. Exp. Sta. 1890. Parkins, G H.—Eleventh Report of Vt. State Board of Agriculture pp. 267-273. 1S8gt. Jack, J. G.—Notes on Some Insects, Garden and Forest. 1894. Craw, A.—Fourth Report of California State Board of Horticulture, p- 109. 1895. Hillman, F. H.—Imported Elm Insect. Bull. 28, Nevada Agr. Exp. Sta. 1895. Lintner, J. A.—New Scale Insect. Count. Gentl., Aug. 8, 1. 1896. Lintner, J. A.—Proc. Aso. Econ. Eut. Bull. No. 6, Ent. U.S. Dep. Agr. pp. 54-61. 1897. Hillman, F. H.—Some common injurious insects of Western Nevada. Bull. 36, Nevada Agr. Exp. Sta. 1899. Felt, E. P.—Bull. N. Y. State Museum Vol. VI, No. 27, p. 46. 190t. Kuwana, S. I.—Caccidae of Japan, Proc. of the Cal. Acd, of Sci. Third Series Vol. III, No. 3, p. 52. 230 S. Il. Kuwana. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PraTE XXXV. Fig. 1. Male larva, just before change to propupa. img ; imaginal descs; img, antennae ; img’, eye ; img’, leg ; img’, wing ; l.s, larval skin ; lg, larval leg ; la, larval antenna. Fig. 2. Pupa (or propupa). an, antenna ; e, eye ; w, wing; |** , | ? ©, eye, ? ing ; » 1€gS. Fig. The same with Fig. 2, more advanced stage. 3 Fig. 4. Pupa, nearly full grown, showing the internal structure. Fig. 5. Pupa, longitudinal section ; 5a, cross section, na, nervous system ; img. l, imaginal desc of leg ; img. w, imaginal desc of wing ; img. a, imaginal desc of antenna. Fig. 6. Mouth parts and chitinious framework supporting them. a, aceus inferior; s, aceus superior, b.n. casta inferior; c.m. casta superior ; d, a branch which connecting the castae superiores and inferiores ; st, buccal seta; t, a chitinous process ; nt, internal tube. Fig. 7. Longitudinal section of mouth-parts of larva and labial cavity with buccal setae. mm, muscles of mouth parts; la. c, labial covity ; el.s, elastic sack of labium; la, labium. Fig. 8. Cross section of labial cavity. st, buccal setae ; au. 1, auter layer, mi.], middle layer; in. 1, inner layer. Fig. 9. Alimentary canal. oe, oesophagus ; ve, ventriculus; ri, rectum; in, intestine ; mp. Malpighian tube. Fig. 10. Diagram of the ventriculus, showing the convolution. Fig. 11. Longitudinal section of larva, (second stage) ; Fig. 12, Cross sec- tion of thoracic region; Fig. 12 a, Cross section of abdominal region. sp, spine; ep, epidermis; hyp, hypodermis; sa. g, salivary gland; w.g, wax gland; oes, oesophagus; ve, ventriculus ; Notes on tho Life History and Morphology of Gossyperia Ulmi Geoff. 231 14. r, rectum; re, reproductive organ; mp. Malpighian tube; n, nervous ; z, leucocytes ; f, fat bodies ; mu, muscles. PLATE XXXVI. Salivary gland of larva. la, one of the lobes ; n, nuclea. Wax gland of larva. ep, epidermis ; po, pore of wax gland; Hyp, hypodermis; weg, wax gland. n, nuclea. 15; Fig. 15 a. Wax gland of male. 10. 18. 19. 20. spi, spinnerets ; w,g, wax duct; sp. spine; re, reproductive organ. Respiratory system of larva. tr, trachea ; sp, spiracle. Nervous system: 17, Horizontal section; 17a, Longitudinal section, 17b, Cross section of brain, 17c, Horizontal section of brain. S.0. g, supraoesophageal ganglion; sp, n, opitic nerves; an. n. antennal nerves ; com; commissures; oes, oesphagus ; in, 0, g, infra oesophageal ganglion; g.'*, thoracic ganglion; ab. g, abdominal ganglion; cor. ganglion cell ; in, nerves fiber. Muscle system of thoracic region of larva; Fig. 18a, Muscle of leg ; Fig. r8b. Bundles of muscles showing the striae. Reproductive organ of larva; Fig. 19a, Part of ovary, showing somewhat hexagonal cells. Ov, Ovary ; ovd, oviduct ; c. ovd, common oviduct. Female reproductive organ ; Fig. 20a, Wall of common oviduct ; Fig, 20b, spe. Spermatheca. OV, Ovary ; o.v.t, ovarian tube; ovd, oviduct; c. ovd, common oviduct ; va, vagina. Male reproductive organ; Fig. 21a, Spermatozoa. ts, testes ; eja, ejaculartory duct ; sev. seminal vesecle; sp, spermatozoa; vas, vas deferens. ppert os ed a 4t * i - i i LE ' ‘ ud . PLATE XXXV. “4 BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPT. STAT. VOL. I. S. 1 Kuwana del. ee as ve a =. ~ : wheres, ‘a : ' i - . ‘ BUL. IMP. CENTR. AGRIC. EXPY. STAT. VOL. I. PLATE XXXVI HN HN yaa {i i i B+e¢ trey o Bt+e#+ri|+o RE EI] Ay RREDKEH REN RS a t at < = FI] hl RRE TK RE eR ron RRE BRR GE FU) ui) ss oe a gh a Th a THE ROVAL CANADIAN mitre eh es ERXKORRREB th Be — $= THE BULLETIN OF THE IMPERIAL CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION JAPAN. Vol. II. No. 1. 2 NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO. MARCH, tg14. hh —- 6 eB ao THE BULLETIN OF THE IMPERIAL CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION JAPAN. Vol. II. No. 1. NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO. MARCH, 1914 Ueber saure Mineralbéden.” Von G. DAIKUHARA. EINLEITUNG. Seit langem ist es bekannt, dass viele Boden eine saure Reaktion auf Lackmus zeigen, und man fihrte dies meistens mit Recht auf die vor- handenen Humussauren zuriick. In anderen Fallen liess sich nachweisen, dass die saure Reaktion von der Oxydation von kleinen Teilchen Schwe- felkies oder von der fortgesetzten Anwendung gewisser Diingesalze, vor allem (NH,).SO,, K;SO,, &c. (der sogenannten physiologisch sauren Salze), auf kalkarmen Boden herrthrte. Manchmal wird die saure Reaktion des Bodens durch saure Dampfe von Vulkanen erzeugt”, oder saure heisse Quellen, oder durch das erste Garungsstadium organischer Dingemlttel,” wie Griindiingung, Stroh, Oelkuchen, jungen Stallmist etc. Manche kolloidale Substanzen absorbieren hauptsachlich die positiven Ionen und setzen dadurch die Sauren vorhandener Salze und, wenn auch in geringem Masse, diejenigen neutraler Salze in Freiheit. Zu kolloidalen Substanzen der genannten Eigenschaft gehdren die Humussubstanzen in der Ackererde, ferner Kieselsauregel, kolloide Tone u.s.w., wie van Bem- melen u. A. vielfach durch ihre Untersuchungen bewiesen haben. I) Vorlaufige Mitteilung dieses Artikels von Prof. Dr. Y. Kozaz: Chem. Zeitung. 1908, 98, 1189. 2) W. Maxwell beobachtete z.B., dass der aus den Rissen des Vulkans At/auea, Hawaii, aufsteigende Dampf 4.9224 Schwefelsdure, aber keine Spur Salzsaure enthalt. (Rept. of Work of Expt. Stat. of the Hawaian Sugar Planters Association, Special Bulletin, A. 1905, 10.) 3) Takatshi, Tazaki u. Jmai hatten in Tokio beobachtet, dass im ersten Stadium der Garung des Sojabohnen-Kuchens und anderen Griindiingers (Astragalus lotoides), Ameisensdure. Essigsaure und etwas Milchsaure entstanden. 2 G. DAIKUHARA. Ramann» nennt die bisher als ,,saure Boden‘ bezeichneten ,,absorp- tiv ungesattigte Boden“ und fuhrt weiterhin aus: ,,Es sind Boden humider Gebiete, reich an Humus oder kolloidem Ton, die geblautes Lackmuspapier roten und aus den Losungen von Neutralsalzen wechselnde Mengen von Sauren frei machen.“ Diese Behauptung ist aber nicht ganz den Tatsachen entsprechend, wie der Verfasser durch seine Untersu- chungen beweisen kann, und tber deren Resultate er im Nachfolgenden berichten wird. Es gibt noch einen allgemeinen Fall, der bisher nicht beschrieben,” und der vom Verfasser einem eingehenden Studium unterworfen wurde. In manchen Boden ist namlich eine gewisse Menge durch kolloide Sub- stanzen absorbierter Tonerde- bezw. LEisenverbindungen vorhanden, die beide auf Lackmus sauer reagieren. Werden solche Boden, welche frei von Humus sind, mit Wasser gewaschen, so bleibt die Aciditat vollig erhalten, nichts davon geht in Losung tiber. Wird aber eine neutrale Salzlosung, wie z. B. KCl, K,;SO,, KNO,, NaCl &c. zugesetzt, so kann sofort eine saure Reaktion der Losung nachgewiesen werden. Zugleich lasst sich in dieser Losung Tonerde resp. Eisen nachweisen. Ein solcher Boden gibt deshalb nach Diingung mit neutralen Kalium- bezw. Ammoniumsalzen einen noch schlechteren Ertrag als ohne Kalium- oder ohne Ammoniumsalze. Zahlreich sind die Beobachtungen tber saure Boden in Nordamerika’), und die Vermutung, dass nicht immer Humussauren dieser Reaktion zu Grunde liegen, sondern sauer reagierende, durch Kolloide absorbierte Tonerde- und Eisen-Verbindungen, diirfte sich wohl in vielen Fallen bestatigen. 1) £. Ramann; Bodenkunde 3. Aufl. S. 242. 2) W. Detmer (Landw. Versuchsstationen, 14, 277) und /Hiibner (Schulze, Lehrbuch d. Chemie fiir Landwirte, vierte Auflage, 588-589) beobachteten indessen eine saure Reaktion in manchen sandigen Biden. 3) Rhode-Island (H. J. Wheeler: 6th, 8th, 9th and 13th Ann. Repts. Agric. Expt. Stat. Rhode-Island), Morida (A. W. Blair and £. J. Macy: ¥1. Expt. Stat. Bull 93, 1908.), Oregon (A. W. Shaw: Oreg. Expt. Stat. Rept. 1898, 38-55), Ohio. (C. 2. Thorne: Expt. Stat. Rec. XXII. 2,330), Wisconsin (Science, 1907, 412) etc. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 3 Der Verfasser hat zum ersten Mal ein Interesse an der Reaktion des Bodens genommen, als er im Jahre 1907 einen Kalidiingungs-Versuch an drei verschiedenen Boden mit Gerste ausgefiihrt hatte. Wahrend zwei Tonbdden einen guten Erfolg der Diingung ergeben hatten, zeigte ein Granitsandboden aus Szmzyoshi bei Kobe eine sonderbare Erscheinung. Die Keime kamen nicht zur Entwicklung, und wiederholtes Saen hatte keinen besseren Erfolg. Zuletzt aber wurde mit Roggen ein schwaches Wachstum erzielt. Es war- hierbei sehr auffallend, dass die Zinktopfe, welche diesen Sandboden enthielten und mit (NH,).SO,, Na,HPO, und KCl gediingt waren, allmahlich angegriffen und zuletzt an verschiedenen Stellen durchlochert wurden. Derselbe sandige Boden wurde zufallig fir andere Versuche gebraucht, in dem der Verfasser fol- gende sonderbare Kalkwirkung beobachtete : Durchschnittliche Ernte per Topf in g. Proportions: Korner Stroh ar Emte ayp@lonesMiinger: | <6. se<) wce) cus) ines fo} 2.45 | 2.45 3:0 b) Mit (NHy). SO,, Na,HPO,u. KCl ... ° 0.48 | 0.48 0.6 c) Mit dito +CaCO, 27.10 54-51 | 81.70 | 100.0 Das obige Resultat zeigt nicht nur die enorme Wirkung des Kalks, sondern auch die sehr schadliche Wirkung des salzigen Diingers in diesem Boden. Die weitere Prifung ergab nun, dass dieser Boden eine starke saure Reaktion hatte, trotzdem er sehr arm an Humus war. Daraufhin untersuchte der Verfasser noch andere zahlreiche Boden und fand die Vermutung bestatigt, dass es in Japan und Korea viele solcher saurer Boden gibt, wie folgende Tabellen zeigen. (Siehe die Tabellen auf S. 4 uf.) Es ist auffallend, dass 80-93% der gepriiften japanischen Boden und 78% der gepriften koreanischen Boden eine saure Reaktion hatten, und dass von diesen Boden tiber 50% (japanische Boden 51-66%, koreanische Boden 64%) mindestens zum Teil ihre Aciditat den, durch Kolloide 4 G. DAIKUHARA. absorbierten Tonerde- oder Eisenverbindungen verdanken, wahrend chine- sische, siidoceanische und europaische Boden nur wenig oder gar keine saure Reaktion zeigen. Dieser grosse Unterschied wurde wahrscheinlich durch die Verschiedenheiten geologischer Gestaltung, des Klimas und der Diingemittel hervorgerufen. Reaktion des Bodens auf Lackmus-Papier. | Zahl der Saure Béden Béden Prozente Lander |Bodenarten| Boden- der sauren priifungen| Stark |Massig|Schwach| Summe'| Neutral | Alkalisch| BOd2 ofrauli- 1) | 2) Gagan J eae aaa wOtTe [eave |) zaseal eos 738 169 10 80 | Feldbéden| 167 | 55 | 70 | 31 156 Go tas 93 Korea ysuealt 162 7 74 45 | 126 | 16 20 78 China J webeal. 19 ro) 2 oO 2 | 2 15 II Java u. sald ha _ Philippin. Feldbéden 13) 7 fo) ° om 10 3 fo} Europa) | Feldbéden 25 ° ° 3 | 6 16 12 | 1) Nur in zwei Fallen beobachtete der Verfasser, dass die Aciditat auf saurem Sulphat beruhte. 2) Diese alkalischen Béden kamen alle von den Zzx-choo Inseln, welche Korallen ihren Ursprung verdanken. 3) Die untersuchten Boden sind dem Museum des landw. chem. Instituts der kaiserl. Universitat Tokio entnommen; davon stammen I1 aus Belgien, 6 aus Deutschland, 2 aus Oece- sterreich, 3 aus Italien und 3 aus der Schweiz. Der Verfasser hatte Gelegenheit gehabt, in der landw. Hochschule zu Berlin Béden aus Schlesien und Deutsch-Ostafrika zu untersuchen. Er fand, dass es unter diesen Béden auch viele saure gab, die sich genau so verhalten wie die japanischen sauren Boden, eine Tatsache, welche die folgende Tabelle illustriert : Zahl d. Saure Béden Boden ep Lander Boden- er Priifungen = | Sale sauren = Stark | Massig Schwach) Summe | Neutral Neutral || Atneaieen Béden \ { | Schlesien’ ... ..: 142 26 29 18 73 of | Deutsch-Ostafrika . 73 12 30 12 | 54 18 Bei den meisten dieser sauren Béden tritt durch den Zusatz irgend einer neutralen Salzlésung sofort eine saure Reaktion in der iiberstehenden Fliissigkeit ein; zugleich lisst sich in derselben Tonerde bezw. Eisen nachweisen. ——— UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN, 5 Die Reaktion des Extraktes nach Zusatz einer neutralen Kalisalzlosung zu dem Boden.” Zahl der Saure Béden Boden Prozente Lander Boden Boden- der sauren priifungen | stark |Massig|Schwach| Summe | Neutral | Alkalisch| Boden | ) jungfrauli- Japan che Béden Me Eta 98 96 AGy fae co 3! Feldbéden 167 38 46 27 III | 51 5 66 | Korea ee 162 As il 23 36 104 38 | 20 64 China pnesael. 19 fo) | 2 fo) 2 2 15 II Dit sppin. Feldbéden | 13 | @ fo) OI) xe» | 3 ° Europa | Feldbéden 25 fo) I 2 3 6 16 12 Weiter hat der Verfasser die Verbreitung des sauren Bodens in verschiedenen geologischen Formationen in Japan untersucht, mit folgendem Resultat : Saure Béden Geologische Zahl der = a Boden- Auf Lackmus Papier. Nach Petendiing uae Formationen priifungen = Zahl Prozent % Zahl Prozent % ! | Palaozoische ....... sue 27 87 ea 55 Mesozoische... .... ... 27 | 26 96 | 21 78 ® plertiar es 2.5 cs: 129 107 | 83 | 904 | 73 o 3 Diluv. 170 147 86 82 | 48 8 Quartar | ah Alluv. | 307 224 78 | 120 | 39 1) Ueber die Reaktion des Extraktes nach Zusatz der neutralen Salzlésungen auf den Boden siehe nichstes Kapitel: ,, Bestimmung der Bodenaciditat.” 6 G. DAIKUHARA. So finden wir im allgemeinen mehr saure Boden in alteren Forma- tionen, besonders solche, die nach Behandlung mit neutralen Kalium- salzl6sungen sauer reagieren. Weiterhin wurde ein grosser Unterschied im Prozentsatz der sauren Boden aus sogenannten sauren und basischen Gesteinen, sowie der Boden aus vulkanischer Asche und Lava gefunden, wie folgende Tabelle zeigt : Zahl der Bodenpriif- Zahl der sauren Prozent der sauren Art des Mutter- ungen Béden Béden CEES Japan | Korea Japan Korea Japan Korea | Saure Gesteine Pepe escull 96 41 65 38 68 93 | Basische Gesteine ... ... 72 II 36 8 50 73 Lavaund Asche ... ... | 55 — 12 — 22 = Es ist leicht erklarlich, dass von kieselsaurereichen, sauren Gesteinen stammende Boden zu einem grosseren Prozentsatz saure Reaktion zeigen, als die von basischen Gesteinen stammenden, und dass die aus recenter, noch nicht stark verwitterter Lava und Asche gebildeten Boden den mindesten Prozentsatz ergeben. Der Verfasser hat dann die Eigenschaften und den Ursprung der Aciditat des Bodens, den Nachweis und die Bestimmung der aus die durch kolloide absorbierten Tonerde- resp. Eisenverbindung stammenden Boden- aciditat und die Beziehungen zwischen saurem Boden und Kalkfaktor untersucht. Das Ergebnis dieser Untersuchung ist nachstehend genauer dargelegt. UEBER DIE EIGENSCHAFT UND DEN URSPRUNG DER ACIDITAT DES MINERALBODENS. Es gibt in verschiedenen Gegenden Japans Boden, die wenig Humus enthalten und doch eine starke rote Reaktion auf Lakmus zeigen. Aber dieser saure Bestandteil ist nicht wasserléslich; nur der Teil des blauen UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. Y/: Lackmuspapiers wird rot gefarbt, der feuchten Boden berithrt. Ferner kann, wie schon in der Einleitung bemerkt, sofort eine saure Reaktion in der Losung nachgewiesen werden, wenn eine neutrale Salzlosung, wie z. B. KCl, K,SO,, KNO;, NaCl etc. zugesetzt wird. Wenn manche von unseren stark sauren Boden mit Natriumcarbonat- lésung gekocht werden, farbt sich das Filtrat nur etwas gelb und zeigt so Anwesenheit einer Spur von Humus. Die Aciditat dieses Bodens wird sogar nach einer einsttindigen Erhitzung auf 250°C nicht vernichtet. Sie verringert sich aber, wenn diese Boden einige Stunden der Weissglut ausgesetzt werden. Sowohl der wasserige wie der alkalische Extrakt des Bodens zeigt nur eine sehr schwache Spur von SO, und Cl; deshalb kann man die Aciditat nicht auf basisches Chlorid oder Sulphat des Aluminiums oder Eisens zurtickfiihren, Wenn diese sauren Boden mit Ammoniak oder Alkalilauge behandelt und nach dem Filtrieren und der Auswaschung bei 100°C getroknet werden, haben sie nicht mehr die Eigenschaft, blaues Lakmuspapier zu réten und er- geben auch mit neutralen Salzlosungen keine sauerreagierende Losung mehr. Die auf den ersten Blick auffallende Erscheinung, dass die Produk- tion an organischen Stoffen bei Getreide, Reis, Rettich u.a. in unseren sauren Boden, die mit (NH,),SO, oder K,SO, gediingt worden, noch kleiner ist als die Produktion auf den ungediingten Boden, stimmt genau mit unserer Beobachtung wberein, dass nach Anwendung neutraler Din- gesalze die Bodenlosung stark sauer wird. - Cornu hat in Tschermaks Min. u. Petrog. Mitteilungen von 1905 u. 1906 uber die Reaktion der Mineralien geschrieben, und Mineralogen wie Kergott, Rogers und Hoffmann haben eine alkalische Reaktion verschie- dener Silikate beobachtet. Hoffmann kommt zu dem Schluss, dass alle basischen und normalen Silikate die Monoxyd enthalten, eine alkalische Reaktion auf Lackmus zeigen, mit Ausnahme solcher, die hauptsachlich Magnesia enthalten. Solche Salze aber, die in Bezug auf SiO,: RO, das Verhaltnis von 3: 1 wtbertroffen haben, zeigen keine alkalische Reak- tion auf Lackmus. 8 G. DAIKUHARA. Cornu hat die Reaktion auf Lackmus von 150 Mineralien untersucht und beobachtet, dass ein wasserhaltiges Silikat mit Namen Hibschit (H,CaAl,Si,Oy) eine entschieden saure Reaktion zeigt, nach dem Gliihen aber eine alkalische. Die saure Reaktion des Minerals ist nach Behand- lung mit conc. Essigsaure und Auswaschung verstarkt. Er hat weiter gefunden, dass einige Mineralien der Kaolingruppe z. B. Pyrophylit, Halloisit, Allophan, Rectorit und Pholerit, und einige Sorten von Glimmergruppen, Eisen- und Aluminiumphosphate, Hydroxy- de und Opalgruppen saure Reaktion auf Lackmus zeigen. In Hintzes Mineralogie finden wir die folgenden sauren Zeolithe verzeichnet. Hydronephilit, HNa,Al1,Si;0,2.+ 3 H,O. Laumontit H,CaAl,Si,O,,+ 2 H,O. Faujasit H,Na,CaA1l,Si,,O3)+ 18 HO Apophyllit H,.(Ca,K,)Si,O,+ H,O Epistilbit H,GaAl,Si,O;.+ 3 HO: Tschermak» erklart, dass diese Mineralien als saure Salze betrachtet werden miissen, in denen nur ein Teil des Wasserstoffes von der Poly- kieselsaure von Ca, Al oder Na ersetzt ist. Aber wir fanden keine Antwort auf die Frage, ob diese Zeolithe Lackmuspapier roten wiirden, obgleich man es nach der Analogie erwarten sollte. Bei genauer Untersuchung von fein gepulvertem Heulandit aus /s/and und TJyrol, von Faujasit aus Baden und Béohmen, hat der Verfasser keine Spur von saurer Reaktion auf Lackmus beobachtet, obgleich ihren Formeln nach, wie oben bemerkt, diese Mineralien Hydroxylgruppen enthalten. Sieben Proben der Zeolithe aus verschiedenen Gegenden sind mit verdiinnter Essigsaure behandelt und nach der vorsichtigen Auswaschung ist der Rest vor und nach der Behandlung mit einer neutralen K, SO,,-Losung auf die Reaktion auf Lackmus gepriift worden; folgende Tabelle zeigt das Resultat : 1) Hintze: Wandbuch f. Mineralogie. II. S. 1655. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 9 Reaktion der Zeolithe. Reaktion von Zeolithe” Orig. Mineratien | Nacht cigeture | tes mit KeS0, Losiag, } Heulandit (7/yro/)... ... neutral | sauer sauer Heulandit (Jsland)... ... | do. do. stark sauer Faujasit (Bohmen) ... ... | do. do. stark sauer Mesolit (Béhkmen) ... ... do. do. stark sauer Chabasit (Oderstet) — ... | do. do. stark sauer Natrolit (Bohmen) ... ... | do. schwach sauer schwach sauer Phyllipsit (Havana)... do. stark sauer stark sauer Weiter fand ich, dass unter zwanzig Sorten Kaolin aus verschiedenen Gegenden dreizehn (65%) saure, vier neutrale und drei alkalische Reak- tion auf Lackmus gezeigt haben. Diese sauer reagierenden Kaoline ver- halten sich gegen neutrale Salzlosungen ganz ebenso wie unsere sauren Boden, und neutral oder alkalisch reagierende Kaoline zeigen nach der Behandlung mit verdiinnten Sauren auch saure Reaktion auf Lackmus und haben dieselbe Eigenschaft gegen neutrale Salzlosungen wie unsere sauren Boden. Einige fein pulverisierte Gesteine und gesteinbildende Mineralien, namentlich Granit, Gneis, Hornblende-Andesit, Basalt, Glimmer und Feldspat zeigen eine a/kalische Reaktion auf Lackmus, aber ich habe be- obachtet, dass diese Gesteine und Mineralien nach einer mehrwochent- 1) Der Verfasser méchte Herrn Prof. Dr. B. Koetoh von der naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultat der Kaiserlichen Universitat in Zo&zo herzlichen Dank sagen dafiir, dass er die Freundlichkeit hatte ihn mit diesen Proben zu versehen und die Literatur einsehen zu lassen. Die Formeln dieser Zeolithe entsprechen nach Hintzes Mineralogie : Heulandit: siehe umstehend. Faujasit oy - Mesorit : Nay CaAl, Sig O29 4 Hz O+ Hy O Chabasit, (Ca, Nay) Al, Si, O,,+6 H,O Phyllipsit: Ca Al, Si, O,,;+5 H.O. Die entsprechenden Basen im essigsauren Auszug sind immer nachgewiesen worden. IO G. DAIKUHARA. lichen Behandlung mit wasseriger Kohlensdure sauer reagieren und sich auch ganz ahnlich verhalten, wie jene saueren Mineral-Boden. 10 ¢ fein pulverisierte Proben jener Gesteine und Mineralien wurden in Erlenmeyer-Kolben mit Wasser angesetzt, jeden Tag CO,-Gas durchge- leitet und das Wasser einmal wochentlich erneuert. Nach einer derar- tigen hunderttagigen Behandlung wurden die Pulver mit Wasser voll- standig ausgewaschen; die Reaktion derselben sowie der Extrakte mit neutraler Kalisalzlosung wird aus folgender Tabelle ersichtlich : : Reaktion nach der Behandlung Gest ne iinomiies REESE der mit wasserigem CO, Original-Proben a ere Mit Wasser , Nach Zusatz v, KCIl-Lés. Granit alkalisch | schw. sauer | schw. sauer Gneis alkalisch | do. sauer Hornblende-Andesit schw.-alkalisch do. sauer Basalt | stark-alkalisch do, schw. sauer Feldspat do. | do, do. | c | | Glimmer do. sauer | sauer | Es waren also wieder Silikate, die sich ganz ahnlich wie unsere sauren Béden verhalten, welche aus gewohnlichen Gesteinen und Mineralien gebildet werden. Da das Kaolin bei der Einwirkung von CO, auf Feldspat entsteht, war der Verfasser zuerst der Meinung, dass die Aciditat saurer Mineralboden wahrscheinlich auf den Kaolinit oder verwandte saure Silikate” zuriickzufthren sei. Das war aber nicht richtig wie meine spatere Untersuchung erwiesen hat. Bei dem Extrakt, den man bei wiederholter Behandlung von fein pulverisierten Gesteinen und Mineralien mit wasseriger Kohlensaure erhalt, lieferte die Analyse folgende Werte : 1) Ausser dem eigentlichen Kaolinit gibt es viele verwandte Mineralien, z. B. Halloysit, holerit, Rektorit, Newtonit, Allophan, Jndianit, Pyrophylit, Montmorillonit ete. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. Il Die Bestandteile aufgelost mit wasseriger Kohlensaure wahrend zwolf Wochen: nanan Granit Gneis al | Basalt | Feldspat aufgelést ] % Ratio % Ratio % Ratio % Ratio % Ratio SiO, | 0,022 1,0 | 0,017 0,7 0,031 | 1,7 | 0,056 rey; | 0,031 1,4 Al,O,, | 0,048 | 2,1 | o050] 2,1 0,106 5.9 | 0,052 1,5 0,036 O47 Fe,03 0,558 | 24,2 0,635 | 26,6 0,152 85 | 0,833 | 25,1 0,402 | 18,5 CaO 0,417 | 18,1 0,418 | 17,5 0,350 | 19,6 | 0,679 | 20,4 | 0,461 | 21,3 MgO 0,409 | 17,7 | 0,389 | 16,3 | 0,373 | 20,8 | 0,498 | 15,0 | 0,337 | 15,6 K,O 0,070 3,0 0,084 3,5 0,070 3,9 | 0,071 2,1 0,082 3,8 Na,O 0,782 | 33,9 | 792 | 333 | 0709 | 39,6 | 1,134 | 34,1 | 0,816 | 37,7 P30; | Spur — | Spur — | Spur — | Spur — | Spur — Summe | 2,306 100 | 2,385 100 1,791 100 | 3,323 | 100 | 2,165 | 100 i | } Aus diesen Zahlen hat der Verfasser nachstehend berechnet, um wie gross das prozentuale Verhaltnis der aufgelosten Bestandteile zu der in Originalproben enthaltenden ganzen Menge” der resp. Bestandteile ist : 1) Die Zusammensetzung dieser Gesteine und Mineralien war folgende: Bestandteile SiO, Al,O, Fe,0; CaO MgO K,O Na,O P20; Granit 68.74. 16.90 1.50 1.90 0.62 7.82 4.61 Spur | Gneis | | 65.60 15.40 5.10 2.60 1.96 5.69 4:33 Spur Andesit 65.01 17.10 5.50 3-85 0.83 3-41 5.12 Spur Hornblende- Basalt | Feldspat 48.37 59.12 9.50 20.75 17.80 0.80 9.28 1.05 4.29 0.80 3.48 | 10.45 7.18 6.26 Spur 0.77 2 G. DAIKUHARA. Prozentsatz der aufgeldsten Bestandteile zu der ganzen Menge in Originalproben.” a F ae Hornblende- Bestandteile Granit Gneis AGREE Basalt Feldspat PiO, 0,032% 0,025% 0,047 % 0,115 % 0,052% Al,03 0,284 ” 0,324 ”? 0,619 ” 0,547 ” 0,173 ” Fe,0, 37,200 ,, 12,450 ,, 2,763 ” 4,679 ” 50,250 5, CaO 21,147 5 16,076 9,090 ,; 7,316 5, 30,733 » MgO 65,967 ” 19,846 ” 44,939 ” 18,601 ” 42,125 5 K,O 0,892 5, 1,476 ,, 2,052 5, 2,040 5, 0,784 5, Na,O 16,963 ” 18,290 ” 13,847 ” 15,793 » 13,035 ” P30; Spur Spur Spur Spur Spur Es ist merkwirdig, dass eine so grosse Menge von MgO, CaO, Fe,O;und Na,O durch CO,-Wasser aufgelést worden ist, wahrend sehr wenig P,O;, SiO., und K,O in die Losung gekommen ist. 1) Richard Miller fand, dass folgende Menge von Bestandteilen etlicher Mineralien durch CO,-Wasser wahrend sieben Wochen aufgelést worden ist Mitteilung. 1877, S. 25). Prozentsatz der aufgelésten Bestandteile zu ihrer ganzen Menge in Originalproben. (Tschermaks Min. u. Petrog. Bestandteile | | Adular | Oligoklas SiO, Al,Og Na,O CaO MgO P,0, FeO Total 0.1552 0.1368 Hornblende | Magnetit Apatit Olivin Serpentin Spur -- | 0.873 0.354 | = _ Spur —_ | sola sel ae — 2.168 Spur — — = 1.291 2.649 — | 1.822 — — | 0.942 | — 8.733 1.527 } 0.307 2018 | 2.111 | ware | | —————— UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 13 Die Aciditat des Bodens” kann bei der Behandlung mit verdiinnten Sduren sunehmen. Zwei granitische schwach saure Sandbéden aus Sv7- yoshi bei Kobe, und ein alluvialer schwach saurer Sandlehmboden aus Yamaguchi waren mit verdiinnter Essigsaure verschiedenartig behandelt worden, genau ausgewaschen und getrocknet. Die Aciditat des Bodens wurde folgendermassen bestimmt: zu jedem 100 g Boden wurden 250 ccm 1/1 Normallosung von KCl zugesetzt, dreimal taglich umgeschiittelt, nach fiinf Tagen filtriert, 125 ccm abgegossen, mit 1/10 n NaOH-Lésung titriert, mit Phenolphthalein als Indikator. Das Resultat ist aus der folgenden Tabelle ersichtlich. Die Aciditat entspricht der von 50 g Boden, ausge-, driickt in ccm 1/10n NaOH-Lésung. Aciditat des Bodens2) in ccm 1/j9 n NaOH Behandlungsart des Bodens Sumiyosht-Boden (a) | Smzyoshi-Boden (b) Yamaguchi-Boden I. Original Boden... ... 1.42 0.10 0.10 2. Befeuchtet mit 19% Essigsaure u. gleich ausgewaschen ... ... 3-16 0.30 1.20 3. do. mit 57% Essigsaure — 1.45 3.80 4. do. mit 10% Essigsaure 5-25 2.55 6.25 5. Behandlung mit 1074 | Essigs. auf 5 Minuten 10.41 4.90 7.65 6. do. 30 Minuten,.. ... 12.16 5.30 8.45 Faedoy Estunde =. ... Il.gl 5-35 9.00 8. do. 4 Stunden... ... 14.08 6.15 10.05 9. do. 24 Stunden... ... 16.49 715 11.35 1) Neulich hat Osugi in Morioka, Japan, iiber die Aciditatssteigerung des sauren Bodens durch HCl bei verschiedenen Konzentrationen Untersuchungen angestellt, iiber deren Resultate wie folgt berichtet wird : Aciditaét des Bodens in cem 1/1on NaOH. Ts ite Il. OnginalBodensy ec) eaay eee ee) 49 3.4 3.6 Durchy eles Cli (alt) e616 8.7 10.6 ” Rover li (kalt)) |e pee san | oLTER 13.0 9.2 ” so oh (USES) cco se cay HAS 123 8.6 ” 10% 5 ” see eee wee 6.9 6.4, 4.1 Conc. HCl. os bo 3-3 1.8 Bemerkung: je 20 g lufttrockenen Bodens wurden nach der Einwirkung von HCl-Lésungen (die Menge der Lésung ?) ausgewaschen, getrocknet, darauf mit 50 ccm 1/1 normaler KCl-Liésung behandelt, und nach 5 Tagen die iiberstehende Fliissigkeit mit 1/1on NaOH titriert; die Aciditatswerte beziehen sich auf die ganze Menge der tiberstehenden Fliissigkeit. 2) Die Resultate sind Durchschnittszahlen von zwei parallelen Bestimmungen. 14 G. DAIKUHARA. Ein Alluviumlehmboden von dem Felde der Kagawa-Bezirks-Versuchs- station und ein anderer Alluviumsandlehmboden von dem Felde der Hiogo- Bezirks-Versuchsstation wurden mit einigen verdiinnten organischen und | Aciditat des Bodens)) in ccm 1/4) n NaOH Lésung Gace, freee Peden af Lfiogo-Boden Durch- Durch- as = schnitt 2s Be schnitt (Original-Boden) | neutral neutral | neutral * 0.10 0.10 0.10 in Fines an cr ata it i 2% Ameisensaure... ... 20.30 19.70 20.00 12.10 11.80 11.95 2% Essigsaure ... ... 12.80 | 12.60 12.70 | 3.20 4.00 3.60 2% Oxalsiure ... ... 2.00 1.70 | TS5ua| 0.50 0.50 0.50 t | | | 2% Salzsfure... ... ... 19.60 19.70 19.65 | 13.80 13.80 13.65 | 2% Schwefelsaure... ... 19.60 19.60 | 19.60 12.70 12.80 12.75 | 1) Die Extrakte dieser Béden wurden mit verschiedenen Sauren mit folgendem Resultat analysiert : 1. Aagawa-Boden Prozentsatz der ganzen Menge (léslich in conc. heissen HCl.) von einzelnen Bestandteile. Bestandteile Ameisensaure Essigsaure Oxalsaure Salzsaure Schwefelsaure aufgelést SiO, | 26.52 761 | 75,42 4509 | 56.82 Al,03 3.16 0.17 | 21.22 13.27 11.43 Fe,03 3.28 0.27 52.26 32-90 32.26 Mn,0O, 7.58 5.65 | 32.30 21.56 26.17 CaO 45.26 31.09 | 16.83 58.55 72.91 MgO 7.02 5.17 | 24.07 17.07 21.90 KO 3.35 2.21 12.69 7.66 7-17 Na,O 10.45 8.33 14.94 11.59 12.98 P.O; 4.81 2.86 62.86 51.28 51.28 SO, 15.18 15.76 27.32 24.82 = UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 15 anorganischen Sauren drei Tage lang behandelt (200g Boden: rooo ccm Lésung), filtriert, ausgewaschen, getrocknet und durch KCl-Losung ihre (S.0.) Es ist merkwirdig, dass die Oxalsaure am schwachsten auf die Aciditat bestimmt mit folgendem Resultat : Aciditatssteigerung des Bodens wirkt, zunachst dann die Essigsaure kommt und dass die Ameisensaure am starksten ist, wahrend beide Mineralsauren ungefahr gleich stark wie Ameisensaure sind. 2. iogo-Boden. Prozentsatz der ganzen Menge (léslich in conc. heissen HCl) der einzelnen Bestandteile. Bee isce Ameisensaure Essigsaure Oxalsaure Salzsiure Schwefelsaure Si O, 16.16 5.10 69.90 50.97 62.62 Al, O3 1.81 0.22 16.44 6.67 8.44 Fe, O3 0.26 0.13 36.58 17.89 18.16 Mnzg O4 17.62 10.69 34-97 39-97 43-55 Ca O 30.52 22.41 22.34, 46.29 54.14 MgO 8.20 6.51 22.39 20.54. 23.07 kK, O 10.28 6.38 | 18.87 22.62 19.50 Na, O 6.34. 5.80 | 8.27 9.53 9.36 P, O; 6,00 3:93 58.48 40.00 40.69 SO, 6.94 9.80 18.98 14.69 — Es ist sonderbar, dass eine gréssere Menge von SiO,, Al,O3, Fe,O; und P,O, sogar durch Oxalsaure sowie durch Salzséure und Schwefelsaure aufgelést wurde, trotzdem die Oxalsiure am schwachsten auf die Aciditatssteigerung des Bodens wirkt. Die in conc. heissen HCl léslichen Bestandteile sind folgende : Procentsatz von luft-trocken feiner Erde Bestandteile. Kagawa-Boden. Hiogo-Boden. SiO, 0.330 0.206 Al,0. 2.450 2.250 Fe,03 1.550 1.900 Mn,O, 0.269 0.290 CaO 0.470 0.461 MgO 0.420 0.427 K,0 0.145 O.141 Na,O 0.245 0.295 P.O; 0.133 0.145 SO3 0.056 0.049 16 G. DAIKUHARA. Wenn zu dem Filtrat des sauren Bodens nach Behandlung mit neu- tralen Salzlo6sungen Ammoniak oder Alkalilauge zugesetzt wird, erscheint ein flockiger, weisser Niederschlag, welcher nicht in Salmiaklosung ldslich ist und hauptsachlich aus Aluminiumhydroxyd besteht.” Das Filtrat des neutralen oder alkalischen Bodens, sowie der wasserige Extrakt des sauren Bodens aber ergeben keinen solchen Niederschlag. Ich habe beobachtet, dass die Menge des Aluminiumhydroxyds in der Lésung, die man nach Behandlung mit neutraler Salzlosung bei dem sauren Boden erhalt, nicht nur mit der Aciditat des Bodens im Ver- haltnis steht, sondern auch mit der bei Titration verbrauchten Menge der normalen Alkalilosung gut tbereinstimmt, wie folgende Tabelle zeigt: Neutrale ccm v. 1/y9 n Al,O3 (g) Boden Salzlésung Alkalilésung Abweichung geress: aod Berechnet | Gefunden Niigata A. KCl 80.05 0.1496 | o.1412 | (—) 0.0084 Nara A. K.SO,; | 18.20 | 0.0310 0.0312 | (+) 0.0002 do. B. do. | 16.40 | 0.0279 | 0.0275 | (—) 0.0004 do. Gc | do. 16.30 | 0.0275 0.0316 | (+) 0.0038 do. D. |} do. 6.40 0.0109 0.0128 | (+) 0.0019 Niigata C. | do 11.60 0.0197 0.0220 (+) 0.0023 Nara’ A. KNO, | 17-72 0.0302 | 0.0311 (+) 0.0009 do. E. | do. | 20.20 0.0344 | 0.0355 (+) 0.0011 Nugata D. do. 10.55 0.0179 o.oI81 (+) 0.0co02 Nara A. | KCIO, 16.50 0.0281 0.0286 (+) 0.0005 do B. do. 15.15 0.0258 0.0276 | (+) 0.0018 | Wir ersehen aus der obigen Tabelle, dass zwischen den berechneten und gefundenen Zahlen fir Aluminiumhydroxyd gute Ubereinstimmung herrscht, deshalb folgert der Verfasser, dass ein Teil des Aluminiumhy- droxyds im sauren Boden ziemlich locker gebunden ist, weil es schon 1) Ejinige besondere Boden enthalten im wisserigen Extrakt Aluminiumsulfat, oder Alu- miniumchlorid, einige Quellen enthalten auch dieselben Verbindungen. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 17 durch neutrale Salzlosung leicht in Losung gebracht wird, und dass die saure Reaktion, welche durch Zusatz von neutraler Salzlosung zu unserem sauren Boden erzeugt wird, auf der Bildung eines sauren Aluminiumsalzes” beruht. Manchmal aber kommt nicht nur Aluminium sondern auch Eisen in dem Filtrat vor, und folgende Berechnung zeigt, dass in diesen Fallen die gefundenen Zahlen des Aluminiums und Eisens zusammen mit den berechneten Zahlen wtbereinstimmen. Nigata-Boden Vara-Boden. Al, O3 0,0183 g. 0,0824 g. \ im Filtrat Fe, Og 0,0223 ,, 0,0216 ,, Al,O3 10,85 ccm 48,34 ccm Berechnete Menge der 1/;9n NaOH Lésung eats. FeO, 8,33 ” 8,09 ” ROUT C OMENS Neca Wade) ucts, feadh Gs cess) ees) (os cus) ucces 19,18 p 56,43 3 Gefundene Menge der 1/i9n NaOH Losung... ... 2... 0... 19,70 ” 59,20 ” PAD WEICHUNG Hamers Mucsey (sce) (scollrses) (cen seq sespumese Pacey 1(—)hO;52 » (=) 2:77 ” Aus den Ergebnissen der vorhergehenden Versuche kdénnte man schliessen, dass die Aciditat des Mineralbodens auf Kaolin oder verwandte saure Silikate zuriickzufthren sei?) Ware dies der Fall, dann widen Kaoline sehr stark sauer reagieren und viel Tonerde durch neutrale Salzlosung in Losung gedrangt werden. Kaoline reagieren aber nicht immer sauer, manchmal neutral, manchmal auch alkalisch. Der am starksten sauer reagierende Kaolin”, welchen ich untersucht habe, gab mir einen kleinen Teil Tonerde auf Zusatz von KCl in die Losung ab, namlich 194 mg pro 100g Boden. Unter 1300 Bodenproben konnte ich 1) Veitch hat eine etwas aihnliche Meinung in Bezug auf die Hofkinsche Natriumchlorid- methode gefussert, aber er meint, dass ie neutrale Salzlésung auf nentrale Sil7kate im Boden wirke und dass das dabei entstehende Aluminiumchlorid sauer reagiere. (Naheres unten.) Journal Amer. Chem. Soc. 1904, 637. 2) Uber diese Frage beabsichtige ich weitere Versuche zu machen. 3) Der Kaolin aus Yoshino, Nara-Bezirk, stammt aus der Chichibu-Paliozoischen Formation. 18 G. DAIKUHARA. in dem am starksten sauer reagierenden Tonboden” durch KCl sogar nur 0,974 g pro 100g Tonerde in die Losung tberfihren. Der Verfasser fand, als er in dem anorganisch-chemischen Institut zu Gé6ttingen arbeitete, dass verschiedene kolloidale Substanzen Tonerde und Eisen absorbieren” und dieselben bei Einwirkung von KCl wieder in die Losung abgeben. Kieselsauregel®, aus Wasserglas hergestellt und an der Luft ge- trocknet, reagiert ziemlich stark sauer auf Lakmus, wahrend dessen Wasserauszug ganz schwach sauer reagiert. Humussaure (aus Torf), Kaolin und verschiedene Boden wurden mit 1/1 normaler Aluminiumchlorid- resp. Eisenchloridlosung geschiittelt und gut ausgewaschen, die lufttrockenen Substanzen mit 1/1 normaler KCl- Losung (bei Humussaure 4 ¢ auf 100 ccm, bei Kaolin und den Boden 40g auf 100 ccm) behandelt und nach Erreichung des Gleichgewichtszustandes die Halfte der tiberstehenden Fliissigkeit herausgenommen und mit 1/10 normaler KOH-Losung titriert mit folgendem Ergebnis : 1) Der Tonboden aus Zokigun, Gifu-Bezirk, stammt aus der tertidéren Formation. 2) Friiher hat Van Bemmelen beobachtet, dass in der mit heisser starker Salzsaure aus- gezogenen und mit KCl-Lésung behandelten Erde geringe Mengen von Aluminium durch Kalium ersetzt wurden. Er fiihrt ferner aus: ” Trotz langeren Auswaschens der mit Salzsaure ausgezogenen Erd2 bleibt eine geringe Menge Aluminiumchloriir als basisches Salz zuriick. Dieses basische Salz, durch die Anziechung der gelatinésen Kieselsdure unterstiitzt (wenn ich mich so ausdriicken darf) setzt sich mit KCl um wie folgt: n Si O, (H,0)}s Al Cly (AlsO;)* (Ha. 6. ch aq Kolloid Kolloid n SiO, (H,0)* 3xK, 0 Gee ated eecte Sect Kolloid * absorbiert Van Bemmzlen: Die Absorption, S. 133, und Ldw. Vers. St. Bd, 21. 161 u. 162 (1878). 3) Je 10g desselben Kieselsiuregels (5724 Trockensubstanz) wurde mit je too ccm Wasser resp. 1/1 normaler KCl-Lisung geschiittelt und je 50ccm der tiberstehenden klaren Fliissigkeit mit normaler KOH-Ldsung titriert; zur Neutralisation waren erforderlich 0,4 resp. 0,35 ccm 1/20n KOH, wihrend dieselbe, mit AICl,-Lésung behandelte und gewaschene Kieselsiure nach Zusatz von 1/t normaler KCl-Lésung 0.35 ccm 1/20n KOH erforderte. In der Tat reagiert das Kieselsiuregel, welches mit AlCl,- oder FeCl,-Lisung behandelt und ausgewaschen wurde, sttirker sauer, und nach Zusatz yon neutraler Salzlésung liess sich Tonerde bezw. Eisen in der Lésung nachweisen. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 19 Aciditat) in cem 1/10n Alkali (pro 100g Substanz.) Substanzen : 5 oa mit AlCl, be- mit FeCl; be- (Oise AE handelt handelt Wefs7ie-BOUeTI ts ate) rose eek hee (neutral) 32 = PeiegoSBOde Tiare | cs ieeet eet ie] » 17 12.5 eMngaro-Boden. © 2.5 ee) c=) <2: | 9 56.5 — Nishigahara-Boden ... ... ... » 9.75 =i Teoma Bodeneer| 0 Wy acs. oe 9 20 | 17 Vaspeno-Boden\) ~ 229 ).-2, 2. =. 26 30.5 26 Gifu-Boden ... 253 see. sez ss 7° 72 = Hiroshima-Boden ... ... ... ... 26.5 28 a iViseara-Boden, | 2.3, 1s aes aes 12 23.5 = PRS RIMCAO NITY Wu.) “2s. ase) see 2.5 50 = COTALEONN ES | Reoseeere see 13.5 18 = Gainome-Kaolin ... ... 11. se (neutral) 36 41 Voshino-Kaolin ... ...0 20. wee 38 49-5 = Korea-Kaolin ee ee 0.75 52 50 EPOMMNISSAUTED) 88 oc ee cee ced -- 160 4755 Die obigen Ergebnisse zeigen, dass die neutralen Boden und das Kaolin durch Behandlung mit AICl,- oder FeCl;-Losung mehr oder weniger sauer wurden; die Aciditat verstarkt sich bei bereits sauren Boden und sauren Kaolinen wie bei den Humussauren. Die Aciditat des 1) Diese Aciditat entspricht der gefunden Menge KOH, welche ndtig ist, um die Halfte des Filtrats zu neutralisieren. 2) In der iiberstehenden Fliissigkeit von Humussaure, welch letztere mit destilliertem Wasser gewaschen wurde, lasst sich nach Behandlung mit 1/1 normaler KCl-Lésung Tonerde und Eisen nachweisen. Dieselbe Beobachtung wurde von vax Bemmelen, nach Behandlung eines nicht klaren Wasserauszuges der tonhaltigen Ackererde mit NH,Cl, gemacht. Der Auszug reagierte schwach sauer und enthielt eine nachweisbare Menge Eisen. Vax Bemmelen war der Ansicht, dass die Humussubstanzen in der Ackererde eine geringe Menge NH,Cl zersetzt, und die freigewordene Salzsaure danach eine Spur Eisenoxyd gelést hatte. Nach des Verfassers Meinung aber ist es mehr wahrscheinlich zu folgern, dass die durch Humussaure resp. kolloiden Ton absorbierten Tonerde- und Eisenverbindungen durch KCl (in van Bemmelenes Fall: NH,Cl) in die Lésung iiberfiihrt wurden. (Basenaustausch). 20 G. DAIKUHARA. Bodens u.a. Substanzen wurde im allgemeinen durch Aluminiumchlorid mehr gesteigert als durch Eisenchlorid. Der Verfasser hat ferner festgestellt, wieviel Tonerde resp. Eisen von Boden u.a. Substanzen absorbiert und wieviel von dieser Menge durch KCl wieder in die Losung gedrangt wurde. Die Resultate dieser Unter- suchung gibt die folgende Tabelle : Menge der Tonerde | Menge des Eisens (mg pro 50¢ sub.) (mg pro 50¢ sub.) Suaabane durch KCl durch KCI aufgenommen verdrangt aufgenommen verdrangt [efurnsSaure siateeey sence 415 408 2,625 189.6 Gainome-Kaolin ... 2... 94.5 91.8 250 163.8 Korea-Kaolin ... 0... 2. on — a 280 163-9 Wosfiz0-BOden 9.28) sess 30.4 11.5 155 ° HMI AREUIN Ay oon a Oe 31-5 23.4 127.5 26.6 Hiogo-Boden ... 00.0 sc. ee 272.9 43-4 187.5 46.6 Aus obiger Tabelle ersehen wir, dass die durch Kaoline, Boden und Humussaure aufgenommene Tonerde in grdsserer Menge wieder in die Losung iibergeht als das Eisen. Besonders viel Eisen wurde durch Humussaure” aufgenommen. Weiterhin habe ich die Beobachtung gemacht, dass das durch Kaoline, Humussaure oder Boden absorbierte Eisen durch Tonerde ersetzt wird, nicht aber umgekehrt Tonerde durch Eisen. Wie ich schon oben erwahnt habe, lasst sich bei den meisten sauren Mineralbdden in den mit neutraler Salzlosung gemachten Ausztigen Tonerde nachweisen, dagegen findet man Eisen selten in dem Auszug vor. Es ist mir jetzt klar geworden, warum in sauren Mineralboden die Tonerde eine grdéssere Rolle spielt als das Eisen. Der ,, Permutit”, der nach dem Verfahren von R. Gans _hergestellt wird, besitzt Bedeutung fiir die Technik (Wasserreinigung), und nach den 1) Uber die Einwirkung des kolloidalen Eisenoxyhydrates auf Moortorf sieche die Bauman u. Gullysche Arbeit: Ramanns Bodenkunde III. Aufl. S. 50; und &. Avino: Intern. Mittlg. f. Bodenkunde, Bd, III, Heft 2/3 S. 131. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN, 21 Untersuchungen von Gans” hat der Permutit eine ausserordentlich grosse Austauschfahigkeit und ahnelt in seiner Zusammensetzung den Silikaten”, die den Austausch in der Ackererde vermitteln. Neulich hat Georg Wiegner® sehr interessante Untersuchungen tiber den Basenaustausch in der Ackererde ausgeftihrt. Zu diesen Untersuchungen bediente er sich des fabrikmassig hergestellten ,, Permutits”’ nach dem Verfahren von R. Gans. Nach meiner Untersuchung zeigt der ,, Permutit’’ nach der Behand- lung mit AICl,- resp. FeCl;-Losung keine saure Reaktion auf Lakmus, und das dadurch aufgenommene Aluminium” resp. Eisen lasst sich durch die Base in der Neutralsalzlosung nicht ersetzen. Wir haben aus den vorhergehenden Untersuchungen ersehen, dass die Gesteine und Mineralien, die mit wasseriger Kohlensaure, sowie neu- trale oder alkalische Kaoline und Boden, die mit Sauren behandelt wurden, eine mehr oder weniger saure Reaktion zeigen und sich gegen neutrale Salzlosungen ganz genau so verhalten wie unsere sauren Mineralbdden. Es ist mit grosser Wahrscheinlichkeit anzunehmen, dass die durch Be- handlung mit Saure entstandenen Tonerde- oder Eisenverbindungen durch kolloidale Substanzen absorbiert und deren positive Ionen durch die Base der neutralen Salzlosung ersetzt werden. Da die Humussauren ebenso wie andere mineralische kolloidale Sub- stanzen in der Ackererde Tonerde- und Eisen-Salze absorbieren und die- selben durch neutrale Salzlosungen wiederum in Losung zu_bringen gestatten, so dirfte wohl die durch Kolloide absorbierte Tonerde und das Eisen nicht nur ftir die Aciditat der Mineralbdden sondern auch ftr diejenige der humussauren Boden eine ausschlagende Rolle spielen. Ramanns Behauptung, dass die bisher als ,, sawre Boden” bezeichneten », absorptiv ungesattigte Boden” genannt werden sollten, ist nach meiner Meinung nicht ganz richtig. Wie schon erwahnt, reagieren die mit AICI, 1) Chem. Ind. 42, 197-200; Chem. Centl. Blatt, 1909, I, 2031. 2) In seiner chemischen Zusammensetzung steht der ,, Permutit” dem naturlichen Mineral Chabasit am nachsten, aber er ist yollkommen amorph. 3) Journal f. Landw. 60. 1912, S. III. 4) tog ,,Permutit” hat durch Einwirkung von 25ccm 1/tn AICI;-Lésung 181,5 mg Al,O3 aufgenommen. 22 G. DAIKUHARA. resp. FeCl, gesattigten Boden immer noch sauer, und solche Boden kommen in der Natur haufig vor. Wenn aber die absorbierenden Basen auf Alkalien und Erdalkalien beschrankt wirden, so wiirde Ramanns Behaup- tung richtig sein. DAS VERHALTEN ZWISCHEN DEN VERSCHIEDENEN SALZLOSUNGEN UND DER BODENACIDITAT. Es exsistiert ein grosser Unterschied zwischen der Aciditat des Bo- dens bei der Behandlung mit verschiedenen Salzlosungen und zwar ergeben die leichten absorbierbaren Salze auch starker saure Filtrate, z. B. Kalium- und Ammoniumsalze rufen eine starkere Aciditat hervor als Natrium-, Magnesium- und Calciumsalze. Je 100g von vier sauren Boden wurden in Kolben nach Zusatz von je 250ccm Salzlosungen unter zeitweiligem Umschitteln fiinf Tage stehen gelassen und je 125 ccm der tiberstehenden klaren Flussigkeit dann titriert nach dem Kochen mit 1/10 n NaOH Losung; als Indikator wurde Phenolphthalein gebraucht. Die folgende Tabelle zeigt die zur Titration verbrauchte Menge NaOH Losung. A. Titrationsergebnis mit verschiedenen Chloridlosungen. Boden KCl NH,Cl NaCl MgCl CaCl Voshino-Boden. ... 32,1 ccm 31,7 ccm 16,6 ccm 10,0 ccm 10,4 ccm Vergleichung .., 100 99 52 31 32 Shiga-Boden. ... 18,5 ccm -= 9,6 ccm 10,3 ccm 9,0 com Vergleichung ... 100 J 52 55 48 Gifu-Boden. ... 8,2 ccm — 3,8 ccm 4,1 ccm 4,3 ccm Vergleichung ... 100 -- 39 49 51 Nara-Boden. ... 7,7 ccm a 4,6 ccm 3,7 ccm 3,7 ccm Vergleichung ... 10c — 59 48 48 Durchschnittl.— Vergleichung ... 100 99 51 46 45 B. Titrationsergebnis mit verschiedenen Kalisalzen. Boden KCl KNO, KCl O, K,SO, KJ Yoshino-Boden. ... 33,4 ccm 35,0 ccm 30,3 ccm 32,7 ccm 29,0 ccm Vergleichung ... 100 106 99 98 87 UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 23 Boden KCl KNO; KCIO, K,SO, KJ Shiga-Boden. ... 18,5 ccm 18,5 ccm — II,I ccm — Vergleichung ... 100 100 — 60 — Netgata-Boden ... 11,3 ccm 10,6 ccm 9,3 ccm 9,4 ccm 8,7 ccm Vergleichung .., 100 93 82 83 77 Gifu-Boden. ... 8,2 ccm 7,4. ccm — 7,6 ccm — Vergleichung ... 100 89 — go -- Nara-Boden. ... 8,3 ccm 7,9 ccm 52 ccm 5,8 com 5.4 ccm Vergleichung ... 100 96 88 70 60 Durchschnittl.— Vergleichung ... 100 99 90 80 76 N.B. Die Filtrate yon Ammoniumchlorid und Kaliumjodid sind infolge ihrer starken Farbung schwer zu titrieren, deshalb wurde ihre Aciditat aus der Aluminiummenge in der Lésung berechnet. Obige Besultate ergeben, dass die Aciditatsgrade der Filtrate von Ammoniumchlorid und Kaliumchlorid ungefahr gleich sind und diese Aciditat weit starker als bei den anderen Chloriden auftritt. Die Acidi- tatsgrade bei Natriumchlorid, Magnesiumchlorid und Calciumchlorid sind unter einander ungefahr gleich, doch betragen sie nur die Halfte der mit Ammoniumchlorid und Kaliumchlorid erhaltenen. Was verschiedene Kalisalze betrifft, so ist die Aciditat mit Kalium- chlorid und Kaliumnitrat die gleiche, wahrend Kaliumchlorat, Kaliumsulfat sowie Kaliumjodid eine schwachere Aciditat lieferen. DAS VERHALTNIS ZWISCHEN DER KONZENTRATION DER KCL-LOSUNG UND DER BODENACIDITAT. Auf je 100g Bodenmenge wurden 250 ccm KCl-Lésung von verschie- denen Konzentrationen gegossen, nach 5 Tagen (mit zeitweiligem Um- schiitteln) 125 ccm von der tiberstehenden klaren Flissigkeit abgemessen, gekocht und mit 1/10n NaOH Losung titriert. Das Resultat findet sich in der folgenden Tabelle: 24 G. DAIKUHARA. Aciditat des Bodens in cem 1/10n NaOH Losung. eee Niigata-Boden Kumamoto-Boden Shiga-Boden 1/50 normal 0,47 1,45 1,70 1/30 4, 0,90 2,50 3,25 1/20 + 1,50 3,80 5,30 1/lo_ 3:57 7572 9,80 /5 os 5,55 11,75 14,68 1/2 9 9,17 18,85 17,93 1/1 5 10,92 20,95 18,45 2/1 a 11,55 21,72 | 18,40 3/1 % 11,90 21,67 | — Leider habe ich nicht die Endkonzentration der KCl-Losung bestimmt, jedoch kann man wohl annehmen, dass die Anfangs- und Endkonzentration der KCl-Losung ziemlich dieselbe blieb, ausgenommen allerdings bei den am starksten verdiinnten Losungen. Wie man aus der folgenden Figur ersehen kann, sind die Kurven, welche die vorstehende Tabelle illustrieren sollen, sehr ahnlich den bekannten Absorptionskurven. (FIGUR 1) Wenn die Vorgange nach der Gleichung 1 zs = =ac m verlaufen wiirden, dann miissten die Kurven, welche den Logarithmen von = und c entsprechen, gerade Linien sein. Man bekommt in dieser Weise die folgenden Diagramme. (FIGUR IL) Wir sehen, dass alle drei Diagramme bei schwacherer Konzentration gerade Linien zeigen. Bei starkeren Konzentrationen (in der Nahe des UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 25 Sattigungspunktes) gehen die Kurven ziemlich rasch in einen zur Abscisse parallelen Verlauf tiber. DAS VERHALTEN DER BODENACIDITAT BEIM ERHITZEN. Drei verschiedene Boden” und eine Sorte Kaolin wurden auf verschie- dene Temperaturgrade 20 Stunden erhitzt und davon die Bodenaciditat nach obigem Verfahren festgestellt ; es ergab sich folgendes Resultat : Verlust des Gewichtes d. Bodens bei Aciditaét d. Bodens in ccm 1/1lon Erhit . (g N : Temperatur- po ee (8) BeOH Bees iKeaolin NVara- Shiga- | Yoshino- | 3, .}in Nara- Shiga- | Yoshino- ~ao'm- | Boden Boden Boden oma Boden Boden Boden 2 a 3333 | 615 | 1872 | 28,60 40°C. EON) 1,2 35 1,4 32,03 5,58 16,83 28,03 | 60°C. 22 |) 14 Sih || dite) 29,73 5,63 16,73 27,53 80°C. 255 1,6 4,9 2,5 28,23 6,15 17,22 27:93 100°C. 2,9 1,8 5.4 2,9 26,43 8,48 18,90 31,10 120°C. 2,9 2,1 5,6 3,2 27,17 9,27 18,37 34,03 150°C. gee |e 5,7 3,5 26,47 | 6,00 | 19,53 | 38.93 200°C. 33 | 27 6,6 43 24,03 5,15 17,48 2,77 5 | I stiind. Glut 8,3 5,7 12,5 9,8 3,20 2,20 6,70 4,00 5 8,5 5,9 12,7 9,9 2,85 1,65 5,95 3,50 Es ergibt sich hieraus, dass Kaolin allmahlich beim Erhitzen an Aciditat abnimmt, wahrend die Boden durch Erhitzen auf 40-60°C ihre Aciditat etwas erniedrigen und bei hoheren Temperaturen wieder an Aciditat zunehmen ; aber die Aciditat des Mara- und S/zga-Bodens nimmt bei. 150°C. resp. 200°C. wieder ab. Bei Gluthitze verlieren alle drei Boden und Kaolin den grossten Teil ihrer Aciditat. 1) Der Mara-Boden ist ein sandiger Granitboden, der Si/ga-Boden ein toniger Diluvium- boden, und der Yos/zmo-Boden ein toniger Chichibu-Palaozoischer Boden. 26 G. DAIKUHARA. DAS VERHALTNIS ZWISCHEN DER GROSSE VON BODEN- BILDENDEN PARTIKELN UND DER BODENACIDITAT. Ein saurer sandiger Granit-Boden aus Szmiyoshi bei Kobe wurde durch verschiedene Siebe gesiebt, mit destilliertem Wasser gut ausgewaschen und dann die Aciditat dieser Bodenteile nach obenstehendem Verfahren mit KCl Losung bestimmt mit folgendem Resultat : Grosse der Partikeln Aciditat (mm.) (ccm 1/10 n NaOH Lésung.) 2,0—3,00 1,60 I,00-2,00 2,00 0,50-1,00 2,64 0,25—0,50 7,60 0,25 21,90 0,50 18,10 Originalboden 6,90 Dieses Resultat ergibt, dass die feinsten Partikeln die grosste Aciditat besitzen, wahrend die grosseren nur geringe aufweisen. NEUE METHODEN UBER DEN NACHWEIS DER BODENACIDITAT. Die Lakmuspapiermethode ist die verbreiteste und leichtetste, und man kann auch durch dieselbe unterscheiden, ob die Aciditat einem léslichen oder unloslichen Korper angehdrt. Die Schiitzesche Ammoniak- methode ist auch praktisch, fiir freie Humussaure aber nicht einwandfrei. Die ) 2- ” as=Ys—BY2 Y3s>=» oh ” as=Ys—BYs Yas) o> A ” An =Ynii— BYn Yn= » 59 Nn. ” So ergibt sich folgendes praktische Verhaltnis : K=_2 as ay an ay as as ae Hieraus kann man die Totalbodenaciditat berechnen wie folgt: Die Aciditat beim ersten Mal in Losung=2 y, Die gesamte Aciditat bei jedem Male hinzugefiigt 2 (a,+a.+ a, rn— n =2y,+2a, 3K" n—1 =2y, + aa ) I—K Da K kleiner als 1 ist, wenn man n als infinit betrachtet (n= 90), —2 bs fh See ee Se (y+ t—k ) ergibt sich folgende : 1) Hier méchte der Verfasser seinen herzlichen Dank den Herren Professor Dr. 7. Zerada, Prof. Dr. 7: Okada und Dr. AZ. /iyi fiir ihre wertvolle Hilfe zur Berechnung der Total- bodenaciditat ausdriicken. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 33 Der Verfasser hat mit dem Cyichidu-palaozoischen lehmigen sauren Tonboden aus Yoshino je 10 Serien Titrationen ausgefihrt und nach der obigen Formel die Totalaciditat berechnet, dann wurde diese mit der gefundenen verglichen wie folgt : Y, = 36,64 ccm a — Ye Ya —2 600 Yo—20;92' ,, Zp = Voie Mo =O © Mo 7! 6 ae— Na —7 Y,— 1-705 ve 8,05 ” ay=Y;—3 a— 2s ve— 5,28 ” as=Y_—4 Y;=0,930 Ys= 3557 »» ag = ae} Y<=0,725 Y= 2,51 ” ag a a as ~_=0,81 ; 2 =0,84 5 +. =0,71 ; *_=0,74 ; Sy = 4 : 7 : 74 as =O} VAS) F durchschnittlich K=0,78= rund 0,8 3a z=. Sy ane 2.60 hie: SZ (v4 sae = (36.64+ 20 2) 99.28 ccm Durch wiederholte Titration mit demselben Boden, bis der dabei erhaltene Extrakt fast neutral geworden ist, hat der Verfasser die Total- aciditat von 99.17 ccm gefunden. Berechnet Gefunden 99,28 ccm 99,17 ccm Die berechneten sowie gefundenen Totalaciditaten von verschiedenen Totalaciditat.--- +++ aa Boden und der Wert von (K) wurden gefunden wie folgt : : Totalaciditat Boden aus Seen Bodenarten gefunden berechnet (ccm)| Wert von K Nara (Lkoma) Granit Sand 21,52 20,52 0,90 Niigata Alluvium Lehm 37,07 37,80 0,85 Gifu Alluvium Lehm 28,15 27,40 0,85 Nara ( Yoshino)| Palaeozoisch lehmiger Ton 96,42 96,20 0,80 Kumamoto Mesozoisch Ton 72,82 72,36 0,85 34 G. DAIKUHARA. Die Uebereinstimmung der gefundenen und berechneten Zahlen den Totalaciditat beweist die Richtigkeit der Formel und kann man in der Praxis den durchschnittlichen Wert von K=o,85 benitzen. Bei obiger Methode muss man mindestens zwei Titrationen ausfihren und die Differenz a, zwischen der Menge von 1/10 n NaOH Losung bei der zweiten Titration und der halben Menge bei der ersten berechnen. Wenn ein bestimmtes Verhaltnis zwischen der Totalaciditat und dem Ergebnis bei der ersten Titration besteht, kann man die Bodenaciditat bei einmalige Titration bestimmen. Die Totalaciditat und das Ergebnis der ersten Titration wurde mit zweiunddreissig verschiedenen Boden fest- gestellt und das Verhaltnis zwischen beiden berechnet, wobei sich folgende durchschnittliche Zahlen ergaben: Totalaciditat 1. Titration nach 1 Tage Totalaciditat 1. Titration nach 5 Tagen =3.49=rund 3.5 =3.07=rund 3.0 Wenn man diese durchschnittlichen Zahlen verwendet, so kann man leicht die approximale Totalaciditat berechnen. Der Verfasser hat zur praktischen Verwendung zwei Tabellen dar- gestellt, von denen die eine zu jedem gefundenen Grade der Totalaciditat je die entsprechenden Mengen des Calciumkarbonats und Aetzkalks und die erforderlichen Mengen von beiden zur Neutralisation pro 100 kg Boden angibt, und die andere zum gefundenen Gewicht des 100 ccm lufttrocknenBodens das entsprechende Gewicht des 10 cm tiefen Bodens pro ha. enthalt. Um das Resultat der obigen Aciditatbestimmungsmethode auf seine Richtigkeit zu priifen, wurden die drei folgenden humusarmen Boden mit der berechneten Menge von CaCO, gemischt, worauf von Zeit zu Zeit die Reaktion untersucht wurde. Berechnete Menge Boden aus Bodenarten Totalaciditat von CaCOs Yoshino Lehmiger Ton 109,92 ccm 0,550 ¢ Shiga Ton 55,56 ,, 0,278 5, Tkoma Lehmiger Sand 27s Uibtaisy 0,136 ,, UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. 35 Je 100g Boden wurden mit der berechneten Menge von CaCO gemischt, mit Wasser angefeuchtet und unter zeitweiligem Umrihren 78 Tage lang stehen gelassen. Hierauf wurde die Reaktion auf Lackmuspapier geprift, dann so viel Wasser darauf gegossen, dass dasselbe den Boden bedeckte, es diesmal 87 Tage stehen gelassen und ebenfalls der Boden hin und wieder umgeschiittelt. Wahrend dieser 87 Tage wurde die Reaktion dreimal geprift, namlich nach 10, 27 und endlich nach 87 Tagen mit nachfolgendem Resultat : Reaktion des Bodens Boden aus CaCO; verwendet g Nach 78 Breizustand foes n. 10 Tagen |n. 27 Tagen |. 87 Tagen 4 von der berechn. Menge=0,275 | stark sauer sauer schw. sauer | schw. sauer as sauer &al- | schw. sauer Pin» » =413 | “Kalisch | &alkalisch| Meutral | neutral Yoshino |t/t , 5 » =0,550 do do | SC. alka") schw. alkal. (Nara) |5/4 5 5 os =0,688 do do alkalisch alkal. BU Za sss on =0,825 do do do do PRE on ep cf =1I,100 do do do do 3 von der berechn. Menge =0,139 stark sauer | — sauer sauer sauer ss os a =0,209 do sauer schw. sauer | schw. sauer TALs5) 5 ay =0,278 sauer schw. sauer neutral neutral Shiga oe B(Alsn is 0 im =0,345 | Sauer Kal: | schiv. ser | schw. alkal. | schw. alkal. BYE oe on 55 =0,417 | do do alkal. alkal. 2/1 9 ” =0,556 | do do do do + von der berechn. Menge =0,068 | sauer sauer sauer sauer Sas sass on =0,102 do do schw. sauer | schw. sauer | Tkoma jt/t,, 5, = =0,136 do | schw. sauer do neutral (Nara) |5/4 5 5 a =0,170 ener ere aaa neutral neutral Bizet eee as =0,204 | do do alkalisch | alkalisch DUT, ss 55 =0,272 | do do do do | 36 G. DAIKUHARA, Dieselben drei Bodenproben wurden mit verschiedenen Mengen von Aetzkalilosung unter zeitweiligem Umschiitteln behandelt, und nach 7 Tagen die Reaktion des Bodens gepriift. Resultat wie folgt: Boden aus KOH verwendet Reaktion der Bodens % von der berechnten Menge sauer Yoshino 1/1 » ” ” »” neutral (Nara) 5/4 ” ” ” ” alkalisch 4 von der berechneten Menge stark sauer t ” ” ” ” sauer 1/1 ”? ” ? ” schw. sauer Shiga 5/4 3» » ” » neutral 3/ 2 55 ” ” ” alkalisch 2/L 4 5 ” ” do 3 von der berechneten Menge sauer Tia) t > » ” schw. sauer Lkoma 1/1 ” ” ” ”» neutral (Nara) 5/4 9 9» » » alkalisch 3/2 » ” ” ” do 2/ I» ” ”? ” do Aus obigem Ergebnis ersehen wir, dass die Aciditat der humusarmen sauren Boden mit der nach der Methode des Verfassers berechneten Menge von KOH oder CaCO, fast gang neutralisiert. Weiter hat der Verfasser viele Topfversuche” mit verschiedenen Boden und verschiedenen Pflanzen ausgefthrt, um die optimale Menge von Kalk zu bestatigen, und das Ergebnis mit berechneter Menge ist folgendes: 1) Die niheren Erklirungen werden spiter vom Verfasser mit dem Resultat anderer verschiedener Topfvyersuche mitgeteilt. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN. BY/ Optimale Menge Berechnete Menge Boden von CaCO, von CaCO; Wugata Bodens.. ss.) «es 1,80 g 1,60 g Gy Boden ..6 ss ess Ore 0,93 »» Sarge Wyerslsn, coo. o06 0ce 2.80 ,, PAO) Yoshino Boden... ... ... 3,40 ,, BAS) pn Die obigen Resultate zeigen, dass die KCl-Methode bei Bestimmung der Aciditat des Bodens, die aus den durch Bodenkolloide absorbierten Tonerde- resp. Eisenverbindungen stammt, richtige Resultate liefert und man sie mit Sicherheit in der Praxis verwenden kann. DIE BODENACIDITAT UND DER KALKFAKTOR. Es ist in neuerer Zeit gezeigt worden, dass ein Optimalertrag unter anderen auch von einem gewissen Mengen-Verhaltnis zwischen CaO und MgO im Boden abhangt. Zahlreiche Versuche lassen nicht daran zweifeln. Loew hat weiter beobachtet, dass die Schadlichkeit des Ueberschusses an Magnesia sehr gross ist, wenn die Reaktion der Nahrlésung sauer ist. Auf des Verfassers Vorschlag hat Sakamoto vor einiger Zeit drei verschiedene Boden, welche viele Jahre hinter einander gekalkt worden sind, und drei von gleichem Ursprung jedoch ohne Kalkung und ohne kultiviert gewesen zu sein, untersucht mit folgendem Ergebnis : | Boden I aus | CaO | MgO CaO: MgO mit Kalk | 0,291 0,140 | 2,09 a) koma (Nara) ohne ,, 0,121 0,159 | 0,76 eat | mit Kalk | 0,381 0,350 1,09 b) Yoshino I (Nara) ... | ohne ,, 0,100 0,515 0,19 | : | 2 mit Kalk 0,364 | 0,416 | 0,88 c) Yoshino II (Nara).. ohne ,, | 0,073 | 0,346 0,20 38 G. DAIKUHARA, Aus der obigen Tabelle ersehen wir, dass jene drei Boden urspriinglich sehr wenig Kalk enthalten und bei den Boden b und c der Kalkgehalt nur ungefahr ein Funftel des Magnesiagehaltes betragt. Es ist nun von Interesse zu beobachten, dass der Boden b durch die Kalkung den fur Getreidearten giinstigsten Kalkfaktor 1 fast genau erreichte, wahrend bei c noch a die Zahl etwas tberschritten und bei nicht ganz erreicht wurde. Immerhin sind alle drei Verhaltnisse dem ginstigsten Kalkfaktor noch sehr nahe. Die geologischen Formationen, die Pflanzen, die jahrlichen Mengen des gebrannten Kalks und die Anzahl der Jahre der Kalkung sind wiefolgt : Geologische | Boden Pflanzen Jahrliche An-) Anzahl der Boden aus F wendung des | Jahre der Formation arten ar ae Saaninas | Winter Kalks pro ha.| Kalkung lkoma (Nara) Granit Sandlehm | Reis | Nackt-Gerste |2300-2600 Kg) Wty Yoshino 1 (NVara).. aera Lehmton | Reis — do 15 Yoshino II (Nara).. Tertiar Lehmton | Reis Nackt-Gerste do 20 Spater hat der Verfasser gefunden, dass jene unkultivierten Boden eine starksaure Reaktion hatten, die kultivierten und gekalkten Boden hingegen eine neutrale. Das Bestimmungsresultat der Bodenaciditat ist wie folgt: Boden aus Boden aciditat. a) Jlkoma (Nara) | aes Ee da ee b) Yoshino 1 (Nara) ae “ll G2 eee c) Yoshino IL (Nara) | isin ri ee Es ist auffallend, dass der Unterschied der Reaktion zwischen den kultivierten und unkultivierten Boden sehr gross ist. Man musste daher Reaktion zu verhindern und diesen Boden kalken, erstens um die saure zweitens, um den Kalkfaktor aufzubessern. UEBER SAURE MINERALBOEDEN, 39 Der Verfasser hat viele saure Boden inbezug auf CaO und MgO- Gehalt untersucht und bemerkt, dass je starker sauer die Reaktion eines Bodens ist, desto weniger Kalk er enthalt, wie folgende Tabelle durch- schnittlich ergibt : Kultivierter Boden Unkultivierter Boden Reaktion des | Silikataciditat Bodens des Bodens Anzahl der |Durchschnittli-| Anzahl der | Durchschnittli- Bodenproben |cher Kalkfaktor| Bodenproben |cher Kalkfaktor Sehr stark sauer >> 20 ccm 15 | 0.54 8 0.81 Stark sauer ... 5-20 ,, 20 | 0.65 Sauer oo... Hp 13 0.88 Il | 0.96 Schwach sauer.. <. von iden) duft- trockenstengeln : 187.5 174.0 18.9 89.3 6.7 59.1 Verdaut in Prozenten : 53.5 56.0 43.4 59.5 56.3 56.3 Hammel II (Gewicht 53.0 kg) Gesamtverzehr wie Hammel I.. 650.8 574.4 75.6 282.2 17.0 199.5 Im Kot 297.2 248.2 39.6 116.7 8.9 83.0 Verdaut im Ganzen: 353-6 326.2 36.0 165.5 8.1 116.5 » von Diirrheu: 161.0 152-2 16.1 72.7 I. 62.1 » von den Luft- trockenstengeln : 192.6 174.0 19.9 93.8 7.0 54.4. Verdaut in Prozenten: 550 56.0 45.6 62.5 58.8 51.9 Im Durchschnitt : 54.3 56.0 44.5 61.0 57.6 54.1 PERIODE III. Hammel I (Gewicht 60.0 kg) 35019 Diirrhew.= 2) |: 300.2 263.8 32.0 132.0 5.1 94.6 400 g Getrocknete Stenge 354.1 318.8 39-1 166.1 12.3 101.4 Gesamtverzehr : 654.3 582.6 71.1 208 1 17.4 196:0 Im Kot See 288.2 239.8 44.2 115.0 7.8 72.8 Verdaut im Ganzen: 366.1 342.8 20.9 183.1 9.6 123.2 » von Diirrheu: | 170.2 160.3 17.0 74.6 1.7 67.0 » von den getrock- neten Stengeln : 195.9 182.5 9.9 108.5 7.9 56.2 Verdaut in Prozenten : 55.3 57.2 25.3 65.3 64.3 55:4 Hammel II (Gewicht 52.0 kg) Gesamtverzehr wie Hammel I. | 654.3 582.6 71.1 298.1 | 17.4 196.0 Im Kot 204.5 246.9 | 44.4 117.9 | 8.0 76.7 Verdaut im Ganzen:| 359.8 335.7 |) 26.7 180.2 | 9.4 | 119.3 » von Diirrheu: | 161.0 152.2 | 16.1 72.7 I. 62.1 », vonden getrock- | | | neten Stengeln: | 108.8 183.5 | 10.6 107.5 8.3 57.2 Verdaut in Prozenten: | 56.1 | 57-5 | 27.1 64.7 | 67.4 56.4 Im Durchschnitt : 55.7 57.4 | 26.2 65.0 65.9 55.9 UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN, 49 Im allgemeinen diirfte der Lufttrockenstengel seiner Zusammensetzung und Verdaulichkeit, sowie auch seinem Starkewert nach einem Diirrheu von mittler Giite, die O. Ke//ner in seiner Fiitterungstabelle” angibt, beinah gleich kommen. Vergleicht man weiter denselben mit dem zu den vorlie- genden Versuchen verwendeten Diirrheu, sowie mit dem gewohnlich von unseren Landleuten fiir den Erhaltungszweck benitzten Rauhfutter, das nach Xe//nerschen Untersuchungen” folgende Nahrwerte haben soll, so muss er, das Reisstroh an Giite tibertreffend, wenigstens unter unseren japanischen Rauhfutterarten als ein solches von sehr guter Sorte bezeichnet werden: Rohnahrstoffe Verdaul. Nahrstoffe ; S| es Ss aS 3) OS | = 5 3) Ose = 5 ZN Bg om ieGe pradiog\ Bar ee le dry od a |e S I A g g S 8 ey |) = gZ ue ie a ese |r %o % 26 % % % % %o } ) Gewohnliches Heu No. I. 9.9 42.2 2.6 35-3 4.3 22.2 1.2 22.6 » » IL} 12.2 42.3 3-1 33-2 7-4 2} || ES 21.7 | - » yy III. 9-3 45.6 3:3 32.6 3:2 23-7 1.7 18.6 | Im Durchschnitt : 10.5 43-4 3.0 B57) 5.0 23.4 1.5 21.0 | Heu von unkultivierten Landereien No. I. 8.9 40.0 3.4 40.4. 3-6 eS || dy 26.1 Heu von unkultivierten Landereien No. II. 7.0 42.5 33 40.5 1.6 17.5 1.3 25.6 Heu von Imperata | arundinacea | 10.8 35-7 2.8 42.4. 5-6 16.0 I.1 23.7 Stroh vom Sumpfreis 6.8 24.8 2.2 48.7 3.2 | 88 0.9 28.3 s | =r » Bergreis ae 6.8 32.1 2.2 40.4 30 | 9.3 1.1 22.3 Ausserdem habe ich bei der Verabreichung der Trockenstengel durchaus keine gesundheitsschadliche Wirkung derselben bemerkt, obwohl ich uber 6 Wochen lang mit 400 Gramm die beiden Hammel gefiittert 1) Ebenda, S. 581. 2) Imperial University, College of Agriculture. Tokyo, Japan. Bulletin No. 2. 50 T. KATAYAMA. habe, die immer mit grosser Begierde frassen. Es erscheint deswegen sehr wiinschenwert, die Stengel und Blatter der Siisskartoffel nicht als blossen Ballast zu betrachten, sondern als ein gutes Rauhfutter zu ver- werten, besonders weil das Bediirfnis fur billiges Rauhfutter fortwahrend erosser wird, um unseren Viehstand zu verbessern. Die diatetisch ungiinstige Wirkung der Siisskartoffelstengel erinnert zwar an die Oxalsaurevergiftung des Zuckerriibenkrautes,” die bei der Trocknung desselben durch die Oxydation der Oxalsaure stark geschwacht wird, aber diese Saure wird in den Stengeln nur in Spuren gefunden, wahrend Gerbsaure zu ca. 1% in der Trockensubstanz enthalten ist. Obwohl meine diesbeziiglichen Untersuchungen noch nicht abgeschlossen sind, modchte ich hier nur eine kurze Mitteilung machen tber einen negativ ausgefallenen Versuch. Ich habe namlich zwei Kaninchen 5 Tage lang ausschliesslich mit frischem Siisskartoffelkraut geftittert. Die Tiere nahmen es ohne Zogern und vertrugen diese Nahrung ohne jede gesund- heitliche Storung. Danach habe ich noch zwei anderen Kaninchen je 209 g Presssaft aus frischen Stengeln in den hungernden Magen eingespritzt, um eine eventuelle Giftwirkung drastischer hervortreten zu lassen, jedoch habe ich auch dabei gar keine Vergiftungserscheinungen bemerkt. Die einzige grosse Unbequemlichkeit fiir die Verwertung der Stengel ist vor allem die zeitraubende Trocknung derselben. Jedenfalls muss man darauf achten, dass man sobald wie moglich die Stengel in die Scheune bringt, nachdem man sie entweder auf dem Felde oder sonst irgendwo im Freien vollig lufttrocken hat werden lassen, damit die Stengel und Blatter nicht durch ungiinstige Witterung ausgelaugt werden und verwit- tern. Es ware sehr zweckmassig, wenn man den Stengel moglichst lange an der Luft abwelken liesse und bei ungiinstigem Wetter mit Hilfe einer maschinellen Vorrichtung trocknete. In Europa hat man in letzter Zeit 1) &. Pott, Wandbuch der tierischen Ernihrnng und der landw. Fattermittel 1. Bd., S. 99, und 7 Honcamp u. 7. Kutayam1, Landw, Versuchsstationen 1907, 67. Bd. S. 443. UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 5i mit Erfolg das Dauerfutter, Kartoffel? und Riibenkraut® durch verschiedene Trocknungsapparate getrocknet, jedoch sind solche fiir vorliegenden Zweck viel zu gross und zu teuer, um sie bei uns einzufiihren, da unser land- wirtschaftlicher Betrieb sehr klein ist. Wenn man nun die Werte ftir den Lufttrockenstengel auf den Stengel im frischen Zustande umrechnet, welcher 129% Trockensubstanz enthalt, so erhalt man folgende Zahlen : | |N-freie Ex- Rohprotein) es Rohfett | Rohfaser | Eiweiss | Starkewert Yo | % %o % Yo % . i = — pa 3 Rohnihrstoffe... 2... ... 1.49 | 5.14 0.41 3-59 1.34 Verdauliche Nabrstoffe... | 0.66 | 3.14 0.23 1.91 0.51 5.0 Der frische Stengel ist ein sehr wasseriges, seiner Zusammensetzung nach dem Ribenkraut ahnliches Futter, und er eignet sich nicht zur alleinigen Verfttterung. Der Stengel darf nur in beschrankten Mengen und gleichzeitig in Verbindung mit Stroh, Dirrheu oder mit anderem derartigen Trockenfutter gefiittert werden.. Trotzdem ist natirlich die Verabreichung der Stengel in frischem Zustande die beste Verwertung, weil damit weder grosse Nahrstoffverluste noch anderweitige Unkosten verbunden sind. Il. UEBER DAS EINSAUERN VON SUSSKARTOFFEL- STENGELN IN TONGEFASSEN. Wie ich schon anfangs erwahnte, habe ich in kleinem Massstabe das Einsauern® der Susskartoffelstengel versucht, welches im allgemeinen aus Mangel an einem besseren Konservierungsverfahren in Betracht kommt, 1) Landw. Versuchsstationen 1908, 68. Bd. S. 39. 2) Ebenda 1907, 67, Bd. S. 443. 3) Bei den Einsduerungsverfahren hat mir Herr Kollege Dr. W. Yamashita freundlichst miindlichen Rat gegeben, dem ich dafiir auch an dieser Stelle meinen besten Dank sage. 52 T, KATAYAMA, obwohl in Ensilage gewohnlich grosse Nahrstoffverluste eintreten.” Wenn das Einmieten der Siisskartoffelstengel in Gruben so einfach ausfiihrbar ware wie bei anderem Sauerfutter, so wirde es sicherlich fur unsere Landwirte sehr zweckmassig sein. Ich habe zuerst als vorlaufigen Versuch ein Tongefass von ca. 80 | mit kurz geschnittenen Stengeln gefillt, und wiederum im Jahre 1911 diesen Versuch mit zwei grésseren Gefassen wiederholt. Die im Gefass eingestampfte Masse wurde mit einem Holzdeckel bedeckt, auf den noch 2 schwere Steine als Gewicht zum Pressen gelegt wurden. Aber der obere Teil wird sehr leicht nach einigen Tagen dunkel- braun und verdirbt danach so sehr, dass man endlich den Versuch er- neuern muss. Dieses Braunwerden kann man jedoch dadurch beschranken, dass man die Stengel einmal auskocht oder im Wasser stehen lasst. Denn es ist héchst wahrscheinlich auf die Oxydation derjenigen Bestand- teile im Saft zurtickzuftihren, die sehr oxydierbar sind, wie z. B. Gerbsaure unter der Mitwirkung von Enzymen. Ich habe daher eine geniigende Menge Wasser in das Gefass gegossen, so dass die Fliissigkeit gerade noch die ganze Masse bedeckte, und dadurch der Luftzutritt moglichst verhindert wurde. Das Einsauern ging normal in dieser Weise von statten, und mit dem Sauerfutter wurde erst nach 4 Monaten von Ende Marz an gefittert (I. Versuchsreihe, IV. Periode). Von dem Gefass, das anfangs 60 kg frischer Stengel (7.7 kg Trocken- substanz) enthielt, wurden vor der Verfiitterung ausser 4.6 kg der oberen dunkelbraunen Schicht auch etwa 5 1| tberfliessenden sehr diinnen sduerlichen Saftes entfernt; hiernach waren 64.5 kg Sauerstengel (6.4 kg Trockensubstanz), namlich etwa 859% der urspriinglichen Trockensubstanz zur Fiitterung verwendbar geblieben. 1) J Maerker, Fiitterungslehre S. 80; O. Ke//ner, Landw. Versuchsstationen 1880, Bd. 25, S. 447, und ,, die Ernihrung der landw. Nutztiere ” IV. Aufl, S. 240; B. Schulze, Centralblatt fiir Agricultur Chemie 1887, S. 96; 7. Zengl u. S. Weiser, Landw. Versuchsstationen 1911, Bd. 74, S. 263. UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 53 Das verfiitterte Sauerfutter sah sehr gut aus und hatte angenehm sauerlichen Geruch, aber dasselbe war so wassrig, dass es einen Wasser- gehalt von 90% zeigte. Die Tiere frassen nicht gern geniigende Mengen, nicht allein wegen des Sauergeschmacks und der starken Nasse, sondern auch wegen des grésseren Futtervolumens, besonders konnte Hammel II nicht 1 kg davon vertragen. Ich habe daher in dem vorliegenden Versuche den Tieren nur 900g Sauerfutter nebst 500¢ eines guten Dirrheues verabreicht, dessen Verdaulichkeit gesondert festgestellt worden war. Die Zusammensetzung der verabreichten Futtermittel, sowie die Ver- daulichkeit des Diirrheues waren, auf Trockensubstanz bezogen, folgende : Verdauungskoeffizienten Trockensubstanz des Diirrheues Organische Substanz... fp Be 86.99 Bae 63.8 Rohprotein’-.. ss.) «-. I4,01 10.04 55-9 55.6 N-freie Extraktstoffe .... 39.17 43.87 61.5 61.6 vohfettae ess esss 9) tes SSO 1.70 40.8 35.7 iRohfasers| Gee con econ sea’ 30.92 ser 71.4 IBS Sao, doo. 685 | coo OAR 9.90 Von den beiden Tieren zum Verzehren vorgelegten Futtermitteln enthielt der Sauerstengel 9.94, das Diirrheu 84.53% Trockensubstanz. Der Kot wurde taglich vom Hammel I mit 234.1 g, vom Hammel II mit 239.1 g in der Trockensubstanz ausgeschieden. Darin war enthalten in Prozenten : Hammel I. Hammel II, Organische Substanz.... ... ... 76.76 76.34 IRONS ag, Gad Tao doo oor 11.93 12.47 IN-freiel Eixtraktstotfe joes -s6. ese 41.61 30-44 IRvoln lhe ong) goa) dbo . ues ago Sane 2.69 2.62 Rohfaser Ao eon tole Oat Oe 20.53 21.81 Die Verdauungskoeffizienten sind in der folgenden Tabelle zusam- mengestellt : 54 T. KATAYAMA. Trocken- |Organische} . Roh- |N-freie Ex-| Rohfett | Rohfaser substanz | Substanz | protein | traktstoffe g g g g g | g PERIODE IV. Hammel I. (Gewicht 58.5 kg) Hoole Dirchen ies) Seles 422.7 367.7 45.0 185.3 VAD) 130.7 goo g Sauerstengel ... 2... 89.5 80.0 13.3 35.1 3-4 28.2 Gesamtverzehr : 512.2 447-7 58.3 220.4 10.6 158.9 Tnitwot et fk 234.1 179.7 27.9 97-4 6.3 48.1 Verdaut im Ganzen: 278.1 268.0 30.4. 123.0 4.3 110.8 » vom Diirrheu: 253-4 237-1 25.1 113.9 2.9 95.6 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : 24.7 30.9 5-3 9.1 1.4 15.2 Verdaut in Prozenten : 27.6 38.6 39.9 26.0 41.2 54.1 Hammel II. (Gewicht 50.5 kg) Gesamtverzehr wie Hammel I. 512.2 447.7 | 58.3 220.4 10.6 158.9 Tm Potro eve eee cee 239-1 | 182.5 | 29.8 | 94.3 6.3 52.1 Verdaut im Ganzen: 273-1 265.2 | 28.5 126.1 4.3 106.8 » vom Diirrheu: | 249.1 231.8 | 24.8 | 114.3 2.2 90.9 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : 24.0 | 33.4. | 3.7 11.8 2.1 15.9 Verdaut in Prozenten : 26.9 | 41.7 27.8 33-6 61.7 56.4 Im Durchschnitt:| 97.3 | 402 | 339 | 298 | 515 | 546 | ‘Da in diesem Versuchsabschnitte die verfiitterte Sauerstengelmenge verhaltnismassig zu klein war, sollte unvermeidlich eine ziemlich grossere Fehlergrenze ftir die Berechnung der Verdauungskoeffizienten gestattet werden, jedoch ist aus den vorstehenden Zahlen leicht ersichtlich, dass die Nahrbestandteile des Sauerstengels sehr schlecht verdaulich sind. Wenn man nun die rohe und verdauliche Nahrstoffmenge des verfitterten Sauerstengels mit der des urspriinglichen griinen vergleicht, indem man fiir die Verdauungskoeffizienten des letzteren die fir Lufttrockenstengel UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 55 in den vorhergehenden Versuchen ermittelten Werte verwendet, so ergeben sich folgende Zahlen in der Trockensubstanz : Frischer Stengel Sauerstengel zon ~_verdaulich ‘TF aan | aivyeacaaie: % % % % ohprotein’... 2.) ee) 15.03 7.0 14.91 5.1 N-freie Extraktstoffe .... 40.27 24.6 39.17 ney Rohfett oo coo ooo | SR 1.6 3.80 2.0 IRGIMEGIESP no cnn can BIAHO 15.0 31.47 17.2 Eiweiss ca) doo Gon, ESRI Soil 10.45 0.6 Die vorstehenden Zahlen zeigen, dass bei der Einsauerung die ver- daulichen Nahrstoffe des Stengels eine starke Einbusse erlitten. Der Sauerstengel war armer an Nahrstoffen und reicher an Rohfaser als der frische, und ahnelte nunmehr in Bezug auf den Nahrwert in der Trocken- substanz dem Reisstroh. Es kann jedoch die Herstellung eines Sauerstengels von noch etwas besserer Qualitat durch die Verbesserung des Einsauerungsverfahrens als wahrscheinlich erwartet werden. Ich habe daher wiederum Ende Oktober IQII einen zweiten Versuch angestellt, indem ich die frisch geschnittenen Stengel so stark presste, dass die ganze Masse sich dicht zusammenlegte, wobei kein Aufgusswasser gebraucht wird. Zwei Tongefasse von etwa 2 Hektoliter Rauminhalt wurden mit geschnittenen Stengeln gefiillt, indem jedesmal etwa 10-20 kg in das Gefass hinein geworfen und mit den Fiissen so lange getreten wurden, bis der obere Teil der Masse durch den ausgepressten Saft etwas nass wurde. Endlich wurde die eingestampfte Masse mit einem dicken Holz- deckel bedeckt und auf diesen viele Ziegelsteine im Gewicht von ca. 300 kg gelegt. Die Masse senkte sich durch das Gewicht nach und nach und andererseits stiegen die dunkelbraunen Safte so hoch _hinauf, dass sie nach 15 Tagen den Holzdeckel bedeckten und dadurch das Gewicht auf ca. 200 kg erleichtert wurde. Um nun genau zu erkennen, wie gross der Verlust an verdaulichen Nahrstoffen beim Einsauern ist, was bis jetzt in den wenigsten Fallen 56 T. KATAYAMA. bestimmt worden war, habe ich gleichzeitig noch einen Lufttrockenstengel aus demselben griinen Material hergestellt und dessen Nahrwert mit dem des Sauerstengels verglichen. Da ich aber den Lufttrocken- und Sauerstengel in Verbindung mit Heu verabreichen musste, so habe ich zunachst die Verdaulichkeit des Dirrheues ermittelt. Die Futterration und Kotmenge sowohl in der Heuperiode wie auch in den anderen beiden waren folgende : Te eNersachsreihe jcenstes eters Kot deer Kot ig V. Periode Hammel I... 800g Heu 88.35 691.1 301.5 > WE AROS =p 7 861.1 276.8 VI. Periode Hammel I... 550g Heu 88.03 799.0 279.8 1500 Sauerstengel 11.53 3 Il... 450 ¢ Heu 88.03 693.5 219.0 1200 g Sauerstengel mesa VII. Periode Hammel I... 400 g Heu 87.71 601.5 308.0 400 g Lufttrockenstengel 86.92 < i 350.2) Heu 87.71 611.3 273.0 409 g Lufttrockenstengel 86.92 Die chemische Analyse ergab folgende, auf Trockensubstanz berech- nete Zusammensetzung fiir das Heu und den Kot: Kot Diirrheu “Hammel I. Hammel IL Organische Substanz ... 87.23 77.59 TG Roh proteinigescue eeu aan Likes O 11.74 12.17 N-freie Extraktstoffe ... 44.49 39.40 41.87 Rohfettic..7 on somes seeke-- 0 wee 3.07 2.59 Rohfaser acing. staat ae 20D, 23.39 21.07 Hiwweissises) cals uses FTO UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN, 57 Die Verdauungskoeffizienten des Heues sind in der folgenden Tabelle zusammengestellt : Trocken- Organische} Roh- |N-freie Ex- . Substanz | Substanz | protein | traktstoffe Rohfett | Rohfaser eee es Be thatis Sisal yhe g PERIODE V. Hammel I. (Gewicht 41.5 kg) | Glos aD inode Geet Gee eae | 706.8 | 616.5 | 80.3 | 314.5 15.6 206.2 | | impleote ise sc5 cee a esOles | 233-9 | 35-4. [errs8 | 9.3 70.5 | | | Verdaut im ganzen : | 405.3 382.6 | 44.9 | 195-7 | 6.3 135-7 Verdaut in Prozenten : 67.4 | 62.1 | 55-9 62.2 | 40.4 65.8 | | | | Hammel II. (Gewicht 35.8 kg) FSO ADSI Goo eee eee 662.6 | 578.0 75-3 294.8 | 14.6 | 193.3 | | | i] | Tht, Toft ee SANE eae ease 276.8 | __ 215.1 33-7 115.9 | T2R5 oS | Verdaut im ganzen : 385.8 | 362.9 | 41.6 | 178.9 | 7.4 | 135.0 i | | Verdaut in Prozenten : 582 | 628 | 553 | 60.7 | 50.7 | 69.8 In Durchschnitt : 57.8 62.5 55.6 61.5 | 45.6 | 67.8 Das eine der beiden Gefasse, das Mitte Oktober I91t mit 116.7 kg frischen Siisskartoffelstengeln geftillt wurde, wurde Mitte Februar des folgenden Jahres geoffnet. Man fand in diesem Falle gar keine verdorbene Masse, sondern nur braunlichgriin gefarbten Sauerstengel in einer obersten diinnen Schicht, darauf gleich den sehr angenehm riechenden hellgriin gefarbten. Bei der Verabreichung des Sauerstengels muss man aber darauf achten, dass das Futter sofort von den Tieren aufgezehrt wird, wenn es aus dem Gefass herausgenommen wird, sonst wird es bald braun und geschmacklos. Infolgedessen wurde der Sauerstengel bei jeder Mahlzeit, namlich 3 mal tiaglich, wie es beim ersten Versuche geschehen war, frisch herausgenommen und davon 500 g und 400 g zur Fitterung von Hammel I bezw. von Hammel II je nach deren Fresslust, sowie gleichzeitig 4og 58 T. KATAYAMA. zur Bestimmung des Wassergehaltes abgewogen. Der Trockensubstanz- gehalt des verfiitterten Sauerstengels schwankte sehr wenig, von 11.22 bis 12.05%, und betrug im Durchschnitt 11.53%. Die chemische Zusammensetzung der Sauerstengel und des Kotes war in der Trockensubstanz folgende : Kot Savertenget amma I Hammel TE Organische Substanz ... 87.90 79.52 79.03 IRVOVOTEIROYESIIN G55 oda a8 12.97 13.62 nese N-freie Extraktstoffe ... 43.51 39.76 40.49 obfettls sits: mee Siecle 4.23 Siuatit 3.03 Rohfaser essen es 27.18 22.84 22.79 Die Verdauungskoeffizienten sind in der folgenden Tabelle zusam- mengestellt : (Siehe die Tabelle auf S. 59) Wie ersichtlich, stimmen die Verdauungskoeffizienten fur einzelne Bestandteile befriedigend tberein und sind viel hoher als die der Sauer- stengel in dem ersten Versuch. Die Menge der verdaulichen Nahrstoffe will ich spater zugleich mit den Lufttrockenstengeln besprechen. Nach Beendigung der Ausnutzungsversuche wurde der im Gefass noch zuriickgebliebene Sauerstengel gewogen, um die Gesamtmenge des- selben festzustellen, und ich habe dabei keinen nennenswerten Verlust an Trockensubstanz bei diesem Einsaduern gefunden, wie folgende Ziffern beweisen : Trockensubstanz % kg Das Gefass erhielt an frischem Stengel... 116.7 kg 11.20 13,07 Aus dem Gefass genommen Sauerstengel ... ... 93.40 11.53 10.77 18.60 10.70 1.99 Sattegeis: Griese tees 3.31 1.21 0.04 Total 12,80 UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 59 LS Trocken- ‘Organische Roh-_|N-freie Ex-| | substanz | Substanz | protein | traktstoffe Rohfett Rohfaser | 5 g g | g g g PERIODE VI. Hammel I. (Gewicht 40.9 kg) f | | 550g Diirrheu ... - 484.2 | 422.4 | 55.0 | 215.4 10.7 141.2 1500 ¢ Sauerstengel ... a 173.0 152.1 | 22.4 75-3 7.3 47-0 Gesamtverzehr : | 657.2 574.5 | 77-4 290.7 18.0 | 188.2 Tmphot Ue oh eos: | 279.8 | 222.5 38.1 111.3 9:3 63.9 Verdaut im ganzen : 377.4 3520 | 39.3 179.4 8.7 124.3 Verdaut vom Diirrheu: | 277.9 | 262.3 | 30:7 34.0 43 92.9 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : | 99.5 | 89.7 8.6 45.4 4.4 31.4 Verdaut in Prozenten : | 57-5 | 59.0 | 38.4 60.3 60.3 66.8 Hammel II. (Gewicht 35.1 kg) Ajo oe Diirrhew soe ce) sees | 396.1 345-5 | 45.0 176.2 88 115.5 1200 g Sauerstengel... ... ... 138.4 | I2L1 I. 18.0 60.2 5.9 37.6 Gesamtverzebr: | 5345 | 467.2 | 63.0 | 236.4 | 14.7 | 153-1 We INC ee se ee ce ee 219.0 | 174.4 29.2 88.7 6.6 |__ 49.9 Verdaut im ganzen: 315-5 292.8 33.8 | 147.7 8.1 103.2 Verdaut vom Diirrheu: 230.5 217.0 | 24.9 | 107.0 4.5 80.6 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : 85.0 758) | 8.9 | 40.7 3.6 22°6 Verdaut in Prozenten : 61.4 62.3 | 49.4 | 67.6 | 61.0 60.1 Im Durchschnitt : 59.5 60.7 43.9 64.0 60.7 63.5 Der Lufttrockenstengel wurde, auf Matten vor Wind und Regen geschiitzt, sehr sorgfaltig hergestellt. Da das Wetter aber am Anfang der Trocknung oftmals ungiinstig war, so dauerte sie etwa 2 Wochen. Von 178.7 kg frischen Siisskartoffelstengeln wurden 22.83 kg Lufttrocken- stengel mit 86,92% Trockensubstanz erhalten. Die chemische Zusammensetzung der Lufttrockenstengel und des Kotes waren in der Trockensubstanz folgende : 60 T. KATAYAMA. Kot Lufttrockenstengel Hammel I, Hainmel II. Organische Substanz... ... se 82.24 81.63 Rohproteinge-- mee wees Ta 12.62 14.46 14.41 N-freie Extraktstoffe ... ... 44.86 39.21 40.11 Rohfettisccm sce. ses ces see Bons 3.63 3.19 Rohfaser | S28 2:5 94 sce 27.34 24.91 23.93 FGweisS ssc). S45 355, 8852. o:50 10.79 24.01 23.93 Die Verdauungskoeffizienten sind in der folgenden Tabelle zusam- mengestellt : (Siehe die Tabelle auf S. 61) Dieser Lufttrockenstengel ist der Zusammensetzung und den ver- daulichen Nahrstoffmengen nach dem des vorhergehenden Versuchsab- schnittes sehr ahnlich. Wenn man nun die Nahrstoffmenge der Sauerstengel mit der der Lufttrockenstengel vergleicht, so ergeben sich folgende prozentische Zahlen in der Trockensubstanz : Lufttrockenstengel Sauerstengel SSS Se rer —=—— = + Oh = Roh- Verdauungs- Verdauliche Roh- Verdauungs- Verdauliche nahrstoffe koeffizienten Nahrstoffe nahrstoffe koeffizienten Nahrstoffe Organische Substanz... 87.96 57.4 50.5 87.90 60.7 53.4 Rohprotentsmc-meteso) BL O02. 42-4 5-4 12.97 43.9 Ley N-freie Extraktstoffe... 44.86 62.3 27.9 43:5 OO) 02 7e7 Rohfett Saphee xsd Selo: ACG eet 4.23 60.7 2.6 Rohtaserntcemessn tt 7-94 bo Om usO 27218 (O35 ayes Eiweiss E65. eda hoo. | 1uile7és) 4.6 10.92 3.6 AMIde se. acento OOS 2.05 Aus den vorstehenden Zahlen erkennt man, dass eine geringe Ver- minderung der stickstofffreien Extraktstoffe in der Zusammensetzung bei der Einsauerung entstand, und ein Teil des Eiweisses in minderwertige, nicht proteinartige Substanz iibergefiihrt wurde. Diesem Verlust gegen- iiber sieht man eine Vermehrung der verdaulichen Mengen von Rohfett und Rohfaser im Sauerstengel. Die Vermehrung des Rohfettes ist be- kanntlich eine Folge davon, dass andere, nicht zu den Fetten gehorende UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN, 61 | | Trocken- Organische) Roh- |N-freie Ex-) Rohfett |Robfaser | substanz | Substanz | protein _ traktstoffe| Seat ek, g hs cet es) is| onl g PERIODE VII. Hammel I. (Gewicht 40.6 kg) Aoore: Diirrheu 2... csc ane 350.8 306.0 | 39.9 156.1 | 7.8 102.3 400g Trockenstengel ... ... 347-7_|___ 305.8 | 43-9 156.0 | I1.0 95-1 Gesamtverzehr : 698.5 611.8 83.8 312.1 18.8 197.4. EMSCOE Ry hart ie 25 mics abises 308.0 253.2 44.5 120.8 | 11.2 76.7 Verdaut im ganzen: 390.5 358.6 39-3 191.3 | 7.6 120.7 Verdaut yom Diirrheu: 201.4. 190.0 22.3 97.1 3.2 67.3 Verdaut von denTrockenstengeln: 189.1 168.6 17.0 94.2 4.4 53-4 Verdaut in Prozenten: 54.4 55-1 38.7 60.4. 40.0 56.2 Hammel II. (Gewicht 35.5 kg) 350g Dirrheu... ... ... ...| 307.0 | 267.8 34.9 136.6 | 68 | 89.6 400g Trockenstengel |... ... | 347-7 305-8 | 43-9 156.0 | 11.0 95-1 Gesamtverzehr : 654-7 573-6 78.8 292.6 17.8 184.7 rmimOfeeren, et ts ene 273.0 | 222.8 39-3 109.5 | 8.7 | 65.3 Verdaut im ganzen: 381.7 | 350.8 39-5 183.1 | 9.1 119.4 Verdaut yom Diirrheu: 178.7 168.2 19.3 82.9 | 3.4. 62.5 Verdaut von den Trockenstengeln: 203.0 182.6 20.2 | 100.2 | 5.7 56.9 Verdaut in Prozenten : 58.4 59-7 46.0 64.2 | 51.8 59.8 In Durchschnitt : 56.4 57.4 42.4 62.3 | 45.9 58.0 Stoffe, wie z. B. Milchsdure und Buttersaure, die hauptsachlich aus Kohlenhydraten gebildet werden, bei der Analyse in die atherische Fettlosung tbergehen. Die Menge der verdaulichen stickstofffreien Ex- traktstoffe des Sauerstengels, von denen ein nicht unbedeutender Teil aus minderwertigen Sauren entstanden sein mag, war aber ebenso gross wie die im Lufttrockenstengel. Jedenfalls ist ersichtlich, dass der Nahrwent des Siisskartoffelstengels durch das Einsauern gar keinen bedeutenden Einfluss erlitten hat. Solche Resultate wurden nur bei Sauermais in den Vereinigten Staaten 62 T. KATAYAMA. beobachtet, wahrend in anderen Fallen immer ein erheblicher Verlust an Nahrstoffen in mehreren Einsauerungsversuchen erfahren wurde. Nach W. A. Johnson und F. H. Hall? wies der Sauermais in 8 Versuchen unter 10, welche sie zusammenstellten, einen etwas hoheren Verdauungs- koeffizienten als getrocknetes Futter auf. Fr. Zang? und S. Weiser” versicherten auch nach ihren Versuchen in Ungarn, dass der Nahrwert des Maisstrohes durch die Konservierung in Silos nur in geringem Masse vermindert, wahrend die Bekommlichkeit gesteigert wird. Die giinstigen Resultate des Sauerstengels dieser WVersuche sind wahrscheinlich darauf zuriickzufihren, dass das Einmieten nicht nur in einem verbesserten Verfahren ausgearbeitet, sondern auch, dass das Einmieten nicht tiber 3 Monate in der kaltesten Zeit dauerte. Andererseits konnte auch moglicherweise irgendein Verlust an Nahrstoffen bei der Herstellung des Lufttrockenstengels auftreten, welcher Prozess infolge der mangelnden Trockenheit tber 10 Tage dauerte, durch die Atmung der noch lebenden Pflanzenzellen und durch die Tatigkeit der anhaftenden Mikroorgamismen.” Das Einsauern in dem zweiten Gefass ging ebenso gut wie in dem ersten von statten, und der Sauerstengel wurde Mitte Marz an einige Kihe verfiittert, die in einer Milchwirtschaft in der Nahe unserer Ver- suchsstation gehalten wurden. Sie frassen sehr gern und zogerten sogar nicht zwei bis drei Tage lang ausser dem Gefass gehaltenes und dadurch etwas dunkel gewordenes Futter zu nehmen. Man bemerkte dabei keine ungtinstige Wirkung des Sauerstengels auf die Qualitat der Milch. Obzwar diese Untersuchungen in zu kleinem Massstabe geftihrt wurden, zeigen die Ergebnisse doch deutlich, dass das Einsauern ftir die Verwer- tung des Siisskartoffelstengels als Futtermittel sehr gute Dienste leisten kann. Es wurde daher nun sehr wiinschenswert, das Einmieten in den landwirtschaftlichen Zwecken entsprechenden Gruben zu versuchen, wortber ich endlich im Winter 1912 einen Versuch angestellt habe. 1) The Digestibility of American Feeding Stuffs, 1900; p. 95-97. 2) Landw. Versuchsstationen, 1911. Bd. 74, S. 323. 3) O. Kelner, Die Ernaihrung der landw. Nutztiere, 4 Auflage, S. 222; 4d. Morgen, C. Beger u. F. Westhausser, landw. Versuchsstationen 1911, Bd. 75, S. 321—348. UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 63 Ill. UBER DAS EINMIETEN VON SUSSKARTOFFEL- STENGELN IN GRUBEN. Eine tiefe cylinderformige Grube wurde in unserer Versuchsstation ausgegraben. Da die Oberschicht der Grubenwand etwa 0.6m tief aus Humus enthaltendem leichten Lehm besteht, die untere Schicht hingegen aus Tonerde (Diluvium), so wurde die innere Seite ganzlich so dick und fest mit steifem Ton bekleidet, dass weder Pflanzensafte noch Bodenwasser leicht die Wand durchdringen konnten. Der Durchmesser des inneren Raumes betrug im Durchschnitt ca. 1.26m von der Mindung bis zu ca. 1.20m Tiefe. Die Bodenflache in 1.80m Tiefe mass 1.19 m im Durchmesser. Das Fassungsvermogen war tiber 22 Hektoliter. Das Einbringen der Siisskartoffelstengel in die Grube begann am 28, Oktober. Am ersten Tage wurden 620kg, am nachsten 834 kg kurz geschnittener Stengel eingeftillt, indem die Masse von drei Arbeitern stets mit den Fiissen fest getreten wurde. Am dritten Tage, am 1. November, wurde die Grube so weit mit Stengeln gefiillt, dass dieselben die Boden- flache noch etwa 0,60 m iiberragten. Die eingestampfte Masse betrug genau 1912kg und dieselbe wurde schliesslich mit einem Holzdeckel bedeckt, der durch mit Kieselsteinen geftillte Kisten im Gewicht von ca. 600 kg beschwert wurde. Uber der Grube wurde noch ein Dach aus Stroh hergestellt, um den Eintritt des Regenwassers zu verhindern. Wahrend des ‘Fiillens der Grube wurden gleichzeitig noch 31 kg Lufttrockenstengel aus 248 kg des gleichen griinen Materials hergestellt, um deren Nahrwert mit dem des Sauerstengels zu vergleichen. Die Masse in der Grube zog sich nach und nach zusammen und senkte sich so weit, dass der Deckel schon nach acht Tagen der Erdflache gerade eben war und endlich nach drei ein halb Monaten ca. 0.50 m tiefer als der Rand der Grube lag. Die Grube wurde Mitte Marz des folgenden Jahres gedffnet. Unter der obersten sehr diinnen Schicht erschienen gleich die sehr angenehm riechenden Stengel. Jedoch war eine kleine Masse im oberen Teil dunkel- braun und verschimmelt, welche sich im Zwischenraum zwischen dem 64 T. KATAYAMA. beschwerten Deckel und der Wandflache der Grube befand und beswegen nicht genug komprimiert war. Sowohl diese verdorbenen als auch die nur durch die Tonerde der Wandflache beschmutzten Stengel wurden beiseite gelegt und gewogen. In dieser Weise wurden die Mengen des unbrauchbaren uud guterhaltenen Materials genau bestimmt. Die Menge der in die Grube eingeftihrten frischen Stengel betrug 1912 kg mit einem Wassergehalt von 88,80%, also 214 kg Trockensubstanz. Aus der Grube wurden insgesamt 1365 kg geholt, wovon 1280 kg gutes Futter mit Trockensubstanz von 15.3% und 86kg unverwendbares mit 17.5% Trockensubstanz war. Das macht 6% des Sauerfutters aus, was allerdings nicht als grosserer Verlust zu betrachten ist. Um fiir die Ausniitzungsversuche ein gutes Durchschnittsmaterial zu gewinnen, wurde Sauerfutter von verschiedenen Stellen der Grube ent- nommen und sofort in einem Krug von zwei Hektoliter Inhalt stark eingestampft. Der Krug wurde wahrend der Versuche an einem kalten Platz stehen gelassen, indem dabei eine starke Pressung angewandt wurde. Die Anordnung der Versuche war dieselbe wie bei den vorhergehenden. Hammel I. frass mit guter Fresslust taglich 2 kg Sauerfutter aus, wahrend Hammel II. dasselbe anfangs sehr hartnackig verweigerte, bald jedoch verzehrte er die ganze Versuchsdauer hindurch 1.7 kg ohne Rest. Die Futterration und Kotmenge in drei Versuchsperioden mit Heu- und den beiden Stengelfuttern ergaben folgende Zahlen : Ill. Versuchsreihe Trockensubstanz Kot frisch Kot trocken of r 7e s s VIII. Periode Hammel I. 800g Diirrheu 88 84 vi ksh 326.3 44 II. - 3 325.5 IX. Periode Hammel I. 300g Diirrheu 89.85 550.1 277.6 2000 ,, Sauerstengel 15.01 4 II. 300,, Dirrheu 89.85 459.3 241.1 1700 ,, Sauerstengel 15.01 UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. X. Periode Hammel I. Il. ” 400 g Diirrheu % 89.85 400 g¢ Lufttrockenstengel 87.85 dieselben wie Hammel I. Trockensubstanz Kot frisch 65 Kot trocken g 776.7 333.8 730.6 324.3 Die chemische Untersuchung der drei Futtermittel sowie der Kot- proben ergab folgende auf Trockensubstanz berechnete Werte : Gree | Bob, PE! onto [Robie | Binie Dirrheu 87.50 | 10.02 | 46.99 217, | 28.32 9.53 Sauerstengel SSute elles) AZOS 5.03 | 28.29 9.80 Lufttrockenstengel 88.11 | 11.22 | 43.69 3.90 | 29.30] 10.38 Kot. Periode VIII. Hammel I. 78.83 | 10.17 | 42.01 2.40 | 24.16 r 01, aes 77.55 9.84 | 41.26 ZAI 124.02 Periode IX. Hammel I. SO57.6) | 27073923911 219311) 20537 TK, noe SILOON | 2h-74|| 30122 2.87 || 20:37, Periode X. Hammel I. 8I.1I | 12.08 | 40.43 2:95, || 25.65 i 101. 81.10 | 11.86 | 41.50 2.03 | 24.80 | Die Verdauungskoeffizienten der drei Futtermittel sind in der folgen- den Tabelle zusammengestellt : (Siehe die Tabelle auf S.66 u.67) Die Versuche gingen durchweg befriedigend glatt, indem die Ver- dauungskoeffizienten fir die einzelnen Bestandteile in allen WVersuchsab- schnitten sehr gut tbereinstimmten. 66 T. KATAYAMA. ] Trocken- Organische} Roh- | N-freie Ex- Substanz | Substanz | protein | traktstoffe | Robfett | Rohfaser g g g g g s PERIODE VIII. Hammel I. (Gewicht 43.5 kg) SoojgeDirrheule-sseaeeenee 710.7 621.9 71.2 334.0 15.4 201.3 TimY Kot #25 hee 326.3 257.2 33.2 137.1 78 78.8 Verdaut im Ganzen : 384.4 364.7 38.0 196.9 7.6 122.5 » in Prozenten: 54.1 58.6 53-4 59.0 49.4 60.9 Hammel II. (Gewicht 34.5 kg) Gesamtverzehr wie Hammel I. 710.7 621.9 71.2 334.0 15.4 201.3 Im PKotix. | io eeeascs 325.5 252.4 32.0 134.3 7-9 78.2 Verdaut im Ganzen: 385.2 369.5 39.2 199.7 735 123.1 » in Prozenten: 54.2 59.4 55.1 59.8 48.7 61.2 Im Durchschnitt : 54.2 59.0 54.3 59.4 49.1 61.1 PERIODE IX. Hammel I. (Gewicht 43.5 kg) 300g Ditrrhen ern ger ese) =e 269.6 235.9 27.0 126.7 5.9 76.4 2000 g Sauerstengel... ... ... | 300.2 264.5 35-5 129.0 15.1 84.9 Gesamtverzehr : 569.8 500.4 62.5 255.7 21.0 161.3 Im SKots i¢..0 cen ecem meee 277.6 224.2 — 33:5 109.3 | 8.1 73.2 Verdaut im Ganzen : 292.2 276.2 29.0 146.4 12.9 88.1 5 von Diirrheu: 145.9 138.2 14.4 74.8 2. 46.5 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : 146.3 138.0 14.6 71.6 10,0 41.6 Verdaut in Prozenten : 48.7 52.2 41.1 49.0 UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLEETTERN. 67 Trocken- |Organische} Roh- |N-freie Ex- Substanz | Substanz | protein | traktstoffe| Rohfett | Rohfaser g g g g g $ Hammel II. (Gewicht 33.0 kg) 300'¢ Dinrheas.. =. =.. =. | 26916 | 235.9 23.0 | 126.7 5.9 76.4 t7oo g Sauerstengel... ... ... 255-2 | 224.9 | 30.1 | 109.7 12.8 72.2 Gesamtverzehr : | 524.8 | 460.8 57-1 | 236.4 18.7 148.6 Impotence agen | 195-4 | 29.3 | 94.6 6.9 | 64.6 Verdaut im Ganzen: | 283.7 | 265.4 27.8 141.8 11.8 84.0 », vom Diirrheu: | 146.1 | 140.1 14.9 | 75.8 2.9 46.8 Verdaut von den Sauerstengeln : 137.6 125.3 12.9 | 66.0 8.9 37.2 Verdaut in Prozenten: 53.9 | 55-7 42.9 | 60.2 69.5 51.5 Im Durchschnitt:| 51.3 | 540 | 420 | 579 | 679 | 508 PERIODE X. Hammel I. (Gewicht 43.0 kg) 400 g Diirrheu ... ... | 359.4 | 314.5 36.0 168.9 8.0 101.8 400 ¢ Lufttrockenstengel... ... 351.4 | 309.6 | 39.4 | 153.6 13.7 103.0 Gesamtverzehr : | 710.8 | 624.1 | 75-4 | 322.4 21.7 204.8 Im Kot ... | 333.8 | 270.7 | 40.3 135.0 9.8 85.6 Verdaut im Ganzen : | 377.0 | 353-4 | 35.1 187.4 11.9 119.2 » vom Diirrheu:| 194.4 | 184.3 19.2 | 99.7 4.0 62.0 Verdaut von den Lufttrocken- stengeln : | 182.6 | 169.1 15.9 87.7 79 57-2 Verdaut in Prozenten: | 52.0 | 54.6 | 40.4 57.1 57-7 55-5 Hammel II. (Gewicht 35.0 kg) Gesamtverzehr wie Hammel I..| 710.8 | 624.1 | 75.4. 322.4 21.7 | 204.8 Im Kot ... | 324.3 | 263.0 | 38.5 134.9 9.5 |. 80.4 Verdaut im Ganzen : 386.5 361.1 | 36.9 187.8 | 12.2 124.4 s, vom Diirrheu: | 194.8 186.8 | 19.8 101.0 (On |e O2s3) Rew wenden women ‘ 191.7 174.3 | 17.1 86.8 8.3 62.1 Verdautin Prozenten : 54.6 56.3 | 43-4 56.5 60.6 60.3 | Im Durchschnitt : 41.9 56.8 59.2 57.9 | 68 T. KATAYAMA. Um bei der Vergleichung der zwei Sorten Stengel einen besseren Uberblick gewinnen zu kénnen, habe ich in nachstehender Tabelle einfach die rohe und verdauliche Nahrstoffmenge in der Trockensubstanz zusam- mengestellt : Lufttrockenstengel Sauerstengel % % % % % % Organische Substanz. 88.11 55.5 48.80 88.11 54.0 47.6 Rohproteinwae sense etIe2 20 AICO 4.7 ite. AIPA) 5.0 N-freie Extraktstoffe. 43.69 56.8 24.8 AZo 5S7AOMeeAg IROWNSEE G40 400 con BYeY0) | FORA Do 5.03 67.9 3.4 Iohfaserccs nesses 20630) (57, One720 23:20. 5 0:3 iaee IDINISES seq cao ccs OLGIS 3.9 9.80 3.0 PAUITICG Seam. Eee EOIOH| 2.01 Die vorstehenden Zahlen zeigen, dass bei der Einsauerung in der Erdgrube die verdaulichen Nahrstoffe der Stengel keine starke Einbusse erlitten haben. Ich fasse nun die Versuchsergebnisse folgendermassen zusammen : Die Stengel und Blatter der Siisskartoffel sind im frischen Zustande ein sehr wasseriges, seiner Zusammensetzung nach den Ribenblattern ahnliches Futter, das aber nicht Oxalsaure, sondern etwas Gerbsaure enthalt. Der Lufttrockenstengel, der besonders seines feinen Aromas wegen von den Tieren gierig aufgezehrt wird, kommt seinem Nahrwert nach einem Diirrheu von mittlerer Gite beinah gleich,—wenigstens muss er unter unseren japanischen Rauhfutterarten als ein solches von sehr guter Sorte bezeichnet werden. Es ist daher sehr wiinschenswert, die Stengel nicht als blossen Ballast zu betrachten, sondern als gutes Rauhfutter moglichst viel in frischem und lufttrockenem Zustande zu verwerten. Wenn die Herstellung der Lufttrockenstengel dem Landwirt wegen der ungiinstigen klimatischen Verhaltnisse oder wegen der zeitraubenden Beanspruchung eines grdsseren Platzes unmoglich ist, so ist es ratsam, die Stengel einzumicten. UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 69 Die Sauerstengel konnen einfach sowohl in kleinen Gefassen als auch in grdsseren Gruben hergestellt werden, indem man dabei durch starke Pressung aus der eingestampften Masse die Luft mdglichst gut ausschlies- sen muss. Bei der Einsauerung ist in beiden Versuchen kein bedeutender Verlust an Nahrstoffen der Stengel entstanden, trotzdem ein Teil des Eiweisses in nicht proteinartige Substanz tbergefiihrt wurde. Wenn die Durchschnittszahlen flr die Nahrstoffmenge in frischen und lufttrockenen Stengeln aus den dreijahrigen Versuchen, sowie dieselben fir Sauerstengel aus den zwei letzen Versuchen berechnet werden, so ergeben sich folgende Zahlen :— Frische Stengel” See ie Sauerstengel oc |S ae Sele nahrstoffe | Nabrstoffe | nahrstoffe |Nahrstoffe | nahrstoffe | Nahrstoffe % % % % % % WASSER es ces sae 88.5 | I2 87.0 INES Geol fees ced 1.4 | 10.3 1.6 Rohprotein ... ... 1.4 | 0.6 10.6} 4.6 MS) |) = COby/ N-freie Extraktsoffe. 5.0.4 © 3:0 36:51 \) 23:0 5.6 3.4 2G) 11) a aa o2 Solel waka) 0.6| 04 INOMIASELs. paces: -- 3:3 1.9 25.2 14.4 3h 2a IPMWMEISSI ssa ec ae. 1.3 0.5 9.7 | 3.8 1.4 0.4 Starkewert ... ... 48 | 29.6 5.7- 1) Bei der Berechnung der Nahrstoffmengen von frischen Stengeln wurden die fiir Luft- trockenstengel ermittelten Werte verwendet. 2) Der Starkewert des Sauerstengels war nach der fiir Griinfutter angegebenen Weise berechnet. 70 T. KATAYAMA. ANHANG. I. VERSUCHSREIHE. Periode I. Grundfutter. Hammel I. Hammel II. Datum : 'Trank wasser- Kot Kot ‘Trankwasser- Kot Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum frisch trocken ccm g g ccm g g 1908 | | | 5. November 1240 510.0 | 284.6 1420 596.0 283.0 6. : 1100 } 483.0 | 253.8 1360 702.0 320.6 7 3 1520 | 495.0 268.6 1740 | 603.0 | 303.0 8. fa 1340 542.0 291.7 1120 619.0 296.5 9. “5 600 555.0 293.7 1220 624.0 | 293.3 10. 55 1100 | 531.0 284.6 1340 614.0 293.2 II. 35 1040 | = 585.0 300.7 1340 653.5 301.4 12. B3 1420 | 487.0 255.9 1680 | 671.0 317.1 13. + 610 480'0 262.6 1210 | 588.5 | 285.0 14. 5 1300 538.0 288.9 1160 584.0 288.9 Im Mittel: 1127 520.6 278.5 1359 625.5 298.2 1908 November UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 71 Periode III. Getrocknete Stengel. Hammel I. Hammel II. Datum : Trinkwasser- Kot Kot ‘Trankwasser- Kot Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum frisch trocken ccm g g ccm g g 1908 | 7. December 1200 545.0 295.9 1260 537-0 286.2 8 - 1800 547.0 284.9 1600 557.0 281.5 9 9 100 565.0 298.3 300 617.5 328.2 10 F3 380 590.0 286'3 1550 582.0 297.9 II 1020 643-0 308.9 960 615.0 308.8 12. pa 1100 597.0 300.0 1060 519.0 267.9 13 3 680 606.5 308.2 1080 544.0 284.3 T4. o 980 535.0 273.2 830 620.0 317.3 15 os, 1320 510.0 256.3 1540 560.0 282.1 16 > 1590 500.0 270.4. 1600 581.0 290.6 Im Mittel 1017 563.9 288.2 1178 573-3 294.5 Periode IV. Sauerstengel. 23. Mare 20 398°5 211.4 100 400.0 211.6 2Aae:, 680 459.0 245.3 178 439.5 237.6 Does '<; 645 486.0 | 243.5 1120 4735 226.3 2G 55 50 | 416.0 | 208.3 780 511.0 240.6 2s; 810 463.0 | 231.5 1430 469.0 | 227.3 os3 | a 20 525.0 | 268.7 13co 523.0 251.1 2mm ss 330 433-5 | 227.8 1280 498.0 245.1 BO; 10 430.0 230.5 1490 | 508.5 254.2 eens; 280 413.0 | 222.0 990 513.0 261.9 1. April 210 471.0 | 25.7 870 458.0 235.2 Im Mittel 306 | 449.5 | 234.1 954. 479.4. 239.1 72 T. KATAYAMA. II. VERSUCHSREIHE. Periode V. Grundfutter. Hammel I. Hammel II. Datum : rankwasser- Kot Kot 'Trankwasser- Kot Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum frisch trocken ccm g g ccm g g 1912 1. Februar 1200 604.0 265.8 1240 809.0 269.0 2 a 1100 664.5 298.1 1350 860.0 275.8 3. on 1820 664.5 | 204.9 1740 883.5 287.4 4. “A 1340 714.0 317-5 600 961.0 295.9 5: » 650 645.5 | 286.3 1130 900.0 274.7 6. 3 1120 710.5 327.3 1320 842.0 265.3 vE 5 1030 674.0 297.8 1680 728.5 248.8 8. or 1420 735.0 309.4 840 839.0 271.3 9. Ps 460 734.0 310.6 1160 848.0 279.3 10. = 1300 765.0 306.9 1050 940.0 300.3 Im Mittel : 1144 691.1 301.5 1211 861.1 276.8 | Periode VI. Sauerstengel. 1912 | | 24. Februar 1151.0 : Too =| «= 923.0 | 243.8 on 1040.0 : 178 | 9622 | 244% 26, os 823.0 ; 1120 872.0 | 230.6 27. A 825.0 i 780 690.0 203.7 28. = 8 825.0 | : 830 568.2 1098.5 29. a 713.3 6 1300 | 674.0 | 218.4 1. Marz 380 | 628.5 217.6 Bes 890 560.0 212.0 S35 690 | 497.0 205.8 Bat? sy 870 | 560.0 216.2 Im Mittel : | 796.0 | i 714 693.5 | 219.0 UEBER DIE VERWERTUNG VON STENGELN UND BLAETTERN. 73 Periode VII. Lufttrockenstengel. Hammel I. Hammel II. Datum : \Trankwasser- Kotiig | Kot (Trankwasser- Kot | Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum | __ frisch trocken ccm | g g ccm | g g : ae = nes = = as 11. Marz 1060 619.0 | 319.6 1130 662.0 279.5 TZ. = 1380 621.0 311.5 1050 690.0 284.5 Sit eB 1430 570.0 283.8 1760 720.0 285.9 Vie ay 930 605.0 309.5 770 652.0 272.5 Toa 55 680 640.6 326.6 1120 635.0 265.2 Ghee ey 380 610.0 306.2 1080 626.0 268.4 Vise os glo 565.0 292.3 1250 550.0 260.8 hits as 1030 560.0 290.8 1080 535-0 268.3 EG ass 630 594.0 313.1 990 | 532.0 265.0 Con es $20 630.0 327.0 1320 536.0 280.0 Im Mittel : 925 | 601.5 308.0 1155 611.3 | 273.0 Ill. VERSUCHSREIHE. Periode VIII. Grundfutter. Hammel I: Hammel II: Datum: ‘Trankwasser- Kot | Kot (Trankwasser- | Kot Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum frisch trocken ccm g g ccm | g | g 1913 | Tis i‘ ; -) 24. Februar 950 605.5 281.2 760 710.0 303.0 25 os 1420 700.0 329.0 1080 714.0 | 295.9 26 +s I1go 682.5 298.8 1430 784.5 341.5 27 9 1440 750.0 338.7 950 765.0 328.1 28, 5 11co 714.0 314.0 1240 695.5 306.1 1. Marz 1650 752.0 333.8 1400 754.0 328.3 Ze =p 1300 | 855-5 378.9 830 784.0 | 330.6 3- ” 1160 767.0 331.9 950 900.5 | 351-7 4. A 1430 | 699.0 322.2 1420 829.5 | 330.1 5. » 1100 809.5 334.1 1230 800.5 | 333-9 Im Mittel: 1274 733-5 326.3 1129 | 774.2 325.5 74 T. KATAYAMA. Periode IX. Sauerstengel Hammel I. Hammel IT. Datum : Trankwasser- Kot Kot rankwasser- Kot Kot konsum frisch trocken konsum frisch trocken ccm g g ecm g g 1913 oe hak 13. Marz Ioo_— | 618.0 | 305.7 600 482.5 | 249.3 eames 50 530.0 | 280.8 60 410.6 | 235-1 15 6 So 519.0 | 270.3 510 483.0 | 249'0 16. x 20 516.0 | 264.8 580 476.0 235-3 17. x 50 550.5 281.1 20 490.0 245.1 18 op fo} | 578.0 | 289.2 400 485.5 244.7 19. + 30 540.0 | 265.0 860 508.0 247.2 ZO ss 50 550.5 260.0 130 438.5 230.9 2r 5 55 555.0 | 283.0 450 514.0 | 240.1 22 ca 40 544.0 | 276.3 340 470.0 | 234.0 Im Mittel: 48 | 550.1 | 277.6 395 475.8 241.1 Periode X. Lufttrockenstengel 1913 | | 30. Marz 1730 | 744.5 | 315.0 1240 | 676.5 3114 31 op 1900 | 783.5 332.6 1460 | 665.0 326.0 1. April 2260 742.0 306.5 1950 || op 665-0) eager 2 i 1660 735.0 335-1 1950 | 638.0 | 322.4 3- » 1780 839.5 362.0 1620 | 663.5 | 328.1 4» 1995 771.0 346.9 1997 679.0 303.1 5: , 2040 792.5 334-9 1660 681.0 338.3 6. » 2520 | 795.0 345.6 1870 658.0 309.8 7 ”» 1950 770.5 313.8 1900 | 718.0 335-9 8. gy 1730 794.0 345.9 1640 | 662.5 337.8 Im Mittel : 1956 | 7768 333.8 1733 670.7 | 324.3 Investigations on the Manufacture of Tea. By S. SAWAMURA., Le EE bECT OF STEAMING ON GE ACTIVITY OF THE ENZYMES OF TEA LEAVES. In green tea leaves there are abundant oxydizing enzymes present. Wherefore Mann in India holds the opinion that oxydizing enzyme is one of the factors which determine the quality of tea. In the manufacture of green tea, however, the oxydizing enzyme of tea leaves is killed by steaming, in order to retain the green color of tea leaves, which would be destroyed by the activity of the enzymes. The author” found in another investigation that the formation of a special aroma of manufac- tured tea, which takes place usually during the rolling of tea leaves, is due to the action of a certain enzyme on a certain compound of tea leaf. Hence if steaming kills all the enzymes of tea leaves the production of aroma may be more or less hindered. In 1909 I tried to discover whether all the enzymes of the leaves lose activity by steaming in the usual manner. In these trials green leaves were steamed in the customary way, for 30 seconds, 50 seconds and one minute respectively, and the steamed as well as the unsteamed leaves were crushed and extracted with 40% alcohol. The extracts were precipitated with ether-alcohol and filtered. The precipitates were washed with alcohol and again dissolved in water. The solution gave no reaction with Fe,Cl,, proving the absence of tannin. Oxydising 1) Bulletin of Imp. Centr. Agric. Exp-Station. Vol. I, No. 2, p. 151. 76 S. SAWAMURA, enzymes were tested with guajak tincture, and guajacol and H,O,, by which the solution obtained from unsteamed leaves showed the charac- teristic reaction, while the steamed did not. Steaming for 30 seconds killed the oxydizing enzymes completely. In another trial tea leaves steamed for 20 seconds were tested for the presence of oxydases, and a faint reaction was observed. From these facts we know that the oxydi- zing enzymes of tea leaves lose activity when they are steamed even only for 30 seconds. I tried then to see whether enzymes other than oxydase lose activity by steaming for a short time. Preliminarily I detected diastase in tea leaf by the following method. Green tea leaves were crushed in a mortar and extracted with 40% alcohol. To the extract ether-alcohol was added, and the precipitate thereby formed was washed and again dis- solved in water. In this solution tannin was removed by hide powder, and putrefaction was prevented by the addition of thymol. It was filtered, and to the filtrate which gave no reaction with Fe,Cl, and did not reduce Fehling’s solution, some boiled starch and thymol were added, and the solution, after having been kept at 40°C for 4 days, reduced Fehling’s solution considerably. We confirmed by this trial that diastase of tea leaves can be detected in this manner. The tea leaves steamed for 30 seconds, after which the oxydases were completely killed, reduced also Fehling’s solution when treated in ; the same manner. Hence we know that oxydases are much more sensitive than other enzymes such as diastase, and it is highly probable that some enzymatic actions take place in the first stage of rolling tea leaves, and the production of a fine aroma is due to them. In practice, therefore, the steaming of tea leaves must be so regulated as to kill only the oxydizing enzymes but not to hurt other enzymes. II. EFFECT OF ROLLING ON THE SOLUBILITY OF TEA. Whether the object of rolling tea leaves in the manufacture of green tea is to give tea a fine shape or to press out the juice in order to INVESTIGATIONS ON THE MANUFACTURE OF TEA. ide accelerate the dessication of the leaves, or to break the cells in order to increase solubility, is as far as I know, not yet decided. According to the investigation of Dr. Kozgai" the solubility of green tea was little increased by the manipulation, but Romde and Roman's experiment” showed on the contrary the decrease of soluble tannin and thein. To settle this question I made an experiment in 1905, in which fresh tea leaves, picked at a sheltered tea garden, were divided into three parts and one of them was steamed and dried without rolling, which served as control, the second part was prepared into green tea (Gyokuro), and the. third part into Zencha, which is usnally prepared without rolling the leaves. The infusion of these three kinds of tea was ound to be as follows :— Control Tencha Gyokuro a —— — | — —————— Colour light deeper deepest Flayour weak stronger strongest Taste faint good best The reaction of the infusion with Fe,Cl, was not the same in the three kinds; that of Gyokuro produced a deep black colour, while control and Zencha showed a very faint black colour. The solubility of tea was determined as follows :— 400 cc. of boiling water were poured on 10 gr. of the powdered sample which had been kept at 100°C for an hour. It was filtered after leaving it to stand for 5 minutes and washed on the filter with 100 cc. of boiling water, and the soluble matters were estimated in it. The Composition of the control tea was as follows :— In 100 pts. of air dry substance ELE al OR INARUM CORE Gants cece Setce Leno. 6.215 In 100 pts. of dry substance Crudes protein mies cm nice Mets enn ee 41.984. Allbuminoidsi2) Wegmy csc 0) oe eae Seeel) see 28.252 1) Bulletin of College of Agriculture and Dendrology No. 7. 2) Kénig. Chemie der Nahrungs-und Genussmittel B. I. 78 S. SAWAMURA. Btherealtextractiiee. ee. -cuecee west ie-teneee 9.042 Grudeiifiber sips sat .-owse rise @ sacs aceon ss 12.012 INitrocenisireesextract) i: siesta Ivete tee 14.101 Thein SACs HOT Me Cpr tance | 305 «| O00 3-529 DanninnS Penige- slo ss Vee Wee? 15.968 GrudePashsssmaeecratasca sss) ceamiies-) (scemeres 6.883 otallgnitro cent. smc. i-ee ane ite= ne ee 6.717 Albuminous nitrogen iss. Es) -:le--) --- 4-520 sbheininitsepentesmaesc) aso)! )--Rer-e ea eee 0.934 JaNontGle THEERO Se es oc 1.263 The soluble constituents of the three samples were as follows :-— In 100 pts. of dry matters Control Tencha Gyokuro Dry, matter... 22. 34.057 34.130 33.862 Tannin oe gece 7.083 6.939 6.477 hein: ss. @s- gies 3.124 2.996 3.088 AS ieee oe ee 5-249 5-373 5.197 According to these results Gyokuro, which was prepared by rolling the leaves, showed no greater solubility than the other two. Soluble tannin decreased in Gyokuro, probably in consequence of oxydation during the rolling. In the other experiment I determined the solubility of three samples in a different manner. 10 gr. of whole, not powdered sample were put in a beaker and after keeping it at 100°C for an hour, 200 cc. of boiling water were poured on and filtered through glass wool, after leaving it to stand for 5 minutes. In the filtrate dry substance, crude protein, tannin, thein and ash were estimated. They were as follows :— In 100 pts. of air dry substance Control Tencha Gyokuro Waterdenn cece guess 8.375 7.953 7.638 In 100 pts of dry matter there were soluble Dry. wnatter<..) sn - 16.076 21.190 29.233 Nitrorvens) 22 fier. 1.885 2.141 2.313 INVESTIGATIONS ON THE MANUFACTURE OF TEA. 79 Tannin 635 She 0.659 TeSe 5-492 MIshein ccs cee ees 1.975 2.243 2.804 FASO orsoue been eect 3-405 4.411 4.385 In 100 pts. of each constituent there were soluble Dirysmattens.qie me 17.545 23.021 31.656 IN(tropent eocmeiess 28.068 31.869 34.427 Tannin Sco) EBS 4.127 8.216 34.374 TNS Seems. | Oe 55-965 63.559 79.453 WASTAR cPosis- sieye ics 49.750 64.083 63.708 The increase of solubility compared with the control was found to be as follows :— Tencha Gyokuro Diyanmatters yo.) ute= til ole 5-476 14.111 Nitrogen pct poo Gon 3.801 6.359 sannimy sce eee) cen eee 4.089 30.247 NEI 2 A cocyailesoee eet 7.5904 23.488 Ash Rep, Setmeseen wees 14.333 13.958 We see that, when the whole, not powdered samples were used, there was a greater increase of solubility in the rolled leaves. Hence we may conclude that the rolling of tea leaves has the effect of increasing easily soluble matter by crushing the cells and pressing out the juice and making it dry on the surface of the leaves. A second experiment on the same subject was carried on in 1906 with tea leaves picked in an unsheltered tea garden. The leaves were divided into two parts and one part was dried after steaming and served as control, and the other part prepared into green tea. The infusion of the two samples was found to be as follows :— Control Green Tea. Colour light common Flavour nearly null good Taste faint good 80 S. SAWAMURA. The composition of the original leaves was found to be as follows :— In 100 pts. of air dry substance Water POM MRSC oes: cacm oAceth Meee noe Rees 6.008 In 100 pts. of dry substance Crodesproteinieese as.) - =i ee one 33.209 therealvextract, Th... <2 \estlebeueesn ees 25.656 ‘Inataverigk gas sda ean Bog 00 50a. cob! S06 18.889 Thein 56d hdc AARP REPO bot ose, Bader ace 3.266 ANGERS SCN A Doe) LAPP CCMM Soler, COOL MECCO! Brace 5.719 Soluble matter sci Uys os WERE C CMa ace 44.525 miotallenitrocentss-ila-siice-fll--= ieee meena Saas Alihe ingen ito Cisse ee te 0.864 The solubility which was determined in whole, not powdered samples, was found to be as follows :— In 100 pts. of dry substance Control Green Tea rye matter ees u es! ce 9.879 26,692 INE ROFESIN G95 S00 060 00K 0.969 1.410 Tannin, cn reeay casi ese 4.883 12.802 AMS e050 008 cae 1.995 2.136 Atshiesic: Fe cyeecn corny ose 1.383 3.077 In 100 pts of each constituent there were soluble Increase in Control Green tea green tea Diryemattetess: ite. 22.119 59.948 37.829 INItropen eset. 18.227 26.531 8.304 Tannin shop idee 25.850 67.778 41.928 ‘DHE Ass pu saese 61.074 65.403 4.329 TANGO Sao. go O08 24.186 53.811 29.625 The result of these trials agreed with that of the former one, showing the increase of solubility in the rolled leaves. Hence we may conclude that the chief effect of rolling tea leaves is the increase of easy INVESTIGATIONS ON THE MANUFACTURE OF TEA. 81 solubility of the constituents. The dessication of the leaves will also be accelerated by rolling and pressing out the juice from the interior of the cells. From these facts we are justified in testing tea-infusions by taking the whole leaf, not the powdered sample, and infusing it ‘for only a few minutes. Total solubility as determined by the usual method is not of much use for practical purposes. Ill. THE EFFECT OF FIRING ON THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF TEA. Green tea as well as black tea are usually refired some days after the manufacture. By refiring the flavour is much improved, but the infusion becomes usually darker in colour. In 1908 and 1909 I made some investigations on the effect of refiring on the quality and composition of tea. I kept green tea and black tea respectively at various temperatures for one hour and then analyzed. Tannin was estimated by Lézenthal’s method and thein by Jfulder's method. Solubility was determined by infusing 2 gr. of whole tea leaves in 400 cc. of distilled water for 2 hours, and after 100 cc. of water had been added it was filtered. The tempera- ture used for firing, the colour and flavour of the infusion and the colour of the infused leaves were found to be as follows :— 1908 1. Green tea. Colour of the No Temperature Colour Flavour Shp eaa eaves I Control (not fired) little lighter than No. 3 weaker than No. 2 2 61°C nearly same as No. 3 best fren yellow 3 82°C best little too strong 4 1o1°C rather red little reddish 5 123°C more reddish than No. ‘| i 6 eee more reddish than No. | gel! preaaisn 7 160°C reddish blackish brown 2. Black tea. I Control (not fired) lighter than No. 2 weaker than No, 2 2 62°C lighter than No. 5 weaker than No. 3 3 81°C lighter than No. 1 best brown 4 Io1°C lighter than No. 3 oc" < 1 i 5 119°C EGE: reddish ; Bast eoell 6 141°C lighter than No. 4 . oy P Volackish brown i 156°C lighter than No. 6 82 Auk WN Temperature Control (not fired) 60°C 70°C 80°C go°C 100°C Control (not fired) 60°C 70°C 80°C go°C 100°C S. SAWAMURA. 1909 1) Green) tea. Colour of Aroma infusion of infusion faint weak best 5 lighter than No. 4__ best lighter than No. 2 good ddish reddis Yaa worst 2. ‘Black’ tea. not clear E Vraint light } 8 best best blackish Taste of infusion weak Colour of the infused leaves astringent good best bitter most bitter weak good best weaker than No. 3 worse than No. 4 1 bad J \ bad usual usual little burnt blackish The chief constituents of the tea were found to be as follows :— No. Anp WRN “I mt WN In 100 pts. of Temperature air dry substan E emperature y substance Tannin Control (not fired) 61°C 82°C 101°C 123°C 140°C 160°C Control (not fired) 62°C 81°C 101°C 119°C 141°C 156°C 1908 In too pts. of dry substance — cotter Thein Tey wGreenstea 5.228 15.690 3.210 4.633 = = 3.158 a = 1.383 14.602 3-101 2.045 = = 2.453 = = 3.005 13.248 3.098 2. Black tea 3-445 8.575 3-075 3-985 = = 3-793 = = 2.293 7-247 3-130 4.875 = = 2.230 _ — 1.460 5.797 3-135 Solubility 37-458 36.786 35-417 35-553 37-364 35-162 29.898 27-393 27.027 27.415 27.020 26.281 24.957 to N “I wn ba I Soluble tannin 11.724. 11.906 117.85 11.688 11.096 10.400 6.470 4.045 4.151 4-390 4.450 3.682 2.594 1,961 Soluble thein INVESTIGATIONS ON THE MANUFACTURE OF TEA. 83 1909 In 100 pts of dry substance — ——— Soluble — Soluble tannin thein In 100 pts. of e > aj . . No. Temperature air OSs Granta Tastin Solubility 1. Green tea. I Control (not fired) 5.157 15.857 3.077 37-557 11.621 2.191 2 60°C 4.512 15.844 3.134 37-252 11.883 2.425 3 7o°C 3-903 —_ — 37-463 11.936 2.483 4 80°C 3.168 15.418 3.209 36.455 11.711 2.536 5 go°C 2.105 — — 35.509 11.236 2.442 6 100°C 1.844 14.586 3.061 24.666 IT.451 2.487 2. Black tea. I Control (not fired) 6.320 8.484. 3.165 27.556 3-917 2.348 2 60°C 4.541 8.632 3.163 27.137 3.844 2.456 3 70°C 3-574 = = 27.378 3-955 2.403 4 80°C 3.218 7.402 3.147 27.098 3.979 2.407 5 90°C 2.271 — — 26.727 3-479 2.221 6 100°C 2.049 7.093 3.046 26.475 3.283 2.200 From these results we may conclude that green tea is improved in quality by being fired at 70°C for one hour, a temperature higher than 70°C spoils both the flavour and colour. The optimum temperature for firing black tea lies a little higher than for green tea; viz. 80°C, and like green tea a higher temperature spoils the flavour and colour. By refiring tannin and thein decrease more or less, probably the former being due to oxydation and the latter to volatilization. Solubility increases little when tea is not strongly heated, but when the temperature is high, the total soluble substance and tannin decrease remarkably. Therefore in firing tea the temperature must of course be properly applied. If it is too high the quality of tea is much deteriorated. . ae i a she? res repagaite! Reh RO tr Abi! ¥ ee ad,0 ot wife al) Tat | i ipay i ’ a ibe ia’ e i wy FP ’ fd aly i Hg hiy* oab. oa yn . b wes a xa nv i “ ee naar ys ‘ fen 2 i; . wo talonet G et tort) | Ah . a cett a j . sd ; IT) ahy rt al aula liar Wl th ” befre Qinec it ie side Peay y ‘ts Ya : “ Wie sty 5 ey et 4 - 1] 1ry: i ip be a Sptoaay “ 7 ba lbh E ‘ babe Me me we (oul ete Lngery ro Lea i nee ree re : ~ 12 Beil gmat rh H . » pow alt sel) saldnboat he . alti! sithbae co) Sa tro} sova aae bo tas bite age Wal fi Pons tyik natal 'y . r ¢ s i i i = j ti ( él gpee ie iW oirteh SutdaeTOr] ral ae tb ; j F eo iil HT + O SMII04 | SRR SSS e nl A cand TH ee Ses heeE SS Ke An ER CTOC eer RMS FJ nl a ss Ge RE OY S$ Es HE V s Zz SE BERK ESSE S BULLETIN OF THE Ps ¢ IMPERIAL CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL | EXPERIMENT STATION IN a ; fi SS 2 Text-fig. I. Various forms of the tetragonal figures composed by joining the apertures of the posterior spiracles : A, Tetragonal figure of Dacus ¢suneonis Miyake, with the apertures. x 62. &, Tetragonal figures of Dacus ¢suneonis M C, Do. D, Tetragonal figures of Dacus ferrugineus iyake. x 62. dorsalis Hendel. x 100. figures can also be observed in that of Dacus ferrugineous dorsalis Hendel. At the same time, I could also ascertain that such variations may not only be due to individual variation, but also to accidental effects caused by the preservation and treatment of specimens. Thus, GuRNeEy’s figures, though probably serviceable in the case of foreign species, are of less STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. PED importance than one might expect in the systematic determination of Japanese specimens. b. MUSCULAR SYSTEM (PI. V., fig. 10). The muscular system of the larva of the present species is, essentially, almost similar to that of the house-fly, described and figured by Hewirr (14, p. 120) in his “ House-Fly.” In our species, it “consists of a seg- mental series of regularly repeated cutaneous muscles, forming an almost continuous sheath beneath the skin, together with a set of muscles in the anterior segments of the body which control the cephalo-pharyngeal sclerites and pharynx. In addition to this there are a set of cardiac muscles and the muscles of the alimentary tract.’’ The muscular arrange- ment of the body wall is, as can be seen from Pl. V., fig. 10, in the fourth to the eleventh segments almost similar, and in the second, third and twelfth more or less modified. I here describe, as an example, the muscular arrangement of the seventh segment: The most prominent muscles are five external (ex. d. /.), and five internal (zz. d. /.), dorso-lateral oblique recti-muscles. Ventral to these muscles (externally situated in the figure), there are three longitudinal ventro-lateral muscles (¢ v. /.), and still ven- tral to it there are some ventral oblique muscles (v.o.). On the anterior and posterior borders of the segment respectively, there lies a rather stout transverse muscle known as the lateral intersegmental muscle (/ 7. m.), each of which is connected with an oblique muscle called the internal lateral oblique muscle (¢. 2. 0.). The similarity to, and the modification from, this typical arrangement in the remaining segments, may easily be seen in the figure. Between the fourth and the fifth segment, the lateral intersegmental muscles are concealed under the dorso-lateral oblique muscles, the position of which is indicated by dotted lines in the figure. c. RESPIRATORY SYSTEM (Pl. V., figs. 12, 13 in part). In the adult larva, there is a main tracheal trunk (fig. 12, m. ¢. ¢r.) on each side in the body, commencing anteriorly at the anterior spiracle, running longitudinally and ending posteriorly at the posterior spiracle. In T12 T. MIYAKE: the third segment there is the anterior large tracheal commissure (a. /. ¢. c.) that connects the right and left tracheal trunks. Posterior to this is another thin commissure (a. s. ¢. c). In the house-fly, it is said that, near the posterior spiracles, another commissure termed the posterior tracheal commissure is present, though I could not discover this in the present species. From the main tracheal trunks, many branches are sent, most of which are supplied to the border of each segment. Concerning the anterior and the posterior spiracles, explanation is already made under ’ the heading of “ external structure of the larva.” The five tracheal branches arising from the brain will be described in the next chapter. d. NERVOUS SYSTEM (Pl. V., fig. 11). The central nervous system of the larva is quite different from that of larvae of other orders, as, for example, the caterpillar. While in the latter, besides the brain, there are many separated thoracic and abdominal ganglia, in the present species, they all together with the brain seem to constitute a single ganglionic mass, being themselves fused together. The mass lies between the third and fourth segment and is composed of the anteriorly situated portion, corresponding to the brain, of which the so- ‘1 are seen as paired spherical lobes (c. /.), and called ‘cerebral lobes’ the posteriorly situated portion, which is a longitudinal rectangular oval body (g/. m.) and is known to be made by the fusion of the ganglia of the body segments. From the posterior part of the latter portion many nerves arise in pairs (I could count seven pairs, but the actual number must be still greater), each pair ending respectively at the posterior border of each segment of the fourth to the tenth segment. Besides these nerves, many pairs of fine tracheal branches also arise from the same portion, each ending respectively at the posterior border of the fifth to the eleventh segment. e. ALIMENTARY SYSTEM (PI. V., fig. 9). The alimentary canal is much longer than the length of the body, so 1. HEeEwItTr (14) p. 129. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 113 that a certain portion of it is much convoluted. The foremost dilated portion is called the pharynx (f/.), which posteriorly narrows into a simple tube of uniform caliber known as the oesophagus (ae.). The oesophagus leads abruptly into a round sac termed the proventriculus (fv.), posteriorly from which arise four tubular blind sacs known as the caeca (c. v.). At the portion behind the origin of the caeca, the alimentary canal is more or less constricted and then becomes a simple tube of rather large caliber known as the ventriculus (ven.). The anterior portion of it is usually rather dilated and straight, while the posterior portion together with the distal portion of the alimentary canal called the intestine (zv7.) are much convoluted and twisted. From the junction of the ventriculus and the intestine, the Malpighian tubes (m. ¢.) which are paired ducts arise, each is bifurcate a short distance from the origin, convoluting and mingling with fat bodies and the alimentary canal. The tubes are moniliform in appearance and yellowish in colour. The salivary glands (s. g.) consist of a pair of long tubes of rather large caliber, stretching laterally and posteriorly from the fifth to the seventh segment.t From the anterior end of each tube a narrow duct arises, each of which joins anteriorly at the posterior border of the third segment (not without exception), running forward as a single median duct and opening into the pharynx on its ventral side. Fat-bodies? consist, as in other insects, of many fat-cells, almost similar in structure to those of the adult flies. Amongst them is a pair of white glandular bodies containing white granular fluid. 6. Pupa (Pl. IV., figs. 5-11). The puparium (figs. 5-8) is elliptical in form, about 10mm. in length and 4mm. in width, composed of eleven segments, a little more convex on the dorsal side than on the ventral, and ochreous in colour. The anterior spiracles appear as paired crescentic tubercles on the anterior extremity (see figs. 6, 7, a. sp.) and the posterior spiracles appear as a paired button-like I. In some specimens, this is not quite fixed. 2. For convenience, I append here a description of the fat-bodies. 114 T. MIYAKE; prominence on the posterior extremity, with an external structure like that of the larval spiracles (see fig. 8, f. sf.). Ventral to the posterior spiracles lies a rhombic piceous shield with the median groove, which is the remnant of the anus. As far as I could observe, until seven days after pupation there is no superficial development on the pupal body (found within the puparium), although it may appear rather soon afterwards,’ as is figured in figs. 9 and 10. This state seems to be continued for quite a long time before the emer- gence of the fly. The pupa bears the paired knob-like processus termed the spiracular processus (fig. 10. sf. £), which is destined to constitute the future thoracic spiracles, and is said in the house-fly to communi- cate with the external air by means of the terminal pupal spiracles between the fifth and sixth segment. In the pupal stage the external sexual characteristics are differentiated. As in figs. 10 and 11, in the female the extremity of the abdomen’ is protruded into a conical tubercle, the anlage of the future ovipositor, while in the male, the same position is hollowed within, where in the adult the genitalia are found. IV. LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS. I. Time oF APPEARANCE. The time of the first appearance of adult flies in the year varies according to temperature, humidity and many other conditions. Usually, however, it appears at the end of June and accelerates in emergence during July, the maximum emergence being usually reached in this month. Almost the same vigorous appearance may be seen early in August, dimini- shing towards the end of the month. At the beginning of September in certain localities or under some climatic conditions, the appearance is maintained to a certain extent, until it ceases entirely at the close of the month, although in warm years some flies are often still found in the month of October. 1. Unfortunately I could not ascertain the exact time it requires to make the develop- ment, though it seems to be two or three weeks after pupation. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 115 At the first period of appearance males are far more numerous than females, while later in the season females are more prevalent. Observation on confined specimens does not differ essentially from that on those from the open field." 2. LONGEVITY. It is almost impossible to determine the longevity of the fly in the open field and the observation on confined specimens cannot be considered the same as in nature. Moreover, even in the experiments on the latter, I could not obtain satisfactory results. In my experiments at Tsugumi, of 10 males and 14 females, captured in orchards on July 24, 1914, and kept in captivity, all had died except one female by the 30th of the month although supplied with plenty of food, and the surviving female only lived until the Ist of August, the 8th day after confinement. This was far shorter than I expected, allowing for the fact that the flies lived some days be- fore being captured. In other cases, I could keep flies alive only five days after their emergence in my breeding cage. I am satisfied that these results are not due to any lack of care in keeping the flies alive in capti- vity, since with the same care I repeatedly succeeded in keeping some other allied fruit-flies in the cage for over one month. Possibly the present species may become much weaker under confinement than when in the open field. Nevertheless, during captivity copulation and egg-laying were undisturbed. Putting these results and occasional out-of-door observations together I conclude that even in nature the present fly does not live longer than one month. 3. GENERAL BEHAVIOUR OF THE ADULT FLy. Adults are rather sluggish and calm in habits; they usually rest on the under surface of orange-leaves, stretching out their wings obliquo- I. BRITTAIN (6, p. 19) writes in Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh on the difference of the relative number of males and females, and states that opposite results are obtained from field- and cage-observations. However, he did not mention the variability of the ratio occurring in the earlier and later seasons as in the present species. Back and PEMBERTON (3, p. 22) write that in Dacus cucurbitae Coquillett. the numbers in the sexes are quite evenly divided. 116 T. MIYAKE: posteriorly as many other flies do. But when they feel themselves quite safe they extend their wings laterally, so that the axes of both wings become almost straight. When, however, they fear some danger approaching, as well as before flight, they restore their wings to the former position. When the flies are slightly disturbed, they simply remove to the neighbouring leaves or branches and occasionally return to the same spot shortly afterwards, but if they are much disturbed, they usually dart away upward or leave the place entirely, sometimes making a long flight. Flies are often seen fighting each other with their heads as weapons. This occurs not only between the same sexes but also amongst different ones. It is not seldom that the males are totally defeated in the action. The flies invariably prefer shady places,’ so that we can seldom capture them on the parts of trees exposed to the sunshine. For this reason, in the invaded localities experienced orchardists capture flies at noon of a sunny day, since at that time shadows of trees are diminished to a minimum, so that the flies are naturally concentrated in a smaller area. Flies are usually found in thickly wooded places with rich foliage, and for this reason they are abundantly seen at places where old orange trees are planted thickly or other densely-leaved trees interspersed with orange- trees, but are very rarely seen in orchards where comparatively young trees are planted separately, especially where the orchards are exposed to a strong wind. 4. Ferepinc Hasits. I have often observed, in the open, that flies touched with their proboscis the orange or leaf on which they were resting. Probably, in this way they feed on dew or other substances found on the surface of these objects. Especially at the time when females make punctures in oranges, many flies (mostly males) gather on these infested fruits, possibly attracted by the smell of juice that is secreted from the wounds. Whether flies are fond of the juice or not I cannot say definitely, yet they are not infrequently seen devouring it eagerly. I. SEVERIN, IH, P. writes in his interesting paper (31, p. 210) that Zfochra canadensis Loew also seeks shady places. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 117 In breeding cages, during the month of August 1915 and 1916, I tried many experiments in order to test their feeding habits. I offered the flies pear, peach, plum (Swomo), persimmon and water-melon, which were obtainable at that time. These were given both whole and cut, some being put at the bottom of the cage and some hanging from the top. Of these, all the whole fruits placed at the bottom of the cage were left almost untouched. The cut pieces at the bottom were eaten to a certain extent, but the pieces hanging were most attractive to the flies, for a number of them immedi- ately gathered upon the baits as soon as they were put into the cage. Of the above mentioned fruits, the peach seemed to be most appreciated. I also gave the flies some cakes that were likewise eaten, of which the “An” (bean-jam) was most preferred. Some of the flies while feeding rested on the same spot for over half a day. In addition, I gave the flies the liquids mentioned below, which were put into glass vessels hanging from the top of the breeding cage. The results are as follows: (2) Citronella Oil. This oil is very attractive to the fly, as it is to other species, Dacus ferrugineus Fabricius,’ Dacus diversus Coquillett and Dacus gonatus Saunders”; the results of an experiment conducted in July and in August, 1915, are tabulated below: Table _ II. EXPERIMENT WITH CITRONELLA OIL TO ATTRACT THE FLy. Date. Time, Hours. No. of flies. Beet its we July 24, 1915 8 am— 5p.m 9 30 201 ZO Ipm— 5p.m 4 24 22 » 26-27 ,, Ipm— $am | 19 24 Loss eae JABS US 5 2p.m— 9p.m 7 60 | 30 42 Op Eo Sam—Izam_ | 4 50 | Richy a ‘Oates 8 a.m—9.5 a.n | 15 50 | Logie 122: I, FROGGATT (10). 2. HOWLETT (15). 3. I endeavoured to obtain an equal number of males and females, but this could not effec- tually be done, 118 T. MIYAKE: (4) Kerosene. Kerosene seems not so attractive to the present species, although it is not altogether neglected. On July 26, in an experi- ment with 30 flies during two hours (3 p.m.—5 p.m.), one male and one female only were attracted. It is very noticeable that in this case the female was attracted. Of the Mediterranean fruit-fly females are not usually attracted by kerosene.’ In a field experiment with kerosene, I fastened a shallow pan filled with kerosene to a branch of an orange- tree, both at Nakada and Seko, where flies were found in abundance. The two pans were kept there from July 28th to 30th, but no flies were caught. (c) Raspberry Syrup.” This syrup is very attractive to the fly as the following results show : Table III. EXPERIMENT WITH RASPBERRY SYRUP TO ATTRACT THE FLy. | Fas ces Date. Time. Hours. No. of flies. Nes OE Neg es | plunged into the syrup Aug. 7 5 p-m— 6p.m I 29 8 2 yt 9 p.m—I0O p.in | I 26 30s ss Bae 4 © 8 p.m—9.5 p.m TEs 20 3/2 5. DISPERSION. From the results of my field observations I conclude that the present “ fly, like the apple-maggot fly,* seems to “remain in the immediate locality where emergence took place,” and, of course, there is no necessity for migration if there be food-supply at hand and the place is fitted for breed- ing. For this reason, we frequently find a considerable number of the present species in some orchards of the invaded district, even though neighbouring orchards are often comparatively free. 1. SEVERIN, H. P. and SEVERIN, H. C. (29, p. 225) (28, p- 347). F 2, I used a kind of drink sold as the “ Ribbon Raspberry” in the market; vd. p. 104. 3. O'KANE (25, p. 54); BRITTAIN (6, p. 21). STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. mite) How the fruit-flies spread from the infested to the uninjured orchards is a difficult question which cannot be readily answered. How- ever, the migration of the flies and the transportation of infected fruits should be considered as principal factors. In order to solve the former problem, a study of the flying habits of the insect is necessary. On this subject (of the fruit-flies as well as of other flies) some papers have already been published. Dr. H. H. P. SeEverm’s paper (27), possibly one of the most recent works on the subject, reports that two thousand Medi- terranean fruit-flies, marked by cutting the legs through the tibial portion, were caught during one month by fifty kerosene traps at distances varying from a quarter to one and a half miles from their point of liberation. In his latest work on the currant fruit-fly (Epochra canadensis Loew) (31, p- 214) records the results of four experiments, of which the furthest distance that was travelled by two flies out of 150 during June 13-18, was 3290 feet. I made a similar experiment in 1915 at Tsugumi Village, where the present fruit-flies are abundant, but instead of using kerosene traps to capture the flies I had to rely on catching them by hand since kerosene is not at- tractive to this species. In this experiment, I utilized the days when all the fruit growers of the village are compelled by Order of the District to capture flies. At Choko ({£34), which is nearly the middle of the village, high and open, I liberated 102 flies which had been previously captured from orchards on the same day that the experiment was made. Holding each fly in my fingers I cut through the middle of the tibia of one of its legs with a small pair of sharp scissors. The results obtained are as follows. Table IV. DISPERSION OF FLIEs. ] Probable dis- Date of No. of flies ee Weather Date: flies Flies itance from the experiment. | liberated. Incision. and wind. me captured. point of | | Sepa: liberation. - : Weather | 2 4g July 27, 26 31,35 2 Right mid- | fhe with SE| ed a 720 yards 2.10 p.m | leg cut ingens Aug. I 19 aia) ea | ie peur ee ae ae es ete ee July 20, 20 <1, 21 Q | Left mid-leg | Weather fine, eM ee eon yards 2p.m cut no wind Aug. 3 TO: 360 yards 120 T. MIYAKE: Thus the maximum distance travelled was 6 chd' (720 yards) and the minimum 3 chd (360 yards). These distances are very short, and although we cannot draw any absolute conclusions from so few experi- ments, yet supported by my field observations, I conclude, that our fruit-fly does not travel far, at least under normal conditions. This is of great importance in considering the control of the adult flies. Of course, if the flight is conjoined with a prevailing wind, the fly may be carried to some considerable distance, as is often the case with the house-fly.” The Tsugumi Village, it is said that the place called Nishinouchi is the central locality where the fruit-flies made their first appearance and whence afterwards they were dispersed through two routes to adjacent places. The one route (PI. VI, fig. 1) is over the centre of a mountain range, where the orange-orchards are extended continuously from one side to the opposite side of the mountain which belongs to Aoye Village. Formerly people of the village when working on the other side of the mountain gathered the first ripe oranges and either ate them on the spot or took them home. Naturally when they found maggots in the fruit, they threw the infested parts away. Such is the explanation given by the villagers themselves and in later years similar infested oranges have been found in the village itself. The other route (Pl. VL, fig. 2) is rather remote from Nishinouchi. It is a mountain-pass called Motogoye, where orange-orchards are found on both sides of the mountain, so closely situated that only a short distance to the top of the mountain remains unplanted. — It is said that formerly the fruit-fly infestation was only found on the Tsugumi Village side, later it spread to the opposite side. As there is a small path across that place it is more likely that people have picked infested fruits and taken them to the opposite side. This—transportation of maggots by man—may be one of the chief factors for the fly dispersion, but we cannot exclude from our considera- tion the flight of the adults; probably both have contributed to the spread of the present fly injuries. 1. A cho= ca. 120 yards, 2. Hewitt (14, p. 74,—Hopce's. result). aca on ee STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 6. COPULATION. 12! At copulation, the male embraces the anterior portion of the abdomen of the female, so that its head comes in contact with the hind margin of the female’s scutellum. During copulation, the male draws its haustellum in and out. The paired flies often wander about in this state. The flies under copulation are often disturbed by other male, or sometimes female, flies, which swarm around them, their proboscides being used as weapons, and not infrequently another copulation is affected by the new successful rival. The duration of copulations observed by me were as follows: Table V. DuRATION OF COPULATION. Text-fig. 2. Copulation of Dacus ¢suneonis Miyake. Slightly magnified. Date. Time. Duration. July 27, 1915 * 10.40 a,.m— 10,54 a.m 14 minutes ” 290, » i 7 p-m—7.10 p.m Io ” Average 295 55 t 2 p-m—2.5 p.m 5 ” Io minutes ” 30, >; I 8.53 p.m—9.3 p-m to ” ENTE Bi orp, + 8am—8.10a.m TORE *In the open. + In confinement. Copulation occurs at any time in the day, as is the case with the Mediterranean fruit-fly, unlike some foreign fruit-flies, such as the melon-fly (Dacus cucurbitae Coquillett), of which it is reported that copulation extends only from sunset to dark.1 Rather frequently another male tries to co- pulate with a female already engaged in pairing with a male, keeping its 1. Back and PEMBERTON (3, p. 23). In their former paper they also state the same fact. 122 T. MIYAKE: genitalia firmly in contact with the conjugated portion of the two flies. In certain cases, the intruder calmly retains this attitude, until he finally finds out that he cannot join in the act and flies away. Two cases I have seen are as follows: On July 31, the act lasted from 1.47 p.m to 1.51 p.m...... 4 minutes On Aug. 1, “3 12.4 p.m to 12.7 p.m...... 3 minutes Not infrequently a female, just after pairing with a male, instantly joins with another male.* In a case observed on -July 31, the former copulation lasted one minute (1.51 p.m—r.52 p.m.) and the latter 23 minutes (1.52 p.m—2.15 p.m.). When the two flies in copulation are ready to part from each other, the male dismounts from the shoulder of the ‘female, being still connected with the latter and turns its body until the two insects’ heads are directly opposite each other. The W-shaped coiled organ of the male is first extended to its full length, the terminal end of which is still joined to the female’s body and shortly afterwards the connection is broken. 7. Eao-Layinc. The egg-laying habits of the fly were repeatedly observed both in the open and in confinement. When a fly attempts to deposit eggs, it first runs about the surface of the fruit, as if searching for a suitable place. If the place is found, the fly extends its ovipositor full length and then bends it forward so that it makes a rather acute angle with the axis of the abdo- men. The sharp point of the ovipositor is then thrust through the skin of the orange. If this is effected, the fly endeavours to penetrate Text-fig. 3. deeply into the fruit, moving up and down, female fly laying eggs into the 3 5 ° : in. Slightly magnified. until the desired depth (usually, just beyond Pn Se the length of the last segment of the ovipositor) is finally attained. This length is just enough to reach the pulp under the skin so that eggs are laid into juice sacs or between them, or in rare cases, between the pulp 2. Back and PEMBERTON (3, p. 23) mention the same fact in Dacus cucrudbitae Coquillett. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 123 and the rind, but I have never seen them laid in the rind itself. In this respect there is a marked difference in the Mediterranean fruit-fly (Ceratitis capitata Wiedemann), of which it is reported that its eggs are very seldom laid in the pulp, and in that in the few exceptions which occur because the rind of the fruit is very thin, they are ‘subjected to a mort- ality caused either by excessive moisture or lack of air.’”? The above stated egg-laying habit will explain why only thin-skinned oranges (mandarins and kumquarts) are infested, and thick-skinned oranges (navel oranges,” pomelos, etc.) are exempt from the attack of the present fly. And of mandarins, the so-called “Aomzkan”’ (smaller varieties) is subjected to the attack more severely than the Unshiz. The oviposition may take only a few minutes if circumstances are quite favourable, but the time of duration is very indefinite, as in some cases the action is immediately stopped without any eggs being laid. When the laying is ended, the fly withdraws the ovipositor and walks around the puncture, cleaning the ovipositor with its hind legs. Not in- frequently, the fly turns round and feeds on the juice that flows from the puncture. Very probably, the smell of the juice attracts males, because when punctures are made males are often seen to assemble there for the juice. Copulation repeatedly takes place at this time. Occasionally, a male tries to disturb a female engaged in ovipositing, and if he succeeds, copula- tion usually results. a. EGG-PUNCTURE. Punctures, known as the ‘‘ egg-puncture,”” made by the ovipositor on the fruit, are very small and hardly visible to the naked eye; they are oval or circular in outline, the margin afterwards becoming whitish. The aperture is not infrequently repaired by a brownish gummy substance secreted by the orange. On examining infested oranges brought from orchards of various localities, I found that a single puncture in each fruit QUAYL (26, p. 6). Back and PEMBERTON (1, p. 318). It was once reported that eggs were laid into the navel oranges, but this is doubtful. bale Oe ite 124 T. MIYAKE: was the most frequent. Occasionally I have found fruit with two punc- tures, but only one fruit with three punctures and none with more. The instance of a fruit with four punctures was once reported to me. In my experiments on confined specimens, however, one or more flies would attack a single fruit repeatedly, so that those with two or three punc- tures were more commonly found, though fruits with a single puncture were not rare. JI even found some fruits with five punctures, though I could not find any with more. Punctures are made indiscriminately in any part of the orange. The passage of the egg-puncture in the spongy- layer of rind is usually oblique. Number of Eggs laid in a Puncture. As a single larva appears in each puncture, our entomologists, who have hitherto studied the present species, thought that only a single egg was laid in each puncture. How- ever, in my breeding experiments as well as in field observations, I met no case in which a single egg was present in the puncture, though I have occasionally seen some empty punctures.t| My observation at Tsugu- mi Village is as follows: Table VI. NUMBER OF EGGS IN THE PUNCTURE. Date. No. of eggs in each puncture. | Source of specimens. 7 | = Aug. 2, 1915 | 2 | Field 9) £3). 3 2 | ” : 4, os 33 ” a hy fp 4 In-door (breeding cage) y 3) 7 | Punctures found in a i yy ub 4 i single orange ” ” ” ” 5 | ”»> » 9» » 4\ of ” Se it 5 J : ” 6, ” 3 \ ” 65 » 1. Recently FuKat, Assistant in the Agricultural Institute of Oita Prefecture, an enthusiastic observer of the present fly, told me that he had seen in one case a single egg in one puncture, although he always used to find more than one in the other cases. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 125 As is seen from the table the maximum number of eggs found in the puncture is six and the minimum two. This differs from that of the Mediterranean fruit-fly, of which Back and PEmBErToN (1, p. 315) describe 8-153 eggs in one puncture and FRENcH (9, p. 7) reports 5-15 eggs in each fruit. The fly not infrequently lays eggs on the surface of the fruit, or on a leaf or twig, or occasionally on other substances. From experiments in-the breeding cage, when about 30 flies were confined for a week (Aug. 1—Aug. 7), 1 saw that 7 batches of eggs were laid on the screen of the cage, each batch containing I, I, 2, 2, 3, 4 and 6 eggs respectively. As far as I could observe, all eggs that were not laid in the fruit did not hatch out. b. £GG-LAYING PERIOD. It is a known fact, that in the adults of some exotic fruit-flies the ovarian eggs require some days after emergence before they are fully matured. As for example, in the Mediterranean fruit-fly 6 to 8 days’, in the apple-maggot fly one week or less” or two weeks® are required. In my investigation on the present species I dissected some female flies in suc- cessive days after emergence (in July), and I observed that the eggs were not much developed until the 5th day. Unfortunately I could not continue the experiment further to discover when they fully develop. However, on examining many specimens captured in the open at the beginning of July, 1915, I could hardly find any which had matured eggs, whence, as is mentioned before, copulation taking place at the end of July and eggs being already laid at the beginning of August, it is very probable that our fruit-fly does not sexually mature until at least ten days after emerg- ence. Anyhow this point requires further study. It is noticeable that, in these flies, the number of matured eggs differs in the right and the left ovaries. Presuming that the fly oviposites at most 6 eggs in a puncture as long as the matured eggs are numerous in BAcK and PEMBERTON (2, p. 367)- O'KANE (25. p. 45). ILLINGWORTH (16, p. 144). eon 126 T. MIYAKE: the ovaries, it may make several punctures in succession and should lay eggs continuously in the respective punctures. However this point also requires further study. 8. INFESTATION OF FRUITS. a. HATCHING OF EGGS. When the eggs are laid in the puncture, after some days they hatch. How many days they require until they hatch I do not yet know. I observed that eggs laid on Aug. 2, 1915, did not hatch until the eighth or ninth day after the deposition. In exotic species, as for example in the Mediterranean fruit-fly (Cevatitis capitata Wiedemann), eggs hatch in warm weather in about two days,’ in the apple-maggot fly (Riagoletis pomonella Walsh) in five days,? and in the currant fruit-fly (Zpochra canadensis Loew) in 4-7 days.* Of course the length of the egg period may be variable according to local and climatic conditions. b. MORTALITY OF EGGS LAID IN THE ORANGE. As is already stated, usually our fruit-fly lays more than one egg in a single puncture. Nevertheless, when we examine the infested orange, we always find a single larva in the carpel where a puncture has been made. We often find that an orange which bears punctures contains no larva. In a word, though the fly lays a certain number of eggs in the orange, not more than one larva ever appears in each puncture. Undoubt- edly some mortality must take place among the deposited eggs of our fruit-fly as is the case in some exotic flies. This mortality of eggs has already been mentioned and discussed by many authors, e.g. Back and PEMBERTON who report in detail on the Mediterranean fruit-fly (1, pp. 315- 319). The cause of this mortality in our species is not clear, and as the ovipositing habits of this species differ from those of the Mediterranean fruit-fly it cannot be considered as being due to the same cause—the effect of the oil of the orange rind—as the authors describe regarding the latter 1. Back and PEMBERTON (2, p. 373): 2. O’KANE (25, p. 60). 3. SEVERIN, TH. P. (31, p. 185). STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 127 species. However, the same authors treat of the case of the Mediterranean fruit fly with the Chinese orange, in which the cause of death is attributed to excessive moisture or lack of air. In our species, it would seem that lack of air should also be considered as one of the main causes of mortality." c. APPEARANCE OF LARVAE. The maggots appear (within fruits) usually at the beginning of October. At this time they are very small and measure about 1.5 mm. At the end of the month or the beginning of November, they are usually full grown and attain a length of about 13mm. The larva, burying itself in the pulp, feeds on juice sacs. d. SYMPTOMS OF INFESTATION. At the season when the oviposition of the fly is made in the oranges the fruits are still unripe and look totally green. When a puncture is made on the mandarin, sooner or later (three days, according to my investigation in one case), a certain portion of the rind around the punc- ture becomes slightly paler than the ground colour. Day by day this pale-coloured portion becomes more and more yellowish and ochreous, stretching out gradually until it occupies a considerable area of the rind. Still later this coloured area becomes slightly reddish, usually appearing longitudinally but sometimes circularly or irregularly, along the carpel within which is the maggot. In this way, we can very easily detect the infested fruits in the invaded locality in the middle of October,’ the time best fitted for recognizing injured fruits. With kumquarts the case is not alike ; in that fruit, the punctured portion remains dark greenish like the ground colour, though the external area around the puncture is usually coloured yellowish as in other infested mandarin oranges. In the infested 1. Recently SEVERIN H. P. in Lfochra canadensis Loew, and BRITTAIN in Rhagoletis pomo- nella Walsh also described the mortality of eggs, the cause of which is unknown. 2. There may be some fluctuation according to yearly climatic variations. Im warmer seasons this symptom may typically appear at the end of October, while in colder seasons it may occur at the beginning of the month, 128 T. MIYAKE: kumquart this yellowish area afterwards becomes broader but never fulvous as in the mandarin oranges." If we examine the pulp of the infested orange, the carpel which is affected by the maggot appears quite different from the other uninjured ~ carpels, presenting a sooty unpleasant yellow in contrast to the bright ochreous colour of the sound carpels. The carpel in which the maggot makes its first appearance becomes shortly afterwards narrower and thin- ner than the other carpels. This can be seen very clearly in the cross section! off the fruit (Ply Ville figs 1,257 SPL» Ville ics a>) eens mentioned before, a single maggot appears within each puncture, although many eggs may be laid in it and though this may be due to the morat- lity of the deposited eggs in some cases, yet the mortality of the newly hatched larvae must also be taken into consideration, for I have occasion- ally found a small dead larva in the infested carpel along with the living one. This mortality of the larvae in our species is much rarer than in the Mediterranean fruit-fly and some other exotic species, of which we are in- formed that this is a normal occurrence. By far the majority of injured mandarin oranges, which I have examined, have had only one originally infested carpel, z.e. the orange contains only one maggot, although the adjoining carpels may be subsequently infested _ by the same maggot (PI. VII., figs. 1, 2, 3; Pl. VIIL, figs. 1, 2). Instances of two originally infested carpels are not extremely rare. In this case, each infested carpel is well separated from the other® (Pl. VII, figs. 4, 5, Pl. VIIL., figs. 3, 4)—usually opposite (PI. VIL, figs. 5., Pl. VIII., figs. 3). If the two maggots found in such an orange are not equally developed, the one is often much smaller than the other. Very seldom three carpels are infested (Pl. VIL., figs. 6) and a case of four infested carpels has only once 1. I have, however, in 1917, in Higashi-morokata District, Miyazaki Profecture, observed the same feature in the kumquart as in the mandarin. This might possibly be due to the varietal difference, as the former observation was made on “ J/arwni” kumquart, while the latter on “Vagami” kumquart. i 2. The authors quoted in p. 127 have also mentioned the mortality of larvae as well as of eggs. 3. Rarely without exception. As shown in Pl. VII., fig. 9, the originally infested carpels are situated at right angles to each other. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 129 been reported. No case of more than four infested carpels has yet been found. The reddish yellow area of the infested oranges extends, in the later stage, wider towards the periphery and at this period (the beginning or middle of November), the entire rind of the orange itself begins to turn yellow, so that we can no longer distinguish at a glance the infested fruit from the sound. However, if we closely examine the infested orange, there is usually a more reddish tinge on the .oviposited part, moreover, in the later stage, the portion around the calyx also becomes reddish. The infested orange can be also detected by the presence of the puncture, which may often be seen by the naked eye. When the larva has nearly eaten up the contents of one carpel, in which it made its first appearance, it removes to the adjoining carpel, boring through the intermediate septa (Pl. VIL. figs. 5, 6; Pl. VIII., fig. 4). Usually, until a maggot fully develops, still another and sometimes more carpels are attacked, according to the size of the fruit, the activity of the larva and to the duration of the larval period (PI. VII., figs. 7, 8). When more carpels are infested their contents are only partly eaten. Speaking generally, if the carpel of the orange is sufficient for the nutrition of the whole larval life, only one or two carpels may be infested, although exceptions not infrequently occur. In other cases, however, as many as ten carpels may be injured as is shown below. In the kumquart, in which the sectioning is more imperfect than in the mandarin oranges, the maggot pierces the pulp quite irregularly and usually eats the seeds contained, and as the fruit is smaller I have never found in it more than one maggot (CE, WAMU Tire, Gp to, Ye Sie 130 T. MIYAKE: Table VII. NUMBER OF INFESTED AND NON-INFESTED CARPELS IN AN ORANGE. OBSERVED IN Zemimon, DEC. 14, 1915. No. of oranges No. of non-infested No. of infested Larvae present tested. carpels. carpels. or issued. I 10 3 Present 2 10 3 Issued 3 9 2 ” 4 10 | 2 ” 5 8 | 3 » 6 | 9 3 » OBSERVED IN Komikan, DEC. 15, 1915. No.. of oranges | No. of non-infested No. of infested Larvae present or tested. carpels. carpels. issued. I II 5 Tssued 2 10 5 + 3 zx 7 ” 4 9 4 ” 5 | 9 6 » 6 10 4 = if II 10 5 3 II Io » 9 10 4 ” 10 9 7 ” The percentage of infested fruits in a single tree is not fixed, owing to local, annual and individual differences. When the appearance of the fly is vigorous, it is often reported to amount to 40% or 50% of the total fruit of a tree. Some examples, observed by Oj1maA of our Entomological Division, at Obama Village, Tamana District, Kumamoto Prefecture, are tabulated as follows: STUDIES ON THE FRUII-FLIES OF JAPAN. 131 Table VIII. PERCENTAGE OF INFESTED FRUITS IN A SINGLE TREE. | ns : | Total number of No. of infested Date. Kind of fruit. | aie wane | fruit. Percentage. c = E Novy. 1, 1909 Komikan | 1219 | 204 24% of > | 1000 | 241 24% Dec. 4, 1909 an 100 nearly | 63 63% rs + | Ioo nearly | 6 6% Dec. 4, 1910 = 1300 nearly 48 3.6% 5 Unshiu 590 21 35% Dec, 21, 1910 Komukan 794 | 98 12.3% Ae Unshiu 522 46 8.8% e. EXIT OF LARVAE FROM INFESTED FRUITS. When the larva in the orange is fully developed, sooner or later the infested fruit falls to the ground. The falling of fruits begins in the month of October and continues to November. Shortly after the fruit has fallen, the issuance of the larva takes place. This may occur within a few hours or after one day or more. Occasionally, however, larvae issue from oranges still on the tree. For this reason, infested oranges freshly picked from trees do not always bear larvae, though this may partly be due to the morta- lity of larvae in the fruit.t. In an observation I found 8 oranges out of 10 free from larvae and in another, 69 out of 168. In order to get out of the orange, the larva makes a rather large, circular aperture, corresponding to the thickness of its body. Usually the larva issues rather rapidly from the fruit, though not infrequently it may struggle in drawing out its body, only succeeding in coming out half way. As the time in which infested oranges fall happens to be the harvest season, all the fruits are picked and gathered for sale in the growing district, so that infested oranges are usually gathered before they fall, 1. The larva should be considered lost after death. 132 T. MIYAKE: though some of them may drop previous to the harvest. A great number of infested oranges were repeatedly sent to me for examination and I have observed the under-mentioned facts. Larvae seem to issue both by day and by night, but so far as I observed the issuance was more frequent in the night than in the daytime. I tabulate the observations made by Mr. Fuxat, of the Agricultural Institute of Oita Prefecture, to whom I am much indebted for valuable assistance given me during my stay a the locality : Table IX. CoMPARISON OF ExIT OF LARVAE BY DAy AND By NIGHT. No. of No. of Description of | Date of daytime larvae Date of the night larvae lot. issuance. |issuing by issuance. issuing by day. night. - =} : | | Tor mandarin or-| 8 a.m, 24th—4 p.m, 24th 2 4p-m, 23rd—§ a.m, 24th 26 ranges collected | at Yukagi, Tsu- | s gumi, Oct. 23, gam, 26th—4 p.m, 26th | I 4p-m, 24th—9 a.m, 25th I 1915. ? gam, 27th—4 p.m, 27th | I | 2 p-m, 26th—9 a.m, 27th ° ga.m, 28th—4 p.m, 28th I 4p.m, 26th—g a.m, 27th | 26 a Larvae appear daily from harvested oranges but some immatured larvae occasionally remain very late in the fruit. I have known them remain for 20 or more days. Some examples observed by FuxKar are tabulated below : 1. At Tsugumi Village, Oita Prefecture, fruit growers are ordered to pick up infested oranges previous to the harvest season, as soon as the first symptoms of infestation appear. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 133 Table X. Exit oF LARVAE FROM PICKED INFESTED FRuiITs. Date picked. No. of oranges. Noy. 23, 1914 Noy. 27, 1914 Iol 163 Date of issuance. Noy. 24, 1914 Dec: x; Nov. 27, 1914 No. issuing. One OR IO MONEE One tN 20 (Record lost) Ww - 0 134 T. MIYAKE ; f, RESISTANCE OF LARVAE. The question as to how long the larvae can resist water or chemicals is not only interesting biologically but also very important in its relation to control measures. Speaking generally, the resistance of larvae to either sea- or fresh water is far stronger than one might presume before experiment. An experiment conducted by me is detailed below: Table XI. RESISTANCE OF LARVAE TO WATER. No. of larvae =¢ aus Tes experimented es : yee of ee or upon. ged. water. ead. Oct. 22, 1915, ‘ ee 11 a.m—to p.m 3 II Sea-water Living » 22,4 p.m—23,7 a.m 15 15 » ” » 22,4 p.m—23,8 a.m 15 16 ” » 5, 22,11 am—23,8 a‘m 3 21 A 5 » 22,4 p-m—23,8 a.m 9 16 3) 4) Noy. 5, 1915, = I 5 -we 3.30 p.m—10.10 p.m Y one Wetec "3 » 19,4 p.m—20, Ioa.m 3 13 ” ” 3 3} 13 Alcohol 70% “A In these experiments, the larvae which were brought out from the water appeared at first to be dead, but sooner or later they recovered. The temperature of the water was usually C.16°. The larvae when put into sea- or well-water wriggle about at first and afterwards become calm. According to FuKar’s observation, motion ceases at the end of about three and a half hours after submer- gence, though in reality the maggots are not weakened or killed. The time larvae take to recover from this dead appearance varies, of course, accord- ing to the length of time they have been in the water. Fuxat' prolonged the experiment until the larvae were dead. An example is shown in table XII: I. Unfortunately FuKat did not record the temperature of the water. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 135 Table XII.* RESISTANCE OF LARVAE TO WATER. 1. Experiments in Well-Water with 10 Larvae. Date. 12 days submerged. 14 days submerged. 23 days submerged. Noy. 24, 1915 | 3 dead 6 dead I dead 2. Experiments in Sea-Water with 10 Larvae. Date. 5 days submerged. | 6 days submerged. g days submerged. Nov. 24, 1915 | | 1 dead | .5 dead | 4 dead Thus larvae submerged in sea-water died after 9 days, but with well- water 23 days were required to kill them all. Fuxat further experimented as to whether larvae, which have previ- ously been submerged in water, can pupate. Table XIII. PUPATION OF LARVAE PREVIOUSLY SUBMERGED IN WA1ER (Experiments conducted on Nov. 6, 1915, each with 5 Larvae. I day 2 days | 3 days | 4 days 5 days submerged. submerged. | submerged. submerged. submerged. Water used. l va | Deadt Pe Dead Pupated) Dead Pupated Dead \Pupated Dead | fe | | Well-water | 5 fo) 5 @ || 3G fo} Se || © 3 2 | | | | | | Sea-water | 4 | 5 | & ile | 3 2 4 | I 3 | 2 Lime-water | 5 | Coym ||) bed | eo fo) 3) lez 3 | 2 He also examined as to whether these pupae could develop into imagos. 1. The days required for pupation or until death were not recorded. 136 T. MIYAKE: Table XIV. EMERGENCE OF IMAGO FROM SUBMERGED LARVAE. (Conditions as in Previous Experiment.) 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days submerged. submerged. submerged. submerged. submerged. Water used. | Emerg- Emerg- Emerg- Emerg- Emerg- ed Not ed Not al Not ed Not eal Not Well-water 5 fo) 5 fo) 3 2 2 3 lees I Sea-water 3 I 5 fo) I 2 4 Gy || we) 3 | Lime-water | 5 fo) fo) 4 2 3 I 2 fo) 3 From the above two tables one may see that the larvae can resist well-water longer than sea-or lime-water and that in the latter, pupae 5 days submerged did not develop into imagos. Though we cannot draw any positive conclusion from these experiments, it seems that if larvae are submerged over ten days in sea- or lime-water, or over 24 days in well- water,’ they are almost sure to die. Another experiment conducted by FuxKar shows that, if infested fruits that contain larvae are submerged in water, the maggots can resist still longer. Fuxkat’s experiment is as follows: Table XV. SUBMERGENCE OF INFESTED FRUITS IN WATER DURING TEN Days. (Dec. 16—26, 1915.) - Larvae contained Pa 7. ul . . Water used. Fruits submerged. erie ttanike: Dead or living Well-water 26 27 Living Sea-water 26 29 ” Lime-water 26 29 ” He further experimented as to whether these larvae could pupate. 1. Other fresh water, such as river water etc., can be included. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN, 137 Table XVI. PuUPATION OF LARVAE IN SUBMERGED INFESTED FRUITS. No. of larvae in infest- , Water used. ed fruits submerged. Pupation. Dead. Well-water 27 3 24 Sea water 29 9 20 Lime-water 29 6 23 It will be seen that in this experiment more larvae submerged in sea-water pupated than in well-water, in which connection FukKat suggests that the orange preserves better in sea-water than in well-water so that the larvae in the former can offer a stronger resistance than those in the latter. This, however, requires further study. 9. PUPATION. Larvae, after issuing from the fruits, crawl about on the surface of the soil for a while and then penetrate into it and begin to pupate.* I observed in 1915, that a larva which issued on Nov. 17 pupated on Nov. 23, and another issuing on Nov. 19 pupated on Nov. 22. In some cases, however, the larval stage lasts a comparatively long time (a week or more). Pupation often takes place inside as well as outside the fruit, on the surface of the soil as well as beneath it. It is daily observed that larvae under experiment pupate easily, without burying themselves, within the vessel that contains them. Pupation may occur from the end of November till the end of December, or, occasionally, in January of the next year. IFuKar observed in 1915 a pupation as late as Jan.° 28. 1. If circumstances are favourable they immediately bury themselves in the ground, 138 ag T. MIYAKE: a. DEPTH LARVAE PENETRATE INTO THE SOTEL. Larvae_do not penetrate deeply into the soil; usually the depth is from one to twoinches. Fuxkat observed that out of 128 pupae, 115 were within one inch, 11 within 2-inches and 2 within 3 inches. Usually their heads are directed towards the surface of the soil. 10. EMERGENCE OF ADULT FLy. When the fly is about to emerge it pushes off with its frontal sac (ptilinum) the anterior end of the pupal case. In emergence from the pupal case a horizontal split is formed along the middle of the 4th seg- ment, and a frontal split between the remains of the oral part and the anterior spiracular processes (See Pl. IV., figs. 5, 7, in which the line is indicated) so that, from the top of the case dorsal and ventral triangular chitinous pieces are broken off along these lines, and from the aperture thus made the new fly begins to draw out its imprisoned body. Usually, however, the dorsal triangular piece only breaks off from the pupal case, the ventral one being still attached to the case. The eclosion of the fly from the pupal case is not always easily made. If the pupa is placed on the surface of the earth (or on the bottom of any vessel), as was done in our experiments, the pupal case being un- fixed the newly coming fly loses the neces- sary levering power to bring its body out from the puparium. This being so, of many pupae under my experiment, though some per- formed the eclosion completely within one hour, a few required a whole day, while some did not succeed in getting out from ; Text-fig. 4. the puparium even after two days and were — typnel in the soil made by the fly attempting to come out (June dead on the third day. The passage through I, 1916). Natural size which the fly comes to the surface of the earth seems, as far as I could observe, to be rather oblique and bent, as for example shown in text-fig. 4. STUDIES ON THE FRUIT-FLIES OF JAPAN. 139 The fly comes to the surface of the earth by means of the in- flated ptilinum of its head which it first extrudes and then draws back again, and even after coming to the surface of the earth the fly continues this action for a while. The newly emerged fly, pale in colour, bears folded wings laid on the dorsum of its body, but it has to crawl about for some time until its wings expand and its exoskeleton hardens. Ojima tested whether the emergence of the fly could be prevented by burying the pupae deeply into the soil, and obtained the result that burying at a depth of 1.5 feet does not kill the pupae. One of his experiments is reproduced in table XVII. MIYAKE ate 140 601 II o£ gI tad Zz 601 [PIO], +S ss 9 S gI gI S €1 zl ol £1 6 v z z I I I I z \ ¢ , ! \ ' ) BUL. AGRIC. EXPY’, STAT. VOL. I. PLATE X. } T. Miyake del., K. Sugiyama photo, ee 1 ae 4 Fl i A FI inl) hi! iil i kEPMRRRE EMR o+ee K < «RK i a RIRE RR ERR IH Oo+ yes ran fren, )ms me PRUE SO BR eos RiRER RRR RE | PO eS K m € a 0 Fe THE ROYAL CANADIAN INSTITUTE LR eK RH S= 4 8-2 BULLETIN OF THE - IMPERIAL AGRICULTURAL ___ EXPERIMENT STATION IN JE \BRAP Y a aN JAPAN ( MAR 13 1957 } NGC; 4 Qo 4 TY OF 1 Vol. III, No. 1 NISHIGAHARA,; TOKIO eet MARCH, 1924 TAP Oy eee een Y* eb be t ». , . s : 2 x ~ > \ ; , : ' 4 ‘ 5 S de % " > . a > ‘ ; ‘ : . ous Fe . ‘ is - 3 ; o . . g 7 Ye ~ ss . * &* t r oak : ’ r ‘ 7 : : mt : jf + . ‘ 3 . . ope % othe . ei) Dias Sehanlag * roe y be St al Be UG ak oc He th SB = 8 Ss BULLETIN OF THE IMPERIAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION IN JAPAN NISHIGAHARA, TOKIO MARCH, 1924 Uber die Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel bei Huhnern.” Von T. KATAYAMA. Im Gegensatz zur grossen Zahl von Fitterungsversuchen, die bisher fast ausschliesslich mit grosseren landwirtschaftlichen Nutztieren, namlich Saugetieren, ausgeftihrt worden sind, haben dementsprechende Untersuch- ungen mit Gefltigel so gut wie gar keine Berticksichtigung erfahren. Man hat daher eine sehr mangelhafte Kenntnis ber die Vorgange der Verdau- ung, der Assimilation, und des Stoffwechsels bei Gefltigel. Ferner fehlen noch wissenschaftliche Versuche in Bezug auf die Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel, worauf die rationelle Fttterung begrtindet werden soll, wahrend beim Saugetiere die verschiedenen Futtermittel nicht nur schon lange nach ihren verdaulichen Nahrstoffmengen benutzt, sondern neuerdings nach ihrem Produktionswert beurteilt werden, wie dies durch die verdienstvollen Untersuchungen von O. Kellner und von P. Armsby erreicht worden ist. Man ist daher bislang gezwungen gewesen, die Futterung des Gefltigels in der Hauptsache auf langjahrige praktische Erfahrungen zu griinden, oder teilweise die beim Saugetiere erhaltenen Versuchsergebnisse anzuwenden, ohne dass man dabei exakte vergleichende Versuche mit beiden Tieraten ausftihrte. Um nun die Futterung der legenden sowie auch der wachsenden Huhner zu untersuchen, was im Vordergrund unseres Interesses steht, so ist zunachst die Feststellung der Verdaulichkeit von vielen verschiedenen Futter- mitteln bei Htthnern dringend notwendig, so dass man damit okonomische 1) In japanischer Sprache bereits verdffentlicht in No. 42 der Berichte aus der hiesigen Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchsstation 1918. 2 T. KATAYAMA, und produktive Futtermischungen in breiter Auswahl zubereiten kann, umsomehr als bei uns in Japan das Bediirfnis nach Fleisch und Eiern immer grosser wird, so dass letztere in ziemlich grosser Menge aus China importiert werden mussen. Eine grosse Schwierigkeit bei Verdauungsversuchen mit Gefligel liegt unter andern darin, dass der Harn direkt von den Nieren durch den Harnleiter in die Kloaka eingeftihrt wird und dort sich mit Kot mengt. Die Verdauungskoeffizienten der Futtermittel konnen daher erst in solcher Weise ermittelt werden, dass man entweder durch mechanische Operation Kot und Harn getrennt aufsammelt, oder durch zweckma- ssige analytische Verfahren die Bestandteile der beiden Exkremente bestimmt. Da allein die Rohfaser ausschliesslich im Kot, nicht aber im Harn zur Ausscheidung gelangt, so konnen die vermischten Exkremente ohne weiteres zur Bestimmung der Verdaulichkeit verwendet werden, wie dies bereits von einigen Forschern, z. B. von H. Weiske und Th. Mehlis (te geschieht. Was die anderen Nahrstoffe betrifft, so sind von /. Kalugin (2), W. von Knieriem (3), E. W. Brown (4), J. M. Bartlett (5) besondere chemisch) Verfahren vorgeschlagen worden, indem sie glaubten, die Verdauungsko- effizienten dadurch ohne erheblichen Fehler berechnen zu konnen, dass man allein Harnsaure und Ammoniak in den Exkrementen bertcksichtigte, weil diese Stickstoffsubstanzen in dem normalen Harn der Gefliigel als hauptsachliche Bestandteile enthalten sind, wahrend die in Ather léslichen Stoffe nur sehr wenig, und stickstofffreie Extraktstoffe auch nicht so viel sein konnen. Aber es ist nun sehr notwendig, tber die Frage Auskunft zu geben, ob die Fehlergrenze bei diesen Verfahren tatsachlich unbedeu- tend klein ist. Von anderer Seite haben S. Paraschtschuk (6), F. Lehmann (7), W. Voltz und G. Yakuwa (8) anus praeternaturalis bei Hihnern angelegt und somit Harn und Kot getrennt gesammelt, Obwohl dieses Operationsverfah- ren keine Storung auf die Verdauungsversuche ausiibt, ist es jedoch sehr umstandlich, dass man in jedem Falle eine getibte Technik braucht, wenn UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 3 man irgend ein Futtermittel auf die Verdaulichkeit hin untersuchen will, und es ist klar, dass man dies unter normalen Verhaltnissen nicht kann. Um Beitrage zur Ausfillung der eben erwahnten. Licken zu liefern, wurden unsere Versuche, die von 1911-1913 dauerten, in folgender Weise eingerichtet. I. PLAN UND METHODE DER VORLIEGENDEN UNTERSUCHUNGEN. Zuerst wurden die Fiitterungsversuche mit Hiihnern im normalen Zustande ausgefiihrt, indem man dabei die Exkremente sammelte. Danach wurden an denselben Hiihnern anus praeternaturalis angelegt und somit die Verdaulichkeit derselben Futtermittel festgestellt, welche in vorange- gangenen Versuchen benutzt worden waren. Dann waren wir bestrebt, diejenigen Verfahren durch die Untersuchungen wtber die dabei gesam- melten Harnproben zu finden, durch welche man die Bestandteile der Harnteile in den vermischten Exkrementen quantitativ bestimmen kann. Diese Verfahren wurden nun an den in vorangegangenen Versuchsreihen von normalen Hihnern erhaltenen Exkrementen angewandt. Endlich wurde die Vergleichung unternommen, die Frage zu beantworten, ob die so erhaltenen Verdauungskoeffizienten mit den entsprechenden bei operierten Hiuhnern genau genug tibereinstimmen. Zu diesem Zwecke habe ich als Versuchstiere 2 zweijahrige mittel- grosse Hahne der Landrasse, bezeichnet Nr. 22 und Nr. 24, aus mehrenen ausgewahlt, die aus der Umgegend beschafft wurden und die zuerst an den Aufenthalt im Stoffwechselstallchen gewohnt werden mussten. Letz- teres ist ein Zinkdrahtnetzkafig, der 55 cm hoch, 40 cm breit und 67 cm lang ist und eine Sitzstange in der Mitte hat. Ausserhalb der Vorder- wand wird ein grosseres Zinkblechkastchen mit Futter so fixiert, dass das Huhn hei der Futteraufnahme den Kopf durch eine entsprechende Offnung im Kastchen durchstecken muss, und somit das Herauswerfen von Futter verhindert wird. Die Grosse des Kafigs gestattet dem Huhn gentgend freie Bewegung, sodass man nicht zu beftirchten braucht, dass es durch 4 T. KATAYAMA. aine lange Zwanglage in seinem Befinden gestort wird und deswegen ein anormales Verhalten stattfindet. Der Kafig steht auf einem als Boden dienenden Zinkrost, dessen Stabe etwa 0.6 cm Durchmesser haben und etwe 1.8 cm von einander entfernt sind, durch welches die vom Versuchstiere entleerten Exkremente leicht hindurch fallen konnen. Der Rost liegt auf einem festen verzinkten eisernen vierftissigen Stand. Unter dem Rost befindet sich ein ausziehbarer Zinkblechkasten, mit einer passend grossen, etwa 0.75 cm dicken Glasplatte eingelegt. Die Platte ist am Rande herum mit einer Rinne versehen, welche 4 cm breit und nach dem Rande tief geschiefert (ca. 0.25 cm tief) ist, wodurch der geringste Verlust von Waschwasser vermieden werden kann. Nachdem die 4-bis 6-tagige Verfiitterung vollendet war, wurde am Morgen frtth die Waschung der Stabe und der Glasplatte vorgenommen und der eigentliche Versuch begonnen, der 7 bis 10 Tage dauerte. Die geringe Menge Exkremente, welche auf dem Zinkstab haften bleibt, wird mehreremale alle Tage mittels kleiner Spatel fallen gelassen, mit Wasser ausgespilt, und somit werden die Ftisse der Versuchstiere nur sehr selti pr beschmutzt. Die auf die Glasplatte gefallenen Exkremente werden in eine Porzellanschale aufgenommen, indem man dabei mit einer passenden breiten duinnen Spatel schaufelt und mit Wasser abwascht. Mehrere Versuche verliefen in dieser Weise glatt. Von der 6. Periode ab habe ich deshalb an die Tiere einen Sammel-Apparat ftir die Exkremente angebracht, weil sie nach der Operation gezwungen werden, solches Geschirr zu tragen. Varaschtschuk und Vetz verwendeten zu diesem Zweck Gummibeutel, und Avow2 Aluminium-Pfannen sowie gummierten Tuchbeutel. Ich habe aber nach einigen Versuchen ein Kastchen angenommen, welches aus einem sehr ditinnen Nickelblech besteht, und etwa 300 ccm fasst. Jeden Tag wurde dasselbe durch ein anderes ersetzt, was sehr leicht durchfiihrbar war, weil es nur mittelst 2 Hakchen und 2 Schlingen bei genauer Anpassung an dem zugehorigen Drahtringe angehakt war, welcher den Schwanzrumpf sowie die Kloaka ungibt, und mit Leinenstreifen an den Korper befestigt. Das Futter, welches mit Wasser bebriht war, wurde von den Tieren UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 5 3 mal taglich verzehrt, stets vollstandig mit guter Fresslust. Die geringe Menge Futterteile, welche zuweilen trotz oben geschilderter Vorrichtungen aus dem Schnabel vor die Fiisse hinfallen, werden auf einem gerade unter dem Rost angebrachten Metallblechtische aufgenommen und wiederum in den Futterkasten zurtickgetan. Die Tiere erhielten immer Wasser ad, libitum, das sich in der Seitenwand befindet, und in den Pausen zwischen den Perioden gentigende Menge getrocknetes Spinatmehl sowie Quarzsand von etwa Erbsengrosse. Der Kies wurde aber sehr oft einige Tage nach dem Verschlucken wiederum in den Exkrementen ausgeschieden und er konnte den Tieren deswegen nicht mehr unentbehrlich sein, weil die Futterkorner sowie andere feste Futtermittel stets in geschrotenem oder gemahlenem Zustande yorgelegt wurden. Um einerseits diesen groben Kies aus Analysierproben zu entfernen, anderseits Kot und Harn gut durchzumengen, wurden die Exkremente auf der Glasplatte mit einem Spatel von dtinnem Metallblech maceriert und der dabei gefundene Kies aufgelesen und mit Wasser abgewaschen, bevor sie herausgezogen wurden. Die Exkremente wurden zusammen mit dem Waschwasser in eine Por- zellanschale aufgenommen, bei 55-60°C getrocknet, dann zur Analyse gemahlen. Eine Anzahl von Futterungsversuchen, namlich 15 Perioden, wurden wahrend August 1911 bis Marz 1912 ausgefiihrt, indem dabei Weizen Gerste, Reisfuttermehl, Weizenkleie, getrocknete Flussfische, Fischguano, geschalter und ungeschalter Reis, getrocknetes Gemiisemehl, Kleeheu, Sisskartoffelpilpe, Sojabohnenkuchen als Futter benutzt wurden. Die Futtermittel, wie z.B. Gemtise, Fischmehl, Kartoffelpiilpe, Sojabohnenkuchen, welche gewohnlich als Beifutter verwendet werden, wurden gleichzeitig dem anderen Grundfutter zugelegt. Die Menge des Futters und der Durchschnittswert fiir die Exkremente deren an einzelnen Tagen in jeder Periode erlangte Zahlen, in der im Anhang befindlichen Tabelle zusammengestellt, waren folgende : 5 T. KATAYAMA. Erste Futterungsversuchsreihe. Hahn Nr. 22 | Hahn Nr. 24 Futter Exkremente Exkremente lufttrocken g | lufttrocken g lo detemlaals)|| Goyer Ween. 565 dea scan S06 dee 14.59 14.01 2. 5 40 g Weizen, 50 g Se Ge- mise. Ey ots 500 00S. 000 19.89 19.60 3 GO}GysVWeIZEN oe. eect reese 15.10 14.74 4. S 70 g Gerste satin Teacup oeseynece Gees 20.89 20.40 15 ie 40 ¢ Gerste, 30 g Reisfuttermehl (UNF Was Beas face 2c6. ~ daa" “bad 41.33 39.35 6. 9 40 g Gerste, 30 g Fischguano aie 27st 26.84 oH 40 g¢ Gerste, 30g getrocknete Fische 28.47 27.30 8. 20 13.33 g Gerste, 10 g getrocknete Fische, 50 g getrockn. Siusskart- OHMS 04. G50 0559 300-008 26.60 26.70 9. 55 VO. AG erste -h rer anes eee 21.45 21.19 10. by Gorcqungeschalltenseis a. iaNccmnere 17.05 19.45 Il. . Foe (GS ods gon ocd 24.42 23.82 2s a 50 g geschalter Reis, 20 g Kleeheu... 19.18 19.64 ° gy 46 30 g Weizen, 30 g Weizenkleie_... 22.25 21.99 14. 5 GORCAVVICIZEN) mire ee ai ne 13.03 12.87 Ts 3 18 g Weizen, 360¢ pe a 18.89 20.12 Das in der 2. Periode verabreichte Gemiise war Grobmehl von getrockneten jungen Brassicablattern. Fir die WVerdauungskoeffizienten des Grundfutters, namlich Weizen, wurde der Durchschnittswert von den . in den 1., 3.und 14. Perioden erlangten Zahlen benutzt. In der 6. Periode wurde ee von Fischguano, und in der 7. Grobmehl von kleinen Flussfischen verabreicht. Die Verdauungskoeffizienten des Grundfutters, der Gerste, wurden von den in der 4., 9. und ri. Periode erlangten Zahlen berechnet. Die Menge des in der 8. Periode verabreichten Grundfutters, zu welchem Kartoffelpiilpe zugelegt wurde, war gerade ein Driftel der Futtermenge der 7. Periode. Die 12. Periode, bei der Kleeheumehl UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. WV und geschalter Reis verabreicht wurde, wurde zum Zwecke des Vergleichs mit den Resultaten der zweiten Futterungsversuche ausgefthrt. Als diese Versuche vollendet waren, wurden die Hahne operiert. Da aber die Ableitung der Harnleiter von der Kloaka sehr schwierig und bis- lang noch nicht gelungen ist, so haben wir den Mastdarm von der Kloaka abgetrennt, und einen anus praeternaturalis geschaffen. Letzterer wird zwar haufig beim Menschen sowie auch beim Hunde angelegt, ist aber beim Gefliigel noch sehr wenig versucht worden, abgesehen namlich von 7. Z. Milroy (10), der mit Gansen, Truththnern, Enten, von S. Paraschischuk, Fry. Lehmann, Votz und G. VYakuva, die mit Hihnern operierten. Das Operationsverfahren wurde vorher an 5 Hahnen .getibt, bevor unser Versuchshahn Nr. 22 erst im April 1912 operiert wurde. Diese Operation ist mit gititiger Unterstiitzung von Herrn Tierarzt S. Uchida ausgefiihrt worden, dem ich auch an dieser Stelle meinen verbindlichsten Dank sage. Nach der Eroffnung des Bauchfells wurde eine Schlinge des Rektums durch die Wunde aus der Tiefe hervorgeholt, zwischen zwei Ligaturen durch einen Querschnitt durchgetrennt, also kurz vor der Kloakenoffnung, oberhalb der Einmiindung der Harnleiter. Der zur Kloaka fiithrende Stumpf wurde blind geschlossen, und in die Bauchhohle versenkt, wahrend der Rand des anderen vorgezogenen Darmstiickes durch einige Nahte an die Wundrander fixiert wurde, worauf erst die Ligaturen gelost wurden. Um nun den anus praeternaturalis zu bougieren, wurde ein kurzes Aluminiumrohrchen in die Wunde eingeftihrt, womit eine durch den Druck der Bauchdecke leicht eintretende starke Ver- engerung desselben verhindert wurde. Dem operierten Hahn wurden zunachst Wasser, Milch, Aleuronat und Reismehl, danach frische Brassica- blatter und andere gewohnliche Futtermittel verabreicht, und er war schon nach einigen Tagen ausgeheilt. Nach zehn Tagen wurde die geschilderte Operation an dem zweiten Versuchshahn Nr. 24 ausgefiihrt. Zwar heilte das Tier auch bald voll- standig, aber unerwartet wurde er nach etwa zwei Wochen plotzlich so schwach, dass er nach einigen Tagen zugrunde ging, ohne dass man die eigentliche Ursache finden konnte. 8 T. KATAYAMA, Der Hahn Nr. 22 war immer gesund, sehr lebhaft. Er hat tber zwanzig Perioden dauernde Ausniitzungsversuche durchgemacht, und die Futterration in allen Perioden vollstandig aufgezehrt. Aber die Futter- menge war im Falle deswegen etwas knapp bemessen, um, wenn seine Fresslust je nach der Beschaffenheit der Futtermittel nicht stark genug war, unter allen Umstanden einen Futterrest zu vermeiden; eine allgemeine Ursache von Fehlern in den Ausniitzungsversuchen wird von der Un- regelmassigkeit der Futteraufhahme und von der dementsprechenden Ausscheidung hervorgerufen. Wir haben in der ersten Zeit erfahren, dass die Fresslust des Hahnes dadurch vermindert wurde, dass eine einfache und fade Nahrung dauernd verabreicht wurde, besonders wenn sie ver- haltnismassig viel Rohfaser enthielt. Da die Bauchoffnung keine eigene Tatigkeit zur Herausbeforderung des Kotes wie die Kloaka besitzt, so tritt leicht eine Verstopfung ein. Insbesondere ist dies der Fall, wenn die Darmmasse viel grobe Rohfaser enthalt, wie bei Reisschrot- und Weizenkleieperiode, und wenn der herausgekommene Kotteil am Rande des Bougie etwas getrocknet haften bleibt. Um dieser Storung vorzu- beugen, wurde die Bauchoffnung daher jeden Tag dreimal: morgens fruh, mittage und abends mittelst einer passenden Pinzette mit dumpfer Spitze abgeraumt. Wenn der Gehalt des Futters an Rohfaser reichlich ist, wurde es noch mehrere male besorgt und die Vorbereitungsperiode auf 6 bis 8 Tage ausgedehnt, womit genauere Durchschnittszahlen fir die Ausscheidung erhalten werden sollten. Um den Harn zu sammeln, wurde in erster Zeit ein Gummibeutel an der Kloaka in der Weise, wie in vorangehenden Versuchen befestigt, indem dabei die Kotteile mittelst Pinzette aufgenommen, teils auf der Glasplatte aufgesammelt wurden. Da aber das Tier ecinmal, als die Futtermenge ihm ungeniigend war, das Aluminiumrohrchen gepickt hat, um den herausgekommenen Kot zu fressen, so wurde der Beutel zum Auffangen des Kotes anstatt des Harnes verwendet, und weiter wurde darin noch ein Becherglas von ca. 150 ccm so eingetan, dass es nicht durch den Schnabel verletzt werden konnte. Die Futtermittel wurden meistens, abgesehen von einigen Perioden, UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 9 von denselben Vorraten verwendet, die im vorangehenden Versuche gebraucht worden waren, und in einer grossen Flasche eingeschlossen gut aufbewahrt. Die Versuche wurden fir einige reichlich gelagerte Futter- mittel, wie z. B. Gerste und Weizen, mehrmals wiederholt. In den zwei Vorperioden war es uns lediglich darum zu tun, Analysierproben des Harnes zu erhalten, und der Kot wurde nicht ge- sammelt. Als die danach folgenden 6 eigentlichen Perioden fertig gestellt waren, trat eine langere Erholungspause ein, um das herabgekommene Tier wieder etwas aufzuftittern, wonach noch 3 Versuchsperioden mit einer nahrhaften Futtermischung von verschieden grossen Mengen ein- geschoben wurden. Nach der Pause wurden noch 10 Versuchsperioden angestellt, sodass der operierte Hahn im ganzen 21mal die Fitterungs- versuche durchgemacht hat. Er war immer noch sehr lebhaft und hatte eine starke Fresslust, wenn aus dem kunstlichen After der Ko tunlichst gut abgeraumt wurde. Da die Pflege aber viele Arbeit brauchtet so habe ich ihn Ende Dezember 1913 getotet. Die Menge des Futters und die Durchschnittswerte ftir die Kot- und Harnausscheidung, deren an einzelnen Tagen in jeder Periode erlangte Zahlen in der Tabelle Anhang Nr. 2 zusammengestellt sind, waren folgende: Zweite Futterungsversuchsreihe. Fr Kot Harn miter lufttrocken g | lufttrocken g I. Vorpericde | Geschalter Reis, Kleeheu (5:2) ... Ds an Weizen, Sojabohnenkuchen (1:2) . | | 1. Periode AOrou Gersteteen ede) sep sss pies 9.30 2.53 a 28.55 g Gerste, 21.43 Fischguano. 9.60 |} 5-29 Beas 40 g Weizen ecg ales Setceenres 6.43 | 2.13 Ae, 20 g Weizen, 20 g Weizenkleie... Deo2) 6.42 BN ii, HOV (CSS-5 bon pon eps. odo. | 9.60 2.93 OM mad 28.55 g Gerste, 21.43 Fischguano. | 10.25 7.07 5 ? 4 > P} 7-5 QOl se Hutteraemisch! is. se. 2 13.38 | 8.64 oS 54¢ ; tees 8.00 6.57 ste) T. KATAYAMA. Kot Harn BUSS lufttrocken g | lufttrocken g g. Periode QOleeRutteraemischuar cme ey mere 2.15 9.30 LOsn 55 20 g Weizen, 20 g Weizenkleie ... 12.48 4.35 TD 55 40 g Weizen... 2.65 TZ a | 20g Weizen, 20 g getrocknete | Kartoffelpiilpe ... 1.46 13. 3 | 25 g Weizen, 25 g Weizenkleie ... 4.08 Wile |p DORGRVVIEIZE Ione ite qmurns nee omnes 3.01 Toe 55 25 g Weizen, 25 g Reisfuttermehl (Nr. 2) 3.51 Oss 40 g ungeschalter Reis 2p. TFs 35 40 g geschalter Reis, 16 g Kleeheu 3.41 Tos ee 10 g Weizen, 20 g Sojabohnen- kuchen 5.78 UO 5 50 g¢ Weizen 3.32 Das in der 7. und g. Periode verabreichte Futtergemisch bestand aus 30 g geschaltem Reis, 30 g Weizen, 20 g Aleuronat, 10g Kleeheu. Die Futtermenge in der 8. Periode war ein Sechzehntel dieses Futtergemisches. II. CHEMISCHE UNTERSUCHUNGEN UBER DIE HARNBESTANDTEILE. Der Harn des Gefliigels, welcher unregelmassig auf dem Kotteile verbreitet wie eine weisse Flocke aussieht, besteht bekanntlich haupt- sachlich aus Harnsaure und enthalt sehr wenig Harnstoff, wahrend es sich beim Harn des Sdugetieres gerade umgekehrt verhalt. Aber eine genaue vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die einzelnen Harnbestandteile der beiden Tierarten ist bislang noch nicht. gemacht worden. O. Afin- kowski hat sich bestrebt zu erfahren, ob die Harnsaure beim Gefliigel in der Leber gebildet wird, indem er diese bei Gansen durch eine Opera- ion exstirpierte und noch den Dickdarm kurz vor der Kloaka ligierte, UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. II wodurch er reinen Harn erhalten hat. Er hat bei diesen Untersuch- ungen beobachtet, dass die Leber beim Gefltigel an der Bildung der Harnsaure den Hauptanteil tragt und dass die bei normalen Gansen 60-— 70% des Gesamtstickstoffs betragende Harnsaureausscheidung nach der Operation auf nur 3-6% sank, dagegen 50-60% des Gesamtstickstoffs als Ammoniak ausgeschieden werden. S. Zang (11) hat nach ahnlichem Operationsverfahren Minkowskis Beobachtung bestatigt, und er hat noch den Harnstickstoff in 3 Teilen unterschieden, namlich 1. Ammoniak, 2. Harnsaure und Purinbase, 3. Harnstoff u.a. 7. H. Milroy hat bei Gefltiigel Ausscheidung der Harnsaure und des Ammoniaks in reinem Harn unter- sucht, welcher durch das Anlegen von Anus praeternaturalis erhalten wurde. Flarnsiéure. Der frische Harn, welcher bei unserem Hahn Nr. 22 in jeder Periode gesammelt wurde, sieht weiss aus und besteht aus fester sowie zahfllssiger Masse. Die letztere nahm jedoch, wie wir oftmals beobachteten, be angem Stehen oder durch wenige Saure krystallinische Form an. Die getrockneten Analysierproben des Harnes sehen etwas braunlich-weiss amorph aus und zeigen stets deutlich saure Reaktion. Obwohl es viele Methoden zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Harn- bestandteile gibt, welche bei reinem Harn gebrauchlich sind, konnen sie aber sehr wenig ftir die Exkremente (es ist sets Kot und Harn zusammen gemengt!) zur Verwendung kommen. S. Zang hat z. B. Harnsaure und Purinbase mit Phosphorwolframsaure bestimmt, aber es ist bei der Beimengung von Kotbestandteilen nicht zuverlassig. Von Knterien hat zur Bestimmung der Harnsaure die Exkremente mit 1.8% Natron extrahiert, die Losung mit Essigsaure versetzt und schnell filtriert, um Eiweiss zu entfernen, dann das Filtrat mit Salzsaure gesauert und die Krystalle gesammelt. Aber die Harnsaure kann bei diesem Verfahren nicht nur beim Ansduern der Alkalilosung mit Essigsaure etwas in Fallung kommend verloren gehen, sondern wegen der starken Anwesen- heit von extrahierten Substanzen der Kotbestandteile nicht vollstandig auskrystallisiert werden. £. WW. Brown (12) extrahierte die vorher durch 12 T. KATAYAMA. Alkohol von Farbstoffen befreiten Exkremente der Hihner nach der von Kionka vorgeschlagenen und von ihm modifizierten Methode mit Piperidin, dann sauerte er die Losung mit Salzsaure an, und loste wieder titrimetrisch die Krystalle heiss mit einzehntel normaler Piperidin- losung. Es ist zwar sehr beachtenswert, dass er bei dieser Methode die Proteinsubstanz aus dem Kotteil nicht berithrt, aber die Endreaktion der Titration besitzt leider keine grosse Scharfe. Die Fallungsmethode von Kyiiger-Schuudt, sowie von Ludwig-Salkowskie (13) werden fiir den Menschenharn sehr haufig gebraucht, jedoch bei unserem Falle des- wegen nicht empfohlen, weil die Proteinsubstanzen durch die Kupfer- bezw. Silberlosung gefallt werden konnen. Ich habe nach mehreren Versuchen die Exkremente mit Piperazin, einem bekannten Losungsmittel der Harnsaure, extrahiert und dann die Harnsaure nach Ammoniumuratmethode (13) bestimmt, bei welcher unter andern eine Enteiweissung vorzunehmen ist. Die leztgenannte Methode wurde urspriinglich von G. Hopkins vorgeschlagen, ist aber bereits von mehreren Forschern, und hier noch etwas von mir selbst modifiziert worden, wie unten angegeben wird. Eine fein gemahlene Analysierprobe wird einige Minuten mit ein paar ccm diinner Salzsaure (0,59) in einem Kolben von 250 ccm er- warmt, um dadurch das Befreien der Harnsaure aus ihren Salzen zu erleichtern, dann mit 120 ccm einprozentiger Piperazinlosung versetzt und in einem kochenden Wasserbade eine halbe Stunde lang extrahiert, wodurch die zuerst am Boden des Kolben befindlichen weissen Harn- sauresalze vollstandig gelost werden. Nach dem Erkalten wird es mit Wasser auf 250 ccm gefullt und dann filtriert, 100 ccm Filtrat wird mit 30 g Ammoniumchlorid versetzt und eine Viertelstunde im Wasserbade auf etwa 60°C erwarmt. Nach 18-stiindigem Stehen wird filtriert, in welcher Zeit alle Harnsaure als Ammoniumurat ausfallt und sich zu Boden setzt. Es war aber ausnahmsweise bei den Exkrementen in der Weizenperiode die Fallung der WHarnsaure ziemlich zeitraubend und zuweilen nicht vollstandig. Dies scheint auf der relativ grossen Menge (im Vergleich zu anderen Exkrementen) der in Piperazin gelosten UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEL HUHNERN. 13 Kotbestandteile begriindet zu sein. Dieser Ubelstand wird daher nur dadurch beseitigt, dass man 100 ccm Losung mit ca. 30 ccm Wasser verdiinnt und dann mit Ammoniumchlorid bis zu 309% versetzt. Wenn die Harnsaure mit Ammoniumsulfat nach Folin-Schafferscher Modifikation (13) gefallt wird, so ist der Niederschlag nicht so zah wie beim Falle von Ammoniumchlorid und kann somit schneller ausgewaschen werden. Trotzdem zog ich deswegen das letztere vor, weil, wenn man eine mit Kot gemengte Probe mit Ammoniumsulfat behandelt, der Niederschlag so fein ist, dass er zum Teil leicht den Filter passieren kann. Der Niederschlag von Ammoniumchlorid wird mit etwa 50-70 ccm 10 prozentiger Ammoniumsulfatlosung grtindlich bis zur Chlorfreiheit ausgewaschen und dann in ein Becherglas mit Wasser quantitativ tiber- gespult. Das Filtrat war manchmal etwas trib, worin Harnsaure nicht nachgewiesen, jedoch nicht selten bei mehrsttindigem Stehen ein weisser Niederschlag entstand. Dies war eine Phosphorsaureverbindung uud wurde leicht durch sein Aussehen von Urat unterschieden. In Folinscher Modifikation wird eine kleine Menge Uranacetat in das Fallungsreagenz eingetan, um vorher die Phosphorsaure aus der zu untersuchenden Losung zu entfernen, jedoch ist es bei unserem Falle nicht ratsam, weil durch die saure Reaktion ein Teil der Harnsaure bei ihrer reich- lichen Anwesenheit leicht mit der Phosphorsaure zusammen in die Fallung kommen kann. Das im Wasser aufgeschwemmte Ammoniumurat wird mit Salzaure angesauert, auf etwa 15 ccm eingedampft und noch einige Tropfen Salz- saure zugesetzt. Nach zwei Tagen wird die auskristallisierte Harnsaure auf einem kleinen Filter gesammelt, mit 50-60 ccm Wasser nachgewaschen. Die Harnsaure samt Filter wird nach Kjeldahl verascht. Obwohl der Niederschlag von Ammoniumurat durch Auswaschen mit Ammoniumsulfat tunlichst von fremden Substanzen befreit werden soll, wird jedoch bei der Eindampfung der Fliissigkeit eine braunliche flockige protein- sowie pektinartige Substanz ausgeschieden. Um nun zu erfahren wie gross die Menge dieser Substanz ist, habe ich 5 g reinen Kot mit Piperazin extrahiert, das Filtrat mit Ammoniumchlorid versetzt, 14 T. KATAYAMA. genau in derselben Weise wie zur Harnsaurebestimmung, und dabei gar keine Fallung gefunden. Aber als ich vollstandigkeithalber die Losung mit Salzsaure ansauerte und eindampfte, kam eine flockige Substanz in die Fallung, die auf einem Filter gesammelt, mit Wasser nachgewaschen, im ganzen 0.0322 g betrug und ca. 14% N, namlich im ganzen 0.00454 ¢ N enthielt. Da diese Substanz nicht durch Ammoniumchlorid gefallt wird, sondern nur an dem Niederschlag von Ammoniumurat adhariert und durch saure Reaktion ausgeschieden wird, so kann die Menge nur sehr gering sein, so dass das keine praktische Bedeutung fur die Bestim- mung der Harnsaure hat. Um jedenfalls den analytischen Fehler tunlichst zu beschranken, wurde die Analyse stets nach eben beschriebenem Verfahren ausgefiihrt, ausserdem wurde die Analysierprobe vorher in solcher Menge abgewogen, dass die Harnsaure in einer Bestimmung nach der vorlaufigen Untersuchung 0.08-0.12 g betragen soll; namlich in 250 ccm werden 0.4-0.5 g fiir reinen Harn, 1.0-7.0 g ftir Exkremente je nach dem Gehalt an Harnsaure aufgelost. Um die Genauigkeit unseres analytischen Verfahrens zu _prifen, habe ich einige Vorversuche ausgefiihrt, indem ich die Methode mehrfach mit reiner Harnsaure, reinem Harn, sowie auch mit Harnsaure ver- setztem Harn anwandte. Da die wiedergefundenen Werte fur die Harnsaure immer in sehr geringer Masse, nur durchschnittlich etwa 1.5% niedriger als die wirklichen waren, was freilich bei derartigen Bestimmungen belanglos blieb, habe ich der Vollstandigkeit halber immer durch Multiplizieren der erhaltenen Zahlen mit 101.5% korrigiert. Ich habe dann wiederholt den mit verschiedener Menge der Harnsaure, sowie des Harnes zugesetzten Kot behandelt, und die dadurch wieder- gefundenen Prozentsatze waren immer befriedigende, wie aus folgendem Beispiele ersichtlich ist: 0.1 g Harnsiure mit Zusatz Vou) KOEI )I wry stecesssenseny — 0.48 0.72 0.96 1.20 1.44 1.80 2.16 Wiedergefundener Prozentsatz 100.1 100.5 99.7 98.5 100.4 102.2 101.9 IOL5 0.2 g Harn mit Zusatz von Kot (g). «.. — 1.0 1.5 2.0 Wiedergefundener Prozentsatz ............ 109,0 99.7 IOL.1 101.3 UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 15 Ammoniak. Da der Harnstickstoff der Htthner beinahe ausschliesslich in Form von Ammoniumurat ausgeschieden werden soll, so hat / Kalugin zur gefundenen Menge des Harnsaurestickstoffs bloss 12.5% als Ammoniak addiert, was dem Ammoniakgehalt des Urates entspricht. Von Kunieriem und VW. Brown haben Ammoniak in Hthnerexkrement durch die Destillation mit Kalkmilch bezw. Magnesiauster bestimmt. Dies Verfahren ist zwar ftir reinen Harn, nicht aber ftir den mit Kot gemengten geeignet, weil ein Teil der Stickstoffsubstanz des Kotes wegen der hohen Temperatur zersetzt und in Ammoniak tbergefthrt wird. Ich habe daher Exkrementgemenge von Harn und Kot unter Zusatz von Magnesiauster und etwas Kalkmilch auf unter 45°C im Vakuum destilliert. Es war stets in Parallelanalyse sehr gut uberein- stimmend, und das im Kot gefundene Ammoniak war ziemlich weniger als bei wblicher Destillation, wie aus folgendem Beispiele ersichtlich ist : Reiner Kot von Hahn Nr. 22 (zweite Versuchsreihe). Ammoniak-N m—oo—oowr Periode Futter Gesamt- __ nach nach N% iiblichem | Vakuum- i Verfahren | Destillation % %o Tee | hGeTSteim scab ceeesace casi | aici sits 2.62 0.533 0.054. 2. | Gerste, Fischguano ais «ates Tata 2.83 0.438 0.048 Ey WWieizennecs esau scm t 2.75 0.267 0.012 4. Weizen, Weizenkleie 2.49 0.200 0.035 6. | Gerste, Fischguano Bass 1.655 0.108 16 T. KATAYAMA. Exkremente von Hahn Nr. 22 (erste Versuchsreihe). Ammoniak-N —— Periode Futter Crean __ nach nach 9 N % iiblichem | Vakuum- 4 Verfahren |Destillation % % me || WASeAaa G55 Sos. one. cab oo) dnp 8.97 0.92 0.69 Ae \I GSS gaa ose Sag a0 Gao | Had 5.20 0.30 0.21 Oye |eGerste;shischotianorscemnes snes: 12.45 1.43 0.81 8. | Gerste, getrockn. Fisch, getrockn. Susskartoftelpulpe "ye. ese) es 4.601 0.43 0.33 Ele |) Gerste. «ace ec) Seset om eee cee ere 6.41 0.91 2 Der Ammoniak-N im Harn betrug 0.3-3%, durchschnittlich ca. ¢% des Harnsaurestickstoffs entsprach und ziemlich 1.4%, welcher ca. 79 % weniger als die 12.59 von Kalugin ist. Es ist zwar sehr schwierig, das Ammoniak des Kotes sowie des Harn aus einem gemengten Exkrement gesondert zu bestimmen, aber ich habe gefunden, dass das Ammoniak im Kot, welches jedoch durchaus sehr gering ist, sich ungefahr der Menge des gesamten Kot-N gleich verhalt. Seine prozentischer Gehalt im Gesamt-N betragt 0.3-3.3%, durchschnittlich 2.0%, wie in folgender Tabelle zusammengestellt ist. Kot- Am. N im Futter Kot-N 9 |Ammoniak- Kot-N N % % ia lwaatoistal (Gest Iacg Gon ocd ooo 600 co6 2.62 0.054 2.00 PM ili Gerste; Fischouano’ 2s.) =... =. 2.83 0.048 1.70 25 bay IWSCAS We Saql Gog) maoD | vood, .an 905 D275 0.012 0.44 Aes es Weizen, Weizenkleie ... ... ... 2.49 0.035 1.41 Busy Gerste e.- 2.33 0.060 2.50 Om <5; Gerste, Fischguano soso orks beet 3.35 0.108 3.04 UBER DIE VEROAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 17 Kot Am. N im Futter Kot N 9% | Ammoniak Kot. N —N % % geschalter Reis, 7. Periode| Futtergemisch) Weizen, Kleeheu, 4.02 0.132 Beas Aleuronat f 35 > 4.17 0.120 2.76 Ob 9 op 4.04 | 0.132 | 3.30 NOM | aVWeizen,, VWeizenkleiey 57. 3... :.. 2.45 0.048 | 1.96 Ts py || WWI aha! Goo ueuoe ep 3.52 0.090 2.38 12. ,, | Weizen, Susskartoffelptlpe ... ... 3.30 | 0.084. 2.39 13. ,, | Weizen, Weizenkleie 2.22 | 0.006 | 0.28 idly gg | AVES cag “eae coc) Picoalll “oo6u oc PO || OOS || OW I5. ,, | Weizen, Reisfuttermehl efor cersinis 2.18 | 0.036 1.65 NGM SENN USC Hal tetelNeISiacs Wi) ccen scu cies 1.82) |) 0.012 0.62 eee lezeschalter Reiss Wleeheu eo.) sss. 2D, | 0.090 3.30 18. ,, | Weizen, Sojabohnenkuchen... ... 4.05 0.120 2.96 TO. gp |) NWSI eG. edo" Gnd" aa” one) ade 3.30 0.074 2.20 im Durchschmitt 2.04 Schwankung 0.3-3.3 Man kann daher die Menge des Ammoniaks im Kot ohne grosseren Fehler von dem Gesamtstickstoff mittelst der Verwendung der Durch- schnittszahl berechnen. Der Gehalt des reinen Harnes in 21 Perioden an Harnsaure und Ammoniak wurde nach dem eben geschilderten Verfahren bestimmt. Wie aus der folgenden Tabelle ersichtlich ist, betragt der Harnsaure-N durchschnittlich 829 des Gesamt-N, der Ammoniak-N 5.6%, und so bleibt noch ca. 12.49% N unbestimmt tbrig, welcher ca. 14.6% der Summe der beiden bestimmten entspricht. 18 T. KATAYAMA, Gesamt- | Harns. Am- | Summe Ubriger eee Futter moniak- /d. beiden N a ne P72) 2h i7o)\ ae Mize iibriger N Vorperiode | Reis, Kleeheu ... ...| 22.25 18.27 0.82 19.09 3.16 16.5 Bs Weizen, Sojabohnen- euch en ages emeeecwiase 25.48 21.81 1.21 23.02 2.46 10.7 TePeriode s||Gerstemem e-r-lese- Means) | NN 2OaLO. 22.89 | 0.86 23.75 4.41 18.6 2S ss Gerste, Fischguano ...| 27.35 | 22.40] 1.12 23.52 | 3.83 16.3 By; Weizen ... ... «| 24.48 18.70 1.98 20.68 3.80 18.4 Aveoe Weizen, Weizenkleie... 24.66 18.81 2.96 21.77 2.89 13.3 a Us COsiGes ao sm col) Bae 18.75 2.04 20.79 3-53 17.0 ou ah }Gerste, Fischguano ...| 26.76] 21.64 | 2.04 23.68 | 3.08 13.0 Wb* Futtergemisch ... ...| 28.93 25.00 1.57 26.57 2.36 8.9 hy y See EZSOS 24.75 1.00 25.75 2.33 9.0 Ch Fy es eotens 29.26 25.54 1.29 26.83 2.43 9.1 TOs; Weizen, Weizenkleie... | 26.05 21.58 1.76 23.34 | 2.71 11.6 7G i AWWelzen delces) ines cmere 24.65 19.61 1.22 20.83 3.82 18.3 ae Weizen, Siisskartoffel- piillpe aca ooo! ons 25.89 21.12 1.80 22.92 2.97 13.0 ee | Weizen, Weizenkleie .. 23.33 18.42 1.42 19.84 3-49 17.6 Thy ease Weizen, Reisfutter- Alo. con ceo |) ASHES) 20.85 1.64 22.89 | 4.17 18.5 Sop WIS ao ||) OHH) 15.60 1.49 17.09 3.41 20.0 LOWE 53 Ungeschilter Reis ...| 25.23 19.70 1.58 21.28 | 3.95 18.6 7 aes Geschiilter Reis, Kleehew! <<-) 2: :-2||, 21.06 18.20} 0.28 18.48 2.58 14.0 ty ey Weizen, Sojabohnen- kuchen oo 27.63 23.80 0.96 24.76 2.87 11.6 LOSS Weizen ee Atle ees 26.43 22.52 1.08 23.60 2.83 12.0 Im Durchschnitt:| 25.57 | 20.95] 1.48 3.19 14.6 Schwankung 100.0 : 82.0 75.6 212.4 5.5 Es ist nun sehr notwendig, solch eine Methode auszusuchen, wodurch die unbestimmt gebliebenen Stickstoffbestandteile festgestellt werden konnen. S. Lang hat den Stickstoff des Ganseharnes in der Weise in 3 Teile geteilt, dass er erst das Ammoniak aus reinem Harn durch Magnesia verjagte, dann Harnsaure und Purinkorper mit Phosphor- UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEL HUHNERN 19 wolframsaure fallte, schliesslich den Stickstoff im Filtrat als Harnstoff und Monamidosaure angab. Er hat dabei die Durchschnittswerte fir Ammoniak 21-28% gefunden, fiir Harnsaure und Purinbase 53-66% und fir Harnstoff und Monamidosaure 12-18%. Da die letztere unserer unbestimmt gebliebenen Stickstoffmenge beinahe gleich kommt, so habe ich das Langsche Verfahren ftir unseren Harn und Kot angewandt. Es diente jedoch deswegen unserem Zweck nicht, weil ich immer bei der Behandlung des Kotextraktes mit Phosphorwolframsaure eine nicht unbedeutende Menge des Stickstoffes im Filtrat gefunden habe, die manchmal etwa ein Viertel, sogar ein Drittel des vom Harn erhaltenen Wertes betrug, ausserdem noch der Kot in immer viel grosserer Menge ausgeschieden wird, oft etwa 4 mal so viel als Harn. Ich habe dann zwar Aminosaures-N in phosphorwolframsaurem Filtrat durch verschiedene Methoden bestimmt, aber das entsprechende vom Kote war immer noch so gross, dass man die Resultate zum Rechnen nicht anwenden kann. Obwohl Harnstoff selbstverstandlich allein im Harn ausgeschieden und von dem Filtrat unter Zusatz von Kalk und Phosphorsaure bestimmt werden kann, ist dasselbe aber nicht nur ein kleiner Teil des unbestimmt gebliebenen N, sondern die Analyse ist verhaltnismassig umstandlich. Ausserdem konnen wir nicht ausser acht lassen, dass da noch ein Teil des Harn-N nicht in Piperazin loslich bleibt, wie aus folgenden Zahlen ersichtlich ist, deren Durchschnittswert 0.73% des Harnstickstoffs, namlich ca. 23% des brig geblienenen N betract. 2), tt) 5 dea i desgl. in Pee : desgl. in in Piperazin Prozenten | in Piperazin Praeenten des unléslicher des tibrig | unldslicher iibrig gebliebenen % gebliebenen | N% N N I > Vorperiode 0.81 25.6 || 4. Periode 0.98 34.6 oF 1.01 AMON NS 55 | 12 || 34.3 | | I. Periode | 0.55 125 ||6. 5, 1.02 33.2 ee) th | 0.45 Tile ogee 0.34 14.4 a 0.82 mide ||" ee 4 37.8 20 T. KATAYAMA. desgl. in feel. 4 in Piperazin Prozenten in Piperazin P Be a unléslicher des iibrig unléslicher ib eae aN es N % gebliebenen NY OTA ene N Q. Periode 0.76 31.2 |\I15. Periode 0.52 Tipe 10. i 0.52 LO!2 || KOs 0.75 19.0 ale - 0.42 TO) ||. 55 0.63 24.4 12s 55 0.41 Oey WKS 0.67 23.3 ne Fi 0.72 AOL) GB sp 0.75 29.9 14. o Hil 29.0 Im Durchschnitt 0.73 23.1 Trotzdem wir uns um die Auflosung des wbrig gebliebenen N bemtht haben, ist es uns leider nicht gelungen. Wir wollen un daher damit begntigen, dass wir die Menge des ibrig gebliebenen N mit annahernder Genauigkeit durch die Anwendung der Durch schnittzahlen berechnen, die zwar keine bedeutenden Schwankungen zeigten, bis wir eine genaue und bequeme analystische Methode vorlegen konnen. Wenn man nun den gefundenen Wert fiir den Gesamt-N mit dem berechneten vergleicht, welcher durch Multiplizieren der Summe von Harnsaure und Ammoniak mit 114.6% (100% + Durch- schnittzahl 14.69% ) ermittelt wird, so ergeben sich folgende Resultate : Gesamter | Summe d. |berechneter eee 100: Futter bestim. N DEreGh N % 2% erechnetem Vorperiode | Reis, Kleeheu... ... ... ..- 22.25 f 21.88 098.4 = Weisen, Sojabohnenkuchen ... 25.48 : 26.38 103.5 1, Periode Gerstel Re caeines tutesny keene es 28.16 : 27.22 96.7 2. is Gerste, Fischguano eee 27.35 : 26.95 98.5 5 WeizeDitess: sso iiss aucpese 24.48 96.8 4: 3 Weizen, Weizenkleie ... ... 24.60 IoL.4 UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN 21 Gesamter | Summe d. |Berechneter Geen Futter bestim. N berechinictem N% % N % N 5 Sy Gerstein sspicss so cane) o sxe 24.32 20.79 23.83 98.0 6 55 Gerste, Fischguano soD exe 26.76 23.68 27.14 IOL.5 We x Futtergemisch so ceo S08 28.93 26.57 39-45 105.3 8 oH) of so eo 28.08 25-75 29.51 105.1 9. o e fos oe oe 29.26 26.83 30.75 105.1 Io. PF. Weizen, Weizenkleie ... ... 26.05 23.34 26.75 102.7 II. a5 Weizentras-vu <:otaaene comes 24.65 20.83 23.83 96.9 12. ~ Weizen, Siisskartoffelpiilpe ... 25.89 22.92 26.27 | 101.5 13. = Weizen, Weizenkleie ... ... 23.33 19.84 27.74 97-5 14. > WGEOT ccs oe cee 26.66 22.49 25-77 96.7 5. on Weizen, Reisfuttermehl oes 20.50 17.09 19.59 95-6 16. > Ungeschalter Reis... ... ... 25.23 21.28 24.39 96.7 17. = Geschalter Reis, Kleeheu ... 21.06 18.48 21.13 100.4 18. a Weizen, Sojabohnenkuchen ... 27.63 24.76 | 28.37 | 102.7 19. as WG oes ker te ee 26.19 23.60 27.05 103.3 Schwankung 95.6 bis 105.3 + 5.0 % Obwohl die Schwankungen sich zwischen 96-105% bewegen, die hochstens + 5% betragen, namlich nicht zu klein sind, liegen sie jedoch in bei derartigen Untersuchungen unvermeidlicher Fehlergrenze und das hat keine grosse Bedeutung ftir die Berechnung der Verdaulichkeit. Fett. Die in Ather loslichen Substanzen des Harnes, die von der Beschaffenheit des Futters abhangig sein konnen, betragen 0.8-2.7%, namlich auf organische Substanz umgerechnet 1.0-3%, durchschnittlich ca. 1.8%, wie in der folgenden Tabelle zusammengestellt : 22 T. KATAYAMA. Org. Subst. Fett in Org. Subst. Fett in Fett 2 | org. Subst. Fett 7 | org. Subst. % %6 % % “ Vorperiode 78.75 1.40 1.78 || 11. Periode 82.30 0.98 1.12 53 81.40 1.82 2.24 12. 3 88.67 2.48 2.80 1. Periode 88.40 2.70 3.06 13. a 81.69 1.25 1.61 itm we 86.75 0.95 1.09 | 14. A 80.14 0.80 1.00 Ele 84.05 0.83 0.98 eS 67.72 1.63 2.41 4 a 85.00 1.24 1.46 16. ~ 81.48 1.76 2.16 Bp 82.00 1.45 1.77 7a 69.07 1.63 2.36 6 ; 85.45 1.36 1.59 | 18 5 84.40 0.82 0.97 7 BS 90.15 2.40 2.66 | Io. * 81.91 1.17 1.43 8. ,, 89.60 1.4 1.64 || dl | Im Durchschnitt 1,80 9 a 90.65 1.92 2.12 || Schwankung 1.0-3.0 TOD ss 83.90 0.96 1.14 Da der Fettgehalt des Harns nur sehr kleine Abweichungen zeigt und durchaus gering ist, so kann man denselben ohne grosse Fehler durch die Anwendung des Durchschnittswertes (1.89%) feststellen. Organische Substanz. Die organischen Substanzen des Kotes wurden bislang von Kalugin, Knieriem und Brown unter der Annahme berechnet, dass die des Harns ausschliesslich aus Ammoniumurat bestehe. Aber ich habe gefunden, dass stets ausser Harnsaure und Ammoniak noch etwa 10- 20% andere organische Substanz enthalten ist, welche bei der Beimengung des Kotes kaum oder nur mit grosser Schwierigkeit bestimmt werden kann. Ich habe daher versucht, die organische Substanz im Harn einfach aus dem Harn-N zu berechnen. Diese Substanzen entsprechen 3.I-3.5 mal der Harnstickstoffmenge, durchschnittlich 3.26 mal. Vergleicht man nun die gefundenen organischen Substanzen (als 100 gesetzt) mit dem mit der Mittelzahl 3,26 berechneten Werte, so ergeben sich foleende Werte, wobei der Fehler hochstens + 109 betragt. UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FULTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN to Organische Org. Substanz | Berechnete org. | Org. Substanz 100: Substanz %% Gesamter N Sub. % berechn. Org. Sub. Vorperiode 78.75 3.54 I Meee 90.6 . 81.40 3.19 86.00 105.5 1. Periode 88.40 3.54: 88.74 100.4. 2. is 86.75 Sou7/ 87.86 101.3 See yy 84.95 3-47 77-20 fo} He) 4. 3 85.00 3.46 81.34 95-7 5. ts $2.00 3.37 77-69 94.7 6. A 85.45 3.19 88.48 103.5 ise 3 90.15 ol 99.2 I1O.1 8. ) 89.65 3.19 96.20 107.3 O55 90.65 3.10 100.25 110.6 10. D 83.90 3.22 87.21 104.0 ite 25 82.30 3.34. 77.82 94.6 12. _ 88.67 3.43 85.64. 90.6 13}c 81.69 3.50 74.13 90.8 14. op 80.14. 3.01 84.01 104.8 5. 35 67.72 3.30 63.86 94.3 16. - 81.48 3.23 79.51 97.6 17. A 69.07 3.28 69.05 100.0 18. 84.40 3.05 92.49 109.6 19. 5 81.91 3503 88.18 107.5 Im Durchschnitt 3.26 Schwankung 90.6 bis 110.6 + 10 % Um nun fiir die oben erwahnten Verfahren einen besseren: Uberblick gewinnen zu konnen, mochte ich dieselben hier kurz in folgenden Formeln zusammenfassen : 24 T. KATAYAMA, Exk. N_ bedeutet Exkrementstickstoff in Prozent Tal, IN} _ Harnstickstoff in Prozent des Exkrementes IKeSNi * Kotstickstoff 3 * P a Hs. N a Harnsauresticksoff a ue * . H. Am-N |,, Ammoniak-N im Harn _,, es _ $5 Exk. Am-N ,, = in Prozent des Exkrementes K. Am-N 7, ss in Kot in Prozent des Exkrementes H. Org ,, Organische Substanzim Harn ,,__,, H. Fett _,, Fett ” ” ” ” K.N = Exk. + N — H.N K.N = Exk. N — (Hs. N + H. Am. N) 114.6% H. Am. N = Exk. Am. N — K. Am. N H. Am N = Exk. Am. N — K.N 2% K.N = Exk. N — (Hs. N + Exk. Am. N — K.N 2%) 114.6% K.N=(Exk. N—(Hs. N+Exk. Am. N) 114.6% )102.3% ... (1) FLN=Exk: NEN os oco7 ces ers chs ore ceo H.Org=FUNXS.26 9 3s. es eee ees ee) eee H. Fett=H. Ore x189.-; <2. 2. -c4 12>) favs) oo Wenn auch nicht geleugnet werden kann, dass unser Verfahren mehr oder weniger mit Fehlerquellen behaftet ist, glauben wir jedoch, dass dadurch die Verdauungskoeffizienten des Futters fiir normale Hiihner mit geniigender Genauigkeit ermittelt werden konnen, welche ohne weiteres viel besser sein dirften, als die bislang nur unter Beriicksichtigung der Harnsaure und des Ammoniaks erhaltenen. Aschenbestandteile des Flarns. Der Aschengehalt des Harns in jeder Periode wird in folgender Tabelle zusammengestellt : UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 25 Asche | a. | 3 Asche d. Futter Harnes | Futter Harnes % teeLeriode||Gerstesc) gece less) sce 8.00 |\12. Periode | Weizen, — getrocknete Siisskartoffel pii cf .98 2 35 Gerste, Fischguano ... 8.45 | uss kertoflelpilpe 79 ||13- Weizen, Weizenklei 3-91 Sey Weizenm Seen ||| “rossi igi ee Po Sater 139 TAs ves Wei Seo cen toe -41 2:4 SO Weizen, Weizenkleie.. 10.45 < Bag 9-4 Whe sh Weizen, Reisfutter- Sa 5 GSS oc os on 11.15 Wich eae ne 22.28 Greer .'s Gerste, Fischguano ... 10.50 |116. Ungeschalter Reis ... 9.85 Site ten Futtergemisch ... ... 6.50 1G Geschalter Reis, S., F. 2 2 6.90 Kileeheus.) ie... 22.40 18. Weizen, Sojabohnen- Bae 2 7 ce ie kucheniecciee-s ees 11.00 Teh» ay Weizen, Weizenkleie.. 12.20 I relibees Wee en 9.82 EE..% - 55 NWelzen: Buk. Harnprobe wurde zur Bestimmung einzelner Bestandteile benutzt. Die 26 T. KATAYAMA, prozentische Zusammensetzung der Harnasche ist in folgender Tabelle angegeben : = Periode 2. Periode | 8. Periode | 11. Periode | 15. Periode | 17. Periode | 18. Periode Aleuronat = 3 Futter Gerste Reseed Weizen pee ee eens Fischguano |S Weizen mehl | Klecheu | kuchen Trockensubstanz 9% 94-39 95-92 95-96 93-83 90.72 95-78 Gesamt-Asche % 8.45 6.90 13.70 22.28 22.40 11.00 K,O % 14.33 27.03 10.85 22.34 40.96 35.18 Na,O %j 28.95 15.21 11.83 8.38 11.27 13.73 CaO % 6.37 1.62 21. 79 5.89 6.20 7-94 MgO %5 7-09 10.00 6.56 3.82 10.32 5-56 Fe,03 Yo Spur Spur Spur Spur wenig — PO; % 34.83 32.81 40.40 57-51 14.97 28.83 SO, % 7-80 15.76 10.14 1.36 9-57 9:43° = SiO, % 0.94 0.19 0.09 1.06 , 0.13 0.20 cl % — wenig — — 3:52 — Wenn man nun die obigen Zahlen aus dem Huhn mit solchen von Saugetieren vergleicht, so ergeben sich: (14) Tierart Pferd Rind Ziege Schwein Heu Haferstroh | Griinklee Erbsen Gerste Futter Hafer Kleeheu Riiben- Kartoffeln Kartoffeln Stroh Raps blatter saure Milch Milch Gesamt-Asche % 2.21 3.60 — 1.20 1.17 K,O % 36.85 \ sees 34-91 59-59 58.66 Na,O % Cype || 22.48 0.36 0.29 CaO % 21.92 0.24 0.77 0.36 0.76 MgO % 4.44 1.47 3-28 1.72 1.64 PO; % Spuren = Spur 11.43 11.84 SO, % 17.16 §.32 16.89 _ — Cl % 15.36 15.92 13.35 5.90 7-99 SiO, % 0.32 0.49 0.59 9.31 10.05 CO, % “= 17.49 10.40 10.98 7-50 UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 27 Aus diesem Vergleich erkennt man, dass die MHarnasche der Hthner an Phosphorsaure immer bedeutend mehr, aber an Kali und Natron etwas weniger enthalt als die bei Saugetieren, dies kann sicher- lich der sauren Reaktion der Futterasche und des Harns zugeschrieben werden. Kalk und Magnesia sind bei Hithnern ziemlich mehr als bei Saugetieren—vom Pferde abgesehen—enthalten. Entgegen dem grossen Gehalt des Harns an Chlor bei Saugetieren ist dasselbe bei Hthnern deswegen sehr minimal, weil gewohnlich den Hthnern nicht so viel Kochsalz verabreicht wird. 3. Warmewert des Harns Die kalorimetrische Bestimmung des Gefliigelharns ist bislang noch sehr wenig ausgeftihrt worden, trotzdem dieselbe zur Forschung der Er- nahrung ebenso wichtig wie beim Saugetiere sein muss. Ich habe daher den Warmewert des Harns_ mittelst Langdetn-Hugelshofs Bombe bestimmt. O. Kellner hat bei der Untersuchung des MHarns von Saugetieren ein leicht saugbares Papierblockchen als Hilfsmittel zur Verbrennung benutzt. Aber unsere Harnproben brannten stets sehr leicht aus, ohne dabei derartiges Material zu brauchen. Die Kalorien pro Gramm Trockensubstanz des Harns, sowie auch die auf organische Substanzen umgerechneten sind in folgender Tabelle zusammengestellt : Seale I | Saye Wel ee a 3 Ae & nN | aS Ave aN ei el Pe Sle el Ell ef#easlceea Futter SE Sl28 aaa] Futter @exsall aa a BRO + ik Om oO || } rye tI ga 950947190 25) m4 do ES) SA to Oe ld ie | es ese ka Ot MA S) Ww Ot KA 2 Ll S = | nl = : fn | : = ; Vorperiode | Geschalter | 5. Periode| Gerste ... ss ZOOL |" 2/902 Reis, Kleeheu 2.243 3.021 || A ‘i sal oo) RGSS; Gerste, Fisch- > Weizen, Soja- | guano ... ... 2.266 2.880 bohnenkuchen| 2.228 | 2.868 || | ‘ > erste Futtergemisch..| 2.521 | 2.893 1. Periode | Gerste 2.436 2.859 || Sey Bia | 8 | D | 2.527 2.920 2. Gerste, Fisch- i | | eS GOS uano .. 2.355 2.852 || 9. | 29 2:50 21923 g cox One 355 2.852 | 9 Hae all Tat Weizen, Wei- So MWrelzenic. <.. 2.32 2.87 \l10 Sr, 2 a oe 7 zenkleie ...| 2.278 2.826 we | iby Tae Weizen, Weizenkleie... 2.301 | 2.849 ||11. || Weizen ... ...| 2.258 2.858 Ne aE EEE EERE 28 T. KATAYAMA. f 4 (2 £.4 18 ¢ 62,/,868 G8,| 828 Secliegacn ENIs¢e a SEXEGEESE Futt SES c|\G E25 Hey tettext Saul Po ret bel Pa utter fr Ge S/\2 a6 2 S52 "180 ha » (S08 7|85 he gal & ce ee 12. Datei Weizen, 17. Periode | Geschalter getrock. Reis, Kleeheu 1.857 2. Siisskartoffel- 8 Wei d 2 rp? jilpe ... ...| 2:580 .or1 |{1°- ee ge a) He “ Sojabohnen- MDs a Weizen, kuchen 2.267 2.815 Weizenkleie...) 2.258 2.891 ¥ EQumss Weizen ... 2.129 2.833 14. 5 Weizen' =:. =--| 21070 2.885 15. a Weizen, : Reisfuttermehl] 1.806 | 2.964 Im Durchschnitt 2.267 2,895 16. Se Ungeschilter Schwankung 1.81 2.82 [REIS as-t ose 200) 2.957 bis 2.58 bis 3.02 Wie es aus obigen Zahlen deutlich ist, schwankt der Kalorienwert pro Gramm Trockensubstanz sehr stark, ist jedoch dem auf organische Substanz umgerechneten immer annahernd gleich. Der letztere zeigt hochstens einige Prozent Abweichungen von der Durchschnittszahl 2.90 Kal., welcher dem Kalorienwert der Harnsaure (2,75 Kal.), des hauptsachlichen Bestandteils des Harns, sich nahert. Man kann daher die Kalorien des Harns in jedem Exkremente ohne grosse Fehler einfach durch diese Durchschnittszahl 2.90 berechnen, wenn der Gehalt des Harns an organischer Substanz gefunden werden soll. 4. Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel durch den operierten Hahn. Die Futtermittel waren meistens aus denselben Vorraten genommen, welche in vorangegangenen Versuchen fir die nicht operierten Hahne besorgt worden sind. Mit einigen reichlich gelagerten Futtermitteln, wie z.B. Weizen und Gerste, wurde der Versuch oftmals wiederholt, um zu kontrollieren, ob die Futterungsversuche hindurch glatt gingen. Die Verdauungskoeffizienten derselben Futtermittel stimmten bei der Wiederholung in verschiedenen Perioden miteinander befriedigend itiberein, UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 29 wie aus den unten dargelegten Tabellen ersichtlich ist. Die Futtermittel und der Kot in jeder Periode—von der 7., 8. u. 9. Periode abgesehen, welche spater besprochen werden—hatten folgende Zusammensetzung, die Futterration und Kotmenge wurden schon in vorangehender Tabelle (s. Seite 9) angegeben: Die zweite Versuchsreihe Futter ap ae Trock Org. sg £ oO . gz! 4 oO i 3 3 = B | Rohfett 8 = Futter £9 & Sub. Sub CRN oie BN INN ase Si sci eas Ne % Bee ee % | & s is ea Gersteliyece!) <-+1l) 25) 2) 55/0,)|), 87-67; 84.79 13:93 64.16 1.80 4.90 2.88 3> 4, Io, ris es mish 14, 15 WeiZeniies-) <<) || 1S.) 59) 86.58 84.66 14.03 66.47 1.93 2.23 1.92 Fischguano ... | 2, 6 go.1I 77.81 61.93 2.57 13.31 _- 12.30 Weizenkleie ... | 4, 10, 13 82.19 14.87 54.25 4.06 9.01 5.41 Kartoffelpiilpe . | 12 81.31 2 70.87 1.81 6.19 5-32 Reisfuttermeh] INES eS eee |S 77-52 14.13 35-96 19.31 8.12 11.43 Ungeschalter Reis 16 80.57 10.48 | 60.77 1.17 8.15 7.17 Geschilter Reis 17 Kleemehl 17 76.80 | 26.92 | 36.29 2.11 11.48 12.92 Sojabohnen- Kuchen 18 83.00} 42.68 28.76 7-23 4.33 6.21 30 T. KATAYAMA. Kot. Xs N-freie o Trocken-| Org. 5 Rohfett | Rohfaser | Rohasche = Extrakt- Sub. %|Sub. % 5 % % % 3 stofle 7 1. Periode 89.40 80.75 16.38 39.24 4.92 20.21 8.65 Zs * 90.55 65.95 17.67 30.46 3-68 14.14 24.60 Bs es 87.90 78.25 17.19 39.21 7.20 14.65 9.65 4. Hy 87.80 77.95 15.13 40.02 5.35 17-45 9.85 5. mn g0.15 81.15 14.56 41.33 5.01 20.25 9.09 6. 55 91.65 71.15 20.94 33.02 3.47 13.72 20.50 10. 7 90.75 81.85 15-31 44.18 5.33 17.03 8.90 Tite + 92.45 83.70 22.00 40.44 7.85 13.41 8.75 12. : 90.50 85-05 20.63 41.99 6.05 16.38 5.45 Tie: 3 g1.28 83.68 13.88 44.54 5.51 19.45 7.60 I4. > 89.80 81.86 16.56 41.65 8.50 15.15 7-94. 15. + 89.82 74.26 13.63 35-34 6.24 19.05 15.56 16. g1.98 69.64 10.38 28.21 1.85 29.20 22.34 17- 3 gl.12 74.70 17.00 31.20 7.86 18.64 16.42 18. > 89.10 76.76 25.31 28.46 4.27 18.72 12.52 Ig. 55 91.88 83.64 21.00 39.46 7.08 16.10 8.24 Bringt man nun die Ausgaben im Kot von den Einnahmen im Futter in Abzug und berechnet noch notigenfalls den Teil der verdau- lichen Nahrstoffe, welcher aus dem Grundfutter stammt, so ergeben sich fiir die Verdauungskoeffizienten der betreffenden Futtermittel folgende Werte: UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. Shh Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Extrakt- Substanz g| protein g | stoffe ¢ g g Periode I. Gerste AD ECARE a5 Eo coo ob oo 33.92 5:57 25.66 0.72 1.96 OG {SUSE Basco, Yeo Gen, oO 7.51 1.52 3-65 0.46 1.88 Verdaut im ganzen : 26.41 4.05 22.01 0.26 0.08 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 77.9% 72.7% 86.0% 36.1% 4.0% Periode V. Gerste AO ECGRS fey es ess cca 0 33.92 5:57 25.66 0.72 1.96 CNOOIOMCOfM ees | ess iees) ies) ese 7-79 1.40 3.97 0.48 1.94 Verdaut im ganzen: 26.13 4.17 21.69 0.24 0.02 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 77.0% 74.8% 84.5% 33-3% 1.0% »» 1m Durchschmitt:| 7'7.52 73.87% 85.37 34.7% 2.576 Periode III. Weizen MOICANGIZED wey fssa, sea oan, ees 33-86 5-61 26.59 0.77 0.89 GPACTOMICO cca Gace (rer ccs sas 5.03 1.11 2.52 0.46 0.84. Verdaut im ganzen: 28.83 4.50 24.07 0.31 0.05 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 85.2% 80.2% 90.5% 40.3% 5.6% Periode XI. Weizen AOICANVCIZCD rcemEvers) cece) Gata Diss. 33-86 5-61 26.59 0.77 0.89 LOOIEKGE NY c.a Res. cach seat, bebe 5.02 1.32 2.42 0.47 0.81 Verdaut im ganzen: 28.84. 4.29 24.17 0.30 0.08 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 85.2% 76.5% 90.9% 39.0% 9.0% Periode XIV. Weizen ROPPMMVEIZEN Ho. ees ices cesta cae 42.33 7.02 33-24 1.12 6.65 g Kot 5-44 1.10 2.77 1.01 Verdaut im ganzen: 36.89 5-92 30.47 O.II Verdauungskoeffizienten : 87.2% 84.3% 91.7% 9.8% 32 T. KATAYAMA. Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Extrakt- Substanz g]} protein g stoffe g g g Periode XIX. Weizen KOT WEN 55 ob cco ect 42.33 7.02 33-24 0.97 1.12 Goya fe | coe go Gas, aes AS 5-51 1.38 2.60 0.47 1.06 Verdaut im ganzen : 36.82 5-64 30.64 0.50 0.06 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 87.0% 80.3% 92.2% 51.6% 5-4% » im Durchschnitt:| 86.272 | 80.0% | 91.372 | 43.074 4.6% Periode II. Fischguano PIS RESIS! cg) Ea ceo 24.21 3.98 18.32 0.51 1.40 21.43 g Fischguano ... ... ... 16.67 13.26 0.55 2.85 — Gesamtverzehr : 40.88 17.24 18.87 3.36 1.40 QLOO;CRKGEN P-.-iur-con 2-8 pean ses 6.33 1.70 2.92 0.35 1.36 Verdaut im ganzen: 34-55 15.54 15.05 3.01 0.04 Bs von Gerste: 18.76 2.94 15.63 0.18 0.04. 3» Von Fischguano : 15-79 12.60 0.32 2.83 0.00 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 94.7% 95.0% 58.2% 99-3% — Periode VI. Fischguano Gesamtverzehr wie Periode II. 40.88 17.24 18.87 3-36 1.40 WOT) S mos boo co eS 7-29 2.15 3.38 0.36 1.41 Verdaut im ganzen: 33-59 15.09 15.49 3.00 — 0.01 » von Gerste: 18.76 2.94 15.63 0.18 0.04 »» 9, Fischguano: 14.83 12.15 — 0.14 2.82 — 0.05 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 89.0% 91.9% _ 99.0% — », im Durchschnitt:| 91,92 93.322 99.2% Periode IV. Weizenkleie 0.45 1.81 20 g Weizen ... zo g Weizenkleie .:. ... ... «. LIS 21C OUNs cet een | ons UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. Organische Substanz ¢ Roh- protein g Verdaut im ganzen : “5 von Weizen: ”» 5, Weizenkleie : Verdauungskoeffizienten : Periode X 25 g Weizen ... 25 g Weizenkleie ... Gesamtverzehr : 14.45 g Kot ... Verdaut im ganzen: ” von Weizen : 9 », Weizenkleie: Verdauungskoeffizienten : ” Periode XII 20 g Weizen ... 20 g Kartoffel piilpe Gesamtverzehr : g-20 g Kot... Verdaut im ganzen: » von Weizen : »» 9» artoffelpiilpe : Verdauungskoeffizienten : im Durchschnitt : 24.16 14.53 9-63 58.7% 21.17 20.55 41.72 12.09 29.63 18.25 11.35 55-42% 55.5% 16.93 16.26 7:83 25.36 14.53 10.83 66.87 N-freie Extrakt- stofle g 19.41 12,13 7.28 67.1% 16.62 13.56 30.18 6.44 23-74 15.17 8.57 63.2% 63.472 . Kartoffelptilpe Periode XV. Reisfuttermeh] 25 g Weizen ... 25 g Reisfuttermeh! Gesamtverzehr : 13.32 g Kot ... 21.17 19.38 49.55 9.85 16.62 8.99 25.61 4-71 Rohfett o > 0-57 0.17 0.40 49-42% 0.48 I.01 1.49 0.84 0.65 0.21 0.44 43-626 45.872 33 Rohfaser 0 34 ‘ T. KATAYAMA. Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Extrakt- Substanz g| protein g | stoffe g Verdaut im ganzen: 30.66 5-22 20.90 » von Weizen: 18.25 2.80 15.17 » > Reisfuttermehl : 12.41 2.42 573 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 64.07% 71.1% 63.7% Periode XVIII. Sojabohnenkuchen PO NGA ws5 Eco RS ca 8.47 1.40 6.65 0.19 20g Sojabohnenkuchen ... ... 16.60 8.54 5-75 1.45 Gesamtverzebr : 25.07 9-94 12.40 1.64 USE e SS oop es 4:75 1.57 1.76 0.26 Verdaut im ganzen: 20.32 8.37 10.64 1.38 3 Yon Weizen: aed] 1.12 6.06 0.09 3» s» Sojabohnenkuchen : 13.05 7-25 4.58 1.29 Verdauungskoeffizienten:| 78.67 84.9% 79.72% | 89.072 Periode XVI. Ungeschalter Reis 40 g Ungeschialter Reis... ... -.. 25:22 4.19 24.31 0.47 TONGS SACO eect a-oy cee ieae an 7.42 1.11 3.00 0.20 Verdaut im ganzen : 15.81 3.08 2Y.31 0.27 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 77.0% 138.5% 87.7% 5.75% Periode XVII. Geschalter Reis u. Kleemehl 4o g Geschilter Reis... ... . 34.65 4.18 29.41 0.77 16gKleemehl ... ... ... «- 12.29 4-31 5-81 0.34 Gesamtverzehr : 46.94 8.49 35.22 It oy alg eee ec ee cro Co 8.04 1.83 3-36 0.85 Verdaut im ganzen: 38.90 6.66 31.86 0.26 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 82.92% 78.426 90.52 23.426 3.26 epee 0.15 4.6% 0.29 1.84 2.13 2.01 oO.12 5.6% UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 35 Die Einzelheiten tiber die Verdauung will ich spater zugleich mit den entsprechenden in der vorangegangenen Versuchsreihe mit den un- operierten Hahnen besprechen. In der 7., 8. u. g. Periode habe ich dem Hahn eine nahrhafte Futtermischung verschieden grosser Menge verabreicht, um einerseits das herabgekommene Tier etwas aufzuftittern und anderseits zu erkennen, ob die Menge des Futters einen Einfluss auf die Ausnutzung desselben haben kann, weil das Futterquantum in der vorstehenden Versuchsreihe etwas knapper war, als bei der vorangegangenen. Bei Untersuchungen, welche O. Aed/ner (15) an Wiederkauern mit einem Gemisch von Rauhfutterstoffen und konzentrierten Futtermitteln ausgefuhrt hat, stellte sich heraus, dass der Umfang der Verdauung etwas abnahm, wenn die Futtermenge hoher bemessen wurde. Der genannte Forscher vermutete, dass beim Verzehr grosser Futtermassen ein etwas rascherer Durchgang des Futterbreis durch den Verdauungs- kanal stattfinde, obwohl der letztere eine gewisse Dehnbarkeit besitze. Auch ist es moglich, dass die Darmflache bei ausschliesslicher Aufnahme von hoch verdaulichen Stoffen nicht ausreicht, um _ alles Verdaute in die Korpersafte aufzunehmen. Bei dem Versuche, welche ich (16) an Schweinen einmal mit einer moglichst grossen Futtermenge, abermals nur mit der Halfte der Menge ausgefiihrt habe, habe ich zwar erwartet, dass hier Unterschiede in der Verdauung eher zu beobachten sein werden, als bei Rindern und Schafen, weil diese Tiere einen weniger geraumigen Magen und einen ktirzeren Darmschlauch besitzen, als die Wiederkauer. Aber die Resultate sprechen dafiir, dass das Futter in beiden Versuchsabschnitten von den Tieren gleich verdaut wurde. Es ist mir nun sehr interessant, Versuche dieser Art wiederum mit Hihnern anzustellen, da ihre Verdauungs- organe viel kleiner und kiirzer sind, als die der Schweine. Ich ging in der 7ten Periode von einer grossen Menge ciner Futter- mischung aus, welche bestand aus: sO) {a geschaltem Reis BOmnss Weizen 36 T. KATAYAMA, 20 ¢ Aleuronat IO. -g:4 Kleeheu Danachst wurde in der 8, Periode nur ein Sechszehntel der eben angefuhrten Futtermenge zum Verzehr gebracht. Schliesslich wurde in der 9. Periode wiederum mit der ebenso starken Ration wie bei der 7. Periode wiederholt. Die Futtermittel hatten folgende Zusammensetzung : . Futter S © 9 < me pcos pees ogee wee cma ie x & S a = 2 OS C2 SENG Sx o) One| = a N Sais x Ss oN = SN sz ° n n cs] y 2) Asics we oa Ais eA o B Aleuronat ... ... g1.50 90.22 89.69 0.28 0.25 -- 1.28 Geschalter Reis ... 88.35 86.63 10.45 73-52 1.93 0.73 1.72 BWelzen= aeons 86.58 84.66 14.03 66.47 1.93 2.23 1.92 Releehenmumres- tener 89.72 76.80 26.92 36.29 2.11 11.48 12.92 Der Kot wurde taglich in der 7ten mit 13.38 g, in der 8ten mit 8.00 g, in der gten Periode mit 12.15 g¢ in der Luftrockensubstanz ausgeschieden. Darin war enthalten in Prozenten: Kot 7) xs OeINS = & x ee esi ih 23s = 5 SS 2 gs sei 2 TES 2 a o 3 Ss —& Ss a SS SHR] 2X = ON = ou % @ = - = 3 sS 2 2 oh 3 | = 4 s 3 eS 6 B 2 ¥ & < n nn onl g Reriode Vali...) a-. 90.85 78.30 25.63 31.25 6.70 | 15.22 12.55 Sy LLL a 92.20 79-35 26.06 26.06 5.64 15:27 12.85 sy MOS Sap Za! 93-20 80.10 25.25 25.25 6.93 16.45 13.10 UBER DIE VEROAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 37 Aus dem Futterverzehr und der Kotausscheidung berechnen sich die Verdauungskoeffizienten der Futtermischung bei den drei Perioden wie folgt : g Organische Substanz Roh- protein g N-freie Extraktstoffe g 20 g Aleuronat 30 g geschilter Reis 30 g Weizen ... to g Kleeheu... Gesamtverzehr 13.38 g Kot ... Verdaut im ganzen Verdauungskoeffizienten 60% der Futtermenge Periode VII. 8.00 g Kot Verdaut im ganzen Verdauungskoeftizienten von Gesaintverzehr wie Periode VII. ... 12.15 g Kot ... Verdaut im ganzen Verdauungskoeffizienten Periode VII. 18.04 25-99 25.40 7.68 77-11 10.48 66.63 68.472 17-94 3-14 88.072 Periode VIII. 46.27 6.35 39-92 86.372 Periode 77.11 9-73 67.38 87.5% 16.79 2.08 14.71 87.672 IX. 27.98 3:07 24.91 89.07 27.41 2.59 24.82 90.57% 45.69 3.82 41.87 91.62% Rohfett 0.05 0.58 0.58 0.21 1.41 0.90 0.52 36.67 0.85 0.45 0.40 47.1% 1.42 0.84 0.58 40.9% Rohfaser 2.04 2.00 0.04 1.7% Es sind also, Futterbestandteilen verdaut worden: wie aus der Tabelle hervorgeht, in Prozenten an 38 T. KATAYAMA. oS z= € eae 5 eo = ba} a S i 32 & & — x‘ ~ \ 5 Ss a St Sz =e 8 SN Z a os 3 S op 5 tm) ae vA 3° a sz iS * -" a Oo Hn ja iS Bei der starken Ration... ... ... 86.9 88.5 91.2 38.7 1.1 33 schwachen Ration ... ... 86.3 87.6 90.5 47.1 0.0 Differenzes., teo-0 Jc-) LT 4.297 > ONLV Kot 39 4.294 | Perlode XV 3-952 4-455 3 3.621 4.203 avai 4.004 4-429 » XYIII 3-959 4.004 » XIX 4-390 4.262 4-305 verdauten organischen die Tagesmenge der Substanz und derselbe in Prozenten des gesamten Warmewertes der Futterration sind folgende: ee gic RWS |] op eS SI$ss. Versuchs- EL. ae rae ried eS Futterration menge | ¢ 2.5 | oss |2 ye GE Ele 2 = sey atm 18 GM Sis. So periode Es a =I pays Palle g (AS |" Es giecs® ~ = ie 2 8 Periode I 4ogGerste . nce 9.30 156.3 38.4 117.9 75-4 28.55 g Gerste... aoe B am a . » I Cia g Fischguano... ‘3 9.60 eae 32.8 184 4:9 ae LAE 40 ¢ weizen wes 6.43 155.2 25.9 129.3 83.3 j20 g Weizen on B “2 “ A aac Ns \20 ¢ Weizenkleie 3) 11.28 168.5 48.5 120.0 7 pice} = OW 40 g Gerste 500 9.60 156.2 40.3 116.0 74.2 i 28.55 g Gerste... oer fd = Si 2 ey ee ore g Fischguano a 10.2 217.0 39-1 177-9 82.0 wile Futtergemisch ... ve | 13-38] 367-0] 57-5] 309-5] 84.3 60% der Futtermenge von s a @ VOIL { Periode VII. | oS ERNE 34-4 185.8 $4.4 » Ix Futtermenge wie Periode V IL. 12.15 367.0 54-1 312.9 85.3 z 20 g Weizen on x Ds {20 g Weizenkleie a He es 2:5 1162 O88 ea 40 g Weizen a 6.00 155-2 26.6 128.6 82.8 = 20 g Weizen é age o S c Paty a8 2 Kartoffelpilpe I 9.20 148.2 36.8 111.4 75.2 _ 25 g Weizen : eee 8 A 68. » XIII {3 g Weizenkleie = 14-45 age GE ese 9 se MY 50 g Weizen see 6.65 194-0 28.6 165.4 85.2 E 25 g Weizen we a ao Baae 61 ne: oe in g Reisfuttermehl |, “} 13:32 os = xOuG 75-4 VL 40 g Ungeschilter Reis... ... 10.65 148.4 38.5 109.9 74.0 40 g Geschalter Reis eae » XVII |\16¢ Kleeheu ... 3} 10.76 | 205.3 43-1 162.2 79:0 7 J to g Weizen See oc 6: 124.2 2 10. 81. eee |20¢ Sojabohnenkuchen oer | e oe ae) oe dl 7 LX 50 ¢ Weizen aco) | 6.59 194.0 2 85.1 40 T. KATAYAMA. Eine Beschreibung von Einzelheiten folgt spater. 6. Verdaulichkett von Futtermitteln durch den normalen Hahn Wie schon vorher dargelegt wurde, wurden in der ersten Versuchs- reihe 15 Ausnutzungsversuche derjenigen Futtermittel durch zwei normale Hahne ausgefii hrt, welche meistens (fast alle) wiederum in der zweiten Versuchsreihe dem operierten Hahn verabreicht wurden. Die Futterration und die Exkrementmenge in dieser Versuchsreihe wurden schon am Anfang dargelegt (s. Seite. 6). Das Futter hatte nun folgende chemische Zusammensetzung : Die erste Versuchsreihe Das Futter ie c NN We ey ; os as f # |= s 2/5 5 3 = = 2 © Rohfett g Asche Futter | 8 5 3 aN 2 § SN £3 é x» . | 2c§ a} bo 8 S inet % Cc Yo lass aia Og | & 5 cS Weizen... yon WeGUG 1980 XIV. XV. 87.75 89.60 14.00 67.99 1.83 2.18 17.6 Gerste APO A VI. VII. IX. XL. XIIL. 86.83 84.08 13.66 63.77 1.85 4.80 2.75 Fischguano ... VI. 89.34 76.57 60,06 2.84 13.67 —— 12.77 Kartoffelpiilpe VIII. 87.87 82.11 2.60 71.24 1.94 6.33 5-76 Reisfuttermehl Nr. r Vi, Q1.15 54.76 11.00 | 25.89 11.25 6.62 | 36.39 Ungeschalter Reis. | X. 88.31 81.64 10.20 67.50 1.20 7-74 6.67 Geschalter Reis ... | XII. 87.95 86.35 9-74 73-68 2.17 0.76 1.70 Weizenkleie... XIII. 87.85 82.75 15.34 53.67 4-79 8.95 5.11 Sojabohnenkuchen. | XV. 87.97 82.07 41.82 27.74 7-70 4.76 5.90 Kleeheu XII. 89.01 76.56 26.17 36.79 2.41 11.19 12.45 GetrockneteGemiise 76.35 18.94 42.22 2.14 8.05 13.12 Getrockneter Fisch UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEL HUHNERN 41 Da die Harnsaure in den Exkrementen unregelmassig in weissen Flocken verbreitet vorhanden ist, so muss man die Analysierproben mit grosser Sorgfalt fein mahlen, so dass die Flocken tunlichst gleichmassig verteilt werden. Die Analyse der Exkremente erstreckte sich zunachst auf folgende Bestandteile: Trockensubstanz, organische Substanz, Fett, Rohfaser und Asche. Die Analysen sind in folgender Tabelle zusammen- gestellt : Exkremente, Hahn Nr. 22 Trocken- | Organische | Rohfett Rohfaser Asche Substanz | Substanz : *, S % % 4 ee (aa Periode I. coo ee ee cos 89.29 80.77 5-63 9.20 8.52 99. II. 205! Roi Ang), oe 90.50 75-92 4.05 12.51 14.58 + III. Ao “OSS eke eS 92.28 84.92 5-44 9-49 7.36 = IV 95-24 84.49 2.84 16.82 10.75 Ba V. a liefoo- Beco acec 92.10 51.64 2.68 11.14 40.46 BF \Ale ponds acc peas <= 93-75 77-38 2.60 7-50 16.37 39 VIL 94.47 71.96 2.03 7-20 22.51 “5 Vill 95.00 78.99 2.94 13-99 16.01 > IX 91.85 82.62 3.33 16.33 9.23 3 X. ce) sdaatigcesie wee 92.43 71.05 1.69 25.64 21.38 = XI. cS coh aD ae 90.57 79.70 3-62 14.10 10.87 = XI. go.10 74.10 4.80 13.85 16.00 > SSE Eee cee eee eed 89.25 79.84 4.41 14.52 9.41 9 XIV 89.91 80.90 5.91 10.52 9.01 s Sai 9345 80.09 2.31 11.48 13.36 42 >* Te KATAYAMA. Exkremente, Hahn Nr. 24 Trocken- |Organische| r : ay ‘| Rohfett | Rohfaser Asche Substanz Substanz : ; % % % 2% % korg Periode I. ao oS 90.44 81.63 4.76 9.08 -o78 a II. ot oa os oe 90.92 75-51 4.18 12.61 15.41 5 Ill. aso con) oc) on 94-77 85.96 5.28 10.13 7-81 Um nunmehr die Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel festzustellen, wurde der Stickstoff des Kotes und des Harns in einem Exkremente, sowie auch organische Substanz und Fett des Harns nach den oben erorterten Verfahren (s. Seite 24) untersucht. Es ergab sich folgendes Resultat in Prozenten des Exkrementes: UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN Exkremente, Hahn Nr. 22 43 é 2 PRN ES a rs < 8 a Remade TI) <.-.. 8.97 5.2 0.69 5.96 2.19 | 6.78 22.10 0.40 00 I apsoc 6.99 4.19 0.55 4.74 1.60 5-39 17.57 0.32 F JC Berpee 8.20 4-75 0.50 5-25 2.23 | 5.97 19.46 0.35 A MVE eeess 5.20 2.80 0.21 3.01 1.79 3:41 11.12 0.20 re Vite cectocs 3.36 1.66 0.25 I.gt 1.20 2.16 7.04 0.13 on WALL | Seaseen 12.45 8.2 0.81 9.08 2.10 9-35 33-74: 0.61 7 AYAND Senoee 10.79 25 0.29 7.54. 2.30 8.49 27.68 0.50 . \ AINE eee 4.61 2.36 0.33 2.69 1.57 3.04 9.91 0.18 cs 10. Saeeeees 5-85 Sonn 0.52 3.63 1.73 4.12 13-43 0.24 a 2S. géqcue 4-72 2.57 0.58 3.15 1.14 3.58 11.67 0.21 br, Do ee 6.41 3.66 0.52 4.18 1.67 7-47 15-45 0.28 A PROUT re s03 7.30 4.42 0.34 4.76 1.90 5-40 17.60 0.32 . ENGIN Geese 5.05 2.31 0.53 2.84 1.84 3.21 10.46 0.19 & SON ireaneee 1 4.75 0.85 5.60 1.79 6.37 20.77 0.37 ms DOW | secon 12.23 7.3% 0.92 8.2 2.86 9-37 30.55 0.55 Exkremente, Hahn Nr. 24 2 “ NS FN ma EX es PN 2% AS Bn 2 2. é 7 5 z, Es Zz, gE 3 J SS cl WN z z S Nw ss < ee tA ie Reriode sf; =.--.. , 9.09 5-67 0.93 6.60 1.57 7.52 24.52 0.44 “A Te eeccee = 8.40 5-17 0.66 5-83 1.76 6.64 21.65 0.39 - 1) eee saes 8.87 oLe 0.56 5-68 2.41 6.46 21.06 0.38 cp IN | eeanen 5.40 2.95 0.28 8.23 1.80 3.66 11.93 0.22 3 Wil MW occa 3:47 1.82 0.27 2.09 1.09 2.38 7.76 0.14 es Wal eaeeen 11.64 7-75 0.90 8.65 1.77 9.87 32.18 0.58 on AWC peoeer 10.38 7.03 0.62 7.65 1.65 8.73 28.46 0.51 a WA Oeeoae 4.50 1.90 0.36 2.26 1.95 2.55 8.31 0.15 > IDS eeoces 6.35 3-75 0.60 4.10 1.69 4.66 15.17 0.27 T. KATAYAMA. fee ee eealees EX | gx | e8 | £2 | Gy 3 v4 & Z 5 Z é 3 rv q < & Periode 3X6 vesce-e 6.40 3.80 0.83 4.63 1.12 3 > cogeco 7-04 4.20 0.67 4.87 1.49 . Xd taewrens 6.92 4.03 0.44 4.47 1.84 55 EXD coeees 5-12 2.33 0.61 2.94 1.79 Var 8.40 4-57 0.94 5-51 2.15 0 AY Sascer 11.99 7-52 0.94 8.46 2.34 2 ERS 2) xe | 8 Ss ER 5.28 17.21 5-55 18.09 5.08 16.56 3-33 10.86 6.25 20.38 9-65 31.46 Harnfett 4 @e 0.31 0.33 0.30 0.20 2.37 0.57 Aus obigen Zahlen wurden nun die Kotbestandteile in Prozenten des Exkrementes berechnet, indem dabei die Kot-Org. Substanz von der Differenz der Exkrement- und Harn-Org. Substanz, sowie auch Kotfett vom Exkrement- und Harnfett beziehungsweise, und Kotprotein durch das Multiplizieren des Kotstickstoffs mit 6.25 ermittelt wurden : Kot, Hahn Nr. Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Substanz protein Extrakt- % % stofle % % Periode I 58.67 13.69 30.55 5:23 x II 58.3 10.00 32.11 3-73 7 III 65.46 13-94 36.94 5.09 7 IV 73-37 I1.19 2.72 2.64 Vv 44.60 7-50 23-41 2.55 =F VI 43-64 13-13 21.02 1.99 “1 VIL 44.28 14.38 21.17 1.53 sy VIII 69.08 9.81 42.52 2.76 9 IX 69.19 10.81 38.96 3.09 9 x 59.38 7-31 24.95 1.48 “, XI 64.2 10.44 36:37 3-34. ” XII 56.50 11.88 26.29 4.48 * XIII 69.38 1.50 39-14 4.22 » XIV 60.13 11.19 32.88 5:54 ” XV 49-54 17.88 18.42 1.76 Rohfaser UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 45 Kot, Hahn Nr. 24 Organische Roh- N-freie Substanz protein Extrakt- a da iaat % % stofle 24 a “i Periode I. Ceomixesea ero ees: 57.11 9.81 33-90 4.32 9.08 = MiG» ecg! cas: Eos ee 53.86 11.00 26.46 3:79 12.61 on 1DU ise ca Peete’. ited 64.90 15.06 34.82 4.90 10.12 3 I ceoe ono) 000, ee 73-69 11.25 42.85 2.34 17.25 in Wire esc. ss) eel! wee 44.60 6.81 24.32 1.91 11.56 *p WVITS, veteutecn esd (ses 42.44 11.06 22137 1.22 6.85 5 VII 42.96 10.31 24.17 1.07 7.41 Ss Vill 66.50 12.19 32-59 2.87 13.85, 5 IX 67.65 10.57 38.79 2.42 15.87 “ x 54-62 7.00 22.31 1.05 24.22 5 XI. 65.22 9.31 38.92 2.66 14.33 Fe XII 56.64 11.50 27.18 4.18 13.78 - XII 70.42 11.19 40.63 4.05 14.55 5 XIV 61.67 13.44 33:73 3.88 10.62 as XV 50.37 14.63 23.72 1.26 10.76 Berechnet man nun aus den Einnahmen im Futter und den Ausgaben im Kote die Verdauungskoeffizienten ftir das Futtermittel, so ergeben sich folgende Werte: 46 T. KATAYAMA. Organische | Periode I. Weizen, Hahn Nr. 22 Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stoffe g g g Gog sWeizentecs cco ecen eee 51.60 8.40 49.79 1.10 1.31 14.59 g Exkrement 8.55 1.99 4-46 0.76 1.34 Verdaut im ganzen : 43-05 6.41 36.33 0.34 — 0.03 Verdauungskoeffizienten: | §3.522 | 76.226 | 89.0% | 30.924 Hahn Nr. 24 60 g Weizen ... a0 | 51.60 8.40 49.79 1.10 1.31 14.01 g Exkrement 8.00 1370 4-75 0.60 1.27 Verdaut im ganzen: 43-60 7-03 36.04 0.49 0.04 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 84.4% 83.7% 88.3% | 44.5% 3.1% | Periode III. Weizen, Hahn Nr. 22 60 g Weizen ... 200 | 51.60 8.40 | 40.79 1.10 1.31 15.10 g Exkrement ° | 9.88 2.11 5:57 0.77 1.41 Verdaut im ganzen: | 41.72 6.29 35.22 0.33 — 0.12 Verdauungskoeffizienten : | 80.9% 74.9% 86.2% 30.0% Hahn Nr. 24 60 g Weizen ... : | 51.60 8.40 49-79 | 1.10 1.31 14.74 g Exkrement : 9.57 2,22 5:14 0.72 1.49 Verdaut im ganzen : | 42.03 6.18 35-65 0.38 — 018 Verdauungskoeffizienten : | 81.5% 73.6% 87.3% 34.6% Periode XIV. Weizen, Hahn Nr. 22 60 g Weizen ... xh | 51.60 8.40 | 40.79 1.10 1.31 13.03 g Exkrement il 7.84 1.46 4.2 * 0.72 1.37 Verdaut im ganzen : | 43-76 | 6.94 36.51 0.38 — 0.06 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 84.9% 82.6% 89.4% 34.693 »» im Durchschnitt: | 83.172 77.9% 88.22 31.822 UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 47 Organische Roh- | N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein | Extrakt- g g | stoffe g g g | Hahn Nr. 24 GOROMNVEIZEN seal ene) osc ea nace 51.60 8.40 40.79 1.10 1.31 E2o7 cbxkrement, <..)) .c) | =ce 7-94 1.73 | 4.34 0.50 1.36 Verdaut im ganzen : 43-66 6.67 | 36.45 0.50 — 0.05 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 84.7% 79.4% | 89.4% 54.5% » im Durchschnitt : 83.57 78.97 | 88.37 44.5% | FROMPAGGEYSLEM ech ress ces) ws. ese 58.86 9.56 | 44.64 1.30 3-36 20.89 g Exkrement ... ... ... 15.31 2.33 | 8.91 0.55 3.52 | Verdaut im ganzen : 43-55 7.23 35-73 0.75 — 0.15 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 74.0% 75.6% | 80.1% 57-62% Hahn Nr. 24 POICUGEIS(G Mes Niece, aesis se ee 58.86 9.56 44.64 1.30 3.30 20.40 ¢ Exkrement ... ... ... 15.02 2.30 8.75 0.48 3-52 Verdaut im ganzen : 43-84. 7.26 35-89 0.82 — 0.16 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 74.4% 76.0% 80.5 % 63.0% Periode IX. Gerste, Hahn Nr. 22 FOmECGAS on 65 cco eo co 58.86 9.56 44.04 1.30 3.36 2keabioubxkrement: | sc.) sec) jars ~ 14.85 2.32 8.36 0.66 3-50 Verdaut im ganzen : 44.01 7.24 36.28 0.64 — 0.14 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 74.8% 76.0% 81.3% 49:2% Hahn Nr. 24 Ff (ESAS oss) Bas ooo | Ge ood 58.86 9.56 44.64. 1.30 3.36 2.19 ¢ Bxkrement ... .-. ... 14.32 2.24 8.21 0.51 3.36 Verdaut im ganzen: 44-54 7.32 30.43 0.79 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 75:8% 76.6% 81.6% 60.7% 48 T. KATAYAMA. Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stofle g g g | Periode XI. Gerste, Hahn Nr. 22 70 g Gerste 2 58.86 9.56 44.64 1.30 3.36 24.42 g Exkrement... 15.69 2.55 8.87 0.82 3-44 Verdaut im ganzen: 43-18 7-01 35-77 0.48 — 0.08 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 73-2% 73-42% 80.32% 46.9% » im Durchschnitt: | 74,02 | 75.0% | 80.6% | 51.224 Hahn Nr. 2 7 OWUGETS(C Note =iec= c 58.86 9-56 44.64 1.30 3:36 23.82 g Exkrement oe | 15-54 2.22 9.27 0.63 3-41 Verdaut im ganzen : | 43-32 7-34 35-36 0.66 — 0.05 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 73-6% 76.8% 79-4% 50.8% » im Durchschnitt : 74.6% 76.5% 80.67 58.2% Periode II. Getrocknete Gemiise, Hahn Nr. 22 40 g Weizen... 34.40 5-60 27.21 0.73 0.87 20g 15.27 4-79 8.44 0.43 1.61 Gesamtverzehr : 49.67 10.39 35-65 1.16 2.48 19.89 g Exkrement 11.61 1.99 6.39 0.74 2.49 Verdaut im ganzen: 38.06 8.40 29.26 0.42 — 0.01 + vom Weizen: 28.58 4.36 24.00 0.23 » vom Gemiise : 9.48 4.04 5-26 0.19 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 62.2% 84.37 62.322 44.12 Hahn Nr. 24 : - | | Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 49-67 10.39 35-65 1.16 2.48 19.60 g Exkrement a0 | 10.55 2.16 5-19 0.74 2.48 Verdaut im ganzen : 39-12 8.23 30.46 0.42 0.00 » vom Weizen: 28.71 4.42 24.02 0.32 »» vom Gemiise: 10 41 3.81 6.44 0.10 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 68.272 79.526 76.222 10.0% UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 49 Organische | Roh- N-freie | Rohfett | Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stoffe g ¢ | Periode XIII. Weizenkleie, Hahn Nr. 22 FOG Nos se | 25.80 | 4.20 20.40 0.55 0.65 30 g Weizenkleie... ... ... ... | 24.83 | 4.60 16.10 1.44 2.69 Gesamtverzehr : | 50.63 | 8.80 36.50 1.99 3.34 22.25¢ Exkrement ... ... ... | 15.44 | 2.56 8.71 0.94 3.24 Verdaut im ganzen ; | 35-19 6.24 27.79 1.05 0.10 on vom Weizen: | 21.44 | 3.27 17-99 0.17 », von der Weizenkleie : | 13-75 | 2.97 9.80 0.88 Verdauungskoeffizienten : | 55.49% | 64.622 60.82 61.1% | Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 50.63 | 8.80 | 36.50 1.99 | 3°34: 21.99 ¢ Exkrement | 15.48 | 2.46 8.94 0.89 | 3.21 Verdaut im _ ganzen: | 35-15 | 6.34. 27-50 | 1.10 | 0.13 35 vom Weizen: | 21.52 | Sar | 18.00 | 0.24 | », von der Weizenkleie : | 13.62 | 3.03 | 9.56 0,86 Verdauungskoeffizienten : | 55.02% | 65.9292 | 59.422) 59.822 | Periode XV. Sojabohnenkuchen, Hahn Nr. 22 18 g Weizen... : | 15-48 | 2.52 12.24 } 0.33 9.39 36 g Sojabohnenkuchen...... | 29.55 | 15.07 | 9.99 | 2.78 1.71 Gesamtverzehr : 45-03 17-59 22.23 3.11 2.10 18.89 g Exkrement ... ... ... | 9.36 3.38 | 3-48 0:33 2.17 Verdaut im ganzen : | 35-67 14.21 18.75 2.78 — 0.07 a5 yom Weizen : | 12.85 1.96 10.79 0.10 55 von Sojabohnenkuchen : 22.82 — 12.25 7-96 | 2.68 Verdauungskoeffizienten: | 77,22 | 81.822 "9.7% 81.272 50 T. KATAYAMA. Roh- protein N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Extrakt- Organische Substanz g g stofle ¢ g g Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 45-03 17.59 22.23 3.11 2.10 2012 o.Bxkrement) es.) sess) se 10.17 2.96 4:79 0.25 2.18 Verdaut im ganzen : 34.86 14.63 17.44 2.86 — 0.08 oo vom Weizen : 12.91 1.99 10.80 0.15 3, von Sojabohnenkuchen : II.95 12.64 6.64 2.71 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 74.022 83.9% 66.422 82.122 Periode VI. Fischguano, Hahn Nr. 22 POPCOTR co cot a oo OO 33-63 5-46 25.51 0.74 1.92 golg Fischguano <2... es. one 22.97 18.00 0.85 4.10 —_ Gesamtverzehr : 56.60 23.48 26.36 4.84 1.92 27.01 oe xkrement ss. +) ser 11.80 3-55 5-68 0.54 2.02 Verdaut im ganzen: 44.80 19.93 20.68 4.30 — 0.10 y von Gerste : 24.90 4.08 20.52 0.38 > », Fischguano : 19.99 15.85 0.16 3.92 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 86.822 87.82% 18.872 95.722 Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 56.60 23.48 26.36 4.84 1.92 26.84 g Exkrement ... ... ..- 11.38 2.97 6.26 0:33 1.84 Verdaut' im ganzen: 45.22 20.51 20.10 4-51 0.08 on von Gerste : 25.03 4-17 20.52 0.43 5s » Fischguano: 20.19 16.34 — 0.42 4.08 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 88.0°2 90.92% 99.7% Periode VII. Getrockneter Fisch, Hahn Nr. 22 Adig Gerste Ve.atewsde esol) tert eee 33-63 | 5.46 25-51 || 0.74 I.g2 30 g Getrockneter Fisch... ... 22.31 16.80 Lr || 4.40 — Gesamtverzehr : 55-04 | 22.26 26.62 5-14 1.92 UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 51 Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stoffe g g g 28.47 g Exkrement ... ... ... 12.60 | 4.08 | 6.02 0.44 | 2.05 Verdaut im ganzen: 43-34 18.18 | 20.60 4.70 | — 0.13 5 von Gerste : 24.90 4.08 | 20.52 0.38 | », Yon getrocknetem Fisch : 18.44 | 14.10 | 0.08 4-32 | Verdauungskoeffizienten: | §2.622 | 84.022 | 98.12%. Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: | 55-94 | 22.26 | 26.62 5-14 | 1.92 Z7SO\o RxKKEMENE 5-- se eee | 11.72 2.81 | 6.58 | 0.29 | 2.02 Verdaut im ganzen : | 22 | 19.45 | 20.04 | 4.85 | — 0.10 3 von Gerste: | 25.03 | 4.17 | 20.52 0.43 | 5, von getrocknetem Fisch : | Ig.19 | 15.28 — 0.48 4.42 | Verdauungskoeffizienten: | 86.02% 90.872 | | 100.022 | Periode VIII. Kartoffelptlpe, Hahn Nr. 22 4 der Futterration von Periode VHLL theo G5 sera cose ror Meee 18.65 7.42 8.87 | 1.71 0.64 50 g Kartoffelpiilpe ... ... ... 41.06 1.30 35-62 0.97 | 3-17 Gesamtverzehr : 59-71 8.72 44-49 2.68 3.81 26.60 ¢ Exkrement ... ... ..- 18.38 2.61 11.32 | 0.73 3-72 Verdaut im ganzen : 41.33 6.11 33-17 1.95 0.09 Verdaut vom Grundfutter : 14-45 6.06 6.87 | 1.57 »» von der Kartoffelpiilpe : 26.88 0.05 26.30 0.38 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 65.5% 73.02 39.2% Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: | 59-71 | 8.72 | 44-49 2.68 | 3.81 26.70 g Exkrement ... ... ... 17.7 | 3.25 10.02 | 0.77 3.70 Verdaut im ganzen : 41.95 | 5-47 | 34-47 | 1.9! O.11 3 vom Grundfutter: 14.74 6.48 | 6.68 1.62 » von der Kartoffelpiilpe: | 27.21 — Lor | 27-79 0.29 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 66.2% | 78.0% | 29.2% WN T. KATAYAMA. unr Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stofle g¢ g g Periode V. Reisfuttermehl, Hahn Nr. 22 40 g Gerste ... 33-62 5-46 25.51 0.74 1.92 40 ¢ Reisfuttermehl 21.90 4.40 10.36 4.50 2.65 Gesamtverzehr : 55-52 9.86 35-87 5-24 4.57 41.33 g Exkrement 18.42 3.10 | 9-67 1.05 4.60 Verdaut im ganzen : 37-10 | 6.77 26.20 4.19 — 0.03 von Gerste : 24.90 | 4.08 20.52 | 0.38 von Reisfuttermehl : 12.20 2.69 5-68 3.81 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 55.8°2 61.072 54.8% 84.622 | Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtyerzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 55-52 9.86 35.87 5-2. 4-57 39:35), exkrement | S2e2 as) oes 17-52 2.68 9-55 0.75 4-57 Verdaut im ganzen : 358.00 7.18 26.32 4-49 | 0.00 ey von Gerste : 25.03 4.17 20.52 0.43 | » von Reisfutterhmel : 12.97 3.01 5.80 4.06 | Verdauungskoeffizienten : 59.2% 68.522 56.0% 90.272 Periode X. Ungeschalter Reis, Hahn Nr. 22 60 g Ungeschilter Reis 48.08 6.12 | 37-50 0.72 4.64 17.65 g Exkrement 10.48 1.29 4.40 0.26 4.52 Verdaut im ganzen : 38.50 4.83 33-10 0.46 0.12 Verdauungskoetfizienten : 78.62% 79.2% 88.22 | 64.0% Hahn Nr. 24 60 g Ungeschilter Reis 48.98 6.12 37-50 0.72 4.64 19.45 g Exkrement 10.61 1.36 4.34 0.21 4.71 Verdaut im ganzen : 38.37 4.76 33-16 0.51 — 0.07 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 78.4% 78.0% 88.526 70.8% a — UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 53 Organische Roh- 2 N-freie Rohfett Rohfaser Substanz protein Extrakt- g g stofie ¢ g g > 22 50 g Geschilter Reis ... af | 43.18 4.87 36.84 1.09 0.38 20 g Kleeheu me | 15.31 5:23 7-36 0.48 2.24 Gesamtverzehr : | 58.49 10.10 44.20 1.57 2.62 19.18 g Exkrement 2 10.83 2.28 5.05 0.86 2.66 Verdaut im ganzen : | 47-66 : 7.82 39.15 0.71 — 0.04 Verdauungskoeffizienten : | 81.67% 47.4% | 88.5% 45.27% Hahn Nr. 24 Gesamtverzehr wie Hahn Nr. 22: 53.49 10.10 44.20 1.57 2.62 19.64 g Exkrement | IL-13 2.26 5-34 0.82 2.70 Verdaut im ganzen : | 47.36 7-84. 38.86 0.75 — 0,08 Verdauungskoeffizienten : 81.0% | 77.6% 87.87% 47.8% Vorstehende Berechnungen zeigen, dass die Verdaulichkeit fur die bei beiden befriedigend gut tbereinstimmen. Einzelbestandteile Hahnen in Versuchsabschnitte jedem Beziiglich der Rohfaser machte sich jedoch in dieser ersten Versuchsreihe sowohl, als auch in der zweiten fast mmer eine so geringe Ausnutzung geltend, dass es zweifelhaft ist, ob die Rohfaser tatsachlich durch die Hthner verdaut werden kann. In einigen Fallen wurde sogar eine Minusverdauung zu einem, wenn auch sehr geringen Prozentsatz beobachtet, der aber innerhalb der Fehlergrenzen liegt, die bei solchen Versuchen nicht zu vermeiden sind. Da das Futter jedenfalls bei den Vogeln durchaus viel kiirzere Zeit in den Verdauungsorganen sich aufhalt als beim Saugetiere und rascher durch den Korper hindurch geht, sogar manchmal schon in einigen Stunden nach der Verfiitterung die Ausscheidung beobachtet wird, so ware es moglich, dass eine Einwirkung der Bakterien stattfindet. fast gar nicht 54 T. KATAYAMA. Bei Untersuchungen von Jeiske und Knieriem mit Hihnern, welchen Futtermischung unter Zusatz von Papier, Baumwolle etc. verabreicht wurde, stellte sich heraus, dass die Rohfaser von der genannten Tiergattung stets nicht verdaut wurde. fr. /augl (17) hat auch b Fiitterungsversuchen bemerkt, dass die Rohfaser des Hirses von Huhn, Puter, Ente und Gans gar nicht verdaut wurde. Im Gegensatz wurde jedoch von Srown, Kalugin und anderen Forschern mehr oder weniger positive Verdauung der Rohfaser durch Hihner bei einigen Kornerfutter- arten beobachtet, deren Verdauungskoeffizienten jedoch ziemlich starke Schwankungen zeigten, die bald gross bald klein und oft starke Minusverdauung zeigten. Bei den Versuchen von WW. Voltz und G. Vakuwa mit Kartoffel, Hafer und Roggen zeigten die Verdauungskoeffizienten der Rohfaser auch geringen Prozentsatz. I. Kalugin behauptete, dass die Rohfaser sowie auch Rohprotein im Futter durch Zugabe von Sand und Kohlen von Huhnern besser verdaut werden konnen. Der Sand kann freilich die Zerkleinerung der harten Futterkorner erleichtern, aber es ist zweifelhaft fur eine giinstige Wirkung auf die Verdauung der Rohfaser, besonders wenn die Huhner mit geschrotenem oder gemahlenem Futter versehen werden, was bei unserem Versuche immer der Fall ist. Um hieritiber ins Klare zu kommen, habe ich von neuem einige Versuche mit zwei Fahnen, bezeichnet Nr. 39 und Nr. 40 ausgeftihrt. In dem ersten Versuche wurden den Hiihnern zerschnittene Papierzellulose neben Grundfutter verabreicht, welche aus naheliegenden Griinden viel hoher verdaulich sein kann, als die in gewohnlichen Futtermitteln enthaltene Roh- faser. O. Kellner (18) und &. Lehmann (19) haben schon nachgewiesen, dass der gebleichte Strohstoff der Papierfabrikation, der durch Kochen von Stroh mit Lauge unter starkem Druck gewonnen wird, von den Wieder- kauern in sehr beachtenswertem Umfange aufgelost wird, weil durch die erwahnte Behandlung die inkrustierenden, die Verdauung hemmenden Substanzen aufgelost und entfernt werden. Aus den Versuchen von G. Fingerling (20) geht hervor, dass reine Zellulose von den Schweinen ebenso hoch verdaut wird wie von Wiederkauern, wahrend bei verholzter UBER DIE VERDAULICHKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 55 und mit inkrustierenden Stoffen durchsetzter Zellulose die Rohfaserver- dauung stark zuricktritt. Ich wollte zwar den Hihnern moglichst grosse Menge von Zellulose verabreichen, aber sie konnten wegen deren grossem Volumen nur 2.5 g derselben vertragen. Die Futterration und der Gehalt des Futtermittels an Rohfaser in der ersten Periode waren folgende: Futter Rohfaser 37-50 g geschilter Reis 1.16% 0.43 ¢ 35-20 ,, Weizen 2.19 0.77 Grundfutter 1.50 ,, Aleuronat — — eZ 7g 0.75 ,, getrocknete Gemiise 9.46 0.07 2.5 ,, Papierzellulose 81.05% 2.03 ¢ In der zweiten Periode wurde nur das Grundfutter zum Verzehr gebracht. Nachdem die 6tagige vorbereitende Futterung vollendet war, folgte die eigentliche, die 7 Tage dauerte. Die Exkrementmengen (lufttrocken) waren folgende: Periode I. Papierzusatz Periode II. Ohne Papierzusatz Datum 1914 | Hahn Nr. 39 | Hahn Nr. 4o Datum 1914 | Hahn Nr. 39 | Hahn Nr. 40 Mai Mai oe 18. 15.05 ¢ ESOL 5, 31. 13.75 g 13.58 g Juni 19. 16.21 5; TAL 3) 55 ts 14.57 35 13.68 ,, 20. 12.00 ,, 15.69 ,, 2. 13.59 5, 13:82 ,, 21. 7 e23 s 16.19 ,, 3. 13-95 5» 13-31-55 22. 15.62 ,, 16.19 ,, 4. 12.74 5, 15.08 3, 23° 14.55 95 5s 1Olr 55 Ee 12.56 ,, 13-40 4, 24. 16.55 5, D7-OAtes 6. 13.99 5, 12.90 ,, Im Mittel 15.31 5, 15.79 5, Im Mittel 13.60 5; 13.59 ,, 56 T. KATAYAMA. Der Rohfasergehalt des Exkrementes war in der ersten Periode 20.63% bei Hahn Nr. 39, 20.84% bei Hahn Nr. 4o und in der zweiten Periode 8.949% bei Hahn Nr. 39, 0.14% bei Hahn Nr. 40. Die Bilanz der Rohfaser ist aus folgender Zusammenstellung ersichtlich : Periode I. Papierzusatz Grundfnttensswersn sent ee 7 e Rohfaser Rapierzellmlose) 2.) e228 2-12-03 Summe a0 000 gon, SHO) 33 Hahn Nr. 39 Hahn Nr. 40 Einnahme... ... 3.30 ¢ Rohfaser 3.30 g Rohfaser Ausgabe ... B28, 30 3-29 », ” Differenzr.s a OlO4 are = YO 5 a5 Periode II. Ohne Papierzusatz Crundfuttens..0 e-) ae-seeelee 7areoe eOliaser Hahn Nr. 39 Hahn Nr. 40 Einnahme... ... 1.27 g¢ Rohfaser 1.27 ¢ Rohfaser ANOS 0 coo He a 3 ZAG, 3 Witferenz =..) O!O5 5, 5 OOS} 55 7 Aus diesen Zahlen erkennen wir, dass die Hihner weder die in Papier enthaltene Rohfaser, noch die in andern Futtermitteln enthaltene resorbierten, welche aber von den Saugetieren sehr gut ausgenutzt werden kann. Mikroskopische Untersuchung ergab, dass keine bemerkbare Veranderung in Bezug auf die Rohfaser wahrnehmbar war, abgesehen davon, dass nur ein kleiner Teil der Papierfaser etwas gequollen war. Um nun eine giinstige Wirkung von Sand auf die Verdauung der Rohfaser zu untersuchen, habe ich noch einen Versuch mit zwei Huhnern, die, mit Nr. 29 und Nr. 30 bezeichnet, schon ein paar Monat lang keinen Sand erhalten hatten, angestellt. UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 57 Das in einer ersten Periode verzehrte Grundfutter bestand pro Tag und Kopf aus 50 g geschrotener Gerste und 25 g Weizenkleie. In einer zweiten Periode wurde erbsengrosser Quarzsand ad libitum neben diesem Grundfutter zum Verzehr gebracht. Die vorbereitende Fitterung sowie auch die eigentliche dauerte so lange wie beim vorangegangenen Versuche. Die Futterration und der Gehalt des Futtermittels an Rohfaser waren folgende: Futter Rohfaser —. —$—$—$—$— 50 g geschalter Reis 4.91% 2.45 ¢ 25 ,, Weizenkleie 7.26 ,, Rake op Summe ALB a Die Exkrementmengen (lufttrocken) waren folgende: Periode I. Ohne Quarzsand Periode II. Quarzsandzusatz Datum 1914 | Hahn Nr. 29 | Hahn Nr. 30 || Datum 1914 | Hahn Nr. 29 | Hahn Nr. 30 September September 12. 21.71 g 24.15 g 27. 22.76 g 25.11 g 13. 24.07 5, 27-73 » 28. 35-83 5 23-56 5, 14. 29.41 ,, 26.65 ,, 29. 21.43 5» 2XOSes isp PO) re 24.50 ,, 30. 24.55 9» 24.92 ,, Oktober 16. 25-79 55 25.38 5, I 24.24 55 22.70 5, 17. 27-73 24-33 » 2 22.60 ,, 22.25 3» 18. 25.68 ,, PASI cp 3. 22.92 5, 25-0053 19. 27.40 5, 29.06 ,, 4. 21.99 5, 26.24 ,, Im Mittel 26.12 5, 25.88 .; Im Mittel 23.29 »» 23.54 » Der Rohfasergehalt des Exkrementes war in der ersten Periode 16.58% bei Hahn Nr. 29, 16.60% bei Hahn Nr. 30, und in der zweiten Periode 18.30% bei Hahn Nr. 29, 18.27% bei Hahn Nr. 30. Aus dem 58 T. KATAYAMA. Gehalt des Futters sowie Exkrementes an. Rohfaser wird die Bilanz der letzteren wie folgt berechnet : Periode I. Grundfutter Hahn Nr. 29 Hahn Nr. 30 Einnahme... ... 4.27 ¢ Rohfaser 4.27 g¢ Rohfaser ENUSBAIS coq con EBB op 0) 4.30 ,, 38 Differenz ...—0.06 ,, = —0.03 ,, - Periode II. Quarzsandzusatz Hahn Nr. 29 Hahn Nr. 30 Einnahme... ... 4.27 g¢ Rohfaser 4.27 g Rohfaser Auseabe fea a sA2 705 oH ALB{O) 55 A Differenz ... 0.00 ,, 5 —0.03 ,, - Vorstehende Zahlen zeigen, dass der Quarzsand keine spezifische Wirkung auf die Verdauung der Rohfaser ausiibt. Die Schwankungen, welche bei der Bilanz der Rohfaser sowohl in vorliegendem als auch in vorangegangenen Versuchen beobachtet wurden, miissen jedoch als sehr gering bezeichnet werden, wenn man bedenkt, dass alle Versuchsfehler bei der Kotabgrenzung, der Mischung und Untersuchung des Kotes dem verdaulichen Teile des Futters unvermeid- lich zur Last geschrieben werden. Insbesondere besitzt noch das Verfahren der quantitativen Bestimmung der Rohfaser keine sehr grosse Scharfe. Wenn man daher ca. 0.3—0.4% fur analytische Fehler zur Rohfaserbestimmung gestattet, so konnte schon dadurch die bei der Bilanz ermittelte Differenz beinahe gedeckt werden, welche angeblich als verdaulich ersehen wird. Ich mochte nunmehr aus samtlichen Fiitterungs- versuchen schliessen, dass die Rohfaser durch die Htthner entweder nur zu einem sehr geringen Prozentsatz oder tberhaupt nicht verdaut wird, und dass man daher die Rohfaser bei der Futterberechnung als unverdaulich ausser acht lassen kann. Dass die Plus- sowie Minus-verdauung zu nicht unbedeutendem Prozentsatz ftir die Rohfaser von einigen Forschern mitgeteilt worden ist, ist wahrscheinlich der Unregelmassigkeit der UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 59 Futteraufnahme und der Ausscheidung, oder der ungenitigenden Dauer der Vor- und Hauptversuche zuzuschreiben:s Zwar nehmen die Hihner nicht selten gern sehr rohfaserreiche [uttermittel auf, aber sie wird zweifellos bloss als Entleerungsmaterial der Verdauungsorgane benutzt werden. 7. Der Vergleich der vor und nach der Operation der Hiithner ausgefihrten Fitterungsversuche. Ich mochte hier wieder auf die Verdaulichkeit der Nahrstoffbestand- teile von einzelnen Futtermitteln zuriickkommen, welche bei der ersten sowie in der zweiten Versuchsreihe untersucht worden sind. Um bei der Erorterung von Einzelheiten einen besseren Uberblick zu gewinnen, habe ich in der nachsten Tabelle die mit den nicht operierten Huhnern ermittelten Zahlen sowie die entsprechenden mit dem operierten Hahn zusammengestellt : | Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Substanz protein | Extrakt- % % | stoffe 9 % Weizen = | | Hahn Nr. SAS cee, Miss bes © ace 83. } 78. | 88.3 “I= Normale ee 38 | use | 5 ey op ING poe SS cc, ce 83.1 | 779 | 88.2 31.8 RO@perienters a'55, ONT. 22°) 25. on. sass gas) ae 86.2 | 80.0 91.3 43.0 lines MSGI Soom ccoiy Basel Meee 9 ccc) son neee 84.3 | - 78.9 | 89.3 39.8 Gerste Nr. 2 cairo aa 7 76.5 3.2 Normaterf 7" Sy ore 74.6 76.5 80.6 58.2 53 MONS 22) b-25 eect sso aoe 74.0 75.0 | £0.6 51.2 “OSTeREs ay ING Ed a6 a a 77.5 73.8 | 85-3 | 34-7 MITES we fees ces qiere ees) Reeoe favs 75.4 | V5.1 82.2 48.0 Weizenkleie IBEM NUS ee Con eh ere al Cosme 55: | 65.8 9. 8 Normalerf 7°" "74 | 55-0 S agi: 59 oy INS ae 55-4 64.6 60.8 61.1 pericttermmes.| INT: (22 uiccs, Pee .cc4 = oee 555 | 62.4 63.4 45.8 HTABMITtteL, ASesW wes) Gass Osc) acy sacra ese 55.3 64.3 61.2 55.6 60 T. KATAYAMA. Organische Roh- N-freie Rohfett Substanz protein Extrakt- %o Yo stoffe 7% % Reisfuttermehl BENNING AN G5 coo ocr 59.2 68.5 56.0 90.2 Normaler oy INER BR acs 55.8 61.0 54.8 84.6 (Ojai oy INSEE oo Shoo a ox 63.7 F pia t 63.7 88.4 Tooy VOL ms= gg5 cece Oe 59.7 66.9 58.2 87.7 Ungeschalter Reis Rahn Niry24u sss sjce) cress ese ese 78.4 78.0 88.5 70.8 Normaler SNK) eset Mees!) sesiy cece ere 78.6 79.2 88.2 64.0 @perierter=) see NG 22a eee tases 77.0 735 87.7 57-5 Ire GE, os as can Es 78.0 76.9 88.1 64.1 Sojabohnenkuchen IBEINAINS ENE oo Goo coe) oes Se 74.0 83.9 66.4 82.1 Normaler ae POINT N22 Nici eae ssieaiorel ices 77.2 81.3 79:7 81.2 Ope sy INA a cop toa bo tos 78.6 84.9 | 79.7 89.0 TORIES ass) cco so. eG 000 ce 008 76.6 83.4 75.3 84.1 Fischguano | ISANWINIR EYE ops en Ge 88.0 0.6 —_ E Normaler)) pops Z 99-7 Fe NENZ2 aecsoseye secs ee recs 86.8 87.8 — 95-7 @periextersr;) ip N <2 2 ieee ooE sea 9L.9 93-3 — 99.2 TGA An ee gm cen to 88.9 90.6 | -- 98.2 Kartoffelpliilpe | SEW INSEE Se ko a 66.2 | —- 78.0 29.2 Wormaler! ee ea | 4 9 fy NRPS G5 ood G5) co CRS. || _ 73:0 39.2 Opa. -y INS ho oy on a oF 66.6 | — 80.9 5.6 InreMaitlel Si. cs use. “eee den | feved meas 66.1 | —_— Vet hos 27.0 Geschalter Reis u. Kleeheu Hin CN aii al-veu eee 810 | 776 | 87.8 7.8 Normalers) Borin | ts U 47 NRCS SS Aas, Sec os ons 81.6 77-4 88.5 | 45.2 ODEXIEXCED 157) eee eee he ect 82.9 78.4 | 90.5 | 23.4 Tm Mittel’ oy Rese’ chee Been eee eee 81.8 77.8 UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 61 Wie aus vorstehenden Zahlen ersichtlich ist, weisen die Werte fir die Verdauungskoeffizienten der einzelnen Nahrstoffgruppen, welche bei beiden Versuchsreihen mit den normalen Hahnen sowie auch mit einem operierten ermittelt worden sind, keine allzu grossen Unterschiede auf. Die Verdaulichkeit von Weizen, Gerste, eines Gemisches von Weizen und Weizenkleie bei mehrfach wiederholten Versuchen und die einer Futtermischung von geschaltem Reis und Kleeheumehl sowie auch von Weizen und Sojabohnenkuchen stimmen vor und nach der Operation mit einander—nur von Rohfett abgesehen — sehr gut tiberein. Die Unterschiede bei dem Fette miissen aber hochstwahrscheinlich der Beimischung 4therloslicher Stoffwechselprodukte zum Kot zuge- schrieben werden. Bei beiden Futtermitteln von ungeschaltem Reis und Fischmehl zeigt sich ein, wenn auch nicht bedeutender, Unterschied in Bezug auf das Rohprotein, sonst eine befriedigende Ubereinstimmung. Ziemlich tark weichen die Verdaulichkeit der einzelnen Bestandteile von Kar toffe- pulpe und Reisfuttermehl bei beiden Versuchsreihen ab; indessen ist die Differenz bei der ersteren wahrscheinlich auf bedeutende Unterschiede des Grundfutters, und die beim letztern auf Verschiedenheit der Beschaffenheit, die auch aus der chemischen Zusammensetzung erkannt wird, zurtckzufthren. Jedenfalls miissen die Verdauungskoeffizienten der verschiedenen Futter- mittel beim Vergleich zwischen beiden Versuchsreihen im allgemeinen als sehr gut tibereinstimmend bezeichnet werden. Wir konnen daher schliessen, dass die verdauliche Nahrstoffmenge eines den Hthnern darzubietenden Futtermittels nach dem oben erwahnten Verfahren mit den normalen Hiihnern verhaltnismassig einfach und genau genug ermittelt werden kann, ohne dass man dabei ein mit kiinstlichem After versehenes Huhn zuzubereiten braucht, welches immer aufmerksame Sorge fiir Pflege, besonders fiir Kotsammlung bei einer rohfaserreichen Ernahrung braucht, ohne dass man leicht einen grossen Fehler beim Ausnutzungsversuche begeht. T. KATAYAMA. 8. Kalorimetrische Untersuchungen itber die Futtermittel und Der Warmewert pro Gramm _ des Exkremente. Futtermittels in Versuchsreihe ist in folgender Tabelle zusammengestellt : Gerste Weizen ... Ungeschilter Reis... Weizenkleie ... Getrocknete Gemiise Reisfuttermehl Futter 3-964 Kartoffelpiilpe ... 0... 3-907 | Getrockneter Fisch 32762 | Fischguano FD 4.036 Sojabohnenkuchen 3-439 Geschalter Reis 3-251 | Kleeheu... der ersten 3-567 4.966 4-937 4.692 3-689 wt S657 Der Warmewert des Kotes, welcher aus dem des Exkrementes und der Harnorganischensubstanzen (pro Gramm 2.90 Kal) berechnet. wurde, ist folgender : Hahn Nr. 22. 1g Exkrement Harn-Org. Harn in 1g Kot in 1g Exkrement Exkrement Kal Substanz %% Kal Kal Periode I. 3.708 22.10 0.640 3.061 A If. 3-407 17-57 0.510 2.897 » UL. ... 3-934 19.46 0.564 3-370 5 Wms 3.852 11.12 0.322 3-530 ; We 5 2.517 7-04 0.204 2.313 5 WI. 3.158 33-74 0.980 2.178 s VII. 3.078 27.67 0.803 2.271 Ale e WGI 3.267 9.91 0.288 2.979 5 UN 3-798 13.43 0.389 3-409 A ONE 3.251 11.67 0.338 2.913 9» XI. 3-927 15.45 0.448 3-479 XII. 3.619 17.60 0.510 3-10) 7 XIIT 3.870 10.46 0.303 3-567 UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 63 Hahn Nr. 24. 1g Exkrement | Harn-Org. Harn in 1g Kot in 1g Exkrement Exkrement Kal Substanz % Kal Kal Teter 1G een cco cp, con) eee 3.657 24.52 O.711 2.946 3 Till “see PCoenee Serie 3-466 21.65 0.628 2.838 op WD gab" ea Sao ees ES 4.055 21.06 O.611 3.444 5 UMW eccwiissse sce sseehe ieee 3:979 11.93 0.346 31633 “5 Wo “Gaae soneead ecodhides 3-488 7-76 0.225 2.263 “4 WV eiemey Evaeou seep cep ee 3-104 32.18 0.933 2.171 at WHS soo ogg cogs) bode Bae 2.992 28.46 0.825 2.167 ae VDT: ere, Aud 3-400 8.31 0.241 3.159 fr EXE cecye orci) see, avsel “tose 3.812 15.17 0.440 3-372 ey NMMoren Webs. ete. ests nsec 3.162 17.21 0.499 2.668 PME loprecste Vesa) “sce, Wises. fess 3-936 18.09 0.525 3.411 5) Mocca. con Otonmecate Ces 3.624 16.56 0.480 3-144 rf) XIII. og) Sipe 8h eee 3-775 10.86 0.315 3.460 a XIV. Gb SAG me ce 3.678 20.38 0.591 3.087 4 OVE teesurccel ie: Coss. wees 3-477 31.46 0.912 2.585 Der Kaloriewert ftir die Tagesmenge der verdauten organischen Substanzen und derselbe in Prozenten des gesamten Warmewertes der Futterration sind folgende : ——_ wn \) + Err 1 UG SOS Versuchs- | 3 2 ae 2°" 12.88 Futterration 3 Sp rae = Bltos hahn = 2 zo Beau (So & = cs SOM tes Z Br il iss S : ; Nr. 22 14. 23 18 80. Periode I. Golg\Weizens) esas. ae 4:59 2 pad eM 2 | Nr. 24 14.01 234. 41.3 193.1 82.4 of ite 40 g Weizen ...... Niaz 2 19.89 215.1 57.6 157-5 73:3 20 g getrock. Gem... |J Nr. 24 19.60 215.1 55.6 159.5 74.2 é Nr. 22 : 224. y 82 HQ fo hu 60 g Weizen...... \ z pote 34-4 59-9 793-5 78.3 Nr. 24 14.74 234.4 50.8 183.6 78.3 7 Nr. 22 20.8 277. 73-7 203.8 73 alive 70 g Gerste ......... \ a2 77-5 dere 3 73:5 Nr. 24 20.40 277.5 74.1 203.4 73-3 64 T. KATAYAMA. ' a (es ences SoS 20 | 22 | £5 ) 55s |2 Es Versuchs- oe as ow Parse liserst. fe Futterration 5 oD ce 2"5 25 8 ia2es mS 5 eS Sh |] OS |Wege hahn 2 Ja mo | Bem ja one as | & BM |/e42 |S Sea oe is aie ates > 2 Periode V. | 40 g Gerste ......... \ INia2 41.33 | 288.6 | 95.6 | 193-0 66.9 | | 40 g Reisfuttermehl J Nr. 24 39.35 | 288.6 89.0 | 199.6 | 69.2 sy WAG 40 g Gerste ......... \ Nhs 2p || Bigg 306.7 59.0 247.7 | 89.8 | | 30 g getrock. Fisch |} Nr. 24 26.84 306.7 58.3 | 248.4 81.0 242.9 79.0 » WII. | 40g Gerste -.-...-.. a 22 28.47 | 307.6 64.7 | Nr. 24 27.30 307.6 59.2 | 248.4 80.8 30 g getrock. Fisch 5 VIII. | 13.33 g Gerste | | i oe | Nr. 22 26.60 | 281.4 79.2.| 202.2 71.9 10 g getrook. Fisch | | { Nr. 24 26.70 281.4 84.3 197.1 70.1 50g Kartoffelpiilpe | 33 EX. jo g Gerste ......... i 22 21.45 277.5 ig 204.4 73-7 Nr. 24 21.19 | 277.5 71.4 206.1 | 74.2 ee 60 g Ungeschalter ae 22 17.65 | 225.7 51.4 | 174.3 77:3 Reis ccs aszee Nr. 24 19.45 | 225.7 51.9 | 173.8 77.0 Pee. 70g Gerste ....... \ wie ae ae 277-5 oa moze 69-5 ie lJ Nr. 24 23.92 277-5 81.6] 195.9 | 70.6 3 XII. | 50g geschialter Reis |) Nr. 22 19.98 | 257.6 59-6 | 198.0 76.9 | 20 g Kleeheu ...... \ Nr. 24 19.64 257-6 61.7 195.9 76.0 op XIII. | 30g Weizen......... |) Nr. 22 22.25 | 238.3 79-4 | 158.0 66.7 | 30 g Weizenkleie... } Nr. 24 21.99 | 238.3 76.1 162.2 68.1 ele | 60 g Welzentecccscce Nr. 22 13.03 | 234.4 | 49.4 194.0 82.8 18 g Weizen } Nr. 24 12.87 | 234.4 39.7 | 194.7 | 83.0 Brien | 36¢ Sojabohnen- |) Nr- 22 18.89 | 239.2 | 51.4 | 187.8 78.5 kuchen...... } Nr. 24 20.12 | 239:2) ||| | 52.01) )187ee 78.3 Wenn man nun vorstehende Zahlen, die also Durchschnittzahlen bei wiederholten Versuchen sind, mit den entsprechenden beim operierten Huhn sowie auch mit den Verdauungskoeffizienten der organischen Substanz vergleicht, so ergibt sich folgendes: UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 65 nn Warmewert der verdauten organischen Substanz in Prozenten des Warmewertes Verdannnes vom verzehrten Futter BS | koeffizienten Hahn Nr. 24 | Hahn Nr. 22 | Hahn Nr. 22 Ne (normal) (normal) | (operiert) | - | WGerstetang ¢ssseuicech yess ee) Otel 72.7 | 72.2 74.8 75.3 WGN a5 eae mE ee 81.2 | 80.7 84.1 84.3 Gerste-Fischguano ... ... ... 81.0 | 80.8 | 83.5 80.9 Weizen-Weizenkleie... ... ... | 68.0 | 67.0 69.7 70.0 Ungeschalter Reis ... ... ... 77.0 WES: 74.0 78.0 Geschialter Reis-Kleeheu... ... 76.0 76.9 79.0 81.8 | Weizen-Sojabohnenkuchen _... 78.3 | 78.5 | 81.7 79:3 Es ist aus obigen Zahlen ersichtlich, dass beim Vergleich der beiden Versuchsreihen keine grossen Unterschiede sich finden und dass der Prozentsatz des Warmewertes der verdauten organischen Substanz den Verdauungskoeffizienten der organischen Substanz immer beinahe gleich kommt. Die Warmewerte der verdauten organischen Substanzen nach unserem Verfahren mit dem normalen Huhn sind verhaltnismassig einfach und genau genug zu ermitteln. 9. Zusammenstellung der Ergebnisse. Die Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel kann bei Hthnern wegen der gemeinsamen Ausscheidung des Kotes und des Harnes nicht so_ leicht wie bei Saugetieren ermittelt werden. Ich habe daher eingehende Untersuchungen tber die Exkremente von einem Hahn mit Anus praeternaturalis, sowie auch mit normalen Hiihnern ausgefiihrt. Die Versuchsergebnisse zeigen, dass der Gesamt- stickstoff des Harnes mit dem Wert, welchen man erhalt, wenn man die Summe von Harnsaure und Harnammoniak mit 114.6% miultipliziert, fast ohne grossen Unterschied iibereinstimmt. Ferner dass die organisch- en Substanzen des Harnes dem Multiplizieren des Harnstickstoffs mit 3.26, die Fette dem 1.8 Prozentsatz der organischen Substanzen ent- sprechen, und dass der Kaloriewert pro Gramm der _ organischen 66 T. KATAYAMA. Substanzena vom Harn 2.90 Kal betragt. Aus diesen Zahlen kann man die Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel aus dem Exkrementgemenge bei normalen Hiihnern mit geniigender Genauigkeit ermitteln. iS) a ae o am LITERATUR. Landw. Versuchsstationen 21. Bd., 1878, S. 415. Maly, Jahresbericht 1896, S. 810. Landw. Jahrbiicher 29. Bd., 1900: S. 518. WES: Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin No. 56, 1904. Ann. Rep. of Maine Agr. Exp. Station. Bulletin No. 184, 1911, Pa siss Journal fur Landwirtschaft 1902, S. 15. Centralblatt fir Agriculturchemie 1904, S. 417. Landw. Jahrbiicher 38. Bd., 1909 S. 553. H. Tillmanns Lehrbuch d. Speziellen Chirurgie 1904, S. 151., O. Zuckerkandl, Chirurgische Operationslehre 1905, S. 355. Journal Physiol London, Proc. Physiol, Soc. 1got. Zeitschr. f. Physiol. Chemie 32. Bd., 1901 S. 320. U. S. Department of Agr., Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin No. 56, 1904, S. 39. O. Folin, Zeitschr. f. Physiol. Chemie 24. Bd., 1893. S. 224., 0. Folin u. Ph. A. Schaffer, Ztschr. f. Physiol. Chemie 32. Bd. 1900, S. 552., E. Abderhalden, Handbuch d. Biochem. Arbeitsm. 3. Bd., 1910. S. 889., C. Neuburg, Der Harn i911, S. 690. Oppenheimer, Handbuch d. Biochemie 3. Bd. 1. S. 547. Ernahrung der landw. Nutztiere 4. Aufl. 1907. S. 48. Landw. Versuchsstationen 68. Bd., 1908. Landw. Jahrbiicher 34. Bd., 1905..S. 3. Landw. Versuchsstationen 53. Bd., 1900. S. 302. Centralblatt f. Agriculturchemie 31. Bd., 1902. S. 738. Landw. Versuchsstationen 83. Bd.; 1913, S. 181. UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTFL BEI HUHNERN. 67 Anhang I. I. Versuchsreihe Periode I. Weizen Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.85 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 1.85 Kg | ike | OSB eS IS es oN) peace Gist i= ae Shas ielew Ne a e@e | 2 os uo wo | pats eS | +> Es Pin sthea} Es Datum | 4eo | Ag 8 Datum 49 8 | Ao 2 | 285 | 345 | 22 | 283 Peepers | 282 | gee 6. August IgII. | 14.58 ¢ 13.26 g | tro. August 1911. | 14.64 13.69 i} 7: ” ” | 15.60 | 15.81 Il. a oh 14.2 12.53 Onan. 7 | 14.79 | 13.99 | 12 4 * | 13.27 | 14.47 Oe Ish cf | 15.09 14.3 Im Mittel | 14.59 | 14.01 Periode II. Getrocknete Gemiuse Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.85 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 1.97 Kg q — | See | Q — Q — asia Nps =} a AS ce Siies | eae | ) Si sate ao ao ai 3 9 Datum a oo | a Onan Datum a on 4 oon <5 | Ets ce x4 S Si tay aa | eas a5 | 255 See Sas sae She a = aa ~ any = any — 30. August IgII. | 21.04 19.2 | 3. September IgII. 16.86 20.43 Sus FS a | 21.17 18.87 | 4 An ari 21.82 18.75 1. September _,, 20.48 | 1879 | 5 oF 3 15-77 21.80 | 2. ” ” 22.09 | 19.28 | Im Mittel / 19.89 | 18.60 Periode III. Weizen Hahn Nr, 22, Lebendgewicht 1.88 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 1.97 Kg cy — — | 1 = s > ae wea Nee Cie Be ono 5 GS) Toe ce || ees | ges | ges Datum | a Chl (OS Datum aogS Behar) f4s 4s Sh dei se ES ecias et) cree aes | 2 | Sys Gos Sr) 3 as) =} Westie ei || eet ce eee ceil ce 28. September Ig1I. | 14.89 13.87 2. Oktober I1g1I. |} 35.34 14.80 29. 5 a ercezone | 14.48 2: 3 oi 14.44 15.06 30. ” ” 15.52 15.42 4. ” 2 15.22 15.05 Im Mittel 15.10 | 14.74 5 1. Oktober 1911. | 915.09 14.50 T. KATAYAMA. Periode IV. Gerste Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.93 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.05 Kg. is] — s — N25 Nes Datum A 2° A oo (S| eee) f2s o-“s aus Sas Sie ae SS yo = 14. October IgII. 19.90 19.03 15 of op 20.56 19.65 16. op “1 21.36 20.82 17. ” » 19.87 20.53 ist “— + — a6 5 Ne 5 Sirs) 5 ES Datum Ags 2ss6 ive =t aks ae SS Suc ae Se Aes Loon — _ —— 18. Oktober IgIt. 21.92 21.59 19. ” ” | 20.29 19.75 20. > a 22.10 21.42 Im Mittel 20.87 20.40 Periode V. Reisfuttermehl Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.97 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.10 Kg — a — a a aze | vee | age age noe we ue noe = Ly a: | (=) ~ £5 oO J Datum a a8 Cs oY Datum iS 2° ae ° Es rote yes! as s25 aK 4s | eS Sus sme Shs see Sas — — _ — | _ — Lal — 27. October I9gI1I. | 39:17 | 37-34 ¢| 31. Oktober rgrr. | 38.29 g 38.70 g | | 28. s | 39-19 39.84 1. November ,, | 37.08 37-90 29. > A 47.61 39.93 Ds r . | 41.91 40.99 | ; 32-1» » bares 49.73 Im Mittel 41.33 39.35 Periode VI. Fischguano Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.12 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.24 Kg Q = Ses N —~ be ray Neg i=) FI NE 5 | oc & gee ee wes Bais Datum A 2° NOHO Datum a 29 4 2° E#s fies Es Es sa35 | #83 S58 | sas pea = aD — an) = | = = g. November. 1911. 25.66 g 23.44 g 13. November Igrt. 27.51 g | 26.24 g 10. 5 a 25-93 26.62 14. As ° 27.54 28.98 II. 5 5 26.19 25.50 15. a ” 28.87 30.19 12) * y 28.04 26.89 Im Mittel bb Arial 96.84 ———— eee UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 69 Periode VII. Getrockenete Fisch Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.17 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.28 Kg = ae Noe ToS | & Py o2 x 52 re sg 2 we 7 BO =i) Datum 2 Ago Datum Ago 42ss = chs a= Sees | 3 = % = oK*S a‘*e | = Sos See Sea = ase ease eS BS 24. November I91I.| 31.15 g 26.86 g | 28. November IgII. 27.39 g 26.75 g 25. As same 29:42 28.37 29. 7 = 27.00 27.91 a8 a3 || ee 48 26.17 30 » » 27.12 27.54 27. ” » | 29.71 27-52 Im Mittel 28.47 27.30 Periode VIII. Kartoffelptilpe Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.17 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.31 Kg => + a > + > S Gia iS ava Sie 2 ue Pee 5 De oS =a 2 go y | Datum 2 I 2° Datuin cs 2° SS = sus saa +s = cise Gis Grae = Sas SAS Sas = eae hese eats, ae Se 7. Dezember IgII. 26.59 g 28.73 g 11. Dezember IgIt. 28.30 ¢ 26.34 = 3. 3 > 26.35 26.77 12 7 + 24.50 25.65 9. 55 = 27.14 28.06 13 AS a 29.63 26.07 Io. » 99 23-74 25-31 Im Mittel 26.60 26.70 Periode IX. Gerste Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.22 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.37 Kg ee Se | aS +o Gis Nee aes Nas u 2s ope Seo Bae 5 Zee Ata 2) mais) FED Datum Ass AES Datum Age DEO) ah eh oes Z= == E#= Ese = SA5 | 82 rsp = = a ae Se eet = Ig. Dezember 1911. 20.74 g 21.38 g | 23. Dezember 1911. 21.28 g 20.86 ¢ 20. : Am || aug 20.39 24 “p + 20.72 21.28 21 ” ae 29555 20174 || 25 ” » 22.73 22.89 T. KATAYAMA. Periode X. Ungeschalter Reis Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.27 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.455 Kg Yee sae Rieee: Ya Sia a5 Sima: irae uge oo cee et site 7 ees PA 2 FES =i Datum 9° g°9 Datum ce oe e+e f= E+~s 2s ons swe a ons gee Sas See Sed re leaps as gS 2. Januar Ig12. 19.73 g 19.76 g 6. Januar 1912. 15.60 g 19.20 g By 5 55 17.07 17.73 Ts sty 5 17.11 19.27 4. + x) 17.10 19.62 Sa seer BS 17.25 28.19 Beri Ra <3 19.62 23.40 Im Mittel 17.65 19.45 Hahn Nr. Periode XI. Gerste 22, Lebendgewicht 1.31 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.49 Kg Nn => + > is] => + ae avec asc ata ies = ee ued nog noe PASO 258s Aas Aas Datum a 2 peor Datum CRS as as Ex= fs ffs oes owe onc S4ws Sa8 SS eis Sue aS Se aa Se 16, Januar 1912. 23.54 g 21.49 g| 20. Januar 1912. 22.46 ¢ 24.95 g 17. * 23.59 22.50 Zeeas 5 27.11 27.20 18. e es 22.22 20.78 22 SS 3 29.49 28.49 19 ; Ay 22.52 21.34 Im Mittel 94.492 23.82 Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.35 Ks gg Periode XII. Geschalter Reis, Kleeheu Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.50 Kg Datum 1. Februar 1912. 2. ” ” w Nn — a= ec nO’ mes) ae aes aes Gry) Ss see FE SeSY, 18.71 19.64 18.60 19.64 og Fxkrement (lufttrocken) 16.08 g 18.60 19.17 19.08 is] — > > oe Qe noe ua’ 7s ba = od Datum Aso Ags S rae =e —_ Es E#= refieeanien ai isi Bs s isi 3 s boo flap ass 5- Februar 1912. 18.74 ¢ 20.50 g 6. ry * 19.52 20.20 ie » 5 19.10 20.60 Im Mittel 19.18 UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. Fil Periode XII]. Weizenkleie Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.30 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.43 Kg a | = = qQ a Q — = | Cisse f= | Nees a¥s Ss 9 | S 3) a] | u 3 3 M 3 2 vy, 2 | oO Eo Eso Datum AQ 9 ai ze Datum ere Ag 2 ile eras eis [sca eS ais Sai ete ss dies See Sree) — ~— — ~— jaa) — ee = 15. Februar 1912. | 24.62 g 21.94 ¢ | Ig. Februar 1912. 18.78 g| 21.89 g 16. yy ” 18.77 23.88. ||| «202%, + 19-65 21.15 17. ” ” 2555 2a le eee 2s es rn 2077. |) 22:90) 18. Pr ~r | 26.65 | 20.09 Im Mittel 92.25 21.99 Periode XIV. Weizen Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.22 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.45 Kg | a = BP Se | ves Nic uO noe oo =>) Datum 4s 2 A a ° Datum | 5 é | Es |) Sass! aad | |} SAS lies | ets bre SS 1. Marz 1912. 14.04. g 12.37 ¢ 5. Marz 1912. Zs oF 14.44 12.76 6s 3y, ) 3 ” ” 12.71 13.61 a , 5 4 ” oF; 13.20 11.94 Im Mittel Periode XV. Sojabohnenkuchen Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.42 Kg Hahn Nr. 24, Lebendgewicht 2.53 Kg — + | io] =] Nn in| 7) “ ° 4 - I < [So] 5 ly, Datum | o° a Datum a ies = 1S Siees at is 13. Marz rg12. 14.67 ¢ 18.88 ¢ 17. Marz Ig12. 19.63 g 20.96 g I4s 5; =n 19.82 | 18.05 18. a as 19.57 20.95 TGs 5 5 | 20.06 | 22.60 Rs okey » 19.31 20.36 16. ,, x 19.15 19.03 Im Mittel 18.89 | 20.12 NS T. KATAYAMA. Anhang II. II. Versuchsreihe Periode I. Gerste Operierter Hahn Nr, 22, Lebendgewicht 2.15 Kg = ra as = 5 | 5 5 =a © aS 33° 5) | Ses Datum g ° ci Datum Z > | s $ S ape S aia - | . : tA 27. Mai IgI2. 9.40 g 3.21 g | 3%. Mai rgrz2. 7-75 2 2.81 g Domes 3 10.18 3:73 I. Juni 1912. 9.25 3-27 Z2OREEGS ” 8.66 4.27 23.55 33 9.40 4.11 | - Owns és 10.48 2:20) |) Im Mittel 9.30 3.53 Periode II. Fischguano Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.03 Kg : sai arc ears: 2S E Datum wm fy Gg & Datum ie e ica = me = tS = = = = 18. Juni 1912. 10.66 g 5-60 g | 22. Juni IgI2. 8.30 g | 5-03 g TOs 5, 7 g.10 5-91 Psp > 9.61 4.21 2Osmies . |} 11.16 5-27 ACs _ 8.77 5.92 Zier ee | 9.66 5.06 Im Mittel 9.60 5.29 Periode III. Weizen Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.96 Kg = Se —E 9 oS ec Datum wi Cie Datum ii Ss 2 = = ae =A Pee 15. Juli 1912. 6.21 g 211g] Ig. Juli 1912. 6.33 g | 1.56 g TOeGy . 8.17 2.09 20ps ee os 5.49 2.11 6.47 2.23 PAN 5 a 7.81 2.92 Mite ocr ” Im Mittel 6.43 2.13 ISbE s “9 55 6 ET UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. Periode IV. Weizenkleie Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.57 Kg 73 e e | e @ oF eee EA lees ee Datum Ge z 8 Datum gZ 3 Ss 8 rl (Winer a | =e = = = = 24. August Igf2. 13.38 g 5.84 g| 28. August 1912. 10,04 ¢ 6.04 g Rem ss - 12.50 7-34 2950) 5; a 12.80 6.34 Zoran Ss A) 12.02 5-64 gh op s 10.74 6.36 yeas z. 11.28 7236 Im Mittel 11.82 6.42 Periode V. Gerste. Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.82 Kg | ee A A = | o o vo vo | ape iceitv ae Weg Sa'l| eis Datum Asi to ca Datum G&S cy | sates ee 2 eee eee | & = = = | & = ee at I a = g. September Ig12. | 10.52 g 2.73 g | 13. September 1912. | 7.28 g 3.22 g Io. 5 ts | 7.46 2.55 14. as “1 | 10.98 2.86 Il. es ae | 10.96 2.86 15. rs 3 | 9.95 3-38 12. # P | 10.06 | 2.87 Im Mittel | 9.60 2.93 Periode VI. Fischguano Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.78 Kg ls e ie e vo v vo vo 2 9 sia Be as Saas Datum Gia a Datum os & °° eee | es Ee aan 5. Oktober 1912. 10.34 ¢ 8.42 ¢ g. Oktober 1912. 10.03 g 6.61 g 6. ” ” 9.98 6.26 10. on 34 10.20 8.91 7+ ” ” 10.18 6.48 if 9 FA 10.89 6.12 sigee & 10.11 6.68 Im Mittel 10.25 | 7.07 ee N 4 T. KATAYAMA. Periode VII. Futtergemisch Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.98 Kg | i e @ 2 pees caeene sae Datum g 2 3 2 Datum JZ 3 a 3 a ec 2e|* 2 = = ct | a4 = = S| er 29. Oktober 1912. 14.31 ¢ 7.39 £ 2. November 1912. 11.87 ¢ 7.78 g 30. ” ” 14.66 | 9-55 3- ” ” 13-75 8.12 3I. ” ” 16.07 9-36 4- ” ” 12.35 9.25 1. November 1912. 10.66 | 9.00 Im Mittel 13.33 8.64 Periode VIII. Futtergemisch Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.12 Kg eS e = @ 2 g =| Jee Datum s 9 z 8 Datum RS 3 e 8 ie see = | =e = = = = 11. November 1912. 8.90 g 5.04 g 15. November IgI2. 7-43 £ 7-33 Z 12. “f A 7.76 6.11 16. a5 5 7-24 7.84 135 5 = 9.58 6.86 17 = 7 8.20 6.60 14. 5 + 6.91 6.23 Im Mittel 8.00 6.57 Periode IX. Futtergemisch Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.23 Kg = € e 5 2 mes 2 = = - a 3) rot o ~ rs) = t Datum oa a °° Datum 5. 2 Ss 2 Shy a = = =f S ss = 5 3 3 6. Dezember 1912. 11.66 g 8.27 g 10. Dezember 1912. 9.99 g 9-55 ¢ if Pr 7 10.92 8.57 11. ” Py 13.69 10.42 8. Fs 4 12.40 8.02 12. rs 5 12.84 10.22 9 % 13.57 9.99 Im Miitel 12.15 9.30 UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 71> Periode X. Weizenkleie Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.86 Kg 2 3 & 6 x 3 <¢ 6 Datum ee isso Datum ai- LOMA ies, BO =e |= = cakes, | aes 3 & el & 24. Januar 1913. 9.26 ¢ 6.16 g | 28. Januar 1913. 13.16 g 4-35 & 25.» ” 14.11 4-7 29. - » » 10.48 4.09 ZONE 5s op 12.58 3.72 30S 3 e 13.20 3.68 | | Z7e® | 55 3 14.52 3.76 Im Mittel 12.48 4.35 Periode XI. Weizen Operierter Hahn Nr, 22, Lebendgewicht 1.46 Kg | ZS || =| = Zax 3. Bl GS oC fe) Datum ey | Gs 8 Datum 9 3 | a 5 So vases Se ee 1g. Februar 1913. 6.28 g | 2.33 g | 23. Februar 1913. 6.02 ¢ Io g 20. ” ” .32 2.86 | 24. ” 6.80 2.75 21. es a | 6.02 ‘| 2.89 25. ; a 6.13 . | 2.74 22. 3 $, | 5.40 | 2.91 Im Mittel 6.00 2.65 Periode XII. Kartoffelptlpe Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.53 Kg iss ce 3 a TS ee Datum eae 2 a ° Datum ae “ °& Hine Leer: eo WE oe = s = | = | a = = | = 28. Marz 1913. 10.28 ¢ | 1.54 g 1. April 1913. 10.45 ¢ 1.50 ¢ 29-5 ” | 9.50 | 1.52 aes, ss 8.12 1.48 Sb » cy 1.30 Cams: > 10.01 1.43 | : 3U. yy - | 7.28 | 1.47 Im Mittel 9.20 1.46 76 T. KATAYAMA. Periode XIII. Weizenkleie Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.15 Kg -— | -_- a a + 6 E Ss ' 2 3 £66 Datum GZ 2 is | Datum a 2 a 9g = = 3 |. 3 | = =, | = | = Io. Juni 1913. 13.88 ¢ | 4.10 g| 14. Juni 1913. 15.70 g | 3.86 g II. 3 ” 13.49 4-49 Mey 15.95 | 2.64 | | 12. ” ye / 4-47 Uy, ay 14.1k | 5-15 Hebei | es 12.86 3.83 Im Mittel 14.45 4.08 Periode X]V. Weizen Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.93 Kg = & e = g y g 2 = 3 gE 3 2 9 ES Datum ro NS 3 °° Datum ee AC ees aoe 2 oe 23. Juni 1913. 6.05 g 4-15 g| 27. Juni 1913. 6.60 g 2.85 g 24- 5 6.63 2.23 2. yy 6.95 2.57 25. “ 7.60 2.62 29. = = 6.19 4.00 26H |. 6.54 2.68 Im Mittel 6.65 3.01 Periode XV. Reisfuttermehl Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.78 Kg 3 9 7 3 3 gE 3 Datum Gg «9 s& Datum gw a ¢ = hanes pate “= 2 = = = 22. Juli 1913. 13.21 g 3-70 g | 26. Juli 1913. 13.50 g 3-47 g 23- » » 13.52 3-55 27+ oy 13.18 3.38 we 8 283, iy ” 13.10 UBER DIE VERDAULICAKEIT DER FUTTERMITTEL BEI HUHNERN. 77 Periode XVI. Ungeschalter Reis Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.97 Kg 5 5 5 5 2 3 2 3 | 2» 3 — 6 Datum Z g See Datum | om ig = ees = SS = + = = 19. Oktober 1913. | 11.29 g 2.63 g | 23. Oktober 1913. 10.54 g | 2.61 g 20. A 55 11.03 2.63 24. . = | 11.96 2.61 21. 5 A 9-46 | 3.03 25. > Pa 10.63 2.42 22; x eS 9.65 | 3.11 Im Mittel 10.65 12 Periode XVII. Geschalter Reis, Kleeheu Operierter Ilahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.78 Kg (=) eS ) f- Oo oO | Oo oO oe Secu! | ae E'S Datum 2 Ss ieee a Datum wi Ie So Smee) | ace eke = = | Ss cS 30. Oktober 1913. 10.19 ¢ 3.49 g| 3. November 1913 | 11.59 ¢ 3.24 g | | Bt. a = 9.72 | 2.88 4. P ae ie “rore2 2.87 1. November 1913. 10.65 3.19 7 rs 9 11.80 4.85 2. = 11.16 3-33 | Im Mittel | 70.76 3.41 | | Periode XVIII. Sojabohnenkuchen Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 1.80 Kg alee @ ¢| 3 ~ & S = ton is a Datum e. 2 a i | Datum leh ee Behe tS te ieee cater alle See 2 s | =, | = i | (Lee oe Fee ln at) |e 17. November 1913. 6.45 g 6.25 g 21. November 1913 6.73 6.04 ¢ 13.» » | 5:75 4.2 22 » » 5-62 | 5-33 19. » ” 6.24 6.60 23. ee ie 6.43 6.59 20% > 6.12 503 Im Mittel | 6.19 5.78 78 T. KATAYAMA. Periode XIX. Weizen Operierter Hahn Nr. 22, Lebendgewicht 2.01 Kg =) ia 7) fh g 2 2 g > 29 is 2 9 g 3 atum we a ie Datum Mme 2 3 2 4 +s ts ras aS ze 3 Es 3 E 20. Oktober 1913. 6.90 g 3.35 g | 24. Oktober 1913. 6.87 g 3.46 g 21 ” ” 6.40 3:50 25 ” ” 6.06 3-51 22 ” ” 6.22 3.31 26 ” ” 6.87 3.07 23... » » 6.84 3-31 Im Mittel 6.59 3.32 iii Rananse: ~ NE, i] BAS Ni ys AN SS othe dA "ap J KAM ei rmps i m & KYW eI r= |])ures i] \ RERVRSE RES Mike Pewee RSS AA 1] eS & £ o> 2 il # RIKEN EHE |) HONS &G& 2 & BR ee In ir THE ROYAL CANAGIAN INSTITUTE BULLETIN OF THE IN Vol. III, No. 2 NISHIGAHARA, TOKYO NOVEMBER, 1928 IMPERIAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION : vg raw epee J A P AN \ . MAR 134 be Ht al be 3S Bk 3c Me BULLETIN OF THE IMPERIAL AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION IN JAPAN Vol. III, No, 2 NISHIGAHARA, TOKYO NOVEMBER, 1928 a The BGncyrtinae of Japan By ES LSE Assistant Entomologist, Imperial Agricultural Experiment Station With 57 Figures in Text In economic importance the Encyrtid-flies are the most beneficial insects which in many ways help to control Coccids, Psyllids, Aphids and many other insects injurious to farm and fruit plants. Up to the present our knowledge concerning their fauna of Japan has been augmented by L. O. Howarp, W. H. AsHmEaAp, P. H. TimBercaAkeE, H. S. Smitn, H. ComPeRE and myself, the species already recorded amounting to 32 in all. Of this number 29 are those that have been described as new, while the rest are those previously known from other parts of the world. My own study has revealed 41 more species unrecorded before from Japan. Of these 34 seem to be new to science. Thus there are in all 73 species to the Encyrtid-fauna of Japan as at present known. These are referable to 3 tribes and 37 genera. Now in this paper I propose to de- scribe all the aforesaid 73 species, most of which were obtained from rear- ing Coccids and some other insects and by sweeping in the field chiefly in the vicinity of Nagasaki. These are as follows: 1. Microterys okitsuensis H. Comprere Microterys okitsuensis H. COMPERE, University of California Publications in Entomology TV -(1926), no. 2, p. 38. Male—Head wider than deep (27:23); frontovertex at the anterior ocellus as wide as a little more than one-fourth the width of the head ; ocelli in an obtuse-angled triangle; mandibles tridentate. Antennae 0.74 mm. in length; scape subcylindrical; pedicle slightly wider than long ; funicle joints subequal in width and gradually decreasing in length distad, the first joint four times as long as wide; club as long as the last two funicle joints combined. Fore wings 1.02 mm. in length and. 0.48 mm. in width, and uniformly ciliated except the basal third; submarginal, marginal, stigmal and postmarginal veins approximately in the ratio of 22:3:6:3; submarginal vein with about 13 bristles. Middle tibiae with about 5 spines on the tip. Head, pro- and meso-notum dark blue with a greenish reflection ; tegulae pale yellowish brown; mesopleurae brown, paler towards below ; metanotum, propodeon and abdomen black. Scape yellow ; pedicle brown ; 138 TEL ISHII funicle joints and club brown. Wings hyaline, the veins pale brown. Fore and middle legs whitish yellow except the middle coxae which are pale brown; hind legs pale yellow except the middle part of the femora and tibiae which are pale brown. Length of body, 1.05 mm.; width of thorax, 0.31 mm. Types in the author’s collection. A number of this species were reared at Nagasaki from Pulvinaria aurantii CKLL. on the citrus tree in June, 1923 and from P. psidiz Mask. on Pittosporum tobira in August, 1923. Microterys rufofulvus sp. nov. Female—Head wider than deep (36: 32); frontovertex at the anterior ocellus as wide as one-sixth the width of the head; ocelli in an acute- angled triangle, the posterior pair near the eye margins and separated from the occipital margin by a little more than their diameter ; mandibles tridentate. Antennae 0.96 mm. in length; scape moderately dilated below ; pedicle twice as long as wide at apex, slightly longer than the first funicle joint ; funicle joints slightly shortening and widening distad, the first joint a little longer than wide, and the last joint slightly wider than long; club as long as the last three funicle joints combined. Fore wings 1.65 mm. long by 6.3 mm. wide; cilia arranged in three bands, the middle one narrow and not distinctly interrupted ; submarginal, marginal, stigmal and postmarginal veins approximately in the ratio of 37:6:7:5,; submarginal vein with about 20 bristles. Ovipositor slightly produced. Middle tibiae with about 8 spines on the tip. Scape, pedicle and first four funicle joints yellowish red-brown, the upper margin of the pedicle and of the first three funicle joints dark brown ; last two funicle joints white ; club black. Body yellowish red-brown exclusive of the metanotum and propodeon brown. Fore wings with three pale fuscous bands of which the middle one is narrow, interrupted twice, and connected medially with the outer one; veins pale yellowish brown, the marginal vein brown. Legs yellowish red-brown except the tarsi which are yellowish white. THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN 139 Length of body, 1.58 mm.; width of thorax, 0.54 mm. Male—Unknown. Types in the author's collection. Two specimens of this new species were collected by sweeping at Isahaya, Nagasaki-ken, in August, 1923. Plesiomicroterys gen. nov. This new genus is allied to Afcroterys DALMAN, but differs from it in the following points: funicle joints more transverse; wings very large and densely ciliated, the stigmal vein forming with the postmarginal a much larger angle, the submarginal vein more or less expanded in the apical fourth ; the submarginal cell of the hind wings considerably broader ; pro- podeon with a carina on each side; middle tibiae without a spine on the tip. Genotype: Llestomicroterys infuscaius sp. nov. Plesiomicroterys infuscatus sp. nov. (Figs. 46-52.) Female (Fig. 46)—Head wider than deep (44:37); frontovertex at the anterior ocellus as wide as one-third the width of the head; scrobes moderately deep, round and reaching the middle of the face; cheeks moderately long ; torult separated from each other by one-fourth the width of the head and separated from the clypeal edge by their length; mandibles tridentate. Antennae (Fig. 50) 0.78 mm. in length; scape considerably dilated below, as long as the pedicle and the first three funicle joints combined ; pedicle twice as long as wide at apex, as long as the first two funicle joints combined ; funicle joints subequal in length, gradually widen- ing distad so that the last joint is twice as wide as long, the first joint slightly longer than wide, and the second as long as wide; club slightly wider than the last funicle joint, as long as the last four funicle joints combined. Fore wings 2.1 mm. long by 0.9 mm. wide; and densely ciliated in the apical two-thirds ; submarginal, marginal, stigmal and post- marginal veins (Fig. 51) approximately in the ratio of 45: 8:11: 8; sub- 140 TEI ISHII marginal vein with about 41 bristles. Hind wings 1.43 mm. in length and 0.47 mm. in width, and rather densely ciliated except the extreme base ; submarginal cell considerably broad with a row of about 22 cilia. Thorax a little wider than the head; abdomen slightly shorter than the thorax ; ovipositor hidden ; propodeon with a carina on each side. Middle tibiae wholly devoid of spines on the tip; hind tibiae with two unequal spurs on the tip. Maxillary palpus, labial palpus, and labrum as in Figs. 47-49. Fig. 46. Flesiomicroterys infuscatus sp. noy., female. Fig. 47. Ditto, labrum of female. Fig. 48. Ditto, maxillary palpus of female. Fig. 49. Ditto, labial palpus of female. Fig. 50. Ditto, antenna of female. Fig. 51. Ditto, veins of fore wing of female. Fig. 52. Ditto, veins of hind wing of female. Head, pro- and meso-notum uniformly, minutely reticulate except the cheeks which are minutely, scaly reticulate; frontovertex with sparse, shallow punctures ; mesopleurae minutely reticulate ; abdomen coarsely reticulate. Eyes sparsely pubescent ; clypeal margin with four bristles ; head, pro- and meso-notum and abdomen with sparse brown hairs. Antennae dark brown, the scape and pedicle black. Body black in THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN I4I general; head, pro- and meso-notum and tegulae dark blue with a slight greenish reflection. Fore wings infuscated except the basal part, the veins brown. Hind wings hyaline, the veins brown. Legs black in general. Fore tarsi, spur and tip of middle tibiae yellowish brown ; middle and hind tarsi whitish yellow except the last joint of the hind tarsi which is brown. Length of body, 1.8 mm.; width of thorax, 0.72 mm. Male—Unknown. Types in the author’s collection. Numerous specimens were collected by sweeping near Nagasaki in June, 1922. Tyndarichus Howarp Tyndarichus Howarn, U.S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent., Techn. Ser., No. 19 (1910), pt. 1, p- 5; Mercer, Fauna Ibérica, Encirt., 1921, p. 652. Tyndarichus navae Howarp Tyndarichus navae Howarn, U.S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent., Techn. Ser., No. 19 (1910), pt. I, p. 5- This species was first reared from eggs of Porthetria dispar L. which were sent to America from Japan by U. Nawa. A considerable number of dissections made by Messrs. FiskKE and SmirH indicate that it is in- variably a secondary parasite, its host being usually Sheazus, occasionally Pachyneuron, and possibly Anastatus. Phaenodiscus Forster Phaenodiscus F6RsTER, Hym. Stud., II (1856), p. 144; Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., XXV (1875), p- 7573 THOMSON, Hym. Scand., IV (1875), p. 136; ASH- MEAD, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXII (1900), p. 376; SCHMIEDEKNECHT, Gen. Ins., XCVIL (1909), p. 233; MeRcet, Fauna Ibérica, Encirt., 1921, p. 613. Phaenodiscus eriococci sp. nov. (Figs. 53 and 54.) Female—Head a little wider than deep (40: 37); frontovertex at the anterior ocellus as wide as one-fifth the width of the head; ocelli in an 142 TEI ISHII acute-angled triangle, the posterior pair almost touching the eye margins and separated from the occipital margin by a little more than their di- ameter ; scrobes very shallow; mandibles tridentate. Antennae (Fig. 54) 0.9 mm. in length ; scape slender and long ; pedicle twice as long as wide Fig. 53. Phaenodiscus eriococci sp. nov., fore wing of female. Fig. 54. Ditto, antenna of female. at apex, much longer than the first funicle joint; funicle joints subequal in length except the first joint which is slightly shorter, and gradually widening distad, the first joint twice as long as wide and the last joint as long as wide; club as long as the last three funicle joints combined. Fore wings (Fig. 53) 1.17 mm. long by 0.51 mm. wide; cilia arranged in two bands; submarginal, marginal, stigmal and postmarginal veins approximately in the ratio of 28:7:6:4; submarginal vein with about 15 bristles. Hind wings uniformly ciliated. Avxillae slightly separated ; abdomen a little shorter than the thorax ; ovipositor slightly produced. Head minutely, scaly reticulate, with large punctures in sparse numbers ; pronotum and mesoscutum minutely raised reticulate ; mesopleurae minutely reticulate; abdomen coarsely reticulate. Eyes sparsely, finely pubescent ; mesoscutum with whitish hairs; metapleurae with thick, long white hairs. Antennae with scape yellowish ; pedicle yellowish brown ; funicle and club dark brown with rather close black hairs. Body black with a slight blue reflection. Face with a blue reflection; pro- and meso-notum with a strong purplish blue reflection; mesopleurae, matanotum and propodeon black ; abdomen black with a greenish reflection. Fore wings with two THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN 143 pale fuscous bands, the veins pale brown. Hind wings hyaline. Legs yellowish in general. The basal two-thirds of all the femora dark brown; the base of middle tibiae brown; spur of middle tibiae and middle tarsi whitish yellow ; all the coxae black; the tip of all the tarsi brown. Length of body, 1.32 mm.; width of thorax, 0.53 mm. Male—Similar to the female without the following differences. Antennae 1.2 mm. in length; scape slender ; pedicle as wide as long; funicle joints cylindrical, much longer than wide and decreasing in length distad ; the first funicle joint five times as long as wide and the last joint three times as long as wide; club slightly less than twice the length of the last funicle joint. Scape yellowish brown; flagellum brown with sparse, short brown hairs. Wings hyaline, the veins pale brown. Length of body, 1.28 mm. Types in the author’s collection. This new species was reared from Lytococcus lagerstraemiae Kuw. obtained near Nagasaki in September, 1921, and from &. onwkit Kuw. collected at Ozuki, Kanagawa-ken, in August, 1925. Cheiloneurus Westwoop Cheiloneurus FORSTER, Hym. Stud., I (1856), p. 32; Mayr, Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XXV (1875), p. 743; THomson, Hym. Scand., IV (1875), p. 147; ASHMEAD, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXII (1900), p. 400; SCHMIEDEKNECHT, Gen. Ins., XCVII (1909), p. 252; WALKER, Notes on Chalcidae, pt. 4 (1871), p. 69; Mercet, Fauna Ibérica, Encirt., 1921, p. 637. Sterrhocoma F6RsTER, Hym. Stud., II (1856), p. 37- Key to the species Female 1. Body black with a blue reflection; club very large and as long as the funicle; ovipositor long Bee) ro “Gee ho oo a Se cto ed I SOONG Head and thorax reddish yellow in general ; abdomen black with a metallic reflec- tion!saclubsnoteespecialliyal arcem eam se msec at -comet) May Zaie Fs 4 i » 23 7 30 7 Syrphophagus sp. April) 25) - 5, Male oe Sie ae 6 Aphycus pulvinariae 3 a5 . r- * 2 ash 6 176 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. As is self-evident from the above, the females of J/ icroterys clausent, Anicetus annulatus, Pareusemion studiosum, Conperiella bifasciata and Microterys speciosus can live for a considerable duration. While those of Encyrtus sasakw and Homalotylus flamineus \ive only for 4-6 days. The latter species are much more active as compared with the former. The longevity of the males is usually much shorter than that of the females. Mating So far as observations go, mating normally take place shortly after emergence which occurs in the male a little earlier than in the female. The male runs after the female, and as soon as quickly mount on the body of the latter, bends the abdomen, attaching its tip to the genital opening of the female. Copulation may take place more easily when they are exposed to the sun light, and usually lasts for few seconds. The female does not mate more than once, in spite of that the male repeatedly copulates. Oviposition The female begins to deposit eggs about one day after mating, so far as observed in Aphycus timberlakei, A phycus pulvinariae, Comperiella bifasciata, Clausenia purpurea, Microterys speciosus and Microterys flavus. The manner of oviposition in Comperiella bifasciata will be noted here. When coming near the suitable host with the vibration of the antennae. the flies turn round and then insert the ovipositor into the host body through the lateral part of the scale, bending slightly their abdomen. On this occasion the lancets or stylets and sheath take a part in the formation of a minute pore in the scaly covering of the host. After the formation of the pore the sheath of the ovipositor is withdrawn, leaving the lancets in situ. The whole process of oviposition is completed in 1-7 minutes. The female in gencral does not repeat oviposition in the same scale, with the exception of that of Aphycus timberlakei and A. prdvinariae, both T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—IT. 177 parasitic on Lecaneum sp., which repeatedly deposit eggs, their number differing according to the size of the host. The female of Clausenia pur- purea, a parasite of Psewdococcus sp. on the citrus tree, inserts its ovipositor into the body of the first stage larva of the host, suspending it with the ovipositor while an egg is deposited. In the majority of Encyrtids the eggs deposited are suspended in the host body with a stalk, the end of which is protruded outside the host skin. The position of egg deposition is definite in certain species, for example, MWicroterys clauseni (P|. VII, E) through the anus of the host, Ceroplastes floridensis, Microterys flavus usually in the central part of the host, Coccus hesperidum. In Aphycus timberlake and A. pulvinariae it is not confined to a definite place of the host body. The number of eggs deposited by parasites in a single host body differs in different species and also in the size of the host body. It is only one in Comgertella bifasciata, one or more in Microterys speciosus and J. clausent, only one in A phycus timberlakei, when the host, Lecaneum sp., 1s still young and small, but more than one as the host develops. The writer bred 26 adult males from a single scale of Lecancum sp. As to the total number of eggs deposited by a single female which may differ in different species and in temperature conditions, the writer is not in a position to make out clearly. On dissection of several females Aphycus timberlake: was found to contain in an average 172 mature ovarian eos in the ovalies. Se Eggs and Hatching (PI. VIN, A—I) The ovalian eggs are composed of two bodies connected by a slender stalk or tube. The larger body is the egg proper, within which the embryo later develops. At the tip of the smaller body is found a micropyle. The surface is minutely reticulated, especially in the stalk and the basal part of the larger body. In Comperiella bifasciata(D) is translucent white in colour and contains minute granular substances. The larger 178 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. body is about 0.11 mm. long by 0.06 mm. wide, while the smaller body is about 0.07 mm. long by about 0.04 mm. wide and the stalk is 0.13 mm. in length. In A phycus timberlakei(H_) it is of the same colour, its larger body being about 0.1 mm. long by 0.06 mm. wide, the smaller one 0.04 mm. long by 0.03mm. wide, and the stalk 0.03mm. in length. In Microterys speciosus the larger body is about 0.3mm. long by 0.12 mm. wide. The stalk is very long, being 0.67 mm. In Excyrtus sasakii(C) the larger body is 0.13 mm. long by 0.06 mm. wide, while the smaller body is 0.09 mm. long by 0.06mm. wide. The stalk is rather long and bends at the middle. It measures 0.06 mm. in length. In Homalotylus flamineus (I) the stalk is short. The deposited eggs are usually of an oblong shape, bearing a short or long stalk at the broad end. They are translucent white or pale brown, and are minutely reticulated on the surface. In Comperiella bifasciata (E) the egg is long oval in shape, translucent white in colour and is pro- vided with a moderately long stalk at the broad end. The chorion is minutely reticulated. The egg is about 0.19 mm. long by 0.05 mm. wide, and the stalk is 0.05 mm. in length. In Aphycus timberlakei the egg is oval in shape and translucent white in colour, with a short stalk at the broad end. The chorion is almost smooth. The length is 0.1 mm., the width is 0.05 mm., and the length of the stalk is 0.04 mm. In JWicroterys Speciosus it is oblong in shape and pale brown in colour, with a very long pedicel or respiratory tube at the posterior extremity. The chorion is minutely reticulated. The egg measures about 0.24 mm. long by 0.1 mm. wide, and the stalk is 0.18 mm. In M/icroterys flavus(F) the egg is similar in shape to that of the above species, but slightly smaller. In Homalotylus flamineus it is oblong in shape with a very short stalk, and measures 0.19 mm. long by 0.09 mm. wide. The incubation period may differ in different species and in tempera- ture conditions. As a whole it is rather short, usually being a few days. It was only two days in August (1926) in Comperiella bifasciata and four days in June (1922) in A/icroterys speciosus. T. ISHIT: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—IT. 179 As the embryo develops, the egg gradually becomes larger in size. Just before hatching, the larva moving slowly in the egg shell can be observed. The shell is at last broken at the tip by the force of the move- ment of the larva. After hatching the larvae are still attached in certain species at the posterior part of the abdomen to the egg shell, while they are set in other species free from the shell. Larval Stages (PI. IX) In the Encyrtids there are usually five, occasionally four larval stages. Each stage may be determined by the number of the mandibles which are attached to the molted skins or exuviae in the posterior part of the abdomen in such species as Comperiella bifasciata and Microterys Speciosus. However, in the larvae which have no molted skins attaching to the posterior part, it is very difficult to determine the stage. F. SILVEsTRI(48, p. 49) demonstrated five larval stages in Phaenodiscus aeneus and Microterys lunatus, and four stages in Encyrtus infidus, Blastothrix sericea and Aphycus punctipes. In the following a record is given of the larval stages of Comperiella bifasciata. First Stage (A): The newly hatched larva is of a spindle shape, tapering towards the posterior end, and translucent white in colour. The body segments can be faintly distinguished. The head is small and slightly narrower than the first segment. The mouth is provided with the mandibles(M) which are sharply pointed upwards, and measure 0.008 mm. long by 0.003 mm. wide. The boby cavity is filled with the large mid-intestine and granular fat bodies. The respiratory system is not discernible. The body is about 0.24 mm. in length and 0.07 mm. in width. Second Stage: The larva is quite similar in shape and colour to the first, with the exception of its larger size. It measures 0.33 mm. in length and 0.09 mm. in width. The mandibles is 0.007 mm. long by 0.011 mm. wide. 180 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. Third Stage (B): The larva is spindle-shaped, much stouter than the preceding, and translucent white in colour. The number of the body segments amounts to 13, exclusive of the head: The body cavity is filled with granular fat bodies. The tracheal system is not yet developed. The mandibles(M) are much stouter than in the preceding stage, measur- ing 0.015 mm. long by 0.019mm. wide. The body measures 0.49 mm. in length and 0.22 mm. in width. Fouth Stage: The larva is similar in shape and colour to the preceding, excepting its larger size. The tracheal branches are slightly developed, and the fat bodies are segmentarily congregated. The man- dibles(M) are almost similar to those of the third stage, measuring 0.02 mm. in length and width. The body measures 1.02 mm. long by 0.02 mm. in wide. The body measures 1.02 mm. long by 0.44 mm. wide. Fifth Stage (C): The larva is similar to that of the fourth stage in shape and colour, but its body is a little larger than that of the latter. The head is rather small, its shape being semicircular in dorsal view and transversely oblong in frontal view. The antennae are very small and papilla-shaped. There can be seen six pairs of papillae in the labium, two pairs in the maxillae, and three pairs in the labrum. Further on each side of the mouth occurs a rather large papilla. The mandibles(M) are similar in shape to those of the fouth stage, measuring 0.03 mm. in length and 0.026 mm. in width. The body is 1.2mm. long by 0.48 mm. wide. The tracheal system is well developed, and the stigma counts nine pairs in all, opening on segments 1 and 3-10. The fat bodies are segmen- tarily congregated. The body is 1.2 mm. in length and 0.48 mm. in width. Aphycus timberlakei(F): The first stage larva is oval in shape and translucent white in colour. The head is small, and has the mandibles sharply pointed at the tip and measuring 0.01 mm. in length and width. The body segments are not distinct, and the body is filled with large mid-intestine and granular fat bodies. In the respiratory system the longitudinal and transverse tracheal loops are merely developed. T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 181 The body is about 0.24 mm. in length and 0.17 mm. in width. Of the mature larva(F) mention was already made. Pareusemion studiosum(1): The mature larva is of the usual type, with nine pairs of spiracles. The mandibles(J) are sharply pointed at the apex and abruptly widened towards the base. The salivary glands are of a brownish colour at the base, probably due to the secretory sub- stance, which renders the host scale brownish. The body is 1.87 mm. in length and 0.75 mm. in width. Enycyrtus barbatus(G): The first stage larva is elongate spindle in shape and translucent white in colour. The tenth body segment gives rise on each posterior side to a long tail-like appendage, which is con- siderably longer than the body, and is attached to the egg shell at the tip. Through the appendage passes the tracheal branch(tra) ; consequently the air is taken through the egg pedicel or stalk(es). The head is small and has the sharp mandibles. Two pairs of spiracles are found opening on segments 3 and 9 respectively. The body is 1.32 mm. in length and 0.29 mm. in width. Cerapterocerus mirabilis(K): The larva of this species was described by F. Sitvestert (48, p.107). The first stage larva is of the type different from that of the above mentioned species. The head is large and long. and the last segment is long and tapers like a tail, being provided with sparse numbers of spines. The body is 1 mm. in length and 0.15 mm. in width. As may be evident from the above there can be distinguished some five types of the first stage larvae in the Encyrtids. First Type. The larvae of Cofidosoma, Litomastix and Syrpho- phagus which produce polyembryos. The larvae are destitute of man- dibles, spiracles and sense organs such as antennae and papillae. Second Type. The larvae of MWicroterys, Phaenodiscus and Blasto- thrix, which are oval or spindle-shaped. The head is provided a pair of papila-like antennae and mandibles. There are nine pairs of spiracles, 182 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. IlL—3- of which these on the tenth segment are especially developed. The respiratory system is metapneustic. Third Type. The larva of Encyrtus, which is almost similar to the second type and has the respiratory system metapneustic. It is provided a tail-like appendage on each side of the tenth segment, through which passes the tracheal branch. Two pairs of spiracles are opened on segments 2 and 9 respectively. Fouth Type. The larvae of Aphycus and Comperiella, which are ovate or spindrical in shape. The head is provided, besides sense papillae, with papilla-like antennae and mandibles. The spiracles are not deve- loped. The respiratory system is apneustic. Fifth Type. The larva of Cerapterocerus, which is elongate spindle in shape. The head is large and leng, and the last segment tapers like a tail which is provided with sparse numbers of spines. The respiratory system is apneustic. Feeding Habits of Larvae and their Effects on Hosts With regard to the feeding habits of parasitic Hymenopterous larvae observations have been made by many authorities. REauMuUR and HartTIG (1837) state that “La larve parasite s’attaque au corps graisseux.” RATZE- BURG (44, p. 13) mentions that the larvae of internal parasites feed upon the lymph and blood rather than upon any of the solid tissues. E. Buenion (4, p. 449), a propos de la larvae de VEncyrtus fusczcollis, dit qu elle se nourrit exclusivement de la lymphe; ce n’est qu’ a la fin qu’ elle dévore tout. J. Perez, according to M. Seurar (47, p.104), says as follows :—Assure’ que les larves de Microgaster glomeratus ne se nourris- sent, dans le corps de la Piéride, que du tissu adipeux et du sang exclusive- ment, respectant les viscéres; le tube digestif ne présente pas la moindre blessure.” L. O. Howarp (22, p. 575) states that the old idea that parasi- tic larvae feed upon the fatty tissue in a mandibulatory manner seems, at least in majority of cases, to be not true, and the feeding upon the lymph and blood is only applicable to 4 fanteles and related genera, which T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. > 183 often leave the hest in a living but comatose condition. Most Encyrtid-larvae feed upon the lymph and blood in the early stages, while the nearly mature larvae feed not only upon the lymph and blood but also upon the fat bodies and internal organs except the tracheal system, as well as upon Saccalomyces spp. (Pl. X, H), which are often found in scale insects. The larvae damage to a considerable degree the tissues of the host bodies probably due to the action of their secretory substance. The larva of Encyrtus sasaki seems to feed merely on the lymph and blood of the host, and matures in the latter which is still living. The larva of Pareusemion studiosum renders the host, Coccus hesperidum, brownish, probably due to the secretory substance from the salivary glands, as mentioned above. Respiration of Larvae According to RarzepurG (1844) and WEISSENBERG (1908), the larva of Apanteles glomeratus (Braconidae), a parasite of Preris brassicae, breathes through the tail-like appendage which is formed by the evagina- tion of the hind intestine and filled with blood. The heart produces a flow of lymph through the tail which functions as a blood gill, and oxygen is derived from the blood of the host. BLepowsky and Krarnska (1926) also made observations on the respiration of the larva of Banchus femoralis (Ichneumonidae). It is believed that the endoparasitic larvae without any tail-like appendage breathe through the skin, taking oxygen from the blood of the host (C. SHROopER, p. 265). A. D. Imms (26, p. 358) states that the first and second stage larvae of dA phycus melanostomatus are apneustic, respiration taking place through the body wall. M. Srurar (47, p. 105) states as follows :—‘‘La respiration des jeunes larves internes, non encore pourvues de trachées remplies d’air s’effectue par osmose a travers la peau, par toute la surface du corps; les larves munies de la vésicule anale ou de l’appendice caudal respirent également par toute la surface du corps, y compris ces appendices; mais on ne peut admettre que ces appendices déliennent toute la fonction respiratoire; ils manquent, en 184 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. effet, dans beaucoup de cas (Aphidides, Chalcidides, etc.)”. P.H. Timper- LAKE (60, p. 85) places on record, in his studies on the biology of Lim- nerium validum (Ichneumonidae), as follows:—‘‘In the case of larvae observed immediately after hatching, the tracheal system can be made out easily, and is filled with air without doubt, though necessarily of the closed of apneustic type, only one fine tracheal branch could distinguished in the tail, and it was clearly not important enough to indicate that the tail is a tracheal gill. The function of the tail, however, is probably respiratory, and the organ might probably be termed a blood gill. There is nothing in its structure to contradict this view, as it is simple, hollow tube lined with hypodermal cells, and undoubtedly filled with blood a greater part of the time. Since the larva lies free in the body cavity of the host it is constantly bathed in blood and lymph fluids, from which the oxygen of its own blood must be derived through the delicate integment of the tail, or other parts of the body, especially while still small. He further states (p. 89) as follows:—‘‘The shortening of the tail appendage in the second stage and its entire disappearance in the third stage must necessitate a gradual change in the respiratory habits of the larva, if, indeed, the tail in a truely respiratory organ, as we think it must be. This change is perhaps correlated with the more ravenous appetite of the parasite in the last two stage of its larval life, and also with the gradual disappearance of the blood and lymph of the host. With the disappearance of the fluids of the host, the tail as a blood gill must necessarily become useless, as it is fitted for life in a fluid medium only. Nor does it seem possible, for much the same reason, that the lavra’s whole supply of oxygen is gained by osmosis through the integment of the body itself, for as the larva grows older the integment becomes thicker and toughter left is to consider that the oxygen is derived from the compara- tively enormous amount of food taken in during this period, and that it is absorbed by the blood of the larva through the walls of its digestive tube. In other words, if the larva stopped feeding it would not only starve but also suffocate. Toward the end of the third stage, however, T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 185 when the host is nearly or possibly not entirely consumed the stigmata become open, and the larva is able to breath air directly, as it certainly does after leaving the host to spin its cocoon.” The respiration of the Encyrtid-larvae may be classified into two types, metapneustic and apneustic. In the former type the newly hatched larva is suspended in the body cavity of the host by means of a long pedicel or respiratory tube which makes its way through the integment of the host to the exterior. The larva is capable of breathing freely the atomospheric air through the apex of the pedicel. To this type belong Microterys, Phaenodiscus, Encyrtus and Blastothrix. The larvae of those take air through the pedicel until a little before they mature. In the second type the larva lives freely in the host and takes oxygen either from the blood of the host through the skin or from the blood absorbed through the wall of its digestive tract. Amaebocytosis or Phagocytosis (HEE S11) While dissecting Coccus hesperidum and Antonia crawt the writer found dead larvae of Microterys flavus in the former and of dnagyrus antoninae in the latter, which were encysted in a tough, dark brown cap- sule, besides a healthy larva. This phenomenon is known as amaebocytosis or phagocytosis, and has been studied by several authorities, especially by P. H. Trmperrake (1912) and C. P. CLausEen (1924). TIMBERLAKE (60, p. 75), after observing this phenomenon in Limmneriwm validum, states that the amaebocytic reaction takes places regularly when the Limneriam occurs in the host, to which it seems to be unaccustomed and unadapted, and the capsule is blood-tissue or amaebocyte. He (p.76) also mentions as follows :— “The phenomenon of amaebocytosis brings up the question, why do not all parasites suffer the same fate, and what constitutes adaptation? We begin here to sink deep into the quagmire of speculation and doubt. We may say that the parasitic larva is so similar to the host in its effluvia 186 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. IIL—3. or physical being, that its presence is not felt or resented, and that it bears much the same relation to the host that the fetus within the uterus does to the mammalian mother; or we may conclude that it secretes sub- stances into the blood which paralyze the protective reaction of the host. We are more inclined to accept the latter view, for we have observed several phenomena in the course of other dissections which are difficult to explain except by a secretion phypothesis. . .” C. P. CLausen (63, p. 271) states in his study of the parasites of Psewdococcus maritimus as follows:—‘‘This phagocytosis apparently has nothing to do with the death of the larva, but is merely a reaction set up in the body of the host by the presence of dead foreign matter. It is difficult to explain satisfac- torily the causes which give rise to this constant death of all larvae but, one immediately after hatching. Even when several of these minute larvae are present in a mealy bug’s body measuring from three to five millimeters in length, it seems extremely improbable that contact can occur between the different larvae except by accident, as they may be widely separated, and in addition are incapable of moving about freely through the body fluids. The possibility of a combat among the larvae of the first instar for possession of the host therefore seems out of question. It seems also improbable that the death of the larvae can be result of any defensive reactions aroused in the body of the host, as a single larva experience no difficulty. Two theories may be advanced as to the cause of the death of the surplus larvae within a day after hatching. The first of these is that the hatching of the egg sets up gradually a chemical or other reaction in the body which is sufficient to kill those hatching later, yet the first larva in the meantime attains sufficient strength to overcome the attack. The second theory is that of the direct secretion by the newly hatched larva of some substance inimical to those following, as it may be presumed that the larvae at the moment of emergence from the ege are weaker and less able to withstand adverse conditions than after they fed even a few hours. This latter theory appears to be logical.” On the contrary, it seems, to the writer’s mind, that the first theory T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 187 is more logical, because the capsule-like body around the parasitic larva may be of a phagocytic character. The capsule-like bodies which might be increased in the host body as a result of the reaction to the first hatched larva, probably make the latter hatched larva easily surrounded, and perish, as it appears to be of much feeble resistance. Pupation As the larva matures, it acquires a paraffin-like envelope correspond- ing to the cocoons of other insects. Many authorities are inclined to think that this is of the last larval exuvia. L. O. Howarp (22, p. 579) states as follows :—“With certain Encyrtinae, for one of which Dr. Ritey has proposed the excellent descriptive name of the “inflating chalcid-fly’’, par- ticularly of the genus Copzdosoma, but also of Bothriothrix, Homalotylus and perhaps others, the larvae, inhabiting the host insect in great numbers, when about to pupate cause a marked inflation in the larva by the forma- tion of oval cells around the parasites. This inflation and the pupal cells which cause it are very noticeable in thin-skinned host larvae. With a small larva like that of Lzthocolletis the appearance of Dipterous puparia is produced. The nature of this cocoon-like cell and the method by which it is produced are unknown. Its structure shows it is not to be silk, nor yet the last larval skin of the parasite, and whether it is an adventitious tissue of the host larva or a secretion of the parasite, is explicable upon other group, I can not say.” In Copidosoma and Litomastix which produce polyembryonic develop- ment the pupal envelope is derived from the eggs of parasites, this being known as trophamnion, while in other species it is made by a secretion from the salivary glands of the mature larva. The writer observed a pale reddish brown fluid secreted from the mouth of the larva of MJicroterys speciosus. This fluid becomes soon hardened like a paraffin-like matter which is quite similar in texture to the envelope. The mature larva of Excyrtus barbatus (Pl. X, J) makes anenvelope in a still living host, attaching it to the tracheal branches 188 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. of the latter. It would seem that by this means the parasite take air from the tracheal branches of the host. After forming the envelope, the larva discharges pellet-like excle- ments and attains to the prepupal stage. The prepupa (Pl. VIII, L) is in general similar to the mature larva, exclusive of the possession of the thoracic segments which are of a comparatively large size. The buds of the wings and legs and genitalia are visible through the skin. The prepupa measures in Comperiella brfasciata 1.05 mm. long by 0.6 mm. wide and in Aphycus timberlaket 1.2 mm. long by 0.55 mm. wide. The prepupa soon attains to the pupa, which, though generally pale white, gradually change its colouration and presents an aspect similar to the adult. The pupa (Pl. VI, G-I) measures in Comperiella bifasciata 1 mm. long by 0.6 mm. wide (female) and 0.97mm. long by 0.52 mm. wide (male), and in Aphycus timberlake 1.35 mm. long by 0.66 mm. wide (female) and1.14 mm. long by 0.54 mm. wide (male). Emergence GPIEXs A=E5 The adult emerges within the host body where it remains for a short time. In Comferiella bifasciata the adult was found to remain for one day in the host body in May, 1926. At the time of emergence it cuts the host skin by means of its mandibles. In Mzcroterys flavus it usually makes a hole on the dorsal side, posterior to the middle of the host scale. After emergence, the adult keeps its body clean with the legs and soon begins to walk. Sex ratio In most species of the Encyrtids the female exceeds the male in number to a considerable degree, on account of the occurrance of the parthenogenetic generation which produce females only (Thelyotokous). P. H. TrmBervake (62, p. 195) puts on record that Pauridia peregrina and Blepyrus mexicanus can be reared through many generations without T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 189 presenting any male. With regard to the sex ratio the writer had occasion in May, 1926, to examine the collection made in the neighborhood of Nagasaki with the following results. Number of | Number of Number of Percentage of Bpecics specimens females Males females A phycus timberlaket 55 50 5 52% Aphycus pulvinariae 132 93 39 70% Comperiella bifasciata 150 100 50 66% Syrphophagus sp- 10 3 7 30% Here it might be noted that only the males, 23 in number, were reared from a single specimen of Lecaneuwm sp. collected in the field on May 19, 1926. This may be due to the deposition in the host of eggs unfertilized. Parthenogenesis and Polyembryogenesis As is well known, the parasitic Hymenoptera are in majority partheno- genetic. Among the Chalcidoidea Pteromalus puparum, according to Ap LER (1876), produces only males (arrhenotokous). This similarity is also true of Zanaomastix abnormis, a parasite of the common citrus mealy bug, which is arrhenotokous when unfertilized (Smiru, 53, p.276). A.D. Imns (26, p. 332), though he does not determine whether the offsprings are male or female, find that Aphelinus mytilaspidis, a parasite of the mussel scale (Lepidosaphes ulmi), undergoes parthenogenesis. According to P. H. Trmpertake (61, p. 296), Wicroterys flavus, a parasite of Coccus hesperidum, when it reproduces parthenogeneticaly, is always arrhenotokous, whereas it, when fertilized, produces only females. According to H. S. Smitu and H. Compere (54, p.315), Aphycus lounsburyt, a parasite of the black scale (Sazssetia oleae), produces only females when the parent female is unfertilized, but gives both sexes when fertilized, as in the case of Microterys speciosus. So far as the writer’s observations go, A phycus 190 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. timberlake, Aphycus pulvinariae and Comperiella bifasciata produce only males when the reproduction is parthenogenetic. In all probability most species of the Encyrtinae produce only males, when parthenogenetic, but not when fertilized. On the other hand, some species are thelytokous, such as Microterys speciosus. According to P. H. T1iMBERLAKE (62, p. 195), Adelencyrtus odonaspidis, Belpyrus mexicanus, Encyrtus infelix, Pauridia peregrina and Salonotum americanum are generally of the thely- tokous habit and rarely produce males. Needless to say, this thelytokous habit appears to be of a great advantage to a species which becomes established in a new region. On the contrary, the arrhenotokous habit may act disadvantageously before a species is well established, since the rapid dispersal which takes place will tend to increase the difficulties of the sexes finding each other, and thus restricts the necessary fertilization of the female. According to P. Marcuat, F. Srivestri, R. W. Lary, J. T. PATTER- son, H. L. Parker, C. Ferriere, C. G. Hitt, there are in the parasitic Hymenoptera a number of species which undergo polyembryogenesis. There are the species which belong to the Chalcidoidea, Serphoidea and Braconidae. The first includes such Encyrtid-formes as 4 geniaspis fusi- collis, Copidosoma buyssoni, Copidosoma nanellae, Copidosoma gelechiae, Copidosoma boucheanum, Copidosoma thompson and Litomastix kriechbau- meri; the second, Polygnotus minutus, Platygaster vernalis, P. hiemalis and P. variabillis; the third, Macrocentrus ‘gifwensis. The writer had occasion to find a chain of embryos of Syrphophagus sp. (Pl. X, K) in the larva of a Syrphid. It would seem that this species reproduce by polyemryogeny. Host relation The species of the Encyrtinae, though attacking the eggs and larvae of the Hymenoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, Neuroptera and Rhyncota, are parasitic in majority on scale insects. The following are those which are parasitic on scale insects :— T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 191 Astymachus japanica, Anagyrus antoninae, A. sawadai, A. subalbipes, A. alboclavatus, A. flavus, Aenasioides tenuicornis, Anabrolepis extranea, A. japonica, Anicetus annulatus, A. ceroplastis, Aphycus albicornis, A. albopleuralis, A. orientalis, A. pulvinariae, A. timberlakei, Blastothrix kermivola, Cheiloneurus ceroplastis, C. nagasakiensis, C. tenuicornis, Clau- senia purpurea, Compertella bifasciata, C. unifasciata, Encyrtus barbatus, E. sasaki, Leptomastix citri, Microterys clausent, M. ericeri, M. flavus, MW. interpunctus, M. kuwanai, M. okitsuensis, M. speciosus, Pareusemion studiosum and Phaenodiscus ertococet. Psyllaephagus twayaensis and P. viridiscutellatus are parasites of certain Psyllids; Aphidencyrtoides thoracaphis, of Thoracaphis sp.: Ooen- cyrtus nezarae, of the egg of Nesara antennata; Cyntpencyrtus flavus was bred from a Cynipid gall. Homalotylus flamineus is a parasite of Chzloco- rus kuwanae and Coccinella bruckit; Antsotylus albifrons, of the larva of Scymnus sp.; Copidosoma komabae and Litomastiv sp., of certain Lepidop- terous larvae; /sodromus axillaris, of Chrysopa boninensis. The species parasitic on a single host are:— A stymachus japonicus attacks only Aclerda japonica; Anagyrus anto- ninae, Only Antonia crawi; Anabrolepis japonica, only Aspidiotus bambu- savum,; Pareusemion studiosum, only Coccus hesperidum; Clausenta pur- purea, only Pseudococcus sp. The species parasitic on more than one host are :— Anicetus annulatus attacks Coccus hesperidum, C. pseudomagnoliarum, Eucalymnatus tesselatus and Pulvinaria sp., and Microterys kuwanae at- tacks Coccus hesperidum, Lecaniodiaspis quercus, Pulvinaria camericola and P. hori. Most of the species attacking scale insects have the preference to- wards the female host. However, J/icroterys ericert is found parasitic on the male larva of Evicerus pe-la. As may be evident from the above, the closely related species are apt to attack the hosts which are also closely related together. 192 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. Waohkevewacie Comperiella bifasciata passes three generations a year, the adults making their appearance in April, August and October. It hibernates in the first or second larval stage. The duration of the egg stage was two days in August, 1926; that of the larval stage, ten days; that of the prepupal stage, one day; and that of the pupal stage, five days. Conse- quently it may be stated that the said species requires 27 days in August, 1926, extending from the egg to the adult. Aphycus timberlaker passes three or four generations a year, the adults appearing from April to October. The duration from the egg to the adult was 27 days in May, 1926. Microterys clauseni seems to pass only one generation a year. The adult emerges in the early summer (June to July) from Ceroplastes floridensis in which it hibernates in the larval stage, and lives for a long duration, resting on trees, untill the host scale grows to a moderate size. The adult of Parewsemion stadiosum emerges in the middle of April, hibernating in the pupal stage in the host, and then appears in May, July and September. The adult of Clausenia purpurea emerges in the middle of April, hibernating in the larval stage, and appears in June, July, August, September, October and November. The adult of Chezloneurus nagasakiensis emerges in the end of April and then appears in May, July, August, and September. Homalotylus flamineus hibernates in the mature larva, and the adult may be collected in April, May, July, August and October. Comperiella unifasciata hibernates in the mature larva, and the adult appears in April, May, June and August. The adult of Homa- lotylus flamineus emerges in the beginning of April, hibernating in a mature larva, and it may be collected in May, June, July and August. Anagyrus antoninae hibernates in the mature larva, and the adult may be collected in April, June, July and August and October. Parasitism Homalotylus flamineus, though parasitic on Chilocorus kuwanae and Coccinella bruckii, is parasitized in the larval stage by Lygocerus sp. T. ISHII: SOME PHILIPPINE EUCHARIDS 193 (Ceraphronidae). Sometimes it is checked by Lygocerus in about 70%. Coccophagus sp. is parasitic on the larvae of Aphycus timberlakei and A. pulvinariae and deposits an oblong egg. Occasionally found in a larva of Microterys kuwanae, a parasite of Pulvinaria horiz, was an interesting larva (Pl. X, L) which is of the following character :— The body is cylindrical in shape, tapering posteriorly like a tail, and translucent white in colour. The head is considerably large with the hook-like mandibles(md) crossing with each other. The body is com- posed of 13 segments, and the tail is provided with sparse numbers of spines. The respiratory system is not completely developed, only the longitudinal tracheal trunks being discernible. The body is 0.55 mm. in length and 0.13 mm. in width. C. P. Crausen (64, p. 258), in his studies of the parasites of Pseudo- coccus maritimus, records an instance of tertiary parasitism; Thysanus elongatus is a tertiary parasite of Anagyrus subalbicornis. Unfortunately the writer has had no occasion to meet with tertiary parasitism. Occasionally an instance of superparasitism was observed in the case of Coccus hesperidum,; a single scale is found infested with the larvae of two species, Wicroterys flavus and Coccophagus yoshidae. Predaceous enemies The adults of the Encyrtids are so highly active and quickly jump that they are not captured by the enemies which come near them. Ants are found sometimes to prevent the oviposition of the flies. Spiders are regarded as principal enemies of the flies, on account of their active pre- daceous habits. ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE Most species of the Encyrtids are parasitic on scale insects which are generally highly injurious to fruit and ornamental trees, and check the increase of the latter insects to a considerable extent. Coccus hesperi- 194 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. dum is one of the most important enemies of the citrus tree. However, in the districts of Nagasaki this insect is not so injurious as to require special remedial treatments. This is due to the fact that the scale insect is parasitized by Amicetus ennulatus Aphycus orientalis, A. pulvinariae, Encyrtus barbatus, Microterys flavus, M. kuwanae and Pareusemion studio- sum. Among these Wecroterys flavus is the most important species, its parasitism sometimes amounting to 50 %. Pareusemion studiosum is also of the most important form, but its distribution is confined to some fields near Nagasaki. Ceroplastes floridensis is a common scale insect noxious to Citrus, certain fruit and ornamental trees. It is parasitized by Mzcro- terys clauseni and Anicetus ceroplastis of which the former sometimes checks as much as 70 % of the scale. Ceroplastes rubens is one of the most injurious scale insects in the Southern parts of Japan. This is parasitized, though not at a high rate, by Wicroterys spectosus and Cheilo- neurus ceroplastis. Ceroplastes ceriferus is a common scale insect, attack- ing chiefly ornamental trees, and is parasitized by Anicetus ceroplastis and Cheiloneurus ceroplastis. Comperiella bifasciata is one of the most im- portant parasites of Chrysoimphalus aurantii and Aspidiotus aonidum which infest the citrus tree. In April, 1926, C. awrantit was found parasi- tized by this species in about 17 %. Pseudoaonidia duplex is a minor pest of the citrus tree in Japan. Comperiella unifasciata represents one of most beneficial enemies and attacks the scale insect in a considerably high percentage. It occurs also in Java where it is a parasite of A spidiotus destructor and has been introduced from there to Sangi island, situated between Celebes and Mindanao islands, to control the scale insect injuring coconut plantations. Pwlvinaria aurantii, an injurious scale insect of Citrus, is parasitized by MWicroterys okitsuensis. So far as is known, Pseudococcus sp. does not attack the citrus tree in Japan. This may be due to the parasitism of such four species of flies as Chetloneurus nagasaki- ensis, Leptomastix citri, Anagyrus subalbipes and Clausenia purpurea. Among these the last is the most important parasite, and checks in a considerable high percentage. Ovencyrtus kuwanae is an important para- T. ISHII: THE ENCYRTINAE OF JAPAN—II. 195 site of the egg of Porthetria dispar. This fly has been imported to the United State of America from Japan to control the insect pest. Ovoencyrtus nesarae is parasitic on the egg of Nezara antennata which is injurious to beans. Now let us pass on to a consideration of the injurious but not beneficial aspects of the Encyrtids. The lady beetles are considered as the most beneficial insects on account of devouring plant lices, scale insects and some other pests. CAzlocorus kuwanae, an important enemy of the Dias- pinae scale insects, is parasitized by Homalotylus flaminews, its increase being greatly checked by the parasite; about 51% of larvae were found parasitized in May, 1922, in a field near Nagasaki. The same fly was found parasitic on larva of Coccinella brucki, a common lady beetle devour- ing the Aphids. Scymnus sp., a lady beetle devouring Pseudococcus sp. on Citrus, is parasitized by Anisotylus albifrons. Chrysopa boninensis, a feeder of Prontaspis yanonensis, is parasitized by /sodromus axillaris. Further there are some species which are secondarily paraistic on other parasitic Hymenopterous insects, J/etacerapterocerus fortunatus is probably parasitic on the larva of A phidencyrtoides thoracaphis which is a parasite of Thoracaphis sp. on Quercus glauca. Thyndaricus navae is said to be a parasite of Ooencyrtus kuwanae which is parasitic on the egg of Porthetria dispar. 196 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (14) (15) (16) (17) BULLE. IMP) AGR. EMP. STA. Ili—s: BIBLIOGRAPHY AsHMEAD, W. H. 1895. Some impertant structural characters in the classification of the parasitic Hymenoptera. Proc. Entom. Soc. Wash., Vol. 3, n. 4, pp. 202-217. Brues, C. T. 1908. The correlation between habits and structural characters among parasitic Hymenoptera. Journ. Ecom. Entom., Vol. 1, pp. 123-128. 55 1919. Correlation of taxonomic affinities with food habits in Hymenoptera with special reference to parasitism. Amer. Nat., Vol. 55, n. 637, pp. 134-164. BuGNIon, E. 1891. Recherches sur la développement postembryonnaire, L’anatomie et les moeurs de l'Excyrtus fuscicollis. Rec. Zool. Suisse, 5, pp. 435-534. CaFFREY, D. J. 1921. Biology and economic importance of Anastatus semiflavidis, a recently described egg parasite of Hemileuca olivina. Journ. Agr. Res., Vol. 21, n. 6, pp. 373-384. CoMPERE, H. 1924. A preliminary report on the parasitic enemies of the Citricola scale, with descriptions of two new Chalcidoid parasites. Bull. South, Cal. Acad. Scie., Vol. 23, pt. 4, pp. 113-123. i 5 1925. New Chalcidoid (Hymenopterous) parasites and hyperparasites of the Black scale, Saissetia oleae Bernard. Univ. Cal. Pub. Tech. Bull., Vol. 3, n. 3, pp. 295-326. Compere, H. and Smiru, H. S. 1927. Notes on the life-history of two Oriental Chalcidoid parasites of Chrysomphalus. Univ. Cal. Pub. Entom., Vol. 4, n. 4, pp. 63-73. CoMpPERE, H. 1931. A revision of the genus Diversinervus silvestri. Encryrtid parasites of Coccids (Hymenoptera). Ibid. Vol. 5, n. 11, pp. 233-245. A 1931. m0 15 45,2 1,66 BAe 16 46,7 1,67 SAG eee 18 50,8 lez) 344 19 54,0 TAS 342 21 | 58,5 Ee 340 p= 6450 25 65,3 1,82 336 || 29 74,3 1,37 331 \ 32 85,0 1,93 32 Sens 35 | 103,9 2,02 325 36 | 128,1 PASAT 324 37 140.0 ZS 323 38 120,0 2,08 321 | 39 107,6 2,03 320 & is calculated from the equation of Arrhenius, Critical increments are of different orders at temperatures greater than 28° and 32°C in development and heart beat respectively. In fact the heart beat is inaugurated in the pupae at about 8°C, inducing their development. Accordingly the lower developmental thresh- 1 Relative velocity of development 216 Bie. Development of the pupa of dedes togoi. TempinC1 5 15 25 is. aoe 3 bo i) 0.7 ! t ! 5 5 ou BULL. IMP. AGR: EXP. STA’ TI—3- AWOOTAA DAT|LIAL ToT TT Fig. II Heart beat in the pupa of Aedes togoi. 1.9 Log frequency of pulsation & 34 Ep VTabs.x10 old point may be practically determined through observation of temperature ie which stands between two point effective and non-effective for check of normal 14 H — 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355 sx10° heart beat. LITERATURE CITED 1) Buiunk, H., Zeit. Wiss. Zool., Bd. 121, S. 171, 1923. 2) Kroau, A., Zeit. alg. Physiol. Bd. 16, S. 178, 1914. 3) KRAFKA, J., Jour. Gen. Physiol. Vol. 3, P. 659, 1920-1921. 4) Janiscu, E., Das Exponentialgesetz als Glundlage einer vergleichenden Biologie, 1927. 5) WERNER, E., Zeit. Morph. Oekol. Tiere, Bd. 6, S. 150, 1926. 6) Crozier, W. J. & FepEriGuHI, H., Jour. Gen. Physiol., Vol. 7, 131, 151, 189, 1924—25. 7) Crozier, W..J., Jour. Gen. Physiol., Vol. 7, P. 123, 1924-25. 8) Crozier, W. J. & Pincus, G. F., Jour. Gen. Physiol., Vol. 6, P. 711, 1923-24. ZUR KENNTNIS DER PERISTALTISCHEN BEWEGUNG VON CHILO SIMPLEX BuTLER IN IHRER ABHAENG- IGKEIT VON DER TEMPERATUR Kaduhusa MISAKA Tafel XII-XIV und zwei Textfiguren Fur die Bekampfung der Vorratsschadlingen wird im allgemeinen die Vergasung im fest verschlossenen Zimmer ausgeftihrt. Diese Methode ist aber nicht ganz einwandfrei, was davon herruhrt, dass wir noch keine eenaue Untersuchungen tiber das Vergasungsmittel ausgefuhrt haben, um z. B. ihre Art und Gebrauchsmenge usw. naher kennen zu lernen. Bei der praktischen Anwendung des Vergasungsmittels ist es unbedingt notig, dass wir genaues Kenntnis tiber die physikalisch-chemische Eigenschaft und die pharmakologische Wirkung dieses Mittels, sowie ihr physiologische Verhalten im Insektenkérper bei der Vergasung haben. Bevor solche Untersuchungen zur Ausfithrung ankommen werden, beabsichtigt der Autor zunachst uber die peristaltische Bewegung der Larven bei verschie- denen Temperaturen naher zu erforschen, um die Grundlage der Ver- gasungsuntersuchung gegen die im Stroh uberwinternden Larven von Chilo simplex zu bekommen. Eine eingehende Beschreibung der Untersuchungsmethode war schon in Jour. Coll. Agr. Imp. Univ. of Tokyo Vol. X, No. 1 veroffentlicht, wobei erosse Aufmerksamkeit auf die Messung der Temperatur des Insekten- korpers gerichtet wurde. Nach Yacr erreicht die Korpertemperatur des Insekts, welches von einem gewissen Gegend zu einem anderen mitgebracht wird, um eine halbe Stunde beinahe den gleichen Grad wie im letzteren 218 BULE. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. ITI—3- und je grosser die Differenz zwischen die Korper- und die Aussenwelts- temperatur ist, desto kurzer wird die Zeit zum Ausgleichen der beiden Temperaturen sein. Beim ersten Versuche haben wir die Bewegungs- frequenz um ungefahr 20-30 Minuten nach dem Anfange des Versuchs zu studieren begonnen. PERISTALTISCHE BEWEGUNG BEI VERSCHIEDENEN TEMPERATUREN. Die Bewegungsfrequenz zwischen -10° und 45° Temperatur wird bei 19 Arten bezahlt und ihr Mittelwert fur jede Temperatur in der fol- genden Tabelle gezeigt: je hoher die Temperatur ist, desto grosser wird die Bewegungsfrequenz, mit Ausnahme von tber 41°. Zwischen —10° Tabelle I. Bewegungsfrequenz bei verschiedenen Temperaturen Temperatur 10° 4020) S52 Fies07 257, ma | | Bewegungsfrequenz | pro Minute | | und 0° geschieht keine Bewegung, und erst bei 5° beginnt eine kraftige (vgl. Tafel XII. 6, 7, 8, 9). Bei 10° und 17° nimmt man die kraftige Bewegung wahr, die sehr unregelmassig verlauft (vgl. Tafel XII. 4, 5). Zwischen 35° und 40° erreicht die Bewegung das Maximum (vel. Tefel XIII. 5, 6) und uber 41° kommen viele kleine Zuckungen zum Vorschein, was die Messung der Bewegungsfrequenz schwierig macht. Ueber 41° sieht man die Verkleinerung der Bewegung und die Verminderung ihrer Frequenz, deren Kurve bei 45° immer kleiner und weniger wird (vgl. Tafel MILI 23) 4+): Wenn man als Ordinate die Zahl der rhythmischen Bewegungen pro Minute und als Abszisse die Temperaturgrade nimmt, haben wir eine Kurve, welche das Verhaltnis zwischen diesen beiden zeigt, von welcher der sogenannte Temperaturkoeffizient von van’r Horr wie folgt ausgerech- net wird: K. MISAKA: PERISTALTISCHE BEWEGUNG VON C. SIMPLEX 219 Qvo=3.1 (15°=25°) Qiw=2.42 (20°-30°) Qi0=3.03 (25°-35°). Die obengeschilderte Abhangigkeit der peristaltischen Bewegung von der Temperatur lasst sich beinahe mit dem, was wir bei der Herzschlag- frequenz der Katze (nach Snyper) sehen, in einer Uebereinstimmung bringen. Denselben Typ der Beziehung zwischen der Temperatur und der Frequenz sieht man beim dorsalen Blutgefasse des marinen Wurms Werezs virens nach Rocoer, ebenso bei der Herzschlagfrequenz des Krebses Cevzo- daphnia nach Roserrson und Schildkrotenherzens Emys europaea nach GaLeortr und Precinini usw. Wir waren nicht in der Lage, genau die Bewegungsfrequenz itber 40° zu messen, wie man oben gesehen hat; wir haben gesehen, dass ter 40° die Bewegungsfrequenz allmahlich mit der Temperatursteigerung abzunehmen beginnt. 20 8 BEWECUNGSFREQUENZ PRO MINUTEN 15 | | 10 i) 8 0 °o 4 fo S) Ae ° oye of wt Ree oe . TEMPERATUR fo) = 10 [@) 10 20 30 40 Texthgur 1. Die Temperaturabhangigkeit der peristaltischen Bewegung von Chilo simplex BUTLER. EINFEUSS DER DAUERNDEN STEIGERUNG DRS Tes Mab RATER: Versuch 1. (Tafel XIV. 1) Bei diesem Versuche wird die Tem- 220 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. peratur von 17° bis zu 35° wahrend der Zeitdauer von etwa 28 Minuten gesteigert und diese Reizkurve ist in Textfigur II. 1 dargestellt. Je héher die Temperatur wird, desto lebhafter wird die rhythmische Bewegung, deren Kurve zwischen 36° und 41° sehr regelmassig ist, aber uber 41° allmahlich schwacher und kleiner wird, und zwar mit unregelmassiger Zuckung. Bei 48° kénnen wir nur sehr kleine Bewegungen und endlich uber 50° gar kleine beobachten, zu welcher Zeit der Insektenkorper sich verlangert und die Kurve fallt ab. 60 4 TEMPERATUR Oo 5 10 5 20 25 390 Textfigur II. Die Reizkurve bei der Temperatursteigerung. Versuch 2. (Tafel XIV. 2) Die Temperatursteigerung von 23° bis zu 50° fand wahrend der Zeitdauer von 17.2 Minuten statt und diese Reizkurve sieht man in Textfigur II. 2. Auch in diesem Versuche kommt die unregelmassige Zuckung uber 41° zum Vorschein und bei 48° kommt die verkleinernde Bewegung zum Verschwinden. Versuch 3. (Tafel XIV. 3) In diesem Versuche wird die Tem- peratur von 24° bis zum 50° wahrend der Zeitdauer von 15.6 Minuten gesteigert und diese Reizkurve ist in Textfigur II. 3 dargestellt. Die rhythmische Bewegung wird allmahlich lebhafter, aber tiber 40° kleiner kK. MISAKA: PERISTALTISCHE BEWEGUNG VON C. SIMPLEX Z bo = und schwacher mit unregelmassiger Zuckung, um schliesslich bei 48.5° zu verschwinden. Versuch 4. (Tafel XIV. 4) Wahrend der Zeitdauer von 11.7 Minuten lang wurde die Temperatur von 32° bis zum 50° gesteigert, deren Reizkurve in Textfigur II. 4 dargestellt ist. Der Verlauf der Bewegung gleicht ganzlich dem beim vorigen Versuche: tber 41° nimmt man viele Zuckungen wahr und die Bewegung ist unregelmassig. Nach und nach verlangert sich der Insektenkorper, der ther 48° unbeweglich ist. Versuch 5. & 6. (Tafel XIV. 5 & 6) Bei diesen Versuchen ist die Temperatursteigerung (30°-50°) etwas plotzlicher als beim vorigen, denn jene braucht 6.4 Minuten und diese 6.8. Bei diesem Reiz tritt die un- regelmassige Zuckung sofort nach dem Anfang des Versuchs ein, und die Kurve geht mit der Verlangerung des Insektenkoérpers herunter. Die Temperatur des Bewegungsstillstandes ist niedriger (46.5° und 43.5°) als beim vorigen Versuche. Versuch 7. (Tafel XIV. 7) Die Temperatursteigerung von 25° bis zum 60° fand wahrend 4.7 Minuten statt und Textfigur II.7 zeigt diesen Reiz, der am starksten unter diesen Untersuchungen zu betrachten ist. Der Insektenkorper wird durch diesen starken Reiz allmahlich gelahmt; wobei wir nur wenige Zuckungen sehen, welche schon bei 40° zum Still- stand kommen. Versuch 8. (Tafel XIV. 8) Bei der plotzlichen Steigerung von der niedrigen Temperatur (—10° zu 32°) konnen wir keine rhythmische Bewegung wahrnehmen, indem Insektenkorper sich allmahlich verlangert und bald wieder ohne Zuckung kurzer wird. Ueber 25° steht er still, denn er war durch starkeren Reiz gelahmt worden. Im allgemeinen wird die peristaltische Bewegung der Larve durch die Temperatursteigerung lebhafter, doch bei der noch hoheren Temperatur schwacher mit der Zuckung und endlich stellt sich nach der Verlangerung des Korpers ein. Das Verhaltnis zwischen der Reizgeschwindigkeit und dem Verlauf der peristaltischen Bewegung ist klar aus der Tabelle II zu sehen; je schneller der Reiz wirkt, desto frither, d.-h. unter desto niederer 222 BULL. IMP. AGR. EXP. STA. III—3. Tabelle II. WVerlauf der peristalistischen Bewegung bei jeden Reiz. Beim Versuche I I WI Iv = V VI VII Temperatur Lebhafte Bewegung 36° Sia 34° 38° 35° Som 28° Schwache Bewegung 41° 41° 40° 40° 350 33° 30° Erscheinung der Zuckung 41° 41° 41° 41° 352 Som 30° Einstellung der Bewegung 50° 48° 48.5° 4s° 46.5° 43.5° 40° Temperatur, tritt ein Bewegungsverlauf auf. Durch die Temperaturstei- gerung der Aussenwelt kann die Bewegung wieder beginnen, welche bei niederer Temperatur still gestanden war, aber trotz der Erniedrigung der Temperatur wird die Bewegung nicht wiederholt, welche bei hoherer Tem- peratur zu Stillstand gebracht war. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG Die peristaltische Bewegung der Larve von Chilo simplex BUTLER wird von der Temperatur der Aussenwelt beeinflusst: je hoher sie wird, desto mehr wird die Bewegungsfrequenz, welche bei 40° das Maximum erreicht und dann uber 40° die Neigung hat, mit der Temperatursteigerung allmahlich abzunehmen. Ueber diese Frequenz bei verschiedenen Tem- peraturen ist Q1o0 wie nachfolgt. Qio=3-1 (15°=25°) Qiro=2.42.(20°-30°) Oi—3.03,(25"sa5m Durch die Temperatursteigerung wird die peristaltische Bewegung immer schwacher, indem unregelmassige Zuckungen zum Vorschein kom- men. Der Insektenkorper, welcher durch Lahmung sich verlangert, wird endlich unbeweglich. Dieser Verlauf wird von der Geschwindigkeit des Temperaturreizes betrachtlich beeinflusst: je schneller der Reiz eintritt, desto frither, d.h. unter desto niederer Temperatur, tritt ein Bewegungs- verlauf auf. Und durch die Temperatursteigerung der Aussenwelt kann die Bewegung wieder beginnen, welche bei niederer Temperatur still eestanden war, aber trotz der Erniedrigung der Temperatur wird die Bewe- 293 K. MISAKA: PERISTALTISCHE BEWEGUNG VON €C. SIMPLEX Be, gung nicht wiederholt, welche bei hoherer Temperatur zu Stillstand gebracht war. Am Ende dieser Schrift schulde ich den Herrn S. Krvosurra, Direk- tor der entomologischen Abteilung, und Dr. N. Yacr besonderen Dank fir ihre freundliche Leitung bei dieser Arbeit. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS Crozier, W. J. (1923) Jour. Exp. Zool. Vol. 38, No. 2. Crozier, W. J. (1924) Jour. gen. Physiol. Vol. 7, No. 1. Crozier, W. J. & FEDERIGHI, H. (1924) Jour. gen. Physiol. Vol. 7, No. 1. Crozier, W. J. & Stier, T. B. (1925) Jour. gen. Physiol. Vol. 9; No. 1. Crozier, W. J. & Stier, T. B. (1926) Jour. gen. Physiol. Vol. 10, No. 1. Janiscu, E. (1927) Das Exponentialgesetz als Grundlage einer vergleichenden Biologie. Berlin. LANGENDORF, O. (1897) Pfliger’s Arch. Bd. 66. MacGnus, R. (1904) Pfltiger’s Arch. Bd. 102. Misaka, K. (1928) Jour. Coll. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, Vol. 10, No. 1. Rogertson, T. B. (1906) Biol. Bull. Vol. 10. Snyper, CH. D. (1912) Zeitschr. f. allgem. Physiol. Bd. 14. Snyper, Cu. D. (1913) Zeitschr. f. allgem. Physiol. Bd. 15. Yaci, N. & Korpumt, &. (1929) Functional Biology. Tokyo. Yaar, N. (1931) Ddobutugaku-Zassi Vol. 43. TAFELERKLARUNG Tafel XII. Peristaltische Bewegung bei 27°(1), 25°(2), 20°(3), 17°(4), 10°(5), 5°(6), 0°(7), -5°(8) und -10°(9). Jedes Intavall der Abzisse entspricht je cine Minute. Tafel XIII. Dieselbe bei 45°(1), 43°(2), 42°(3), 41°(4), 40°(5), 35°(6), 3257) 5 31°(8) und 30°(9). Jedes Intavall der Abszisse entspricht je zwei Sekunden. 4) ug Tafel XIV. Verlauf der peristaltischen Bewegung bei langsamer (1,2), etwas schneller (3, 4), sehr schneller (5,6) und plotzlicher (7) Temperatursteigerung. DeSean Steigerung von niederer Temperatur (8). Jedes Intavall der Abszisse entspricht je « zwei Sekunden und die Ziffern bedeuten die Temperatur der Aussenwelt. 4 ow oes | Bull. Imp. Agr. Exp. Sta. III—3. IL/NANS, Salil WATAVAAY, VAVAS /\ if \ /' K. MISAKA PLATE XIII TI Mm Ae Dare ene MU TTTETETT | a | Hl ‘hh il TH HII QWOMRELIYOOESUU 0) LEAS MR 0 [SVERAOOMMNMRE coe SRNR TCLS IV 0108088 AN AR A MBG G LUE ONAL AU NRA AGAAMDUREREARE 44440 L144 LER Hill LH | | l| 1 HII iH 1 Ht] | ll l MIL A HA (SVU PAYS MAUNA R ET ERTTNLEA CORT ARCNA TE A eans1u4a PVR eC TT RU PPL ETeretietreerrere tree titre ttrte tet eererer ences MISAKA VXMUVSIIN SHAN ht | UEBER DIE WIRKUNG DES NIKOTINSULFATES AUF DIE EMBRYONALENTWICKLUNG VON CHILO SIMPLEX BUTLER Kaduhusa MISAKA Tafel XV und vierzehn Textfiguren INHALTSVERZEICHNIS Seite Einleitung OR RAR ee GPs 5 ce) ee CE Oe 225 Material und Methode 226 Versuchsresultate 227 1. Vorbereitungsexperiment 227 2. Experiment mit ausgestrichenen Nikotinsulfaten 229 3. Experiment mit Nikotingase ... Ae ete Oree 234 Diskussion 236 Schiusshetrachtungen. caiac.<)